Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

B.TECH. DEGREE COURSE
SCHEME AND SYLLABI (2002-03 ADMISSION ONWARDS)

MAHATMA GANDHI UNIVERSITY
KOTTAYAM KERALA

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

CONTENTS
Page Number 1. Regulations 4 10 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35 36 48 121 192 260 321 384 438 506

2. Scheme - S1&2 Combined (Common to all branches) 3. Scheme S3 to S8 Civil Engineering

4. Scheme S3 to S8 Mechanical Engineering 5. Scheme S3 to S8 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 6. Scheme S3 to S8 Electronics and Communication Engineering 7. Scheme S3 to S8 Computer Sciences and Engineering 8. Scheme S3 to S8 Polymer Engineering 9. Scheme S3 to S8 Information Technology 10. Scheme S3 to S8 Applied Electronics and Instrumentation 11. Course Calendar 12. Syllabus - S1&2 Combined (Common to all branches) 13. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Civil Engineering 14. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Mechanical Engineering 15. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 16. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Electronics and Communication Engineering 17. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Computer Sciences and Engineering 18. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Polymer Engineering 19. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Information Technology 20. Syllabus - S3 to S8 Applied Electronics and Instrumentation

3

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

REGULATIONS
(Effective from 2002-03 admission onwards) 1. Conditions for admission Candidates for admission to the B.Tech. Degree course shall be required to have passed the higher secondary/+2/XII Std. examination conducted by boards/departments recognized/accepted by the University, obtaining not less than 50% marks in Mathematics and not less than 50% marks in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry put together or the diploma examination in Engineering, Kerala or any examination accepted by the Government of Kerala as equivalent there to with 50% marks in the final qualifying examination, subject to the usual concession allowed for backward and other communities as specified from time to time. 2. Duration of the course a) The course for the B.Tech. Degree shall extend over a period of four academic years comprising of 8 semesters. The first and second semester combined and each semester from third semester onwards shall cover the groups of subjects as given in the scheme of studies and examinations. b) Each semester shall normally comprise of 16 weeks. c) The course calendar will be as follows. Semesters I & II Semesters IV, VI and VIII Semesters III, V and VII Semesters Commencement After the admissions are over. December 1st First working day of June Closing 31st of March 31st of March 30th of September Examination 15th April 15th April 15th October

3. Eligibility for the Degree Candidates for admission to the Degree of B.Tech. shall be required to have undergone the prescribed course of study in an institution maintained or affiliated to Mahatma Gandhi University for a period of not less than four academic years and to have passed all examinations specified in the scheme. The first academic year of study shall be from the date of commencement of admission till the closure of the academic year. The remaining 6 semester will have to be completed within 3 subsequent academic years. 4. Subjects of Study The subjects of study shall be in accordance with the scheme and syllabi given in the Annexure. 5. Electives All students shall choose electives in VII and VIII semesters, from a prescribed set of elective subjects offered by the institution, as indicated in the scheme. There should be at least 20% students of the class for an elective subject to be offered. New electives may be introduced according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be approved by the university before the course is offered. 4

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 6. Sessional work Sessional marks for Theory, Drawing, Workshops, Laboratories and Practical will be awarded by the teaching faculty based on the day to day performance of the students. The allocation of sessional marks for the individual subjects shall be on the following basis. Theory Subjects Attendance Assignments Tests 20% 20% 60% Practical Subjects Attendance Regular class work/Drawing/Workshop Record/Lab Record and Class Performance Tests 20% 60% 20%

The sessional marks allotted for attendance shall be awarded in direct proportion to the percentage of attendance secured by the candidate in the subject. However full sessional marks for attendance shall be awarded to those who are securing 80% attendance and above. 7. Examination There shall be University Examinations at the end of the first academic year and at the end of every semester from third semester onwards in subjects as prescribed in the scheme of examination. 8. Eligibility for appearing examination is subject to the following a) The student should have successfully completed the course work for the year/semester. b) The student should have not less than 75% attendance for the particular year in the case of I & II semesters combined or the particular semester in the case of higher semesters. However, he is eligible for condonation of attendance (once in case of I & II semesters combined or twice in the case of higher semesters) subject to the conditions given below in the entire course. i) ii) iii) iv) His conduct must be satisfactory. The shortage shall not be more than 10% of actual working days. Condonation is given only on medical grounds. The condonation shall be granted subject to rules and procedures prescribed by the University from time to time. v) It is open to the Vice Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of attendance on the recommendation of Principal. 9. Repetition of the course work a) A student who is not eligible for condonation of shortage of attendance shall repeat the course in full including the sessional work in the next immediate chance. The sessional marks earned during repetition of course alone will be counted in such case. b) A student can repeat the course only once in each semester/year.

5

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam c) A student can also repeat the course work for improving sessional marks subject to the following conditions. i) He shall repeat the course work in full (including sessionals) in a particular semester/year once and that too at the earliest available opportunity. ii) He shall not combine his course work with regular course work of any other semester. iii) A candidate who has satisfactorily completed the VIII semester course will not be allowed to repeat the course work in any semester. iv) He shall not be allowed to repeat the course work of any semester if he has already passed that semester examination in full. v) A candidate who has been registered for the higher semester examination will not be allowed to repeat the course work, in lower semester. vi) The sessional marks obtained during the repeated course only shall be considered for all purposes. d) For repeating the course in any of the above cases the character and conduct of the student must be satisfactory as certified by the Head of the Institution. 10. Conduct of Examination To conduct all the theory examinations, a Chief Superintendent and an Assistant Chief Superintendent should be appointed by the Principal. An external Chief Superintendent should also be appointed by the University as an Observer for conducting all theory examinations in Self-financing Engineering Colleges. The examination in theory papers will be conducted in accordance with the following schedule as far as possible. Fore Noon Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Mon. day 1 day 2 day 3 day 4 day 5 day 6 day 7 day 8 day 9 day 10 day 11 day 12 day 13 day 14 day 15 6 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 1 & 2, 6 5 1&2 5 1&2 1&2 3, 7 After Noon 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 4, 8 3, 7

(Main and supplementary examinations will alternate)

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Conduct of Practical Examinations The Principals of the concerned Engineering Colleges with the help of the Chairmen of all branches will conduct the practical examination for all semesters with the approval from the University and bonafide laboratory record, workshop record/project record, seminar report are mandatory for appearing practical/viva voce university examinations. To conduct each practical examination, an External Examiner and an Internal Examiner should be appointed by the University. In Self-financing Engineering Colleges, no practical examination should be conducted without the presence of an External Examiner appointed by the University. 11. Minimum for a pass A candidate shall be declared to have passed in any individual subject of a semester/year examination if he secures not less than 40% marks for the subject in University examination and not less than 50% of the total marks for the subject, i.e., University examination marks and sessional marks in that subject put together. A candidate who passes in all the subjects of a semester examination shall be declared to have passed the examination in full. 12. Improvement of marks A candidate shall be allowed to re-appear for any theory examination in order to improve the marks already obtained subject to the following conditions. a) The candidate shall be permitted to take the improvement examination only during the chance immediately after the first appearance. b) The candidate shall not be allowed to appear for an improvement examination for the subject of the VIII semester. c) The improved marks (better of the two) obtained by the candidate for each subject he has appeared for shall be counted for all purposes. d) A candidate can apply for improvement in three subjects in combined SI&II provided he/she has passed all the theory subjects. e) A candidate can apply improvement in two subjects in combined SI&II if he/she has only one supplementary theory examination. f) A candidate can improve one subject in combined SI&II if he/she has only two supplementary theory examinations. g) Those candidates who have to write supplementary examination in three or more theory papers in combined SI&II will not be eligible for improvement of any paper. h) For higher semesters (SIII to SVII) (i) a candidate can apply for improvement in two subjects if he/she has passed all theory subjects (ii) a candidate can apply for improvement in one subjects if he/she has passed five theory subjects (iii) a candidate shall not be eligible for improvement of any paper if he/she has failed for two or more theory subjects. i) No candidate shall be permitted to improve the marks for practical examination. j) A candidate shall be allowed to withdraw from the whole examination of a semester in accordance with the rules for cancellation of examinations, of the University.

7

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 13. Promotion to Higher semesters A student is eligible to be promoted to the higher semesters subject to the following conditions. i) He should have successfully completed the lower semester. ii) He should have obtained 75% attendance in the lower semester or obtained condonation as per University rules. iii) A student shall be permitted to register for any semester examination only if he had registered for the previous semester examination. iv) A student can be permitted to register for the V semester University examination only if he has passed fully the combined I & II semester examination. v) A student can be permitted to register for the VII semester examination only if he has passed fully the III and IV semester examination. 14. Completion of the course The degree will be awarded to the candidate only if he successfully completes the course work and has passed all the examinations within a period of 8 years from the time of admission. 15. Classification of Successful candidates a) A candidate who qualifies for the Degree passing all the semester examinations within five academic years (10 consecutive semesters) after commencement of his course of study and has secured not less than 75% of the aggregate of the total marks in all the 8 semesters shall be declared to have passes B.Tech. Examination in First Class with Distinction. b) A candidate who qualifies for the Degree passing all the semester examinations within five academic years (10 consecutive semesters) after the commencement of the course of study and has secured not less than 60% of the aggregate of the total marks in all the 8 semesters shall be declared to have passes B.Tech. Examination in First Class. c) All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed B.Tech. Degree Examination in Second Class. d) Successful candidates who complete the examination in four academic years (8 consecutive semesters and chances) after the commencement of the course of study shall be ranked branch-wise on the basis of the aggregate of the total marks for all the eight semesters. 16. Industrial visit It is desirable to conduct Industry/Establishment/Site visits of one day duration as suggested by the department in 3rd to 8th semesters. Such visits should be limited to 15 numbers during the course and these days will be counted for attendance. 17. Co-curricular Activities and Extra Murals a) ‘Students’ Counselling Students counselling must be undertaken either during Saturdays or after regular working hours or on other holidays depending upon the convenience of students and faculty members. A team of 3 faculty members including group tutor of the class is expected to conduct regular counselling for duration of 5 8

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam hours/week in order to help the students in their curricular and personal problems. b) Industrial/Field Training & Literature Overview In order to promote Industry-Institute Interaction and to impart hands-on experience in the field work/literature overview, 3 hours/week must be set apart for each class in addition to regular working hours under the supervision of the faculty members. c) Seminar, Symposium, Group Discussions etc. Orientation lectures, Seminars etc. will be presented by the faculty and experts from Industries or other Educational institutions. Also there will be Seminars, Debates and Group Discussions presented by the students to develop their communication skill. 3 hours/week from 4 P.M. to 5 P.M. is to be apart for this, which is to be, supervised by the faculty members. d) Project work For the students in final semester, in addition to 4 hours allotted to regular project work, 5 hours/week must also be added on during Saturdays or other holidays in order to improve the quality of the projects undertaken. A candidate will not be permitted to appear for the project work/viva voce examinations unless, he/she submits the project report within the prescribed date (March 15th). 18. Question Papers Question papers for Mathematics of all semesters and Engineering Graphics of I & II semesters combined shall contain two questions from each module of the relevant syllabus, one of which will have to be answered. All other theory papers will normally have the question papers in the following pattern. Part A Part B Short answer questions covering the whole syllabus with maximum 40% marks for this part. All questions are compulsory. Two questions from each module of the syllabus out of which one is to be answered. Maximum marks for this part is 60%.

19. Revision of Regulations The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the Regulations, scheme of studies, and examination and syllabi. The changes, unless specified otherwise, will have effect from the beginning of the academic year/semester following the Notification from the UNIVERSITY.

9

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

Scheme – I & II Semesters Combined Scheme – I & II (Common to all branches)
Course Code Course No. Subject Teaching Period Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs) Session al 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50x3 600 Marks

Lect. CME LRPTA 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110

Tut.

Prac.

The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 900

Pract ical -

Total

A B C D E F G H I J

Engineering Mathematics I Engineering Physics Engineering Chemistry Engineering Mechanics Engineering Graphics Basic Civil Engineering Basic Mechanical Engineering Basic Electrical Engineering Basic Electronics Engineering Workshop Total

3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 12

1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 9

3 6* 9

150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1500

*3 periods will be in Mechanical Engineering Workshop and 3 periods in Civil Engineering Workshop & Electrical Engineering Workshop alternately.

10

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam CIVIL ENGINEERING

3RD SEMESTER
Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code CMELPA 301 C302 C303 C304 C305 C306 C307 C308 Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 3 2 3 3 14 1 2 2 1 1 7 3 3 3 9 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practi cal 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200

Subject Engineering Mathematics -II Fluid Mechanics – I Mechanics of Solids Construction Engineering and Management Surveying -I Civil Engineering Drawing - I Material Testing Laboratory – 1 Surveying practical – 1 Total

4TH SEMESTER
Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code CMELRP TA401 C402 C403 C404 C405 C406 C407 C408 Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 2 2 2 3 12 1 2 2 2 2 9 3 3 3 9 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 Practi cal Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200

Subject Engineering Mathematics -III Fluid Mechanics – II Structural Analysis - I Engg. Economics and Construction Management Surveying – II Civil Engineering Drawing –II Hydraulics Laboratory Surveying Practical -II Total

600

11

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

5TH SEMESTER
Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 2 2 2 3 3 15 1 2 2 2 1 1 9 3 3 6 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Pract ical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200

Subject

CMELP Engineering Mathematics -IV A501 C502 Design of concrete structures –I C503 Structural Analysis – II C504 Computer programming C505 Engineering Geology C506 Geo Technical Engineering – I C507 Computing Techniques Lab C508 Geo Technical Engineering Lab Total

6TH SEMESTER
Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code C601 C602 C603 C604 C605 C606 C607 C608 Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 2 2 3 3 3 2 15 2 2 1 1 1 2 9 3 3 6 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Pract ical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200

Subject Structural Analysis – III Design of Steel structures Transportation Engineering -I Water Resources Engineering - I Geo Technical Engineering – II Quantity surveying Material testing lab - II Computer Aided Design -I Total

12

20% will be for attendance and 20% for test paper. 2 3 3 3 3 2 16 2 1 1 1 1 1 7 3 4 7 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 50 150 Pract ical 100 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 Subject Advanced structural design Finite Element Analysis Building Technology and Management Environmental Engineering II Elective –II Elective –III Environmental Engineering Laboratory Project / Seminar Viva . Exam (hrs. Computer Aided Design -II Project/Seminar Total At the beginning of the seventh semester. Sessional marks for workshops and laboratories will be based on class work assessed by faculty members. students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project. 60% of the sessional marks will consists of class performance. lab record and viva conducted by faculty members day to day. They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester. They will complete the project in the eighth semester. Tut. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Subject Code C701 C702 C703 C704 C705 C706 C707 C708 C709 Duration of Uty.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.) 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 No.Voce Total Sessional marks for seminar will be out of 25. Prac. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Exam (hrs.II Transportation Engineering –II Architecture and town planning Environmental Engineering . 13 . in which 35 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the guide. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the students before an evaluation board consists of a minimum of 3 faculty members including the guide.) 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. 8TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Subject Code C801 C802 C803 C804 C805 C806 C807 C808 C809 Duration of Uty. Prac. Sessional marks for project will be out of 75. Out of the remaining 40%. 2 3 2 2 3 3 15 2 1 1 1 1 1 7 3 3 2 8 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Pract ical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Subject Design of Concrete Structures – II Water Resources Engineering . In each semester for workshops and laboratories.I Elective –I Transportation Engineering Lab. Tut.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam MECHANICAL ENGINEEING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Engineering Mathematics .) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Subject 4TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No.III Theory of Machines-1 Hydraulic Machines Machine Tools Electrical Technology Machine Drawing . Prac. 1 2 1 2 1 7 Prac. Duration of Uty. Fluid Mechanics Laboratory Strength of Materials Laboratory Total 3 2 3 2 3 13 Tut.) Marks Sessional Theory Practical Total A B C D E F G H 3 2 2 2 3 12 1 1 2 1 1 6 4 4 4 12 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 - 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 14 . CMEL PA 301 M 302 M 303 M 304 M 305 M 306 M 307 M 308 Teaching Periods Lect. (Hrs.II Machine Drawing . (Hrs. Exam. Engineering Mathematics . Exam. CMEL RPTA 401 M 402 M 403 M 404 M 405 M 406 M 407 M 408 Teaching Periods Subject Lect.I Fluid Mechanics Metallurgy & Material Science Thermodynamics Strength of Materials and Structural Engg.II Hydraulic Machines Laboratory Electrical and Electronics Laboratory Total Tut. 4 3 3 10 Duration of Uty.

II Heat and Mass Transfer Principles of Management and Engineering Economics Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing Heat Engines Laboratory Advanced Machine Tool Laboratory Total 2 3 2 2 Tut. M 601 M 602 M 603 M 604 M 605 M 606 M 607 M 608 Teaching Periods Subject Lect. 2 1 2 2 Prac. Exam. Duration of Uty. (Hrs. Exam. Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.) 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 Theory 100 100 100 100 Practical Total 150 150 150 150 3 3 15 1 1 9 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 - 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 1200 15 . 1 1 2 2 2 2 10 Prac.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. CMEL PA 501 M 502 M 503 M 504 M 505 M 506 M 507 M 508 Teaching Periods Subject Lect.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.I Computer Laboratory Machine Tool Laboratory Total 3 3 2 2 2 2 14 Tut. Engineering Mathematics .IV Manufacturing Processes Computer Programming Theory of Machines II Mechatronics and Control systems Thermal Engineering . (Hrs. Mechanics of Materials Metrology and Instrumentation Thermal Engineering . 3 3 6 Duration of Uty.

Gas Dynamics and Jet Propulsion Industrial Engineering Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Dynamics of Machinery Machine Design and Drawing .II Elective . Exam. Sessional marks for project will be out of 75. 2 4 4 2 12 Duration of Uty. They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester. 60% of the sessional marks will consists of class performance. in which 35 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the guide. Sessional marks for workshops and laboratories will be based on day to day performance assessed by faculty members.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2 Duration of Uty. They will complete the project in the eighth semester.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 Practical Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 15 5 4 4 10 3 - 50 100 450 600 100 50 150 150 100 50 1200 Sessional marks for seminar will be out of 25.I Elective . Exam. (Hrs. 16 . 1 1 1 1 1 Prac. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No.III Mechanical Measurements Laboratory Project and Seminar Viva Voce Total Teaching Periods Lect. 8TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 At the beginning of the seventh semester. M 701 M 702 M 703 M 704 M 705 M 706 M 707 M 708 M 709 Teaching Periods Subject Lect. students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project. M 801 M 802 M 803 M 804 M 805 M 806 M 807 M 808 M 809 Subject Production Engineering Automobile Engineering Production Planning and Control Machine Design and Drawing . (Hrs.II Elective . 2 3 2 2 3 3 Tut. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the students before an evaluation board consists of a minimum of 3 faculty members including the guide. out the remaining 40%. 1 1 1 1 1 5 Prac.I Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Heat Transfer Laboratory Project and Seminar Total 2 2 2 2 2 3 13 Tut. 20% will be attandance and 20% for final examiniation. In each semester for workshops and laboratories. lab record and viva conducted by faculty members day to day.

Total Exam(Hrs.) Sessional University Total 4 3 4 4 4 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 17 . CMELR PTA 401 E 402 E 403 E 404 E 405 E 406 E 407 E 408 Teaching Hours Subject L Engineering Mathematics -III Network Analysis & Synthesis Electronic Circuits Electrical Machines . Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Total Exam(Hrs. University Exam will be either in Hydraulic Machines Lab or Heat Engines Lab.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. CMEL PA 301 E 302 E 303 E 304 E 305 E 306 E 307 E 308 Teaching Hours Subject L Engineering Mathematics -II Mechanical Technology Electric Circuit Theory Electromagnetic Theory Electical and Electonic Measurements Power Generation & Distribution Basic Electrical Lab Mechanical Lab* Total 15 7 3 3 2 3 2 2 T 1 1 2 1 1 1 4 4 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.) Sessional University Total 4 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 *Mechanical Lab consists of: 1) Hydraulic Machines Lab & 2) Heat Engines Lab. 4TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.I Computer Programming Electrical and Electronic Instruments Electrical Measurements Lab Computer Programming Lab Total 16 6 3 2 3 3 3 2 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.

) Sessional University Total 4 4 4 3 4 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 18 . Total Exam(Hrs.I Electronic Circuits Lab Total 6TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No. A B C D E F G H Teaching Hours Subject L 3 3 2 3 2 2 T 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 4 15 7 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ. Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No.II Electrical Power Transmission Digital Signal Processing Microprocessors and Applications Computer Organisation Digital Lab Systems Lab Total 16 6 3 3 3 2 3 2 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.) Sessional University Total 4 4 3 5 3 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMEL RPTA 501 Engineering Mathematics -IV E 502 E 503 E 504 E 505 E 506 E 507 E 508 Digital Circuits Communication Engineering Industrial management and Economics Linear Integrated Circuits Power Electronics Electrical Machines Lab .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. A B C D E F G H E 601 E 602 E 603 E 604 E 605 E 606 E 607 E 608 Teaching Hours Subject L Control Systems . Total Exam(Hrs.I Electrical Machines .

A B C D E F G H I E 801 E 802 E 803 E 804 E 805 E 806 E 807 E 808 E 809 Teaching Hours Subject L Power System Analysis Switch Gear and Protection Instrumentation Electrical System Design Elective .) Sessional University Total 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 50 750 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 *Sessional Marks for Seminar will be out of 25 and that for Project will be out of 75 in which 40 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the Guide. Total Exam(Hrs. Sessional Marks for Seminar will be out of 25 and that for Project will be out of 75 in which 40 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the Guide. The remaining 35 marks are to be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the student in the presence of 2 staff members one of which shall be the Guide.II System Design with Microcontrollers Elective . 8TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No.) Sessional University Total 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 2 30 24 400 800 1200 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 *The Project Work shall be started in the Seventh Semester. A B C D E F G H I E 701 E 702 E 703 E 704 E 705 E 706 E 707 E 708 E 709 Teaching Hours Subject L Electrical Machines -III Electrical Drives and Control Utilisation of Electrical Power Control Systems . 19 .II Elective . The remaining 35 marks are to be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the student in the presence of 2 staff members one of which shall be the Guide. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No.I Electrical Drawing Control and Power Electronics Lab Project & Seminar* Total 15 6 3 2 2 3 2 3 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 2 9 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.III Electrical Machines Lab -II Project and Seminar* Viva Voce Total 16 6 8 30 21 450 3 3 2 3 3 2 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ. Total Exam(Hrs.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

CMEL PA 301 LA302 LA303 LA304 LA305 LA306 LA307 L308 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Uty. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Engineering Mathematics III Digital Electronics and Logic Design Communication Engineering -I Electronic circuits –II Signals and systems Reliability & Humanities Electronic circuits Lab Computer programming Lab Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 20 . Kothamangalam ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Engineering Mathematics II Network Theory Electrical Technology Solid state devices Electronic circuits –I Computer programming Electrical lab Basic Electronics Lab Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 4TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. CMELR PTA 401 LA402 LA403 LA404 LTA405 LA406 LA407 LA408 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Uty.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Industrial Management and Economics Digital communication Techniques Digital signal processing Radiation and Propagation Electronic Instrumentation Control Systems Linear IC Lab Mini Project Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 21 . Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No: CMEL PA 501 LA502 L503 LA504 LA505 L506 LA507 L508 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 2 3 2 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Uty. LA 601 L602 LTA 603 L604 L605 L606 L607 L608 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 Uty.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Engineering Mathematics IV Power Electronics Applied Electromagnetic Theory Computer organization and Architecture Linear integrated circuits Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Digital IC lab Communication–I lab Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 6TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.

Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No: LA701 LA702 L703 L704 L705 L706 LA707 L708 L709 Subject Teaching periods L T P 2 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 2 8 Uty. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Microcontroller based system design VLSI technology Microwave and Radar Engineering Optical fiber communication systems Information Theory and coding Elective – I Microprocessor and Microcontroller Lab Communication-II lab Project design and seminar Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 200 8TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No: LA801 L802 LA803 L804 L805 L806 L807 L808 L809 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 6 Uty.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Computer Networks Advanced communication systems Advanced microprocessors Television Engineering Elective –II Elective – III Systems Lab Project design and seminar Viva -voce Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 600 22 .

Teaching Periods Subject L A B C D E F G H CMEL RPTA 401 R 402 R 403 R 404 R 405 R406 R 407 R 408 Engineering Mathematics III Computer Organization Object Oriented Programming Integrated Circuits Data Structures and Programming Methodologies Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals Integrated Circuits Lab Data Structures Lab Total 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Uty. Exam duration (hours) Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Marks Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 23 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 4TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No. RT301 R 302 RT 303 RT 304 RT 305 R306 R 307 R 308 Subject Engineering Mathematics II Micro Processor Systems Solid State Electronics Problem Solving and Computer Programming Humanities Logic System Design Solid State Electronics Lab Programming Lab Total Teaching Periods L T P 3 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 4 4 8 Uty.

Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Course No. Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Teaching Periods L T P 3 3 3 2 3 2 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 4 4 8 Uty. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 24 . RT501 R 502 RT503 R 504 RT505 RT506 R 507 R 508 Subject Engineering Mathematics IV Operating Systems Database Management Systems File Structures and Algorithms Language Processors Data Communication Microprocessor Lab Database Lab Total 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. R 601 RT602 R 603 RT604 RT605 R 606 R 607 R 608 Subject L PC & PC based Systems Software Engineering Project Management and Quality Assurance Computer Networks Network Computing Algorithm Analysis and Design System Software Lab Mini Project Total 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 Teaching Periods T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P 4 4 8 Uty.

Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 50 150 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 25 . RT701 RT702 R 703 R 704 RT705 R 706 R 707 R 708 R709 Subject Teaching Periods L Object Oriented Modeling and Design Computer Graphics Theory of Computation Advanced Software Environments Web Technologies Elective I Computer Hardware and Networking Lab Network Programming Lab Project & Seminar Total 2 3 3 2 2 3 0 0 0 15 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 P 3 3 3 9 Uty. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 8TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No. RT801 R 802 R 803 RT804 R 805 R 806 R 807 R 808 R809 Subject Security in Computing High Performance Computing Principles of Programming Languages Artificial Intelligence Elective II Elective III Graphics and Multimedia Lab Project & Seminar Viva-Voce Total Teaching Periods L 2 2 3 3 3 3 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P 4 4 8 Uty.

II Polymer Preparation & Characterisation Lab Electrical Machines Lab Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 6 Uty. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 4th Semester Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.I Organic Chemistry Strength of Materials & Structural Engineering Chemistry lab Computer Lab Total Teaching Periods L 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 6 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 Uty. .III Object Oriented Programming Electrical Technology Chemical Engg.II Humanities Computer Programming Polymer Science.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. CMEL P301 P 302 P 303 P 304 P 305 MP 306 P 307 P 308 Subject Mathematics. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMEP 401 P 402 LP 403 P 404 P 405 P 406 P 407 P 408 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total 26 . Subject Mathematics. Kothamangalam POLYMER ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.I Polymer Physics Polymer Science.

.III Biomedical & Biopolymers Polymer Blends & Composites Polymer ProcessingII Latex Products Lab Polymer Products Lab Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 6 Uty. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 P 601 P 602 P 603 P 604 P 605 P 606 P 607 P 608 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total 27 .II Plastics Science & Technology Rubber Science & Technology Latex Technology Polymer ProcessingI Specification Tests Lab Polymer Analysis Lab CMEP 501 P 502 P 503 P 504 P 505 P 506 P 507 P 508 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Subject Principles of Management Engg. Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 6 Uty.IV Chemical Engg. Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Subject Mathematics. Statistics & Quality Control Chemical Engg.

8TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 P 701 P 702 P 703 2 2 3 3 3 3 16 P 704 P 705 P 706 P 707 P 708 P709 At the beginning of the seventh semester. Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 P 3 3 6 Uty. students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.IV Tyre Technology Polymer Testing Polymer Testing Lab Chemical Engineering Lab Project/Seminar Total Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 P 3 3 2 8 Uty. Subject Elective.II Computer Aided design & Manufacturing Fibre Technology Polymers & Environment Polymer Product Design Speciality Polymers Chemical Technology Lab Project Work & Seminar Viva.voce P 801 P 802 P 803 P 804 P 805 P 806 P 807 P 808 P 809 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total 28 . . They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester.I Industrial Engineering Production Engineering Chemical Engg. They will complete the project in the eighth semester. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 50 150 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 Subject Elective. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No.

(Hrs) Total Sessional Exam 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMELR Engg. Kothamangalam INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 3RD SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Mathematics III PTA401 T402 T403 T404 Data Structures & Algorithms Linear Integrated Circuits & Applications Computer System Architecture LTA405 Signals & Systems T406 T407 T408 Object Oriented Programming in C++ C++ & DS Lab Integrated Circuits Lab TOTAL 29 . (Hrs) Sessional Exam Total 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 RT 301 Engg. SUBJECT L 3 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P/D 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Marks Duration Uty Exams Univ. Mathematics II RT303 Solid State Electronics RT304 Problem Solving & Computer Programming RT305 Humanities T306 T307 T308 Digital Electronics C Programming Lab Electronic Circuits Lab TOTAL 4TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. A B C D E F G H T302 SUBJECT Electrical Circuits and Systems L 3 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P/D 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Marks Duration Uty Exams Univ.

A B C D E F G H SUBJECT L 3 4 3 3 3 2 0 0 18 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P/D 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 RT501 Engg. Mathematics IV T502 Operating System Concepts RT503 Database Management Systems T504 Microprocessors RT505 Language Processors RT 506 Data Communication T 507 T 508 DBMS Lab Microprocessor Lab TOTAL 6TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Duration Marks Uty Exams Univ. Total (Hrs) Sessional Exam 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Teaching Periods Course Course Code No. A B C D E F G H T 601 SUBJECT Project Management L 3 2 3 3 3 4 0 0 18 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P/D 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 Duration Marks Uty Exams Univ. Total (Hrs) Sessional Exam 3 50 100 150 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 RT602 Software Engineering LTA603 Digital Signal Processing RT 604 Computer Networks RT605 Network Computing T606 T 607 T608 Personal Computer Hardware Systems Programming Lab Mini Project TOTAL 30 .

Exams Total P/D (Hrs) Sessional Exam 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 0 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 _ _ 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 0 450 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 _ 50 750 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 RT 801 Security in Computing T 802 T 803 Information Systems and Management E-Commerce RT 804 Artificial Intelligence T 805 T 806 T 807 T 808 T 809 Elective II Elective III Internet Lab Project & Seminar Viva Voce TOTAL 31 . A B C D E F G H I SUBJECT L 2 3 3 2 2 3 0 0 0 15 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 P/D 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 9 RT 701 Object Oriented Modelling and Design RT 702 Computer Graphics T 703 T 704 Modern Communication Systems Mutimedia Techniques Duration Marks Uty Exams Univ. Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No. Total (Hrs) Sessional Exam 3 50 100 150 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 _ 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 _ 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 _ 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 _ 1200 RT 705 Web Technologies T706 T 707 T708 T 709 Elective I Multimedia Lab Communication Systems Lab Project & Seminar TOTAL 8TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No. A B C D E F G H I SUBJECT L 2 3 2 3 3 3 0 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 Duration Marks Uty Univ.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam APPLIED ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Teaching Periods Course No CMEL PA 301 LA302 LA303 LA304 LA305 LA306 LA307 A308 Subject Lect Engineering Mathematics Network Theory Electrical Technology Solid State Devices Electronic Circuits-I Computer Programming Electrical Lab Basic Electronics Lab Total Teaching Hours 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 Marks Uty Exam Tut Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 4TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No Subject Teaching Periods Lect Tut 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 Marks Uty Exam Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMELR Engineering PTA 401 Mathematics-III Digital Electronics LA402 and Logic Design Communication LA403 Engineering-I LA404 Electronic Circuits-II LTA405 Signals and Systems Reliability and LA406 Humanities LA407 Electronics Circuits Lab LA408 Computer Prog Lab Total Teaching Hours 32 .

Kothamangalam 5TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No Subject Teaching Periods Lect Tut Marks Uty Exam Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 A B C D E F G H CMEL PA 501 LA502 A503 LA504 LA505 A506 LA507 A508 Engineering Mathematics IV Power Electronics Basic Instrumentation Computer Organisation And Archetecture Linear Integrated Circuits Transducers And Recording Systems Digital I. Lab Measurement Lab Total Teaching Hours 3 2 3 2 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No Marks Uty Exam Lect Tut Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Teaching Periods Subject LA601 A602 Industrial Management And Ecnomics Micro Processors And Micro Controllers LTA603 Digital Signal Processing A604 A605 A606 A607 A608 Industrial Instrumentation I Data Communication Control Sysrem Theory Instrumentation Lab Mini Project Total Teaching Hours 33 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.C.

II Elective . Kothamangalam 7TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No A B C D E F G H I Teaching Periods Subject Marks Uty Exam Lect Tut Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 2 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 2 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 LA 701 Micro Controller based System Design LA 702 VLSI Technology A 703 Industrial Instrumentation II A 704 Process Dynamics & Control A 705 Bio medical Instrumentation A 706 Elective I LA 707 Microprocessor and Microcontroller Lab A 708 Industrial Electronics Lab A 709 Project Design And Seminar Total 8TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No A B C D E F G H I Subject Teaching Periods Uty Exam Lect Tut Prac Duration Sessional (Hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 Marks Theory Practical 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 50 150 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 LA801 Computer Networks A802 Modern Control Theory Advanced LA803 Microprocessors A804 A805 A806 A807 A808 A809 Computerised Process Control Elective .III Process Control Lab Project and Seminar Viva .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Voice Total 34 .

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam Here is attaching file for page no. 35 35 .

DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS S1 & 2 SEMESTER (COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES) [Civil(C). Electronics & Communication (L). Kothamangalam B. Polymer Engineering. Applied Electronics & Communitaiton (A) and Instrumentation &Control (N)] 36 . Electrical & Electronics (E). Computer Science & Engineering (R).Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Mechanical (M). (P). Information Technology (T).TECH.

) Modules 3 Multiple Integrals Double integrals in cartesian and polar co-ordinates – application in finding area and volume using double integrals – change of variables using Jacobian – triple integrals in cartesian. Mathematics Higher Engg. 4. Module 2 Partial Differentiation Partial differentiation – chair rules – Eulers theorem for homogeneous functions – Taylors series for function of two variables – maxima and minima of function of two variables (proof of results not expected.S. Mathematics Laplace and Fourier Transforms Advanced Mathematics for Engineers Methods of Applied Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig Grawal B.Bali Goyal and Gupta E. 37 . 5.B. 6. Mathematics Engg. 3. N. References 1. impulse function and periodic function Module 5 Fourier Series Dirichelt conditions – Fourier series with period 2* and 21 – Half range sine and cosine series – simple problems – rms value.Sokolinokoff F. 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Advanced Engg.P.S.Hilderbrand ENGINEERING PHYSICS CMELRPTA 102 1+1+0 Module 1 Optical Instruments and Applications Electron microscope – characteristics of laser – spontaneous emission – stimulated emission – population inversion-pumping pumping mechanisms – typical laser systems like Ruby lase – He-Ne laser – semi conductor laser – Applications of laser. Module 4 Laplace Transforms Laplace transforms – Laplace transform of derivatives and integrals – shifting theorem – differentiation and integration of transforms – inverse transforms – application of convolution property – solution of linear differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transform – Laplace transform of unit step function. cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates – volume using triple integrals – simple problems. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I CMELRPTA 101 3+1+0 Module 1 Matrix Elementary transformation – finding inverse and rank using elementary transformation – solution of linear equations using elementary transformations – eigenvalues and eigenvectors – application of Cayley Hamiltion theorem – Diagonalization – Reduction of quadratic form into sum of squares using orthogonal transformation – nature of quadratic form.

Para. Bakelite – Moulding techniques – Lamination – glass reinforced plastics – Natural Rubber properties – Valcunisation of rubber – 38 . Nylon. Acrylics.L.Gaur and S.thermo plastics and thermo setting plastics – preparation and properties of PVC.Gupta Dr. M.Premlet ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY CMELRPTA 103 1+1+0 Module 1 Electro Chemistry Conductance – Experimental Determination – Galvenic cells – reversible and irreversible cells – EMF and its measurement – Single electrode potential – types of electrodes – Hydrogen electrode – Calomel electrode – Electrochemical series – Nernst equation – concentration cells – polarization and over voltage – decomposition potential – Secondary cells – Lead-Acid accumulator – Fuel cells.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.K. Module 3 Crystallography and Lattice Planes Crystallography – space lattice – unitcell – crystal systems – Co-ordination number packing factor – lattice planes and Miller Indices – spacing between lattice planes – Bragg’s law and crystal structure analysis – Bragg’s Xray spectrometer. Materials Physics for Engineers R. 4. Ferro. 3. Antiferro and Ferri magnetic materials – soft and hard magnetic materials – properties – applications – magnetic permeability – susceptibility – relation between them – Hysteresis. Module 4 Magnetic Materials Dia. PVA. 5. Engg. Dielectrics: Properties – Dielectric constant – Dielectric strength – Dielectric loss – Polar and non polar molecule – Dielectric polarization – dielectric susceptibility – types – applications. Physics Solid State Physics Engg. Module 2 Plastics and Elastomers High Polymers – types of polymerization – addition. Teflon. Poly vinylidene chloride. Poly propelene. Ultra sonics – Production – piczoelectric and magnetostriction method – properties – applications. References 1. 2. Module 5 Fibre Optics and its Application General ides of optical fibre – NA of fibre – step index and graded index fibre – multi mode and single mode fibre – applications of optical fibre – fibre optic communication system (block diagram) – Optical fibre sensors. Physics Engg. Terylene. condensation and copolymerism .Arumugam C. Kothamangalam Module 2 Super Conductivity Transition temperature – Meissner effect – Isotope effect – Type I and II super conductors – BCS theory (qualitative study) – High temperature super conductivity (general idea) – Joseph son effect – SQUIDS – Applications of Super conductors.Kittel Decker B.

Definition of rigid body – moment of a force about an axis – varignon’s theorem of moment – couple – properties of force couples – resolution of a given force in to force acting at a given point and a couple – reduction of a system of coplanar forces acting on a rigid body into a single force and a single couple – equilibrium of a rigid body under coplanar forces – types of supports – reaction at supports of beams and frames – graphical method. properties and uses of semi-solid lubricants – properties and uses of solid lubricants – synthetic lubricants. 3. Module 3 Corrosion and protective coatings Chemical and electro chemical corrosion – Factors affecting corrosion – corrosion control – cathodic protection – inorganic coating – metallic coating – hot dipping – electroplating – metal spraying – cladding – vacuum metalistion – anodisation – vitreous coating. And Tech. silicon rubber and Thiokol. Module 4 Domestic water supply Requirements and methods of processing – Industrial water supply: Hard and soft waters – defects of using water containing dissolved minerals for industrial purposes – Boiler Troubles – methods of treatment.C. 4. I & II) Environmental Chemistry Jain and Jain O. Kothamangalam synthetic rubber – industrial uses buna rubbers. areas. 39 .Kuriakose and J.P.aggarwal J. cylinders and cones. volumes – moment of inertia of lamina and radius of gyration – parallel axis theorem and its applications – mass moment of inertia of thin circular and rectangular plates – mass moment of inertia of solid rectangular prisms. Module 5 Fuels: Classification – calorific value and its determination – solid. butyl rubber. Chemistry Chemistry in Engg.K. Engg. Module 2 Centre of gravity. Chemistry Engg. References 1.Rajam A. liquid and gaseous fuels – petrol knock – octane number – cetane number – synthetic gasoline – natural gas – pollution – causes of pollution – air pollution due to automobiles – control of air pollution Lubrication and Lubricants: Mechanism of lubrication – different types of lubricants – manufacture and properties of lubricating oil – manufacture. centroid of wires.De ENGINEERING MECHANICS CMELRPTA 104 2+2+0 Module 1 Forces in Plane – Vector addition of concurrent forces in plane – problems involving the equilibrium of particles – free body diagrams.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2. (Vol.

Engineering Mechanics. Simple stress and strain – bars of uniform cross section – shear stress – modulus of rigidity – bulk modulus – Poisson’s ratio – Relation between different modulii. Vikas Publishing Co. Indian standard code of practice for general engineering drawing..Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Engineering Mechanics. Kothamangalam Friction-angle of friction and coefficient of friction – laws of dry friction-ladder friction – wedge friction.H. Construction of cycloids.P. Mechanics for Engineers – Statics and Dynamics. Engineering Mechanics. Meriam J. Motion of rotation – couple – torque – Newtons laws of motion of rotation – differential equations of rotation – angular impulse and torque – conservation of angular momentum – work-done and power by torque and couple. 3.. 4. Circular motion with uniform acceleration – relation between angular and rectilinear motion – normal and tangential acceleration – motion of rotation and translation – instantaneous centre of zero velocity (elementary treatment only) Module 5 Kinetics of particles – Newton’s Laws of motion of translation – work. McGrwa Hill 6. energy and power – principles of momentum and impulse.Timoshinko. Standard Publishers and Distributors S. & Kraige L. & Johnston E. Scales – plain scale – vernier scal – diagonal scale. Module 4 Dynamics: Kinematics (Velocity – acceleration) rectilinear motion of a particle under variable acceleration Relative velocity – simple cases only.G. John Wiley ENGINEERING GRAPHICS CMELRPTA 105 1+0+3 Module 1 Introduction of Engineering Graphics: drawing instruments and their uses – familiarization with current. hyoperbola and rectangular hyperbola. Engineering Mechanics. parabola.. Module 3 Simple trusses – analysis of trusses by methods of joints and sections – graphical method. archimedian spiral and logarithmic spiral – drawing tangents and normals to these curves. involute. Prentice hall of India S. Shames I.L. Rajasekararn & G. Beer F. Engineering Mechanics. Conic sections – construction of ellipse. McGraw Hill Ramachandra. References 1.R.Sankarasubramanian. 2. 5. 40 .

Kothamangalam Module 2 Introduction to orthographic projections: planes of projection – projection of points in different quadrants. perpendicular of inclined to the other plane .C. Sections of solids by planes inclined to horizontal or vertical planes. 2. tetrahedron. decay preservation – specification for use in construction. batching. seasoning. prisms. Introduction to isometric projection – isometric scale – isometric views – isometric projections of prism. Module 3 Projection of polyhedra and solids of revolution – cubes. References 1. pyramids and cones – development of funnels and pipe elbows. C.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Gill. workability.C. cylinders. pyramids. octahedron and sphere – frustums. Module 5 Introduction to prespective projections: prespective views of prisms.Bhatt. Geometrical Drawing – P. Projection of solids with axis parallel to one plane and parallel. cylinder in cylinder. pyramids.projection of solids on auxiliary planes. A. cones. prisms.Lakshmi Narayanan & M.Varghese & K. Module 4 Development of surfaces of cubes. cylinders.John BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 106 1+1+0 Module 1 Materials: Cement – Types of Portland cement – grades of cement and its uses – Steel – types of steel for reinforcement bars – steel structural sections. cylinders. 4. mixing. Elementary Engineering Drawing – N.I. Aggregates: sources.Marhur Engineering Graphics – P. and GI sheets roofing for industrial buildings – sketches only – reinforced concrete roofs. Bricks: varieties and strength – tests on bricks. Orthographic projection of straight lines parallel to one plane and inclined to the other plane – straight lines inclined to both the planes – true length and inclination of lines with reference planes – traces of lines – projection of planes. types & sizes – requirements of good aggregates. (Design details not required) 41 . Intersection of surfaces – methods of determining lines of intersection – intersection of prism. Geometrical Drawing – V. compaction and curing. Module 2 Timber – Varieties found in Kerala – effects. Mortar preparation – Concrete – grades of concrete as per IS Code – water cement ratio.D. cones and spheres. 3.S. Roofing: Steel truss.

Flemish bond . Module 4 Surveying: Classifications . Surveying Vol –I. Justo. Classification of roads and components of roads – basics of traffic engineering – Road marking – Traffic Islands.Bearing of survey lines & local attraction. 2. C.based on instruments used.Stone masonry-Random Rubble masonry.based on object of survey . specificheat – Universal gas constant – Isothermal. injector and carburetor – ignition system – lubrication and cooling systems. Compass Surveying: Prismatic compass – Basic principles . 5. work done and heat transferred: Carnot. Chain Surveying: Instruments . Building Materials. Properties of Concrete.definitions Isolated footing .Height of instrument method. Superstructure: Walls . signaling – (brief description only) References 1. E. G. Jha and Sinha.English bond . (Brief description only). Engines: Working of two stroke and four stroke engines – petrol and diesel engines – fuel systems. Otto & Diesel Cycles – air standard efficientcy. Gas laws. adiabatic and polytropic processes. Construction and foundation Engineering. 3. Highway Engineering.combined footing .. Khanna Publishers Nevile. Charotar Book stall K. piles and well foundation .rafts. Laxmi Publications Rangwala. height and ventilation of rooms (residential buildings) disposal of domestic waste water through septic tank and soak pit. Kothamangalam Module 3 Building Components: Foundation: Bearing capacity and settlement .special situations where those foundations are suitable.brick masonry . Khanna & C. 6.reduction of levels .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.procedure and booking. Mc Graw Hill Kerala Municipal Rules – 1999 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 107 1-1-0 Module 1 Thermodynamics: Basic concepts and definitions. 4. Module 2 I.field work . Leveling: field work . Khanna Publishers Punmia B. Module 5 Site plan preparation for buildings (Sketch only) – Kerala Municipal Building Rules – 1999-general provisions regarding site and building requirements – Exterior and interior open air spaces – coverage and floor area ratio – provisions of the size.C. 42 .machine foundation .field book .

4. Velocity ratio and slip – simple problems – velocity ratio and choice of gear wheels – simple problems. diesel. calculation of length of belt – expression for ratio of belt tension.Domkundwar Nagpal BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 108 1+1 Module 1 S I unit of Current. rope. 43 .Bellany S. Elements of Hear Engines Thermal Engineering Elements of Mechanical Engineering Power Plant Engineering R.C.f. Module 5 Simple description of general purpose machines like lathe.L. discharge and specific speed – steam turbines – reaction and impulse turbines – compounding methods.S. chain and gear drives.C.Patel P.f. Module 3 Power transmission: Methods of transmission – belt. Manufacturing process: moulding and casting. 3. Ohm’s Law – Temperature Coefficient of Resistance – Kirchhoff’s Laws – Solution of Series-Parallel D. forging. thermal and nuclear power plants. drilling machine. circuits – star Delta Transformation – Magnetic Circuits – Flux-Flux density – m m f – Magnetising Force – Reluctance –Permeability –Comparison of Electric and Magnetic Circuits-Force experienced by a current carrying conductor in Magnetic Field – Electromagnetic Induction – Farady’s Laws – Lenz’s Law – Statically Induced e m f – dynamically induced e. – Self and mutual Induction – Coefficient of coupling. Fields of application. – Operator ‘j’ – Admittance – solution of series and parallel R L C circuits. shaping machines. Module 2 Alternating Quantity – Generation of Sinusoidal Voltage – Frequency – R.M. and Average Value – Form Factor – Peak Factor – Phasor Representation – Phase and Phase Difference – Solution of Series R L C circuits – Power and p. Voltage. milling machine and grinding machine. 2. nonconventional energy sources.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. general description only. rolling. Power and Energy. Types of hydraulic turbines – selection of turbines depending upon head.m. Module 4 Power plants: General layout of hydraulic. Kothamangalam Refrigeration and air-conditioning: methods of refrigeration – vapour compression and vapour absorption systems – block diagrams and general descriptions – winter and summer air conditioning systems – general description. welding – arc welding – gas welding (simple descriptions only) References 1.

Ceramic and Electrolytic capacitors. 3. 44 . equation – Types of Generators. Machine – Principle of Operations of a D. power rating of resistors. Paper. generator – Constructional Details – e. Variable capacitors.Variable resistors.Raina M. 5. Alternator – Principle of Operations – Types Module 5 Requirements of Good Lighting System – Working Principle of Incandescent – Fluorescent and Mercury Vapour Lamps – Estimate the quantity of Materials required and Draw the wiring layout of (a) Residential Building with One or Two rooms.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Nuclear and Non Conventional – Transmission – Need for high Voltage Transmission – Transmission Voltages in Kerala – Distribution – Underground Versus Overhead – Feeder – Distributor – Service Mains – Conductor materials – One line Diagram of a typical Power System. S.Bhattacharya. Transformer – Principle of Operations – e.Gupta BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING CMELRPTA109 1+1+0 Module 1 Basic circuit components Passive components: Resistors . colour coding. and its Significance – Necessity of Starters – Types of motors and Applications.m.L. K. Capacitors: Types of capacitors: Fixed capacitors. References 1.Fixed Resistors .C.B.m. Thermal. Motor – Principle of Operations – Back e.C. (b) Workshop with one Induction Motor. Induction Motor – Principle of Operation of 3 phase Induction Motor – Cage and Slip ring – Slip – Applications – types of Single Phase Induction Motors – Applications.Soni & P. voltage rating of capacitors. Inductors: Fixed and Variable inductors.f. equation – Ideal Transformer – Constructional Details – Losses and Efficiency – Use of Power. D. Distribution and Instrument Transformers. Estimating & Costing A Course in Electrical Power H.Types of resistors .m. Mica.f.Cotton Hughese Edminister J. Module 4 D.V.C. Kothamangalam Module 3 Resonance – Series and Parallel – Q factor – Selectivity and Bandwidth – Three phase system – Representation – Star and Delta Systems – Phase sequence – Balanced Delta connected System – Balanced Star Connected system – Phasor representations – Simple Problems.A. 2. resistor tolerance. Generation – Types of Generation – Hydroelectric.f.K. Electrical Technology Electrical Technology Electrical Circuits Electrical Design. 4.

eliminator circuit. microphones. Mc Graw Hill Publication Electronic Devices: Floyd. VHF. Wireless communication: mobile. pnp. 3. microwave and satellite (basic principles and block schematic only). Silicon. Electronic Principles: Malvino. UHF. working principle. I/O devices. 5. Zener regulator. Module 2 Basic electronic circuits Diode circuits: Forward and reverse characteristics. full wave. Bandwidth. 6. Floppy Discs. Programming: Machine language. References 1. concept of α and β. Transistors: npn. Digital electronics: number systems . Loud speaker.conversion representation of negative numbers using 1’s compliment and 2’s compliment method. p and n type materials. Linear and Digital ICs. Rectifiers: Half wave. octal and hexadecimal . Pearson Education Electronic Devices & Circuits Theory: Boyelstad & Naschelsky. Photodiode.scanning . Mc Graw Hill Publication 45 . pn junction. Mc Graw Hill Publication Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias.binary. LVDT. Assembly language. Transistor circuits: CB. Measurements: Multimeter and X-Y recorder. Classifications: Germanium. Memory: RAM. Amplifiers. Module 3 Basic communication engineering Communication: Frequency bands: RF. LEDs (working principle only). Basic Electronics: Bernad Grob. CE. classification. basic principles of amplitude. Zener. Module 5 Basic Computer engineering Digital computer: Block schematic.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. CC characteristics. Bridge circuits. Kothamangalam Semiconductor Components: Definition of insulators. System Software. Prentice Hall. 2. DC Power supply: Capacitor filter. Operating systems. semiconductors and conductors types: Intrinsic and extrinsic. Radio engineering: block schematic of AM radio receiver and transmitter function of each block. phase and pulse modulation. Integrated circuits: Advantages. frequency. Magnetic Tape. Mc Graw Hill Publication Digital Principles: Malvino & Leach. function of each block: CPU. Hard Discs and CD. High level language. Modulation – need for modulation.simplified block schematic of a monochrome TV receiver. Television Engineering: Basic principles of TV – CRT . Memory. 4. ROM. Compilers and Assemblers. Logic gates – truth table. Thermistor. common emitter RC coupled amplifier. Frequency response. Module 4 Basic instrumentation and Digital electronics Electronic instrumentation: Transducers: Basic principles of Strain guage.

5. soltting shaping.S Kalsi. hexagonal bolt – Forging Principles. marking – sawing – cross and tee joints – dovetail joints – Engineering Application.lathe. Seasoning. 46 . 2. Practice in chipping – filing – cutting – male and female joints Forging of square and hexagonal prisms. manholes. materials and different operations. Preservation – Plywood and Plyboards. Mc Graw Hill Publication 8. Kothamangalam 7. Hospital Wiring. C – ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING WORKSHOP CMELRPTA 110 1. 6. Preparation of Simple sand moulds – moulding sand characteristics. Stair case Wiring.two brick two and a half brick—Arch setting. M C B and E L C B.sanitary fittings . gate. Wiring of fluorescent. wash basin—closet (European and Indian). Godown Wiring. Electronic Instrumentation: H. 4. chaplets and casting defects. Demonstration & study of machine tool . Systems Programming: J. Plumbing Study of water supply and sanitary fittings—water supply pipe fitting –tap connections . B-CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP Fitting Smithy Foundry CMELRPTA 110 Masonry English bond – flemish bond –wall –junction – one brick – one and a half brick . core. boring.J. Wiring of Distribution Board including Power Plug using Isolator. 3. Mc Graw Hill Publication WORKSHOP A-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP CMELRPTA 110 Carpentry 0+0+6 Planing – cutting – chiseling. Wiring of one lamp and one plug.urinal. C F L and mercury vapour lamp. Donavan. CNC and machining centers. runner. milling machines. grinding. Surveying Study of surveying instruments – chain – compass – plane table – leveling – theodolite—minor instruments.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. control of two lamps in series and in parallel. drilling. materials. riser.

3 periods will be in Mechanical Engineering Workshop and 3 periods in Civil Engineering Workshop & Electrical Engineering Workshop alternately. Insulation megger – earth megger. 47 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam 7. Identification of electronic components and soldering practice. 10. Soldering and testing of a H W and FW rectifier with capacitor filter in a P C B. 8. 9. measurement of Insulation resistance and earth resistance. Soldering of typical I C circuit.

Kothamangalam B. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS CIVIL ENGINEERING BRANCH 48 .TECH.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.II CMELPA 301 49 3+1 .

Prentice-Hall. Numerical Methods. Advanced Engg. z+k2/z – bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems.scalar and vector fields – gradient. Module 5 Difference Calculus Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. Grawal B. M.Greenberg. Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals. conservative fields – identities – simple problems. 5. ez. 6.Spiegel.R. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn. Khanna Publishers. Kothamangalam Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus Differentiation of vector functions . E. Fluid pressure – Atmospheric. 3.Shantha. Pressure on a submerged curved surface – pressure on lock gates. National Publishing Co. sin z. Mathematics.K. Total pressure and centre of pressure on a submerged lamina. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. Numerical Methods in science & Engg. Module 4 Finite Differences Meaning of ∆.S. Newtonian and non – Newtonian fluids. Mass density.Venkataraman.R. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable Definition of analytic functions and singular points – derivation of C. surface and volume Integrals – work done by a force along a path – Application of Green’s theorem. 50 . Viscosity – Classification of fluids – Ideal and real fluids. References 1. 4. Michael D. Absolute. M. Mathematics. FLUID MECHANICS . Wiley Eastern Ltd. manometer. capillarity. divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential. University press.. Advanced Engg. McGraw – Hill. Pressure on gravity dams. specific weight. Higher Engg.Balachandra Rao and G.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 1/z. ∇.. surface tension. δ .K. Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus Line. Erwin Kreyszig. gauge and Vaccum Pressure. Bourden Gauge. Mathematics.I C302 3+2 Module 1 Properties of fluids: Definition and Units. Measurement of Pressure – Piezometer.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirling’s formula. 2. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations. µ. S.

Cippoletti weir. Velocity distribution for turbulent flow. Seth. Selection of scale of models – Distorted models. References 1. External and internal mouthpiece. Hydraulic Gradient and Total Energy Lines: Flow through long pipes – Pipes in series and parallel. International Students Edition. Types of flow – Streamline. Fluid Mechanics. trapezoidal notches. Stream Function. L.Derivations of dimensionless parameters. Stoke’s law. Streeter V. Spillway models and Ship models. Mach numbers. Module 4 Flow through pipes: Laminar and Turbulent flow – Reynold’s experiment. Orifice meter. 2. loss of head due to friction. Euler’s equation. Other energy losses in pipes. M. P. 3. Scale ratios of various physical quantities for Froude’s and Reynold’s model laws – problems. Webber. Darcy – Weishbach Equation. RoorKee. Stream tube – continuity equation for one dimensional flow. broad crested weir. Laminar Flow in circular pipes: Hagen poiseuille Equation. Kinematic. Jagdishlal. G. Standard Book House Delhi. statement and derivation of Bernoulli’s equation and assumptions made. Laplace’s Differential equation in rectangular co-ordinates for two dimensional irrotational flow. Circulation and Vorticity. Garde and A. Transmission of power through pipes –nozzle diameter for maximum power transmission. Drag and lift for immersed bodies. Laminar flow through porous media. Delhi. Dimensional Analysis – Rayleigh’s method. Modi & Dr. submerged weir. Turbulent flow through pipes: Hydro-dynamically smooth and rough boundary. 4. Metropolitan Book Co. Engineering Fluid Mechanics.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 51 . Kothamangalam Module 2 Buoyancy – Centre of buoyancy – Metacentre – Stability of floating bodies – Determination of metacentric height – Analytical & experimental methods. Froude’s. Buckingham’s method . Nem Chand & Bross. Applications of Bernoulli’s equation – Venturi meter. geometric. Dynamic Similarity. triangular. Path line and Streak line. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics. Mirajoaker.. Mc Graw Hill. Notches and weirs – Rectangular. R. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics. Moving Bed models. Dr. Velocity Potential.. Siphon. N. Hydraulic Similitude. Reynold’s. Module 5 Dimensional Analysis and Model studies: Units and dimensions of physical quantities. Module 3 Forces influencing motion – Energy of fluids.. S. Scale effects in models. Flow Net – Orthogonality of stream lines and equipotential lines. Pitot tube Orifices and Mouth Pieces – Coefficients of Contraction. J. Dimensional Homogeneity of formulae and it’s application to common fluid flow problems. Velocity and Discharge. Hydraulic Models: Need.

N.C. New Deihi.carriage springs. Shear centre: Shear centre of sections having two axes of symmetry. Analysis of Structures. Engineering Mechanics of solids.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 3.modulus of section. Module 4 Stresses due to torsion: Torsion of solid and hollow circular shafts.1.M. 2. Strength of Materials.S.beams of uniform strength. William A Nash. D. Ratwani N. Unsymmetrical bending: Product of inertia-principal axes-stresses due to unsymmetrical bending. Prentice Hall of India. 5.stresses in symmetrical sectionsbending stress distribution.Van Nostrand company.power transmitted-stresses due to axial thrust-bending and torsion. Compound stresses: Two dimensional problems-principal stresses and principal planes-maximum shear stress-planes of maximum shear.. Springs: Close coiled and open coiled. Strength of Materials. 4. 6. Popov E. Timoshenko.1. New Delhi. New Delhi. Combined bending and direct stresses: Core of different sections. Pressure vessels: Thin and thick cylinders-Lame’s equation-stresses in thick cylinders due to internal and external pressures. shear force and bending moment. Strain energy: Gradually applied and suddenly applied load..P. Punmia B.A. Mc Graw Hill. Kothamangalam MECHANICS OF SOLIDS C303 2+2 Module 1 Stress-strain: Bars of varying cross section-Composite section-temperature stresses.Newyork.built up sections – composite sections. Vol.Rankine’s formulaEmpirical formula-Buit up members-columns subjected to eccentric loading and initial curvature. References 1..slenderness ratio. Vol. Module 5 Columns and struts: Short and long columns-elastic instability-Euler’s formula for long columns with different end conditions. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Inc. Module 3 Stresses in beams: Theory of simple bending. Module 2 Bending moment and shear force: Shear force and Bending moment diagrams for various types of statically determinate beams with various loading combinationsrelation between load. M. Kazimi S. Solid Mechanics. Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures. 52 .P.wind pressure on structures..shear stress distribution in beamsstress in various sections. Lakshmi Publications.Graphical method. Part-1. Vazirani V. Khanna Publishers.

Stores – Safe custody of stores – classification – works – administrative sanction. Strength of Materials.. Module 3 Functional planning of buildings – general principles of site plan – principles of functional planning – orientation of buildings – shading principles. Module 2 Flooring – different types – Mosaic – marble – granite – roofing – pitched and flat roofs – domes and folded plate roofs – doors. Ryder G. P.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. technical sanction – categories of works. 53 .Arora. Longman’s Green& Company. Concrete technology. windows and ventilators – types – construction details of paneled&glazed– I.Chand & Co. References 1. Module 5 Departmental organizational structure – staff pattern – powers and functions of officers in planning. pneumatic and hoisting equipment – pile driving equipment – Earth work computation – mass diagram – soil compaction & stabilization – owning and operating works of construction equipment. New Delhi. ELBS. PWD system of account – classification of transactions –heads of accounts – cash – precautions in keeping accounts – construction accounts. M. Dhanpat Rai & Sons. directing and controlling construction –PWD code. Building construction. organising. Shetty. S. 8. Module 4 Construction management – Mechanisation in construction – earth moving. Modern construction materials – Intelligent buildings – building automation. S. Finished works – plastering. specifications. 2. Joints – Construction joints – expansion joints – contraction joints – sliding joints – joints in water retaining structures etc. Arthur Morley. CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT C 304 3+1 Module 1 Admixtures in Concrete – light weight concrete – heavy weight concrete – mass concrete – ready mix concrete – polymer concrete – vacuum concrete – shortcrete – pre-packed concrete – pumped concrete.H. handling. Strength of Materials. Damp prevention – Causes – Material used – Damp proofing of floors – walls – roofs. ELBS. painting – white washing – distempering – application of Snowcem – Concrete repairs-construction and constructed facilities. S. Kothamangalam 7. S. Scaffolding and Formwork (elementary concepts only).

I C305 3+1 Module 1 Introduction – Principles – classifications – Chain surveying: Ranging and chaining. fly. Vertical angle measurements. .general principles Stadia method – distance and elevation formulae for staff held vertical – Instruments constants – analytic lens – tangential method – use of subtense bar – electromagnetic distance measurement – principles Module 4 Areas and volumes Areas – by latitude and departure .B.Mahesh Varma. Volume – trapezoidal and prismoidal rule. Methods of traversing – conditions of closure – closing error and distribution – Gales traverse table – plotting by co-ordinates – omitted measurements. Module 2 Levelling: levels and staves – spirit level – sensitiveness – bench marks temporary and permanent adjustments –booking . Plane table surveying – Different methods – Traversing.Gupta. – – – – Module 3 Theodolite traversing: Transit theodolite – vernier. Kothamangalam 3.Ledbetter.L. Volume from contours. Tata Mc Graw Hill.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Standard publishers and Distributors. SURVEYING . check and profile levelling cross sectioning curvature and refraction – reciprocal levelling – errors in levelling – contouring characteristics and uses of contours – Locating contours. micrometer and micro-optic theodolites – description and uses – fundamental lines of a transit theodolite – temporary and permanenet adjustments – horizontal angle – reiteration and repetition methods– booking. Metropolitan Book Company.Capacity of reservoirs – Mass haul curve. Compass surveying – Prismatic compass – surveyor’s compass – bearings – systems and conversions – local attraction – Magnetic declination – dip – traversing – plotting – adjustment of error by graphical and analytical method (Bowditch’s). and methods. W. 5. Construction Planning. R.Peurifoy. B.methods of reduction of levels arithmetic checks-differential.L. Dr. 4. Reciprocal ranging – over-coming obstacles –setting perpendicular and gradients – traversing – plotting – errors in chaining and their corrections. Construction Management and Accounts. Amit Gupta. Equipment. Construction Equipment and its Planning and Application.plotting.meridian distance method – double meridian distance method – co-ordinate method – trapezoidal and Simpson’s method – area by planimeter. Module 5 Curves: Elements of a simple curve – setting out simple curve by chain and tape methods – Rankine’s method – two theodolite method – compound and reverse curve (parallel tangents only) – transition curves – different kinds – functions and 54 . Tacheometric surveying: .

Surveying Vol. R. References 1. Reinforced concrete staircase (1 sheet). Standard Book House New Delhi. I & II. S. B.K. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Kanetkar & Kulkarni. 0+3 55 . section and elevation of single storied buildings with RC and tiled roofs (only residential buildings) (8 sheets). Roof detailing for M. Surveying Vol.I C306 PART A Detailed drawings of paneled doors. CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING . 2. 3. glazed windows and ventilators with wooden frames. 8. Prabhu. 6. New Delhi.Roy. Pune. Surveying. 4. Civil Engineering drawing and House Planning. S. Dr. Gurucharan Singh. Spades Publishers and distributors. T. Balagopal & T. 2. Arora.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. S. Surveying and leveling Vol. K. S. Standard Publishers distributors. Delhi.N.K. 3. Roof truss in standard steel sections (1 sheet). (2 sheets). Punmia. 7.Varma. Laxmi Publications (P) LTD. B. I&II A. S. Universities Press (India) LTD.G.Basak – Surveying. Civil Engineering drawing.V. Shah & Kale. Nagaraj. glazed doors. Khanna Publishers.Publications. tiles (1 Sheet). Venkatramaiah. Building Drawing. Hyderabad. Subhash Chander Sharma. C. Building drawing & detailing. Text Book of Surveying. Plane Surveying. C. 4.S. 5. Dr.P. Alak De. Prentice Hall of India. P. B.Chand &Co.P. Roof lines (1 sheet). Fundamental of Surveying. New Delhi. Calicut. PART B Working drawings – plan. Hussain & M. I. Delhi. New Delhi. Kothamangalam requirements – setting out the combined curve by theodolite – elements of vertical curve.Chand & Company Limited. (Preparation of plan from line sketches only) Marks distribution Part A 40 marks Part B 60 marks References 1.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. torsteel and High Tensile steel.I C308 1. Theodolite Surveying i. Note All tests should be done as per relevant BIS. Study of minor instruments. T. Reduction of levels by H I method iii. Road 7. Two point problem. Running a closed compass traverse – plotting and adjustments. Levelling. v. Torsion Pendulum (M. S. Plane table surveying. Aluminum wires and brass wires) 5. ii. Longitudinal sectioning and cross sectioning. Tests on springs (open and close coiled) 2. M. wires. Shear Test on M. ' 3. Kothamangalam MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY . SURVEY PRACTICAL . 2. Maxwell's Law of reciprocal deflection and determination of E for steel. Impact Test (Izod and Charpy) 10.I C 307 0+3 1. Traversing. Reduction of levels by rise and fall method iv. Verification of Clerk. Hardness Test (Brinell. 4.S. i. Torsion test using U. 0+3 56 . Vicker's and Rebound) 11. Three point problem iii. Study of leveling instruments ii. Measurements of horizontal angles by the method of repetition. Rod. 5. iii. T. 8. on M. Torsion Test on M. i. Bending Test on Wooden Beams using U. Fatigue Test 9. 4. Rod. Strut Test. Contouring. S. 3. ii. M. 6. Measurement of horizontal angles by the method of reiteration. Study of transit theodolite.S.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 57 .

Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. M. Richard A Johnson. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . 4. difference of proportions. F and Chi square test – Level of significance . National Publishing Company. 58 .Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability .The binomial distribution. Pearson Education Asia / PHI.fitting of binomial & Poisson distributions . Poisson and normal distributions.normal distribution .properties of normal curve .Mc Graw Hill International Edn. Probability and statistical inferences.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.inverse transforms . B. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.standard normal curve . Erwin Kreyszig. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Advanced Engg. Bali and Iyengar.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity . Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions . Mathematics.its mean and variance . 7.simple problems.Finding P. Khanna Publishers. Ian N. single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected). Elements of Partial Differential Equations. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II). Higher Engineering Mathematics.simple problems in binomial.Linear Simultaneous eqns. Laxmi Publications Ltd. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Hogg and Tanis. 2. Engineering Mathematics Vol.Sneddon.simple applications in engineering problems. 5. its mean and variance . References 1. Grewal. II -3rd year Part A & B. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers. Venkataraman. 6.S. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations .I. Pearson Education Asia.K.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents .

K. Standard Book House. Pumps in parallel. draft tube – types. specific force diagrams. 4. Jagadheesh Lal. Module 5 Centrifugal Pumps – Types. Open Channel Hydraulics. non-dimensional equation. Mc Graw Hill Ltd. critical velocity. Minimum starting speed. work done. Multistage pump. backwater computation by direct step method. separation in suction and delivery pipes. Module 3 Rapidly varied flow. Penstock. Hydraulic Machines. Different forms of the dynamic equation. Location of hydraulic jump. Basic characteristics of the jump. Delhi. Kaplan turbines. New Delhi.1. New Delhi 3. Head of pump. Dr.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. surge tank – types. Air vessel – rate of flow into and from air vessel. specific energy. Force of jet on stationary and moving plates – turbines – Classification. selection of turbines. Subrahmanya. Metropolitian Book Co.. types of reciprocating pumps. effect of acceleration and frictional resistance. Modi & Dr. Practical application of hydraulic jump. slip and coefficient of discharge. Specific speed. Energy in open channel flow. Specific speed. Characteristics of surface profiles in prismatic channels. Kothamangalam FLUID MECHANICS .II C402 2+2 Module 1 Flow in open Channel – Uniform and non uniform flow. measurement of discharge in channels. height of jump. equations for uniform flow – Chezy’s and Manning’s formula. Module 2 Gradually varied flow – Dynamic Equation for gradually varied flow. hydraulic jump – initial and sequent depths. N. Velocity triangle for pumps. Tata McGraw Hill. Module 4 Hydraulic Machines – Impact of jet. Conveyance of a canal section. M. Francis. Losses and efficiency. Seth. References 1. Normal depth. S. 2. Froude number. tail race. jump as energy dissipater. Types of jump in horizontal floor. Most economical cross sections – Velocity distribution in open channels. velocity triangle for Pelton. stilling basins. P. computation of uniform flow. Flow in open channel vol. 59 . Positive displacement pumps – working principle. Energy loss. Indicator diagram. efficiency. Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics. critical states of flow. Ven Te Chow.

McGraw Hill.. Theory of structures. 5. 9. Mechanics of Structures. Young D. Elementary Structural Analysis.1996. Seeli F. Strength of Materials. Sadhu Sindh. Structural mechanics. Macmillian Pub. 12. Module 4 Arches: Theoretical arch-Eddy’s theorem-analysis of three hinged arches – moving loads on arches-settlement and temperature effect. II.H.. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Reddy C. 3. Smith J. Desai J. Module 5 Cables and suspension bridges: General cable theorem-analysis of cables under concentrated and uniformly distributed loads-shape and stresses due to self weightanchor cables-temperature effect-suspension bridges with three hinged and two hinged stiffening girders-influence lines for bending moment and shear forcetemperature stresses in stiffening girder. 60 . McGraw Hill.& Smith J. Punmia B.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Charorbar Book Stall..P. Norris & Wilbur. Vol.I C403 2+2 Module 1 Deflection of determinate beams: Differential equation of the elastic curve.P. Basic Structural Analysis. John Wiley &Sons. Khanna Publishers..slope and deflection of beams by method of successive integration-Macaulay’s methodmoment area method-conjugate beam method-deflection due to shear.K.C. 8.R.II. Wang C.B. References 1. Module 3 Moving loads and influence lines: effect of moving loads-influence lines for reaction. 1988. Advanced Mechanics of Materials.S. Kothamangalam STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS . Weinall Book Corporation.1985. Vol. Module 2 Energy Theorems: Strain energy due to axial load-bending-shear and torsionprinciple of super position-principle of virtual work-Castigliano’s first theoremBetti’s theorem-Maxwell’s law of reciprocal deflection-unit load method and strain energy method for determination of deflection of statically determinate beams-pin jointed frames-effect of temperature-lack of fit. 2001. 7.C.. Introductory Structural Analysis.G. Prentice Hall of India. Rajesekharan &Sankarasubramanian. Structural Analysis. Thadani B. 10.& Solomon C.N. McGraw Hill 11. Laxmi publications. shear force and bending moment for determinate beams-load positionabsolute maximum bending moment. 2.P. 4.. Junarker S.G.1968. Strength of materials and theory of structures. Timoshenko S. Computational Structural Mechanics. 1993.Co. 6..

Agarwal.optimum duration. Fundamentals of financial management. Indian economy. Prasanna Chandra. Module 2 Accountancy: Objectives of accounting – management accounting and financial accounting – journal – ledger – the trial balance – balance sheet – profit and loss account. Sundaram.Forward pass and backward pass . Techniques for Construction Network Sheduling.Earliest expected time . Wishwa prakashan.P. S. Module 3 Financial management: The Indian financial system – types of banks and their functions – long term financing – the stock market – functions and problems faced by the stock market – Industrial finance – loans and return of loans – cost benefit analysis – methods of appraising profitability – pay back method – average rate of return – internal rate of return – net present value.Employees State Insurance Act –Workers participation in management – labour welfare and social security – Industrial safety and welfare provision – role of state in labour welfare – role of labour welfare officers social security principles and practice. A. 2. 5. Module 5 Project costs analysis: Cost Vs Time curve .D.Chand &Co. 4. Indian economy. James.Minimum wages Act .N. K. 61 2+2 .M.related problems updating.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 3. ECONOMICS AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT C 404 Part A Engineering Economics Module 1 Indian Industries: Industrial pattern-Industrial growth-Inadequacies of the program of industrialisation-Role of the public sector-problems and prospects of privatization-multinational corporations and their impacts on the Indian economyinflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of price increases. References 1. Tata McGraw Hill. resource allocation .parallel critical paths crashed critical paths – most economical solution. S.float.Compression limited by crashing . Khanna Publishers. Kothamangalam ENGG.Network and time estimates . Part B Construction Management Module 4 Introduction to job planning and Management: Bar charts and mile stone charts .C.Sharma. Module 6 Industrial Relations: Payment of wages Act .resource smoothing – resource leveling .Network compression . McGraw Hill.Time estimates .Steevens. Ruddar Datt.C P M and PERT networks .related problems. Management of Systems.work breakdown structure .

G. Remote sensing and image interpretation. Kanetkar and Kulkarni.Lillerand. C. Kothamangalam 6. Industrial Organisation and Engineering Economics. T. Thomas M. Punmia. Eastwest Press. Surveying and leveling Vol. Pune.C. II. Inc. reduction to centre – extension of base. Principles and Applications. II. latitude and longitude – different methods. References 1. 4.Banga.R. Geodesy – shape of earth – effects of curvature – spherical excess – convergence of meridians.S. Dr. PERT and CPM.Sreenath. Surveying and leveling Vol. apparent and mean solar time – corrections to astronomical observations – determination of azimuth. New Delhi. S. Arora. 2.R. Khanna Publishers. SURVEYING . New Delhi.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 62 . Aerial photogrammentry – aerial camera – scale of vertical photograph – relief displacement on a vertical photograph – principle of parallax – stereoscopic pairs – flight planning – radial line method – flying height and overlaps – remote sensing – concepts of remote sensing – ideal remote sensing system. Module 3 Hydrographic surveying – Equipment – Methods of locating soundings – reduction and plotting of soundings – use of sextants and station pointer. New York. Laxmi Publications (P) LTD. T. Module 2 Theory of errors and triangulation Adjustments: Kinds of error – laws of weights – principles of least squares – determination of most probable value of quantities – probable error – distribution of error to the field measurements – normal equation – Method of corrections – Adjustment of simple triangulation figures. Module 5 Field Astronomy: . Surveying Vol. Publications.V. P. Module 4 Terrestrial photogrammetry – General principles – photo theodolite – horizontal position of a point from photogrammetric measurements – elevation of a point – determination of focal length of lens. L. 7. B.II C405 3+2 Module 1 Triangulation: triangulation figures – classification of triangulation systems – selection of triangulation stations – intervisibility and heights of stations – station marks – signals and towers – base line – choice – instrument and accessories – measurement of base lines – corrections – satellite stations – need.Sharma. John Wiley & Sons. A. Standard Book House. K. II. 3.Definitions – celestial sphere – co-ordinate systems – astronomical triangle – sidereal.

63 0+3 . Performance characteristics of centrifugal pump. Delhi. Determination of discharge coefficient for Plug-Sluices. Plumbing: water supply and sanitary drawings for residential buildings. Balagopal & T. 2. orifice meter and water meter. PART B . Standard Publishers distributors. 3. The student is expected to prepare sketch design for clients and submission drawings for approval References 1.MACHINERY 1. Hydraulic coefficients of orifices and mouth pieces under constant head method and time of emptying method. 5. pitot tubes. Determination of metacentric height and radius of gyration of floating bodies. Study of taps. Residential buildings: Flat and pitched roof – cottages. Delhi. 6. Determination of Chezy’s constant and Mannings number for open channel flow. Calibration of venturimeter.P. Calicut. B. (1 sheet) The student is expected to know local building rules and national building code provisions. Kothamangalam CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING . 4. watermeters and current meters. (2 sheets) 4. 8. Prabhu. S. restaurants. Calibration of rectangular and triangular notches. Determination of Darcy’s and Chezy’s constant for pipe flow. Khanna Publishers. Civil Engineering drawing and House Planning. 3. Building Drawing. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Subhash Chander Sharma. Spades Publishers and distributors. Shah & Kale. impulse and reaction turbines 2. New Delhi. 2. pipe fittings. Preparation of site plan and plan as per building rules. National Building code. commercial complexes (3sheets) 3. Civil Engineering drawing. offices. 4. HYDRAULICS LABORATORY C407 PART A -FLOW 1. libraries. Public buildings – schools. valves. 7. Kerala building byelaws. Study of centrifugal. Building drawing & detailing.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.II C406 0+3 Preparation of design.Varma. 5. Working drawings for 1. bungalows and flats (single storied and double storied) (4 sheets) 2. Gurucharan Singh. sketches and working drawings as per area and functional requirements. gauges. self priming and reciprocating pumps.

7. Setting out a circular curve by Rankine’s method.II C408 0+3 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4. Solution to problems on heights distances by observations using a theodolite. Study of total station. Setting out a building – Foundation marking. 7. Performance characteristics of Kaplan turbine. 9. Setting out a simple circular curve by offsets from long chord. 2. 5. Traversing using a theodolite – distribution of errors using gale’s traverse table. 5. Heights and distances – using tangential tachometry. Performance characteristics of Francis turbine. Kothamangalam 3. Heights and distances – using the stadia Tacheometer Principles. 6. 6. 8. Performance characteristics of self priming pump. SURVEYING PRACTICAL . Determination of constants of the transit theodolite. 4. 64 . Measurement of vertical angles using theodolite. Performance characteristics of Pelton wheel . 3. 10. Performance characteristics of reciprocating pump.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 65 .

Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems. Churchill and Brown. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method .S.IV CMELPA 501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem. shifting property.Balanced T.M. Kanna Publishers. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method. 5.Residuesresidue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions. Dr. 66 . 8.C. Advanced Mathematics for Engg. 3. G. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science. two phase method. Panneer Selvam. 4. B. convolution property.P.Vishwananthan printers & publishers. Engineering Mathematics Vol. Operations research. National Publishing Company.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method. A.S. 9. Pearson Education Asia. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method .zeros and singularities. PHI.P.Tulsian & Vishal Pandey.Ramanaigh & S. III.Duality in L. B. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering.Pillai. S Arumugam. Students Vol. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method. III. Complex variables and applications.Narayanan. Dr. Wiley Eastern limited.S.Grewal. M. McGraw-Hill. Kanna Publishers.K.T.inverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Ervin Kreyszig.K.P. Dr. Scitech publications T. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform. 6.Isaac & A Somasundaram. 7.Grewal.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. P. 2. References 1.Venkitaraman.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method.

Reinforced concrete structural elements-Behaviour. Ashok .I S specifications-design of columns with lateral and helical reinforcement-members subjected to combined axial load and bending. Reinforced concrete. Relevant IS codes. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing company Ltd.Limit state design. Unnikrishna Pillai S. References 1.S 875. 4. 3.permissible stresses-factor of safety – behaviour of R. Printice Hall of India Pvt Ltd. Module 4 Design of columns: Limit state method. Reinforced concrete structures.K. Theory of singly and doubly reinforced beams. Kothamangalam DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES . Reinforced concrete design. Reinforced concrete. Oxford & IBH Publishing company.S 456. Park R and Pauloy T. John Wiely & sons Inc.C. Module 2 Limit state method: Concepts-assumptions –characteristic strength and loadpartial safety factors-limit states-limit state of collapse –limit state of serviceability. Purushothaman P. Varghese P. Module 5 Design of footings-Isolated footing with axial and eccentric loading-combined footing. 7. New Chand & Bose. & D.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Limit state design of Reinforced concrete.Menon. Mallick S. 6.K. I. Stair cases-introduction to different types-design of simply supported flights-cantilever steps.I C502 2+2 Module 1 Working stress method: Introduction. Analysis and Design. Design of flat slab. Module 3 Behaviour and design of one way and two way slabs-Continuous slabs-analysis using method recommended by BIS -arrangements of reinforcement in slabs.SP 16) 2.. Tata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd. 5. 67 .C.C beams –assumptions-under reinforced –over reinforced and balanced sections. Theory of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular sections in flexure-design of simply supported and flanged beams.. (I. Jain.

analysis of fixed and continuous beams Minimum strain energy-Castigliano’s second theorem-analysis of indeterminate beams. Reddy C. 1984.1971.G. Matrix Structural Analysis. Clapyron’s theorem of three moments. East West Press.& Solomon C. Basic Structural Analysis.G.Co. Mukhopadhyay M.S. Matrix Analysis of Structures.flexibility matrix-analysis of beams & frames (rigid and pinjointed). portal frames and trusses. Smith J. Introductory Structural Analysis. 8.. McGraw Hill.. Pezemieniecki.1968. McGraw Hill Co.Prentice Hall..maximum principal strain theory – Mohr’s theory.Direct stiffness method . Macmillian Pub.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Rajesekharan & Sankarasubramanian.Method of consistent deformation-analysis of fixed beams and continuous beams. Kothamangalam STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS . Meek J. Moshe F. Wang C. Rubinstein – Matrix Computer Analysis of Structures. 1969. 2. McGraw Hill. Weaver &Gere.maximum shear stress theory . J. Oxford & IBH.. Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis. 7. Computational Structural Mechanics.K. Force method of analysis of indeterminate structures .structure stiffness matrix-assembly of structure stiffness matrix from element stiffness matrix-equivalent joint load – incorporation of boundary conditions –analysis of beams and frames (rigid & pinjointed).. 3. Influence line diagrams for statically indeterminate structures: Muller Breslau’s principleInfluence lines for reactions-shear force-bending moment-propped cantilevercontinuous beams and fixed beams Module 4 Matrix methods: Classification of structures-static& kinematic indeterminacy Stiffness method-coordinate systems-element stiffness matrix . Theory of Matrix Structural Analysis. 5.1985.II C503 2+2 Module 1 Statically indeterminate structures-degree of indeterminacy-force and displacement methods of structural analysis. 2001. 9. Module 5 Flexibility method: Flexibility influence coefficients .S.Moment distribution method-analysis of continuous beams & portal frames (with sway and without sway)..C. Module 3 Theories of Elastic Failure: Maximum principal stress theory. Structural Analysis. 6. 4. Module 2 Displacement method of analysis of statically indeterminate structures: Slope deflection method-fundamental equations-analysis of continuous beams & portal frames (with sway and without sway) . 1984 68 .1996. References 1.L. Prentice Hall of India.

John Wiley &Sons.compilers and interpreters compiling. 13.writing trigonometric. Module 3 Functions: Declaration . Prentice Hall. Kenetker.use of control statements . Module 5 Data files: Reading. Mechanics of Structures. Elementary Structural Analysis. algebraic and string handling functions ..different levels of programming languages .simple examples. editing. McGraw Hill. Programming in C. switch .constants and variables data types . 6. II. Module 2 Introduction to C language: Character set -operators . Balaguruswamy.command line arguments . Module 4 Arrays: Declaration and handling .drives.array of structures . Norris & Wilbur.booting . do-while.linked lists. Sadhu Sindh.if.structures and unions .structured programming . 69 .sorting . Kenetker.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.high level languages .R.P. BAT .program planning . Rajaraman.types of files -COM. writing and appending data files .. 12.macros. 3. Byron S Gottfried. Junarker S.writing small programs. Programming with C.creating. linking and running .sorting of strings . Strength of Materials.operation on files at command line. Advanced Mechanics of Materials.recursion – scope rules storage classes . Seeli F. for. 11. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Vol.B.algorithms. Kern Ingham & Ritchie. Exploring C. flowcharts .transfer of data in blocks . COMPUTER PROGRAMMING C 504 2+2 Module 1 Basic concepts of operation of a computer: Operating system . Tata Mc Graw Hill.&Smith J. 4. Y. Y. BPB Publications. 5. 2.passing parameters by value and by reference . Charorbar Book Stall. listing and copying files . Let us C.pointers and arrays . References 1.conditional assignment . 1988.pointers as parameters to functions . V. EXE. 1993.use of built in l/O functions . directories and files .binary files . BPB Publications. while. The C programming language. Programming with C. Kothamangalam 10. Khanna Publishers.operating system commands .

Petrology: Definition and classification-important structures and textures of igneous sedimentary and metamorphic rocks-diagnostic texture. Joints-definition-classification. benioff zone and transform faults-significance of plate tectonic concept.Feldspar. Foldsdefinition.Calcite. Lehmann. 3. Sedimentary rocks: 1. 6. Module 2 Dynamic Geology: Interior constitution of the earth-Various methods to study the interior-crust. mantle. 5. 4. 6. Unconformites-definition-classification recognition in the field. 7. 3. 2. converging and transform boundaries-their characteristic features-midoceanic ridge.Relevance of Geology in Engineering. Schist.parts of fold-classification-recognition of folds in the field. engineering properties and uses of following rocks: Igneous rocks: 1. cleavage.Muscovite. Peridotite.Olivine. Geologic time scale. shale. Gneiss. 2. Biotite.Garnet.Metamorphic rocks: 1.Hypersthene.Dolerite. Diorite. lusture. 7.Auguite.Fluorite. Sandstone. Conglomerate. 5. Plate tectonics: Lithospheric plates-diverging. Module 3 Mineralogy: Definition and classification-important physical properties of minerals-colour. dams. mineralogy. Breccia. Laterite. Guttenberg. Charnockite. 4. 2. Special Indian rock types: 1. Slate. 12. Kaolin. tunnels and other important structures. Granite. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING GEOLOGY C 505 3+1 Module 1 Introduction: Various branches of geology .Quartz. 15. Quartzite. transperancy.Faultsdefinition-parts of a fault-classification-recognition in the field-effects of faulting and subsequent erosion on outcrops. Syenite.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4. 3. 6. streak.Tourmaline. Mylonite. 70 . 4. Physical Geology: Geomorphic processes-Rock weathering-Formation of soilssoil profiles-soils of India – Geologic work and engineering significance of rivers and oceans. Study of the diagnostic physical properties and chemical composition of the following rock forming minerals: 1. hardness.Basalt 8.composition of different layers-sima & sial.Pegmatite. Limestone. 10. 9. 5. 3. Effects of all the above described structures in the major engineering projects like reservoirs. 2. specific gravity and magnetism. Pseudotachyllite. Gabbro. Marble. 3. 14. core-lithosphere-asthenosphere-major discontinuities-Moho. 2. Module 4 Structural Geology: Definition-outcrop-stratification-dip and strike. 11. Earthquake: Elastic rebound theory-types of seismic waves-cause of earthquakeintensity and magnitude of earthquake-Locating epicentre and hypocenter-effect of earthquake-distribution of earthquake-earthquake resistant structures. fracture. Serpentine. 5. 8. 7. 13.Kyanite. form. Khondalite. Hornblende.

Read. Parbin Singh. Rutleys elements of mineralogy. Module 2 Permeability of soils: Darcy's law . Simple soil properties: three phase systems void ratio . Seepage of soils: seepage pressure. 4. Publications. 2. B. Bombay. grain size analysis by sieve.Atterberg limits and indices field identification of soils. New Delhi. 6.in site character of rocks in quarries/outcrops-measuring strike and dip of a formation-tracing of outcrops.moisture content . S.quick sand condition .porosity . GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING .Billings.constant head and falling head test .plasticity chart . critical hydraulic gradient . determination of field density by core cutter and sand replacement method.degree of saturation . Tata McGraw hill. Laboratory and field identification of soils: Determination of water content. Principles of petrology.specific gravity unit weight relationships. classification. Krynine&Judd. Hydrogeology: Groundwater table-abundance and advantages-aquifer-acquicludeacquifuge-artesian conditions and artesian wells-cone of depression–perched water table.I. Groundwater hydrology. G.permeability of stratified deposits.factors affecting . HH. John Wiley & sons.capillarity of soils . Arthur Holmes. London.W. hydrometer and pipette analysis .Katria & sons.flownet diagram for isotropic and anisotropic soils .P. Classification of soils: Principles of classification .I C506 3+1 Module 1 Soil formation and soil types: Residual soil and transported soil-Soil structureBasic structural units of clay minerals. References 1. 5. causes of land slides and their corrections-Geological considerations in the selection of sites for reservoirs and dams. Physical geology. classification .I.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. New York. M.protective filters. K.Tyrell. New Delhi. Aisa publishing house. Geological considerations in Tunnel constructions and mountain roads-rocks as building materials. David Keith Todd. Thomas Nelson. soil. specific gravity. 7. Strucutural geology.phreatic line in earth dams . 3.principles of effective stress. Recommended field work: Field trip to quarries or geologically significant places to learn . Kothamangalam Module 5 Engineering Geology: Mass movement of earth materials-Landslides-definition. New Delhi. Engineering geology & geotechniques. Engineering & general geology. George Allen & Unwin Ltd.exit gradient.Sensitivity and thixotropy.water system classification of soil water . 71 .

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. COMPUTING TECHNIQUES LAB (C) C 507 0+3 1.. Orient LongMan Publishers.square root time and log time . Delhi. Numerical Problems.like Grapher.PCs . Narasimha Rao and Venkatramaiah. Distributors. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. 3.settlement analysis. C.3. 2. Nai Sarak. 5. MS Office. Murthy V. Laxshmi Publications. 2.choice of test conditions for field problems measurement of pore pressure-critical void ratio and liquefaction. 6.fitting methods . lotus. Module 4 Compaction: Objects of compaction .determination of preconsolidation pressure .factors affecting compaction . WINDOWS etc. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. John Wiely Publications. 72 .editors and compilers.Zero air void line . Fundamentals of operating system like DOS. Standard Publishers. Familiarisation of application softwares . Examples and Objective Questions in Geotechnical Engineering.Rao. dry density .proctor test and modified proctor test concept of OMC and Max.calculation of void ratio .S.Swedish circle method .of compaction . Soil Mechanics. Surfur.Terzaghi's theory of one dimensional consolidation time rate of consolidation . 5.degree of consolidation . New Delhi. Punmia B.R.R. Familiarisation with the computer system . Familiarisation with data processing packages like FOXPRO etc. Module 5 Compressibility and consolidation of soils: void ratio .(Use of files.control of compaction. Kothamangalam Module 3 Shear strength: Shear strength parameters .. Calgotia Book Source Publishers. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. N.coefficient of volume change and compression index . References 1.Mohr's circle – Mohr Coulomb strength theory -direct. directories.(φ) = 0 analysis and C . Familiarisation with packages like Wordstar. Arora K. triaxial.coefficient of consolidation .UU.normally loaded and pre loaded deposits .Drainage conditions . 7. Gopal Ranjan and A.(φ) analysis. 3. Lambe & Whitman. Stability of slopes: types of failures of soil slopes .field methods-. CD and CD tests .effect of compaction on soil properties . Soil Mechanics. New Age International Publishers. external commands. unconfined and vane shear tests. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics.S.. Hardward Graphics .height of solids methods and change in void ratio method . Jumkis A ..pressure relationship concept of coefficient of compressibility . 4. Friction circle method -Taylor's stability number and stability charts. 4. internal commands. V. dbase.LAN Peripherals.time factor . R.

Auto Architect. Consolidation test. Direct shear test. Permeability tests for cohesive and cohesionless soil. Programming with C as per syllabus of computer programming. Triaxial shear test. Unconfined Compression test.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.AUTOCAD. Vane shear Test. Study on Collection and Field Identification of Soil and Sampling Techniques. 2. 8. water content and particle size distribution by hydrometer method / pipette method. 6. 3. 11. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY C508 0+3 1. 4. Determination of Atterberg limits. 5. Familiarisation of drawing Softwares . Determination of field density of soil by sand replacement method and core cutter method. Proctor's compaction tests (light and heavy). 10. Kothamangalam 6. 7. 7. 73 . 3D Studio. Determination of specific gravity. 9.

Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 74 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

octahedral stresses. 3. Coutie.compatibility equationsboundary condition equations. New Delhi. References 1. 1988. 75 . Sreenath. Structural Analysis.plane stresses . Module 4 Two dimensional problems. Vazirani & Ratwani. II.P. Seeli F..III C601 2+2 Module 1 Approximate methods of frame analysis: Frames under lateral loading-portal method – cantilever method. Khanna Publishers. John Wiley & Sons. Theory of Structures. 1993...S. ELBS & Nelson.S. McGraw Hill. Frames under vertical loading –substitute frame method. Universal Press Ltd. Analysis of continuous beams and rigid frames 8. Space frames – tension coefficients-tension coefficient method applied to space frames Module 2 Kani’s method-continuous beams & frames (with and without sway). Coats. 4. Prakash Rao D.biharmonic equationsequilibrium equations in polar coordinates – compatibility equation and stress functions in polar coordinates. & Kong. Laxmi Publishers. 1980.analysis of circular beams over simple supports. Analysis of Structures. 6. P. Advanced Mechanics of Materials. 2. Khanna Publishers. 5. Theory of Elasticity. Vol. Kinney J. Timoshenko S.transformation of stressesprincipal stresses-strain components – strain tensor. Hyderabad. Module 5 Plastic theory – ductility of steel. 9. Beams curved in plan. 1957. Strength of Materials.basic theorems. McGraw Hill. Indeterminate Structural Analysis.P.bending of cantilever loaded at ends.plastic bending of beams.C.collapse load for beams and portal frames.analysis of cantilever beam curved in plan -analysis of curved balcony beams. Punmia.B.&Smith J. Module 3 Elementary theory of elasticity: State of stress at a point. Advanced Mechanics of Solids Sadhu Sindh.Airy’s stress functions.evaluation of fully plastic moment – plastic hinge – load factor – method of limit analysis.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. New Delhi.S.David. 10. 7. Kothamangalam STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS . Structural Analysis.plane strain – compatibility equations in two dimensional cases..stress tensorequilibrium equations-stresses on arbitrary plane. B. 1997.

R.I. Design of steel structures Vol.conning of wheels . radius – super elevation cant deficiency . B.grillage foundation.S Codes.Typical cross section . breech opening.I.lacing and battening .Compensation of gradients. TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING .S structural sections .Train resistances and evaluation of loading capacity.laterally supported and unsupported.transition curves . connections and foundations. 76 . Module 3 Water tanks . Graham W.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.their requirements and functions . 3.wear and creep of rails rail fastenings . (I. Ramchandra. Design of steel structures.riveted and welded connections . Owens& Peter . 4.axial and eccentric loading . circular and pressed steel tanks – connections .I C603 3+1 Module 1 Introduction: Comparison of highway and railway.slab base .S specifications .rectangular. 2.built up columns-moment resisting connections . I .gradients .beams with and with out lateral supports. Dhanpat Rai & sons.short and long columns . 6. Design of steel and timber structures. Steel Designers Manual.introduction . Gaylord & Gaylord. Modern developments Surface elevated and tube railways. Design of steel structures. Delhi. Steel Tables) Ramamrutham S. base plate.design of columns . Module 4 Light gauge steel structures .S 800. Blackwell scientific publications.Punmia. Relevant I. Delhi.design of tension members .local buckling stiffened and multiple stiffened elements .C.column base . Knowles. Geometric design of railway track: Horizontal curves. Standard book house.design of simple and compound beams . Design of railway track: Component parts of a railway track . References 1.S 875.different types . Kothamangalam DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES C602 2+2 Module 1 Loading standards . I & II. Tata McGraw-Hill.types .self supporting & guyed – stresses in chimneys – design of chimney stack.type of sections .analysis and design of supporting towers.gusseted base . Module 5 Chimneys. Laxmi publications. Module 2 Compression members . 5.

tunnel driving procedure .alignment.I C604 3+1 Module 1 Irrigation: Definition-necessity of irrigation . S.lighting and drainage of tunnels.Signaling and interlocking .tunnel surveying . Dhanpat rai & Sons Subhash C.lift and flow irrigation – modes of irrigation .Control of train movements by absolute block system . Crop period and base period . delta and their relationship .Bindra..mechanical and hydraulic dredgers general study of bucket ladder .Types of railway track .types. channel lighting . grade into tunnel .irrigation systems. ventilation .light houses).signal characteristics (Beacons.commanded areas and intensity of irrigation. 4. jetties.P.depth of water and frequency of irrigation . Railway Engineering. 3. Dock & Tunnel Engineering. Module 3 Tunnel Engineering: Tunnel sections .C. floating docks.Details of station yards and marshalling yards . Dhanpat rai & Sons R. Kothamangalam Module 2 Railway operation and control: Points and Crossings – Design features of a turn out .dredger. Chartor Publishing House S. grab dredger and dipper dredgers.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.duty. transit sheds and warehouses . Chartor Publishing House Saxena. winds and waves in the location and design of harbours.historical development and irrigation in India through ages. size and shapes . dry docks.forces acting on break water design principles— construction of break waters .environmental effects of irrigation sources of water .quays. Dredging . Break waters necessity and functions .tunnelling through soft soil (Fore Poling Method) and tunneling through hardsoil (Cantilever Car Dump Method) Tunnel lining.different types . 77 .layout of irrigation schemes . Dhanpat rai & Sons WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING .Principles of track circuiting . Saxena.factors affecting duty . transfering centre. References 1. 5.crop seasons and important crops in India. buoys.planning concepts of irrigation schemes.optimum moisture for crop growth .centralised traffic control systems.channel demarcation .wharves. Soil-water-plant relation – classes and availability of soil water. Module 4 Harbour Engineering: Classification of harbours and the effect of tides.Functions . slip ways. Srinivasan.water requirement for crop .general study of pier heads . Railway Engineering. dock gates and caissons. Module 5 Dock Engineering: Functions and types of docks. landing stages . Rangawala. 2. Railway Engineering.automatic block system . Harbour. Acourse in docks and Harbour Engineering. Arora.

References 1.principles of flood routing.useful life of a reservoir.silt theories .specific yield .Dupit's theory of aquifers. Design of canals in alluvial soils .section of canal. Irrigation & Water Power Engineering.design of unlined canal using the two theories in alluvial soils . Bharat Singer.strainer. Mc Grawhill book co.B.direct run off and base flow . Dr.factors governing the selection of site and type of tube wells. Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering. cavity and slotted tube wells. River training works: guide banks.K Garge. 78 .reclamation of salt affected land.bed load and suspended load .A.flood frequency. Module 4 Ground water: Definitions.canal outlets requirements of good canal outlets .unit hydrograph . P.K. Ground water velocityDarcy's equation . 5.selection of site .flow towards wells .M. Charota Book stall Anand.Modi.determination of consumptive use .reservoir sedimentation .Priyani. V. Irrigation and Waterpower Engg.hydrograph .Kholar&J.B.methods of flood control .non silting and non scouring velocity.evapotranspiration . Estimation of runoff: Empirical formula. Laxmi Publications.demand curve . Irrigation-water recourses and water power. 6.calculation of reservoir capacity and safe yield from mass inflow curve .irrigation efficiencies.tube wells .modular outlets.constant level pumping test and recuperation test .porosity . hydrograph – applications of unit hydrograph. groynes and marginal bunds – flood control causes .reservoir sediment control single purpose reservoirs . R. Khanna Publishers. Delhi 3.C.H. Module 2 Basic concepts of hydrology: Hydrological cycle and its components . S. Infiltration galleries and wells.yield of an open well .factors affecting runoff . Kennedy's theory -Lacey's theory .storage zones in a reservoir mass inflow curve . Module 5 Reservoir planning: Investigation . Soil conservation: water logging and its control .Paulhur. infiltration method. 4. Standard book house.B. rational method flood estimation .specific retention .classification of canals and their alignment requirements of a good distribution system-balancing depth . Module 3 Flow irrigation: canal system . Wells-shallow wells .mean precipitation over a catchment area .B.S.Linsley.deep wells .L..run off .non modular .multi purpose reservoirs . Delhi.rainfall rain gauge.storage coefficient-coefficient of permeability and transmissibility.semi modular . Irrigation and hydraulic structures. Springs. unit hydrograph method and empirical formula. New York. 2. Hydrology for Engineers.Lal.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Pande.Punmia&Dr. M. Kothamangalam Consumptive use of water .

group action & pile spacings . Note Structural design of foundations is not contemplated in this course. Caissons: Open.soil profile .problems of well sinking. Module 4 Foundation: General consideration .settlement of pile group.vibroflotation and sand drains.Classification of piles . Stress Distribution: Boussinesque's and Westergaard's equations for vertical pressure due to point loads and u.rotary drilling .reconnaissance methods of subsurface exploration-test pits.l. Standard Penetration test . continuous and combined footings . Rankine's and Coulomb's theories of cohesionless and cohesive soils . Earth pressure at rest .bearing capacity factors and charts .Terzaghi's and Skempton's analysis . construction details of well foundation .influence of surcharge and water table.plate load test .factors affecting .Determination of load carrying capacity of axially loaded single vertical pile (static & dynamic formulae) pile load tests .negative skin friction . box. auger borings .different types of foundation -Selection of type of foundation-steps involved.Functions of foundation .Static and dynamic cone penetration test .ultimate and allowable .bore log .proportioning footings for equal settlement.footings subjected to eccentric loading . 79 . total and differential settlement .II C 605 3+1 Module 1 Site investigation and Soil exploration: Objectives .Geophysical methods.depth and spacing of borings .bearing capacity from building codes andSPT values Methods of improving bearing capacity .causes of settlement .methods of reducing differential settlement. Kothamangalam GEO TECHNICAL ENGINEERING .effect of watertable .pressure bulb Newmark charts and their use.shallow and deep foundation .planning .location of water table-sampling disturbed and undisturbed samples. Pile foundation: Uses of piles .d. Module 2 Earth Pressure: General & local State of plastic equilibrium. .permissible.field vane shear test .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Raft foundation: Bearing capacity equations .floating foundation. Rehban's and Culman's graphical methods: Sheeting and bracings in shallow and deep excavations.design procedure . Footings: Design of individual.assumptions and limitations . and pneumatic caissons. Sheet Piles: Common Types of Sheet Piles – Uses of Sheet pile walls Module 3 Bearing capacity: Definitions . Settlement analysis: Distribution of contact pressure estimation of immediate and consolidation settlement .active and passive.

Bowles. Distributors. Joseph E. R. Methods of valuation of property . sinking fund method . McGraw Hills Publishing Company.explanation of terms . Standard Publishers . 3. 6.R C. 4. Foundation Engineering.freehold and lease hold purchase . Foundation Analysis and Design. wood works . Charator Anand. Footings. RCC Works.rental method . Schedule of rates.depreciation .constant percentage method. Methods of valuation of land .different types of conveyance and rates . Winterkorn & Hsai Yang Fang. 5.different methods-Preparation of detailed estimates and abstracts for RCC Single storey buildings .material value. years purchase . 2. Preparation of bar bending schedule for R.valuation based on cost development method .Methods of measurements of building and civil engineering. form work. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering. Module 3 (8 hrs. laterite work.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. brick works. QUANTITY SURVEYING VALUATION AND SPECIFICATIONS C606 2+2 Module 1 & 2 (24 hrs.S: 1200. F. Pointing.depreciation method. KPWD PWD Data Book Dutta.methods of calculating depreciation straight line method . 4. Estimating and costing.. Hans.C. C.) Preparation of specification for common materials of construction and its items of works with reference to IS specifications. Foundation Design. rate.1968 . Modern Foundations. mortars. works such as beams and slabs. Arora K. 3.valuation based on profit . Teng. Cost of materials at source . Kurian. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. flooring . Module 4 (8 hours) Analysis of rates for earth works. Kothamangalam References 1.Beams. 2.) Purpose of estimates.direct comparison with capital cost .preparation of conveyance statement cost of materials at site. W.comparative method abstractive method.C. Delhi I. Ninan P. stone works. 5. Columns – T. Hansen & Thornburn. Lucknow Rangawala S. References 1. Estimating & costing.different types.S Dutta & Company. plastering. Peck. Foundation Engineering Hand Book. Module 5 (6 hours) Valuation . 80 . Tata McGraw Hills Publishing Company.reinforcement works.and quantity survey method.head loads .

b) Water absorption. Kothamangalam MATERIAL TESTINGB LABORATORY . c) Splitting tensile strength. e) Fineness. b) Water absorption. d) Modulus of elasticity. 6. b) Compressive strength of concrete cylinder. COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN . a) Aggregate crushing value for coarse aggregate. e) Flexural strength. c) Vee-Bee test. b) Slump test.strain gauges.II C607 1. c) Efflorescence. 9. 7. Tests on flooring tiles. Tests on hardened concrete.I C608 Module 1 History and overview of CAD. e) Grain size analysis of coarse and fine aggregate. 4. d) Bulk density and percentage voids of coarse aggregate. a) Compaction factor test.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. e) Ball penetration test. 2. a) Transverse strength.popular CAD packages – advantages of CAD over manual drafting and design – hardware requirements – Configuration and installation of the CAD package. Tests on roofing tiles. c) Specific gravity. a) Standard consistency. Tests on bricks. d) Soundness. Study of a) Strain measurements using electrical resistance. b) Water absorption. Compression tests on Laterite blocks 10. a) Transverse strength. 8. d) Flow table test. initial and final setting time. c) Abration tests. b) Specific gravity of coarse and fine aggregate. Tests on RC beam 5. a) Compressive strength. c) Bulking of fine aggregate. b) Nondestructive test on concrete. Tests on cement. 3. Tests on fresh concrete. a) Compressive strength of concrete cubes. Note All tests should be done as per relevant BIS. b) Compressive strength of mortar cubes. 81 0+3 0+3 . Tests on aggregates.

Term project – To prepare sketch design for Client and submission drawings for approval (Using National Building code provisions and Local Building rules) References 1. annotation. tabsurf. Calicut. 2. Module 3 Creation of 3D drawings: Concept of 3D Drawings.Osnap settings. fillet. landscapes. Tata McGraw Hill. scale. formatting. 3D modeling techniques. working with views in 3D using view point. Balgopal T. lights and scenes etc. QDIM adding text to drawing – multiline text. solid modeling. Shading and rendering . point filters. printing and plotting.S. rulesurf.Data types. region modeling. user defined functions. Sham Tickoo. Module 5 1. Drawing aids and tools . and 3D face. inquiry commands. 6. break. mapping. AutoCAD 2002 with Applications. edgesurf.assigning material. explode. concept of UCS in 3D. Working with multiple drawings.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. linetype. Kothamangalam Module 2 Creation of 2D drawings: Menu structures. concept of UCS Modify tools – Erase. SPADES. using layers. Tata McGraw Hill. limits. stretch. Controlling the drawing and drawing display – zoom. fillets and chamfer. Shah & Kale. Building Drawing and Detailing. Dimensioning – Styles – Dim variables. rotate. Creation of blocks and symbols. Reference Manual of the package. multiple active work planes. Real-time 3D rotation. Pull down menu and Toolbars.wire modeling. Setting up units. text styles. grid. redraw. variables and functions. undo. Tata McGraw Hill. signs and symbol conventions.Menu bars. ltscale etc. 3. surface revolution. array. Planning and designing of public buildings (2D only) 3. snap. Understanding AutoCAD 2002. National building code of India. extend. pan. copy. properties. Sham Tickoo. Building Drawing. Prabhu. surface modeling. ortho mode etc. 82 . regeneration. offset. Calculating mass properties and interference Creating perspective and sectional perspective views of 3D models. 4. move. scaling. editing text. 5. Writing your own commands. chamfer. editing faces of 3D solid & shelling. Module 4 AutoLISP: Introduction of AutoLISP. Planning and designing of residential buildings (2D only) 2. redo. Screen menu. color.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 83 .

Oxford & IBH Publishing Company. Reinforced concrete structural elements-Behaviour. Krishna Raju. Reinforced concrete. Module 2 Retaining walls: Types-Earth pressure diagrams.SP 16) 2. Jain. Lakshmi Publications 84 .modes of failure.II C701 2+2+0 Module 1 Prestressed concrete: I. Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company Ltd. Printice Hall of India Pvt Ltd.design of cantilever and counter fort retaining walls ("L” not included) Module 3 Design of continuous beam: using coefficients given in IS: 456 . Ashok . References 1.(I. Punmia B.methods and systems of prestressing . Unnikrishna Pillai . I.losses of prestress . Oxford and I B H Publishing companyLtd.design of simply supported rectangular beams.C.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES . 6. Reinforced concrete. Ramamruthum S.C.. S.S & D.IS code method.Menon.K. Park R and Pauloy T.openings . Module 4 Domes: membrane stresses in spherical and conical domes –design of domes with uniformly distributed and concentrated loads . Prestressed Concrete. Reinforced concrete structures Vol II. Module 5 Water tanks: Types . Analysis and Design. 3. 5. Varghese P. 4. 7.design of ground supported and overhead water tanksrectangular and circular with flat bottom-flexible and rigid joints – design of staging. Design of Reinforced concrete structures. 8. Mallick S. Reinforced concrete structures. Limit state design of Reinforced concrete.ring beams. Dhanpat Rai Publishing co. Relevant IS codes. 9.S 875.design of circular beams -uniformly loaded and supported on symmetrically placed columns.K.Limit state design. John Wiely & sons Inc. Purushothaman R. Specifications .S 456. Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.general principles . Reinforced concrete design. New Chand & Bose. 10.columns and bracings .

Modi.fore bay – intakes . Earthen dam . vertical drop fall sarda type and glacis fall.causes of failure of weirs on permeable foundation.principal and shear stress .keys water stops – opening and galleries and shaft foundation treatment . Hydrology for Engineerers.silt control devices .thick cylinder theory trial load analysis and elastic theory.factors governing the selection of the type of dam and site of the dam. H.selection of a dam .brief description on type of spill ways.types .phreatic line .effective head . Buttress dam . S. Kholer. K. (3) Cross drainage works –aqueduct and syphon aqueduct.forces acting -design of arch dams on thin cylinder theory . storage plants and pumped storage plants . Module 4 Design and drawings emphasizing the hydraulic aspects of the following structures: (1) Regulators-design of head regulator and cross regulator.base width of elementary profile by stress and stability criteria-stresses developed in the elementary profile .penstocks powerhouse – selection .silt excluder.types of earth dams . capacity factor and utilization factor. A. silt ejector.methods-of design of gravity darn (introduction only) .stability analysis .II C702 3+1+0 Module 1 Dams: definitions .rock fill dams .materials of construction .joints .tailrace definition of gross head . L. Khanna publishers 3. Gravity dam: forces acting combination of forces for design .Khosla's theory and design of impermeable foundation . References 1.surge tanks .modes of failure and stability requirements elementary profile and practical profile . 2.firm power –secondary power. Standard book house. Module 2 Arch dams: types of arch dams .classifications .investigation for a dam site. Bligh's creep theory and its limitations .advantages and disadvantages.runoff river plants. S.design criteria . R. M. Irrigation and hydraulic structures.Lane's weighted creep theory .low.operating head . Kothamangalam WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING .design of vertical drop weir .introduction of other methods of design . M. Bharat Singer.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.different dam sections to suit available materials and foundation .low dam and high dam .of turbine-Scroll casing . Irrigation-water resourses and water power. Linsley.Garg.load factor. P. Tata Mc Graw Hill 4.impervious membrane type and earth core type (brief description only) Module 3 Diversion head works: functions and component parts of diversion head works effect of construction of weir on the regime of river.draft tube . K.Garg. Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering 85 . medium and high head schemes investigation and planning . Paulhur. (2) Canal fallstrapezoidal notch fall. Module 5 Water power engineering: Classification of hydel plants. K.

S.Design of vertical alignment .speed . sight distances .(Design of traffic signals not expected).historical development of road construction. Traffic control devices. typical cross section of roads in urban and rural areas . Charotar Book stall. methods of attainment of super elevation .extra widening .requirements and factors controlling alignment of roads. Bituminous materials .sub grade soil .related problems.properties and tests . markings. Module 5 Aprons: loading aprons . R. Kothamangalam 5. B C Punmia.transition curves. clearway and taxiway design requirements. Structures.cement concrete construction and joints in concrete pavements . Geometric design of highways: pavement surface characteristics.holding apron. Use of blast fences. Irrigation and water power engineering.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Priyani. camber and width requirements. Module 2 Traffic Engineering: traffic characteristics-various traffic studies and their applications .L.approach zone and turning zone. alignment and surveys -classification of highways .their desirable properties and tests. 6. Pavement design: Basic difference between flexible and rigid pavements -factors affecting their design .definitions of various cross sectional elements . obstructions and zoning laws. Stopway. Imaginary surfaces . Module 3 Highway materials: Road aggregates . V. selection of site for airport . Facilities required in the terminal building . Methods of classification of airports. Module 4 Aircraft characteristics. Roorkee.Varshney.facilities for movement of baggage and passengers. Design of horizontal alignment .kerb parking . traffic signals and traffic islands. S.desirable properties.gradient and grade compensation .Guptha. typical 86 .designof flexible pavements-CBR.over taking zone requirements and related problems. highway drainage.radius – super elevation .sight distance requirements on summit and valley curves -simple problems on design of vertical alignment. Theory and design of irrigation 8. B.factors to be considered. . Irrigation and water power Engg.II C703 2+2+0 Module 1 Classification. Runway orientation and layout of runways: use of wind rose diagrams.C.factors controlling size and number of gate positions aircraft parking systems . engineering surveys for highway location. Highway construction and maintenance: Bituminous surface dressing and pavement construction . 7. GI & IRC methods. Vol II. Pande B B Lal. TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING .types and causes of failures in flexible and rigid pavements. Laxmi Publications.Guptha. Nemchand &brothers.regional planning.Traffic signs. Types of road intersection .principles of highway lighting . basic runway length and corrections required. R.

S. ventilation and thermal aspects. Khanna. Tata Mc Graw Hill.elements of composition . Martin Ekse.R. institutional. Airport Planning & Design.masonry. ventilation.Smith. Rangwala.. Traffic Engineering. navigational aids and landing aids. aesthetics . Khadiyali. commercial.licencing of building works. Planning and design of airports. K.S. Functional planning of building such as residential. 7. balance and unity . texture.drawing built diagrams .activity space. G V Rao.Factors influencing form.checking for circulation. public.K. line. Robert & Francise Mc Keivy. 87 . Charotar Publishing Co.airport markings . canonic and anlogic design .mass and scale. 3. Mc Graw Hill. circulation space and tolerance space . Air traffic control airways. Module 2 Functional planning of buildings: Occupancy classification of buildings'-general requirements of site and building . Highway engineering. Wilbur. Arora. Theodore M Matson. G. Airport lighting: lighting of runways approaches. rhythm. S. References 1.Khanna. Kothamangalam airport layout . industrial buildings . G. taxiways and aprons.form perception . Justo. S. 8.consideration of comfort factors such as acoustics. Nem Chand Publications. Design principles . Horenjeft. Nem Chand Publishers 4. Kerala Municipal acts – planning regulations of corporations and developmental authorities – Kerala building bye laws.building codes and rules .S. Mc Graw Hill 6. taxiways etc. C. C. Jain. New Delhi. proportion. Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning. Khanna Publishers.point. ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING C704 2+1+0 Module 1 Principles of architectural Design: Definition of architecture: factors influencing architectural developmentcharacteristic features of a style-historical examples.Hurd. L . 5. structural requirements and other constraints preparing sketch plan and working drawings site plans.pre-cast concrete stairs. colour etc. Hennes. Module 3 Building services: Vertical Transportation: stairs . S.deciding the space and form .W.layout and details of different types of timber . Airport Engg. G. lighting.iconic.detailed analysis of factors influencing the space . Frederick. . Principles of transportation and High way Engineering. steel and concrete stairs .form expressive of function-form related with material and Structural system. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Creative principles: function/strength.marking of runways. M. 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Fundamentals of Transportation engineering. plane. Robert.the process of identifying activity areas and linkages . E.

design period.water borne 88 . Plan implementation: town planning legislation and municipal acts .comprehensive planning of towns. Taraporevalas.I C705 3+1+0 Module 1 Scope of Environmental Engg. Urban Pattern. 4.water requirements . Rangwala.radiation . Theory of Architecture Design.effect of orientation . Dhanpatrai &sons. Banister Fletcher.arrangement of lifts .summer and winter air conditioning. calculation of air conditioning load . History of World Architecture.evaporation. service goods elevators .planning control development schemes . Architecture and Town Planning.Survey and analysis of town: fare maps .positioning.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Planning Process: Concept of master plan: structural plan.ramps.handling capacity . planning standard for density distributions-density zone. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING .land aquisitions . References 1. Gallien.C Agarwala. S.garden city movement .pollution control aspects. fire demand. hospitals and hostel buildings . Town Planning. features. hydraulic operation . planning standards for traffic networks standards of roads and paths . variations in the rate of consumption.operation arrangement . Theories of land use planning. Estimating future needs: planning standards for different land use allocation for commerce. D.consumption for various purposes. industries.effect on the balance of ecosystem and natural resources.standard requirements. forecasting population. percapita demand.housing demographic arid social surveys . Plumbing services: typical details of water supply and sewage disposal arrangements for residence. 2. Module 4 Town planning theory: Evolution of towns: problems of urban growth . Charotar Publishing House.slum clearance schemes . Urban area lineation: urban influence zone . escalators. transportation planning and housing development.concept of new towns and conservative theory . Water supply Engineering: Rural and Urban water supply systems . public amenities. John Wiley Sons 3.cross ventilation . factors affecting percapita demand. Ventilation and air conditioning . Nelson P.traction.ventilation requirements -natural and mechanical ventilation air movement . Inc. Planning to Modern City 5. Broadbent.environmental aspects.passenger. detailed town planning scheme and act.economic studies . Low's.Van Nostrand CD. .urban region concept of regional planning.types .transportation network . Kothamangalam elevators .ideal town . open areas etc.land use classification .provision for urban growth-growth models.design considerations of passenger elevators .beginning of planning acts . 6. Quality of water: impurities in water and their importance .population trends resource use .urban financing .

Sanitary Plumbing . longitudinal and cross section of sewer lines.selection of pumps . effect of variation of discharge on velocity.sampling of water for tests .design of pipes . Storm sewage: Factors affecting.overhead tanks. intensity .hydraulics-of flow . chemical and bacteriological tests . time of concentration.location of pumping stations. Sewerage systems – separate. Module 3 Introduction: Sanitation.siphonage pipes. grease and oil traps. hand pumps submersible pumps . sewage treatment and disposal. anti. preparation of layout and construction of sewers and testing of sewers. ventilation.analysis of water . catch basins. peak factor. Pumps: Classification . use of partial flow diagrams. minimum and maximum velocity of flow. clean outs.capacity of pumps . cleaning and maintenance.dilution into sea. traps. sewer. Transmission of water: free flow and pressure conduits .location. Kothamangalam diseases . Sewer appurtenances: inlets. situation for adoption. sampling. 89 .disposal by dilution .duration curve and formula. Sewage farming .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. reciprocating. Appurtenances in the distribution system . House drainage: Principles-inspection chamber.Sanitary Fixtures. Quantity of sewage: sanitary sewage . types. ventilation of sewers. systems of plumbing.oxygen sag curve .design of pumps. pipe laying. sewage. principles of design and construction. fecal coliforms by A-1 medium. intensity of rainfall. centrifugal pumps. testing & disinfections of mains. testing of drain. design of circular sewers. Design of sewers: Flow formula.rotary. connection of house drain to street sewer. collection pattern. rational and empirical formula. Sewage pumping: pumping stations types of pumps . methods of analysis of network. inverted siphons. fire hydrants etc. Natural methods of wastewater disposal: land disposal -.sources. lamp holes/flushing tanks. pipe corrosion and its control. pipe grids. soil pipe. population equivalent relative stability-cycles of decay. Distribution of water: pumping system. pumping and storage system distribution reservoirs -storage capacity of balancing reservoir. manholes. gravity system.meters. Detection and prevention of leaks in distribution system-cleaning and maintenance of distribution system. Fluctuations in sewage flow. drop manholes. and sewerage systems.pipe materials . chemical and biological characteristics and analysis. Characteristics of sewage: physical.MPN total coliforms. Module 2 Collection of water: intakes . valves.self purification of streams . Module 4 Construction of sewers: Materials of sewers. comparison of disposal methods. factors affecting. WHO and Indian standards for drinking water.physical. Water supply of buildings: house connections . combined and partially combined systems. crown corrosion. sewer joints.Indian standards for pipes. storm regulators. planning.

Arihant Publications. Module 2: One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. M. Jodpur. Environmental Engineering Vol. Arihant Publications. Jodpur. S. Punmia. sources. INC. T. Principles of Operations Research for Management.Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions. Waste water Engineering. Chandrupatla. S. 3. Operation Research an introduction. effects.N.C. Monitoring. Panneerselvam. Kothamangalam Module 5 Air pollution: Types of pollutants.N. Ltd. characteristics. OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . R. Rao. Module 3: Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. New Delhi. 90 .S. D. Garg.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. A. Noise pollution: Sources. Pearson Education Asia.C. health effects. Air Pollution. 2. 5. l & ll. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering. New Age International P.R. Mc Graw Hill International Editions. incineration References 1. Optimization theory and application. K. 5. Rao & H. Mojena. Peavy. A. Richard D.V. References 1.I) CMELR 706-1 3+1+0 Module1: Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method . B. Rowe. mixed integer programming problems. 3. 2. 4. Water supply Engineering. Budnick. transportation and processing. Module 4: Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems. R. Khanna Publishers.Disposalcomposting. Ltd. Operations Research. Module 5: Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm. Taha. New Delhi. 4. collection. F.. S. Eastern Economy Edition. Environmental Engineering. Tata Mc Graw Hill Pvt. Irwin. McLeavey. B. Punmia. sanitary land fill. PHI. Rao.D. Belegundu. Tchobanoglous. H. Solid waste management: Type and source of solid waste.

NewYork.pre-tensioning systems . Module 2 Systems and methods of prestressing.Advantages of prestressed concrete over reinforced concrete .classification of plates.materials for prestressed concrete and their characteristics.Introduction.uniformly loaded circular plates – circular plates loaded at the centre References 1. John Wiley & Sons. Mc Graw Hill. Ship structural design. PRESTRESSED CONCRETE (ELECTIVE . 2. Strength of ship structures.I) C706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Plates. Owen F Hughes. Module 4 Strain energy – pure bending of plate – bending of plates by lateral loads – Mindlin’s theory – assumptions . 4. Timoshenko. Edqward Arnold Ltd. Mc Graw Hill. Kothamangalam THEORY OF PLATES (ELECTIVE . William Muckle. built.I) C706-3 3+1 Module 1 Introduction: Basic concept of prestressing . plates and shells. 1983. 1967.Behavior of 91 .nonuniform prestress distribution .in and free edge – Navier’s solution for simply supported rectangular plates – uniformly distributed and concentrated load. Theory of plates and shells.chemical prestressing.Thermo elastic prestressing . New York. Lloyd Hamilton Donnell.post tensioning systems .Kirchhoff’s equations. Beams.moments of resistance. London. 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Circular plates – polar coordinates – differential equation of symmetrical bending of laterally loaded circular plates. Uniform prestress distribution in prestressed concrete .equilibrium equations – stress variations – comparative study with Love. W Krieger.thin plates and thick plates – small deflection theory and large deflection theory – basic concepts of two imensional theory of elasticity – fourth order differential equation for generalized bending problems (derivation in next module) Module 2 Pure bending of plates – slope and curvature of slightly bent plates – relation between bending moment and curvature in pure bending – stresses – variation– plates subjected to lateral loadings -small deflection theory of thin plates – LoveKirchhoff’s theory – assumptions– derivation of fourth order differential equation Module 3 Solution techniques for fourth order differential equation – boundary conditions – simply supported.

Prestressed concrete theory and design. Module 3 Losses in prestress: purpose of assessing losses . shrinkage. Oxford and IBI Series.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.electrical stabilization. rigidity and thixotropy. Module 4 Elastic design of sections for flexure: design of a simply supported beam with symmetrical sections of post tensioned and pretensioned type. Asia Publishing House. relaxation and achorage losses .thermal stabilization. Kothamangalam prestressed concrete beams in flexure : load . Prestressed Concrete. R.tension members. 2.resultant moment – Concordant cable profile-Gyons theorem. Y. 4.Microcracks and visible cracks Failure.factors affecting soil cement mixingadmixtures. New Dehi.methods of installation-vibro-flotation-stone columns. H. GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE .sand drains.fluidity.creep. References 1. Krishna Raju. 3. Ltd. bleeding potential.mechanical stabilization-effect on engineering properties-dewatering-well-point system-electro osmosis-pre-loading. London. Bennet E W. Prestressed concrete.Interpreting bending tests . N. Lin. 92 . Module 3 Introduction to grouts and grouting.grouting applications-seepage control in soil under dams and for cut off walls.deflection curves for prestressed concrete beams .cement stabilization. Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures.lime stabilization-effect of lime on soil properties-construction of lime stabilized bases-bituminous stabilization. Module 2 Chemical stabilization.I) C706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Necessity of soil improvement-selection of improvement method. S K Mallick.seepage control in rock under dams-stabilization grouting for under pinning. Chapman and Hall. A P Gupta. strength and permeance. Evans. Module 5 Bearing and anchorage zone.basic functions – groutability ratio – classification of grouts-properties of grouts.friction loss in prestress -graphical solution of friction losses overcoming friction losses.statically indeterminate structure-continuous beamsprimary moment –secondary moment.counteracting elastic loss-loss of prestress in case of nonuniform prestress . T.

general requirements .segregation .Miscellaneous admixtures quality control.Coduto .thermal properties of concrete .J.Batching .chemical composition hydration .comparison of cuube test and cylinder test .Classification requirements . R.setting and hardening . M.compaction .texture .size .shape .A.J.factors affecting modulus of elasticity . Module 4 Durability of concrete: .quality of water. on hard concrete .application areas of earth reinforcement Module 5 Geotextiles: Soil reinforcement with geotextiles.revibration .methods of controlling sulphate attack. Principles and Practices Prentice Hall India CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE .stress strain relationship of reinforced soil-design theories and stability analysis of retaining wall-tie back analysis-coherent gravity analysis.measurement of workability different tests for workability .Flakiness index .sieve analysis .admixtures in concrete .F.sulphate attack .Jewell .IS 93 .process of manufacture of concrete .Geotechnical Engineering.Strength of concrete: w/c ratio . Donald P.accelerated curing tests .Soil Reinforcement with Geotextiles 4. mineral oils.concepts.mixing .relation between compressive and tensile strength .P.action of organic acids.geotextiles as separators.curing of concrete curing methods .grading of aggregate .mechanism and concept.creep .bleeding . Module 3 Elastic properties of Concrete .Jones .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Durability of concrete in sea water .shrinkage .I) C706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Concrete materials: cement manufacture .maturity concept of concrete .types of cement.Earth Reinforcement and Soil structures 3.gel/space ratio . .Koerner Construction and Geotechnical methods in Foundation Engineering 2.Fire resistance cracks in concrete – Remedies.classification.high speed slurry mixing .Accelerators – Retarders -workability agents .Damp proofing agents .air entraining agents .Foundation design and construction Robert M.transportation .Tholinson .Aggregates .Tests for aggregates . Kothamangalam Module 4 Earth Reinforcement. C. Testing of Hardened concrete.Alkali aggregate reaction .Elongation Index Impact value-abrasion value -Water .tests for cement . and drainage media-damage and durability of geotextiles References 1.effect of maximum size of aggregate on strength .factors affecting.Gain of strength with age. sugar etc.factors affecting . filters.Indirect tension test methods -concrete mix design . Module 2 Fresh Concrete: Workability . flexural strength .

special concreting methods .Speed limit at different locationsregualtion of the vechicle .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.natural . Kothamangalam methods . Krishna Raju N.high density concrete . hot weather concreting .scope .S. A.fine concrete.traffic signals .Sulphur infilterated concrete .influence of road. Properties of concrete 3.Ferrocement.design of fixed timesignal . Concrete Technology 2. Module 5 Traffic Flow: theory of traffic flow .determination of theoretical maximum capacity -passenger car units .definition and basic diagrams of traffic flow.ACI methods .concept in HC manual .level of service .fibre reinforced concrete .basic.one way streets .the driver. the weather and other factors on road accident preventive measures.Car 'following theory and queuing 94 .tidal flow operation . possible and practical capacity . the vehicle .polymer concrete polymer impregnated concrete . Module 5 Special aggregates: light weight . Module 4 Traffic Safety: causes of road accidents . Module 2 Highway capacity: Its importance in transportation studies .Motor Vechicle Act . Neville.special concrete .pretimed signalised intersection .collection of accident data .Non distructive testing of concrete.Websters approach for the design. Shetty.basic concepts of light hill .rotary intersection .mean strength .cold Weather concreting.restrictions to turning movements .properties of polymer concrete . Concrete Technology TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE-I) C706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Traffic management .characteristic compressive strength .scope of traffic management measures .capacity of rotary intersection .polymer cement concrete . References 1.Need and scope of traffic regulations.regulation of traffic . Module 3 Design of Intersection: Design of at grade & grade seperated intersection .M.artificial .factors affecting level of service.regulations concerning the driver rules of the road enforcement.Whitham's theory .performance .no . M.

C++ tokens-data types constants and variables . Khanna Tech Publishers 2.accessing class data membersaccessing member functions .declaration of variables . Traffic system Analysis for Engineers 4.P and Jesto C. Module 4 Advanced features: Dynamic memory allocation-pointers –new and delete operators-pointer variables.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.constructors and destructors – declaration. Whol.pointers to objects-accessing member functions-classes with pointers to objects. and statements-type compatibility .accessing member functions .operators. Module 5 Polymorphism and Inheritance: Function overloading-base class derived class-class conversion-visibility modes-private. Module 3 Classes and Objects: Class declaration .array Initialization. Nem Chand Publishers 3.private and public member functions methods . expression.rules of functions and variables – built .abstract classesconcept of multiple inheritance. definition and use.G. Structures: definitionreferencing structure elements. Khanna O. Khadiyali L. Traffic Flow Theory OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE .I) C706-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to OOP: Basic concepts objects-classes-data abstraction-inheritancepolymorphism-dynamic binding-virtual functions-advantages of OPP over procedure oriented programming-object oriented languages. Donald Drew.in functions. Function prototypes-argument data types-returning values and their types – scope . write () functions-detecting end of file.creating objects . Kothamangalam References 1. public and protected members-single inheritance -privately derived and publicly derived . Traffic Engineering and Transport planning. Highway Engineering.making protected member inheritable .classes with pointers-copy constructor-static members-friend classes-friend functions-operator overloading File handling in C++: File pointers F-stream classes open (). close () read ().R. 95 . Introduction to C++ C++ character set . Module 2 Control flow and iterative statements standard input-output streams arrays: one dimension array-multidimensional array.access control-virtual functions-dynamic binding.data member functions private and public members class function definition member function definition .type castingl/O operators <<and >>) cascading of 1/0 operators. Martin.

ocean waves .differential equation of non-uniform flow . Object Oriented Programming with C++. Module 5 Wind generated waves .sequent depths .breaking of waves (description only). 1.determination of the wave length and celerity for any water depth given the deep water wave amount as wave energy (no proof). References 1. Clapotis . Critical flow computation .critical depth .loss of head .use of jump as an energy disspiator. Module 2 Hydraulic jump .classification into periodic progressive.friction formula . Ippen.wave period .M. Lipman.shore protection measures . Object Oriented Programming with C++. Turbo C++ Gordenkeith. Hydraulic of Steady Flow in Open Channels 2. groynes and'beach nourishment.specific energy .transformation of waves on a slope (description only) reflection of waves at a vertical sea wall. General expression for the celerity of deep Water .the point of control .section factor hydraulic exponent for critical flow computation and its use for trapezoidal channel. Henderson. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. OPEN CHANNEL AND COASTAL HYDRAULICS (ELECTIVE . 3.Posey. Stanely. Wave deformation .breakwaters different types.the 12 type of surface profiles . Control of jump by sills . Module 3 Non-uniform flow . oscillatory and stationary waves . 2. 7. BPB Publications.computation by Bresse's method and the simplified step method.diagram . B P B Publications Y.gravity wave and shallow water gravity wave .specific force . C.friction slope .dimensionless equation of the jump . F.application to problems.S. C++ Programming Language David Parsons. Estuary and Coast line Hydrodynamics 96 .stilling basins.Kanetkar. Open Channel Flow 3.wave forecasting . Coastal erosion with special reference to the Kerala Coast . Data Abstraction and OOP in C++ Strostraup. A.the jump at the feet of a spillway .criteria for the formation of a jump .1) C706-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Parameters of open channel flow . Module 4 Water waves .significant wave height . N.J.wave length and celerity. 6.tetrapods.wave refraction . Let Us C++. I. Tata Mc Graw Hill Robert Lafore.uniform and non uniform flow normal depth conveyance . periodic oscillatory. Kothamangalam References 1. 4.sea walls .Woodword. C++ primer Balaguruswammy.

Module 3 Particulates in the air . Robert . Air pollution.possibilities to air pollution abatemant . Chow. Kothamangalam 4. Photochemical reactions of the atmosphere. Hydrogen fluoride .carbon monoxide. factors that contribute to air pollution . carbon dioxide. 2.tolerance levels . NewDelhi. E. Air pollution. 4. Mc Graw Hill Pvt Ltd. K.1) C 706-9 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . Atmospheric Electricity. H V N Rao. II. Module 5 Purpose and principles of measurement of (1) High volume sampler (2) Exhaust gas analyser (petrol and diesel) (3) Stack sampler (4) Sound level meter . New Delhi. Noel De Nevers. Mc Graw Hill International Edition. Air pollution. temperature. Academic Press. John Willy & Sons AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (ELECTIVE . V. Effects of meteorological parameters on transport and diffussion. Mc Graw Hill 6. Coastal Engineering Publications 5.control of particulates settling. Mc Graw Hill Inc.condensation . III. properties . Vol I. Meteorology related to atmosphere . Sorensen. electrostatic precipitation.Emission and noise standards of Kerala State Pollution Control board. Air pollution control Engineering. chemistry. IV. animals and human beings.administrative aspects of air pollution .M. N. adverse effects on plants. NewYork.air pollution legislation Techno .pressure. filtration.Significance of air pollution studies. References 1. Oxidants. hydrocarbons .Automobile pollution control.source. Rao. Open Channel hydraulics.industrial hygiene and in plant safety to workers. Module 4 Optics of the atmosphere . R. compounds of Nitrogen.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. V. NewDelhi.humidity .Introduction to noise pollution. lapse rates . Peechi. Henry C Perkins. Arthur C Stern. aldehydes. conversion to harmless and useful products. Module 2 Gaseous pollutants-source. Basic coastal engineering. T. 3. 97 .Control of gaseous pollutants . Tata Mc Graw Hill Pvt Ltd. I.Effects of air pollutants on atmospheric visibility methods of measurement of visibility .compounds of sulphur. nature and adverse effects . M.wind direction and velocity. collection in fluids.

John Wiley Sons. References 1. 2. “Remote sensing principles and interpretation”.multi concepts in remote sensing. London.R. Floyd F.geometry of photographs – parallax .. Module 2 Aerial photogrammetry: Definition.radiation sources-interference. 98 . Module 5 Applications: Applications in water resources management.comparison with image types. Kiefer. Chapman and Hall.geology.. “Principles of remote sensing”. “Elements of photogrammetry”.height determination.Radar imagery. London. Sabins.land use mapping and monitoring.atmospheric effects on remote sensing. Longman. Engmen E.photographs versus maps. 6.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.interpretation of satellite images. J.types of photographs.different types of platforms. Thomas M. Lillesand & Raiph W. B.flight planning stereoscopy.”Remote sensing in hydrology”.digital image processing. 3. “Introduction to remote sensing”.forestry .electro-magnetic radiation and spectrum.agriculture.application of aerial photo interpretation.J. 4.atmospheric window –energy interaction with surface features.pair of photographs.thermal infrared imagery.principles and methods of remote sensing.applications of satellite imagerymerits. Kothamangalam REMOTE SENSING AND ITS APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE . McGraw Hills.I) C706-10 3+1+0 Module 1 Principles and concepts: Introduction and definition of remote sensing terminology. 5.soil sciences.advantages of multi date and multi band images.ground truth collection and interpretation and verification.. Freeman and company. Wolf P. The Guilford press.T and Gurnay R. Campbell J.limitations-comparison with aerial photographs.techniques of photo interpretation. Module 4 Imagery: Landsat imagery. “Remote sensing and image interpretation”. Module 3 Interpretation of images: Aerial photo interpretation – basic elements. Curran P.sensors and their characteristics-orbital parameters of a satellite.oceanography.

Seismic Load and Moving Load • FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS & Dynamic Analysis. Local co-ordinate systems • STAAD III Commands. Softeningpoint of Bitumen 3. Specific gravity test 11.Flakiness index and elongation index 12.Load Generation for Wind Load.Graphical Input Generation-“Concurrent” VerificationsLibrary. 0+0+3 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN II C708 0+0+3 Module I and II • INTRODUCTION Overview and the Environment of STAAD-III Package.Geometry Generation – Dimensioning. global co. Self weight Command. water absorbtion. Joint Load. specific gravity. Determination of bitumen content by bitumen extractor. • STAAD PRE.Califormia bearing ratio method. Aggregate crushing value test 9. Specific gravity of Bitumen 5. Bulk density. Element Load. Floor Load. Stripping value test 7. void ratio and porosity of coarse aggregate. Los angles abrasion test 13. Load case no. structure geometry and Co-ordinate systems. Impact value test 10. Kothamangalam TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING LAB C707 TEST ON SOIL 1. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION Type of structure. Ductility test on Bitumen 4. Marshell stability value 15. Flash and fire point test 6. Viscosity using Viscometer TESTS ON ROAD AGGREGATES 8. • STAAD POST – Graphical Post Processing – Animation – Icons – Isometric View – Zooming-Results of Analysis & Design – Query reports.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Load Combination .Using Edit Input-Command Formats-Text Input. • LOAD – Member Load. 99 . Shape tests . TESTS ON MIXES 14. Unit systems. TEST ON BITUMEN 2.ordinate system.

3. STAAD III Reference Manual 2. Kothamangalam • • Note DESIGN for Concrete and Steel Structures using IS: 456 and IS 800 respectively. Steel and RCC framed structures. 4. Analysis and design of multi-storied framed structures. 3. 6. Practice on resource allocation and leveling of resources. Practice on Project Monitoring (Cost &Time) Plotting and printing of various charts and project 100 . Analysis and design of steel trusses. 5. Note The student has to practice the above topics by doing Project Management for Turn key projects related to Civil Engineering applications.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2. 2. STAAD INTDES – Interactive Design Series for slabs. Module III & IV Project management using CPM/PERT Software (Microsoft Project /PRIMAVERA software) 1. Analysis and design of RCC and steel water tanks. The student has to practice the above topics by working out problems in 1. References 1. retaining walls and footings. MS Project/PRIMAVERA Reference Manual Practice on the GUI of the software and Input of Date Practice on Creating Bar Charts/Ghant charts Practice on creating CPM/PERT charts and finding out critical path.

Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 101 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

I.beam method.Variational approach -Stable. Indian Railway Bridge code. New Delhi. Module 2 Shell structures: General principles for membrane theory for symmetrical uniformly distributed load .. C. Design and Construction of Concrete Shell Roofs. S. 4. New Delhi.Principle of virtual forces – Principle of virtual displacements. Delhi. Ramaswamy G. 3.Principle of Stationary Potential Energy. Advanced Design of Concrete Structures. 5. Bridge code. Victor J.Gauss Elimination – Frontal solver (concepts only) Module 2 Finite element analysis.Complementary Energy . Oxford& I B H Publishing Company. S 2. 456. Ramchandra. S.design of purlins design of bracing – supporting system. Module 4 Design of plate girders and gantry girders .Neutral equilibrium-Virtual work. Mc Graw Hills FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS C802 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to FEM-Historical development-Idealization of actual structuresMathematical model-General procedure of FEA-Displacement approach.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.riveted and welded compound sections. R. R.box culvert bearings. I. Design of Steel Structures.slab bridges -T-Beam bridges . Standard Book House.S. Solution techniques.D. Module 5 Steel bridges: .analysis and design of trusses . C. Design of Concrete Bridges.I.. Specifications . References 1. Oxford& I B H Publishing Company. 102 .design of highway and railway bridges of plate girder type.design of a simply supported single barrel cylindrical shell for membrane stresses . Krishna Raju. Vol II. I. Folded plates: general principles structural behaviour of plates (design not required) Module 3 Industrial buildings: roof loads . Kothamangalam ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGN C801 2+2+0 Module 1 Road bridges: I. Specifications .Unstable.-Energy principles.

Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis.1993.S. 1984.Isoparametric elements-Numerical Integration Gauss Quadrature. Irving H.. 6. 2.W.&Abel J. 8. Finite Element Methods in Computational Mechanics. Form work.F. 5. Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis.Cook.Timoshenko& Krieger. Stephen P..S. fourth Edition. 9. Theory of Plates and Shells. 4. Introduction to Finite Element Methods. East West Press. John Wiley &Sons.High performance concrete. Pergamons Press.D. BUILDING TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT C803 3+1+0 Module 1 Concrete Mix Design: General concepts. Oxford &IBH. Wheeler Publishing Co..Plate bending theory – Kirchhoff’s theory – Mindlin’s theory – Introduction to locking problems.Constant Strain triangle-Linear Strain Triangle.Requirements and tests of materials required for mix design. General arrangements – general requirements – common faults – materials for form work – form work arrangements – form work design – loads on forms – design procedure – form work vibration for compaction of concrete – stripping time and shoring. McGraw Hill.Krishnamoorthy. Energy &Finite Element Methods in Structural Mechanics. K. 1987. Module 5 General plate bending elements. C. Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis. Desai C. Finite Element Analysis. 103 . &Sons.Finite Element Method. S. American standards of mix design. T. 3. 7. Durability concepts in mix design . S. Tata McGraw Hill . Prentice Hall..Bathe.Introduction to shell elements References 1.J. O C Zienkiewicz. BIS method of mix design.conforming & nonconforming elements – Patch test Module 4 Stiffness matrix-Bar element-Beam element-Triangular elements . Finite Element Analysis.preventive measures – reduced integration – selective integration. Mukhopadhyay M.Shames.Rajasekharan.. IS-method of mix design.Kant.McGraw Hill.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam Module 3 Shape functions-Lagrangian and Hermition Interpolation – Polynomials – General coordinates-Area coordinates-Compatibility -C0 and C1 elements-convergence criteria. 10. R.-Fibre reinforced concrete. Axysymmetric elements.New Delhi.

method of execution of the project – inspection and quality control. References 1. Umesh 7. Amit Gupta. privity of contract – transfer of contractual rights and obligations. 6. 5. S.safety in construction. Kothamangalam Module 2 Prefabricated construction: Advantages.S Shetty. Codification and Standerdisation. M .litigation – breach of contract and remedies – discharge of contract – equity. foundation units. National Building code of India – Indian standards. Construction Management and accounts – V . concrete technology. insane or drunken persons – authority to agree and find. Module 3 Construction company organization: Different types of organizational set up – construction team – objectives of civil engineering management – duties and responsibilities of a civil engineer – functions of construction management.Cost plus fixed fee contract. Dhanpat Rai & sons. Ferro cement – use and application – modular co-ordination – method of production – flow line method – station method – manufacturing process for structural units. B. Construction Management and accounts. L Gupta.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Value analysis: Various methods and techniques. 2. standard publishers and Distributions. P Arora. Site organization: Organization of labour. Publications. Delhi.Cost plus fluctuating fee contract – Target contract – All in contract. Seetharaman. Module 4 Materials Management: Functions of materials management – inventory control techniques. Construction Engineering & Management. S. Construction contracts: Item rate contract – Lump-sum contract –Labour contract – Negotiated contract – Global contract – Percentage contract – Cost plus percentage contract. walls–units for roofs and floors – low cost roof systems. materials. resources. New Delhi.N Vazirani.Extra work and deviation order – claims – owner’s claim – sub contractor’s claim – disputes and arbitration – consequences of mistake in contracts – terms and conditions of contract – contract documents – earnest money – security deposit – warranty period – contract signed under coercion – contract signed by minors. wall panels. validity of an oral agreement – conditions and warranties – express terms and implied terms – voidable contracts and their performance – illegal and voidable contracts – liability for tort in contract. Hollow concrete blocks. Building constructions. Module 5 Claims manual for a construction organization: Law of contract . frames for opening. 3. Technical planning. Chand & Co. 4. S. 104 .

design of sludge digesters only. disposal of skimmings Sedimentation: Theory of sewage sedimentation . post chlorination. chlorination . Septic Tanks: Design (as per Ministry of urban development) construction. double chlorination. design and operation. Module 5 Sludge treatment and disposal: quantity of sludge. construction and operation. filter media .design. deflouridation. filters.preliminary. pre chlorination.necessity.design. desalination. mixing devices. digestion. Chemically aided sedimentation . Classification of filters . design. dosage. Aerated lagoons. Sewage filtration: Trickling filters . Aeration. conditioning and disposal. sludge thickening. theory of sedimentation. KSPCB Standards. UASB. BIS Standards.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Other disinfectants. Preliminary process: screens . operation and maintenance of rapid sand filters and slow sand filters pressure filters. Kothamangalam ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING . iron and manganese removal. purpose of aeration. attached growth. theory of coagulation and flocculation . chloramination. Sewage treatment by high rate anaerobic methods: Anaerobic digestion. comminutors.action. and dosage chlorine demand. construction. disposal of grit. contact process.effect of storage on quality of water.function. continuous flow sedimentation tanks. design. Sedimentation . Miscellaneous methods. super chlorination. Layout of conventional treatment plant . Imhoff tanks. detritus tank. clariflocculators. Module 2 Filtration .Stabilization ponds. dual media & multimedia filters.only basics (Ref. Wastewater Engineering by Metcalf and Eddy . construction and operation. primary. aeration methods.Disinfection: requirements of a good disinfectant. construction and operation. rectangular and circular tanks. Module 4 Biological process: principle and theory of biological treatment. general layout of treatment plant .surface water and ground water.Effluent standards. disposal of effluents.sand for filtration. odour and taste removal. disposal of' screenings. control. skimming tank .Theory of filtration. secondary and tertiary treatments in general.3rd Edn. disinfection of sewage effluents. construction and operation of conventional and extended aeration.types of screens.plain sedimentation. Module 3 Introduction: Objectives of waste water treatment . expanded bed . grit chamber function. feeding. Miscellaneous treatment methods: color. characteristics of sludge.generally used coagulants. disposal of sludge.II C804 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Storage of water . design of flash mixers clarifiers and clarifloculators. Activated sludge process: Design.design. application. cleaning of tanks. suspended growth. breakpoint chlorination. Oxidation ditch.) 105 . removal of hardness. rotating biological contactors.

Module 3 Gamma.K. New York. Mathematics. Allen C. John Wiley and sons. 2.Dass. 4.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 5. S. ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . Waste water Engineering. Linear Integral Equation. Advanced Engg. Pearson Edn. Tchobanoglous. Environmental Engineering. Asia. Mc Graw Hill International Editions. 106 . Academic Press.Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. A Course on Integral Equations. 3. Khanna Publishers.C.II) CMELR 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. Punmia. Water supply Engineering. Ram P. H. Classification of second order equations.Pipkin.C. Metcalf & Eddy. Peavy.Chand. Mathematics. l & ll. Garg. Water and waste water technology. References 1. New Delhi. B. K. Verlag. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. Inc. Advanced Engg. 6. Jodpur. Kothamangalam References 1. Mc Graw Hill International Editions. unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. Jodpur. S. B. Michael D. Springer. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions.. Rowe. 2. 4. Waste water Engg. Arihant Publications. Beta functions Gamma function. Environmental Engineering Vol. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function.Greenberge. 3. 3rd Edn. Arihant Publications. Punmia. Mark J Hammer.Kanwal.

New York. 1961. 3. J Ramachandran. P. Berlin.1959.degenerated elements-general shell element. Timoshenko. Baker E H. Addison Wesley. 4. Principles of Applied Mathematics. Stresses in shells.F.Grewal. Theory of plates and shells.Keener. 7. Wilhelm Flugge.S. THEORY OF SHELLS (ELECTIVE . Theory of elastic thin shells. New York. 2. Springs.Theory of thin elastic shells. Mc Graw Hill.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Structural analysis of shells.Kandasamy. Groningen. K. K.II) C805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Structural behaviour of shells-classification of shells-translational and rotational shells-ruled surfaces-methods of generating the surface of different shellshyperbolic paraboloid-elliptic paraboloid-conoid-Gaussian curvature-synclastic and anticlastic surfaces. 6. References 1. Mc Graw Hill. Universities press. 107 . Numrical methods in Engg. B. John Wiley and sons 8. Module 4 Bending theory of cylindrical shells-stresses and deformation of circular cylindrical shells-pressure vessels-cylindrical shells with uniform internal pressure-free body diagram of a differential cylindrical shell element. Module 3 Cylindrical shells-membrane theory of cylindrical shells-free body diagram of a cylindrical shell element-formulation of equilibrium equation. Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics. Generalized functions. Kothamangalam 5. Module 5 Finite element application on cylindrical shells-introduction to shell elements-flat elements-axisymmetric elements. Thin shells theory and problems. Novoshilov V V. Kovalesky and Flrish. Thin elastic shells. Pergaman Press. Wiley. Hoskins. Khanna Publishers.Chand & co. W Krieger. Mc Graw Hill. John Wiley and Sons. Bernard Friedman.formulation of equilibrium equation.Gunavathy Numerical methods. Design and construction of concrete shell roofs.Thilagavathy. Module 2 Classical theories of shells-thin shell-thick shell-small deflection theory-stress resultants and deformations of shells without bending. R. Verlog. P Noordoff. 6. Gol’oenveizen. 5. Ramaswamy G S.&science. James P. 7. 8. Kraus H. S. New York. 1967. 9.

Use of Structural Steel in General Building Construction. Singapore. Module 5 Construction: Tolerances: Fabrication tolerances . New Delhi.Design of double layer flat . 6. Steel Designers Manual. R. II & III). 7. Design of Steel Structures. Vol.programme – Machineries... New Delhi. 4. Gaylord. Analysis. 5.Application using STAAD. Erection: Method statement .. Code of practice for Design Loads (Parts I. Oxford. Module 2 Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings: Introduction . SAP..Anatomy of structure .Design of cold formed secondary framing . Design of Steel Structures. Module 3 Multi-storey Buildings: Introduction .Design of columns . S. ISBN 0-7277-30142. Design and Construction of Steel Space frames. Use of Structural Steel in Overhead Transmission Line Towers.. ISBN 0-632-03881-0.Quality management. Corrosion Resistance: Corrosion process Effect of environment . Thomas Telford Ltd.Design of single layer dome .Methods of protection.Design of foundation Design of Connections .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.1984. Owens.Application using STAAD. SAP. BIS.1987.Optimization design of main frames . 2001. 9. Inc. IS: 802. Suresh G. Gaylord.. pinned) .Shop activities . IS: 800 .Loads . BIS. Fabrication: Economy .Analysis of Microwave & Transmission towers .Application using STAAD.Design of composite beams . New Delhi.Design of composite floor . ridge) . STRAP.Design of node connectors . New Delhi. McGrawHill. 108 .Loads . Ram Chandra. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co. IS: 875 . Ramaswamy G.Loads .Structural performance . Standard Book House. Knowles.Wind bracing .Frame connections (haunch. ISBN 81-87433-36-1.Bracings – Connections . 8. Graham W. Charles N.Protection methods. Peter R.Erection tolerances.Structural types . Ramamrutham S. Module 4 Space Frames: Introduction . 2. 3.Design of single layer barrel vault . Blackwell Scientific Publications. BIS. New Delhi.Loads . Fire Protection: Regulations .Metal cladding . Alexander Newman. Jr. ISBN 0-07-112623-6. References 1.Design of members . Kothamangalam ADVANCED STEEL STRUCTURES (ELECTIVE .. Edwin H.Column base connections (fixed. 2002.Application using STAAD. Design of Steel Structures. II. Metal Building Systems: Design and Specifications.II) C805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Microwave and Transmission Towers: Introduction . STRAP.

New Delhi.equivalent single wheel load .G. Environmental influence and effectspavements maintenance and overlays.Me Load method . IS: 806.design factors .design charts. Danpat Rai and Sons. Specification for Steel Tubes for Structural Purposes.theoretical subgrade conditions and traffic loadings Basic difference between flexible and rigid pavements . Module 3 Design of rigid pavements: radius of relative stiffness . 2.construction joints design of dowel bars .types of pavement distress . Highway Engineering.tie bars .elastic modulii .P.Burmister's layer theory.Yoder..functional stress . HIGHWAY AND AIRFIELD PAVEMENTS (ELECTIVE .wrapping stress . Design of joints in concrete pavements: expansion joints . H.IRC recommendation. Principles of Pavement Design.II) C805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Pavement types: stress distribution in pavements .roughness and skid resistance.elastic half space approach-determination of dynamic soil constants in laboratory and field based on IS code provisions.critical load positions Westergaard's stress equation . Nem Chand Publishers IRC Standard specifications for Construction of Flexible and rigid pavements ADVANCED FOUNDATION DESIGN (ELECTIVE . 11. IS: 1161.CBR method . Justo C. Module 5 Evaluation of pavement condition: pavement instrumentation . Highway Engineering.wheel load . New Delhi. Code of practice for use of Steel Tubes in General Building Construction.IRC recommendations .S. References 1. John wiley and sons Khanna O.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Bradley's stress coefficients . Modes of vibration of block foundation –natural 109 . 4.repetition of loads . Bindra B.combination of stresses.climatic variations. Module 4 Temperature stresses in concrete pavements: Westergaard's concept .II) C805-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Machine foundations: basic theory of vibrations-free and forced vibration of single degree of freedom with and without damping-two degrees of freedom with and without damping-dynamic soil properties-mass spring model and constants. 3. Module 2 Design of flexible pavements: group index method . BIS. Kothamangalam 10. BIS.J.

Kurian.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.P. Module 3 Sheet Pile walls and Cofferdams: types and uses of sheet piles-design of cantilever sheet pile walls in granular and cohesive soils-anchored bulkhead-free earth support and fixed earth support method-coffer dams-uses. soft and compressible soils. 5.multi cylinder engines-Foundations subjected to impact type of forces (hammer)-design data-design criteria-vibration isolation.design criteria.ground water lowering and drainage. Module 5 Foundations in Special soils: Foundation in expansive soil. IS 5249 INDUSTRIAL WASTE ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE . Module 4 Special Foundations: Foundation for special structures such as water tanks.II) C805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Environmental pollution . Modern foundations Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company Srinivasulu P.J. N. 4.E. chimneys. silos. Vaidyanathan C.calculation of induced forces and moments. Foundation Analysis and DesignMc Graw Hill Publishing Company.braced and cellular cofferdams.Magnitude of the industrial waste problem in India . 110 .shoring and underpinning-different methods-damage and vibrations due to constructional operations References 1. Foundations for reciprocating machines. sliding. Kothamangalam frequency of foundation of soil system by Barkan’s approach-methods of analysisBarkan’s method. problems associated with foundation installation.foundation for coastal and offshore structures-pre-stressed foundations.damage caused by industrial waste pollution. guyed structures. rocking. transmission line towers-foundation for under ground conduits.effluent and stream standards. ground storage tanks. Effect of industrial wastes on streams and sewerage systems: Computation of organic waste loads on streams Streeter phelps.V Handbook of Machine foundations IS 2974-part I toV. 3. Bowles. Shell Foundations-structural form and efficiency-different types. 2. cooling towers. Module 2 Stream sampling: stream protection measures . Churchill and Thomas methods. yawing (IS code method) Module 2 Design of machine foundations: Static and dynamic design criteria-permissible amplitude of vibrations for different types of machines. Vertical translations. telecommunication towers.

New Delhi.scanning and predicting weather.Disposal of sludge solids.geographic distributions of humidity .application in engineering: water resources in the world .time variations in humidity-geographic variations of wind . Industrial Waste water management Hand Book. ADVANCED HYDROLOGY (ELECTIVE . trickling filters.dairy . Theories and practices of industrial waste treatment. 4. retreatment of industrial wastes: waste volume reduction.. equalization and proportioning. 3. International Edition.fronts . Rational methods of design and Industrial practice.geographic distribution of temperatures . Module 4 Major industrial Wastes and their treatment: pulp and paper industry .oil refinery textile industry . References 1.. 5. chemical and biological. Module 5 Treatment of industrial waste: canning .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.tannery.sugar . Ltd. W Wesley Eckenfelder Jr.measurement of temperatures . Weather and hydrology: Thermal circulation .effect of' land and water distribution . Mc Graw Hill Inc.properties of water vapour. 2. Inc.extended aeration.Lapse rate of temperatures . Principles of industrial waste treatment. Pvt. High rate anaerobic treatment . Module 3 Theories of treatments processes: removal of suspended solids by sedimentation and flotation. Nelson Leonard Nemerow. Waste water treatment.time variations of wind .effects of earth's rotation .II) C805-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Hydrologic cycle-history of hydrology . Kothamangalam Characteristics of industrial wastes: physical. 111 . up flow anaerobic sludge blanket reactor .. John Wiley & Sons. activated sludge treatment . Mc Graw Hill. waste strength reduction neutralization. New York. Joint treatment of treated and untreated wastes with domestic sewage . Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.migratory systems . C Fred Gurnham.up flow and down flow filters.time variations of temperatures .water resources in India.removal of inorganic solids by evaporation & ion exchange. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.Measurement of humidity . Hardam Singh. M Narayana Rao. Inc. Industrial water pollution control. NewDelhi.discharge of raw and treated wastes to streams. step aeration.distillery. Bombay. removal of colloidal solids by coagulation . Removal of organic solids: lagooning.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 2 Precipitation: types of precipitation - measurement of precipitation recording gauges - automatic gauges radars -estimation of missing data and adjustment of records - mean areal depth of precipitation -rain gauge network- design principlesdepth area duration curves - Hectograph and mass curve of rainfall - analysis of rainfall data - moving average curves - design storms - probable maximum precipitation curves snowfall and measurement. Determination of snowmelt. Water Losses:.Evaporation-evaporation pans – evapometre, control of' reservoir evaporation - soil evaporation - transpiration - estimation of evapo transpiration infiltration - infiltration curves - determination of infiltration- irifiltration indices water shed leakage - water balance. Module 3 Runoff: Catchment characteristics - classification of streams - factors affecting-run off, run off estimation by empirical formulae, curves infiltration method, rational method, overland flow hydrograph and unit hydrograph, method. Hydrographs: Separation of stream, flow components - hydrograph separation - unit hydrograph assumption - derivations of unit hydrograph - unit hydrograph of complex storms instantaneous unit hydrograph - synthetic unit hydrograph. . Module 4 Floods: Definition of standard project flood - maximum probable flood - probable maximum precipitation and design flood - estimation of peak flood-flood control. Measures - flood forecasting techniques- flood routing - analytical and graphical methods of flood routing. Sedimentation: The erosion process - factors controlling erosion - suspended load bed load, estimation of sediment load (basic principles and statement of important.equations only) measurement of sediment load reservoir sedimentation - control of reservoir sedimentation. Module 5 Probability analysis of hydrological data: mean, median, mode, mean-deviation, standard deviation, variances and skewness of data normal, gamma, poisons, log normal and pears and type III distributions - flood, frequency by fuller's, Gumbel's, Powel and Ven Te chow methods. Mathematical models in hydrology: definition of stochastic models, deterministic models-conceptual models and empirical models- optimisation of models and efficiency of models - method of determining 1UH by the s-curve hydrograph, convolution integral and conceptual models - synthetic stream flow - flow at ungauged sites - by multiple regression - reservoir mass curve - flood forecasting. References 1. H. M.Reghunath, Hydrology, Wiley Easten Ltd., New Delhi. 2. Santhosh Kumar Garg, Hydrology and flood control engineering, Khanna Publishers 3. R.K. Linsley, M. A. Kholar, Hydrology for engineers, Tata Mc Graw Hill.

112

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam APPLIED GEOLOGY (ELECTIVE - II) C805-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Plate tectonics: Plate tectonics and drift of continents-Pangaea and drift of Indian plate-formation of Himalayas-Tectonic frame work of South India -Tectonic movements-their significance-methods of detecting tectonic movements - radar interferometry & global positioning system. Earthquake: Earthquakes in relation to plate tectonics-global seismic belts seismic zones of Inida-seismicity of South India-earthquakes in Kerala -earthquake resistant structures-prediction of earthquake-defusing earthquake-Reservoir induced seismicity. Module 2 Structural geology: Clinometer & Brunton compass-Measuring of strike and dip using clinometer/Brunton compass-Basic idea of toposheets-Lineaments-definitionsingificance-techniques of identifying lineaments-major lineaments in South India and Kerala. Remote sensing: Basic concepts-electromagnetic radiation, spectral windows, spectral signatures, sensors, false colour images, geocoded images. Remotesensing satellites-Landsat. Aerial photography: Basic concepts-stereopairs, stereoscopic vision, stereoscopeLimitations of aerial photography. Applications: Interpretation of imageries (brief description only). Application of satellite imageries and aerial photographs in geological and hydrogeological studies. Module 3 Hydrogeology - General: Groundwater-importance and availability-Aquifersconfined and unconfined-Artesian wells-Geologic formations as aquifer-lateritesandy layers-weathered rock-fractured crystalline rock- their distribution in KeralaStructures used for tapping groundwater-Open well, Bore well, Tube well & Filterpoint well (construction techniques not expected). Saline water intrusion. Module 4 Hydrolgeology - Groundwater exploration techniques: Hydrogeological, geophysical & geobotanical methods-Geophysical method-resistivity surveyWenner and Schlumberger configurations-interpretation of resistivity curve-curve matching technique. Groundwater recharge: Natural & artificial. Structures used for artificial recharge-checkdams, subsurface dams, open well & bore well. Selection of site for subsurface dams-salient features. Module 5 Practical Work: Identification of important rock forming minerals: 1.Quartz, 2.Feldspar, 3.Hypersthene, 4.Auguite, 5. Hornblende, 6. Biotite, 7.Muscovite, 8.Olivine, 9.Garnet, 10.Fluorite, 11.Tourmaline, 12.Calcite, 13.Kyanite, 14. Kaolin, 15. Serpentine. Identification of common rock types: Igneous rocks: 1. Granite, 2. Syenite, 3. Diorite, 4. Gabbro, 5. Peridotite, 6.Dolerite, 7.Basalt, 8.Pegmatite.Sedimentary rocks: 1.Conglomerate, 2.Breccia, 3.Sandstone, 113

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 4.Limestone, 5.shale.Metamorphic rocks: 1. Gneiss, 2. Schist, 3. Slate, 4. Marble, 5. Quartzite, 6. Augen gneiss, 8. Mylonite, 9. Pseudotachyllite. Special Indian rock types: 1. Charnockite, 2. Khondalite, 3. Laterite. Recommended Field work: Field trips to learn identification of faults/lineaments in the field and groundwater exploration techniques. References 1. 2. 3. 4. Arthur Holmes, Physical geology, Thomas Nelson. Arthur D. Howard, Geology in environmental planning, McGraw Hills, New Delhi. M.P.Billings, Strucutural geology, Asia Publishing house, New Delhi. N.W. Gokhale, A manual of problems in structural geology, CBS Publishers & distributors, New Delhi. 5. Thomas M. Lillesand & Raiph W. Kiefer, Remotesensing and image interpretation, John Wiley Sons, New York. 6. K.K.Rampal, Text book of photogrametry, Oxford & IBH Publishing company, New Delhi. 7. David Keith Todd, Groundwater hydrology, John Wiley & sons, New York. 8. H.M. Regunath, Groundwater, Willey Eeastern Ltd. 9. HH.Read, Rutleys elements of mineralogy, George Allen & Unwin Ltd, London. 10. G.W.Tyrell, Principles of petrology, B.I. Publications, Bombay. 11. E.G. Ehler & H. Blatt, Petrology-igneous, sedimentary & metamorphic, CBS Publishers & distributors, Delhi. STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS AND STABILITY ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE - III) C806-1 2+1+0

Module 1 Introduction-problems in nature-steady state problem-dynamic problem-stability problem (Eigen value problem)-introduction to dynamic loading-D’Alembert’s equation of equilibrium-inertia force-effect of damping - Hamilton’s principle. Module 2 Single degree of freedom system-idealisation-free vibration-natural frequencyresonance-forced vibration-lumped mass-consistent mass. Solution techniques-determinant search procedure-Householders method Module 3 Introduction to stability analysis-energy principles-stable, unstable and neutral equilibrium-fourth order differential equation for generalized bending problemselastic instability of columns-Euler’s theory-assumptions-limitations. General treatment of column stability problem as an Eigen value problem-various modes of failure for various end conditions- both ends hinged-both ends fixed-one end fixed other end free- one end fixed other end hinged Module 4 Beam column-beam column equation-solution of differential equation for various lateral loads-udl and concentrated loads-solutions for various end conditions-both 114

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam ends hinged-both ends fixed-one end fixed other end free- one end fixed other end hinged. Module 5 Finite element application to dynamics-element stiffness matrix and mass matrix of a beam element. Finite element application to stability analysis- finite element stability analysis-element stiffness matrix –geometric stiffness matrix-derivation of element stiffness matrix and geometric stiffness matrix for a beam element. References 1. Ray W Clough, Joseph Penzien, Dynamics of structures, Mc Graw Hill, Kogabusha Ltd. 2. Ziegler H, Principles of structural stability, Blarsdell, Wallham, Mass, 1963. 3. Thompson J M, G W Hunt, General stability of elastic stability, Wiley, New York. 4. Timoshenko, Gere, Theory of elastic stability, Mc Graw Hill, New York. 5. Don O Brush, B O O Almorth, Buckling of Bars, plates and shells, 6. Cox H L, The buckling of plates and shells, Macmillam, New York, 1963. 7. O C Zienkiewicz ,.Finite Element Method ,fourth Edition,McGraw Hill, 8. R.D.Cook, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, John Wiley &Sons. INTERNET PROGRAMMING AND JAVA (ELECTIVE - III) C806-2 2+1+0 Module 1 Internet: Definition-principles of internet working-protocols TCP/IP. E-mail- architecture and services. World wide web- definition- linking of documents in www-URL-DNS. Major categories of websites over Internet. HTML Tags and writing pages. Module 2 Importance of Java – advantages - method of byte codes - object oriented programming concepts in Java-data types – variables – arrays – operators - control statements. Classes: Overloading – inheritance - packages and interfaces - exception handlingbuilt in exceptions. Module 3 Threads: Multi threading-string handling-an overview of important packages and interfaces used in Java-Java.util, Java.io. Module 4 Applet: applet class-event handling-overview of event classes. AWT: working with windows-graphics-text-AWT controls-layout managers-menuimages. Module 5 Databases-JDBC connectivity- introduction to swing, RMI, servlets, COM, CORBA, Java Beams. 115

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. MK Goel, Internet, Herbert Schildt, Java the complete reference, Tata Mc Graw Hill. Steven Holzner, Java 2 Black book, Wiley Dreamtech Joseph L Weber, Using Java, Prentice Hall India New Delhi. James Gosling, Java Programming.

TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION PLANNING (ELECTIVE - III) C806-3 2+1+0 Module 1 Statistical methods for Traffic Engineering: definition and probability - probability distribution – Poisson, Binomial and normal distribution. Applications in traffic engineering: sampling theory and significance testing - linear regression and correlation - simple problems. Module 2 Systems approach to transport planning: stages in transport planning - trip generation - introduction and definitions – factors affecting trip generations and attraction - Multiple linear regression analysis - category analysis - Modal split analysis. Module 3 Trip Distribution: growth factor methods - synthetic methods. Trip Assignment: purpose, general principle - assignment techniques. Module 4 Parking: Parking problems - desirable parking space standards for different land use -common methods of on - street parking, off-street parking facilities, parking surveys. Street illumination: Definition of common terms - types and location of lanterns on straight roads and junctions avoiding glare. Module 5 Transportation Economics: Road user cost-Motor Vehicle operation cost - fixed and variable costs - road user benefits - principles of economics - analysis through annual cost - rate of return and benefit cost ratio methods - worked out problems. References 1. Khadiyali L.R. Traffic Engineering and Transport planning, Khanna Tech Publishers 2. Hutchinson “Principles of Urban transport systems Planning 3. Martin & Whol Traffic system Analysis for Engineers 4. Donald Drew Traffic Flow Theory

116

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICS (ELECTIVE - III) C806-4 2+1+0 Module 1 Clay mineralogy and soil structure: Gravitational and surface forces-inter sheet and inter layer bonding in the clay minerals- Basic structural units of clay mineralsisomorphous substitution – kaolinite mineral- montmorillonite mineral- illite mineral- electric charges on clay minerals – base exchange capacity- diffused double layer- adsorbed water- soil structure- methods for the identification of minerals (introduction only). Module 2 Effect of environment on Geotechnical properties of soils: Effect of drying on Atterberg limits.-Volume change behaviour- factors controlling resistance to volume change- general relationship between soil type, pressure and void ratio.importance of mineralogical composition in soil expansion. Activity- sensitivitycauses of sensitivity-influence of exchangeable cations, pH and organic matter on properties of soils. Permeability of soils- hydraulic conductivity of different types of soils – Darcy’s law and its validity- factors affecting permeability Module 3 Wastes and Contaminants (introduction only): sources of wastes-types of wastescomposition of different wastes- characteristics and classification of hazardous wastes- generation rates- ground water contamination- sources of ground water contamination- transport mechanisms-potential problems in soils due to contaminants. Module 4 Disposal and containment technics: Criteria for selection of sites for waste disposalhydrological aspects of selection of waste disposal sites- disposal facilitiessubsurface disposal technics-disposal systems for typical wastes (sketches only) Module 5 Containment control systems- liners and covers for waste disposal- rigid linersflexible liners. Ground modification technics in waste management – waste modificationground modificationmechanical modification-hydraulic modification- chemical modification. References 1. Mitchell, J (1976), “ Fundamentals of soil behaviour”, John Wiley and sons, New York 2. Lambe, T. W & Whitman, R. V (1979), “ Soil Mechanics “, John Wiley and Sons, New York. 3. Gopal Ranjan & A.S.R Rao (1991), “ Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi. 4. Wilson, M. J (1987), “ A Hand book of Determinative methods in Clay Mineralogy”, Chapman and Hall, New York. 5. Robert M. Koerner (1984), “Construction and Geotechnical methods in Foundation Engineering”, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York. 117

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 6. Yong R. N. (1992), “ Principles of contaminant Transport in Soils, “Elsevier, New York. 7. Ramanatha Iyer T. S (2000), “Soil Engineering Related to Environment”, LBS centre. SOIL STABILITY ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE - III) C806-5 2+1+0 Module 1 Ground water seepage- Laplace’s equations for two dimensional flow- quick sand condition- construction of flownets- confined and unconfined flow-seepage in anisotropic soil conditions-piping-design of filters. Module 2 Stability of earth slopes-modes of slope stability- analysis of slope stability problems- Swedish circle method- Friction circle method- Taylor’s stability chartBishop’s method- stabilization measures- instrumentation. Module 3 Landslides: Introduction- movements associated with landslides-causes of landslides-consequences, classification and analysis of landslides-investigation of landslides-instrumentation-methods of preventing landslides. Module 4 Earthquake effects on soil foundation system: earth quakes- ground shakingliquefaction- ground deformations-seismic provisions in building codes Module 5 Underpinning: Introduction-reasons-pit underpinning-pile underpinning-driven underpinning piles-shoring-special underpinning methods-moving structures References 1. Hans.F.Winterkorn and Hsai Yang Fang Foundation Engineering handbook Van Nostrand Reinhold Company 2. Bowles E.J. Foundation analysis and Design. Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. 3. Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R.Rao Basic and applied Soil mechanics New Age International Publishing Company 4. Donald.P.Coduto Geotechnical Engineering –Principlesand practices, Prentice Hall India ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS C806-6 2+1+0 Module 1 Concepts of environmental impact analysis-Environmental protections, legislations, laws and Acts-air quality legislation-energy legislation-fish and wild life resources legislation-historical preservation legislation-factors for consideration in assessing environmental impact concept-short term vs. long term effects. 118

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 2 Socio impact analysis-physical, social, aesthetic and economic environmentexamples of types of socio impact analysis. Module 3 Air quality impact analysis-air pollutants-sources-atmospheric interactionsenvironmental impact-assessment methodology, case studies. Noise impact analysis-effects of noise on people-estimating transportation noise impact-examples Module 4 Water quality impact analysis-water quality criteria and standards-modelling-water quality impact by projects like High ways, power plants, agriculture and irrigation, forest management, vegetation and wild life impact analysis. Module 5 Assessment methodologies-impact on biota-summerisation of environmental impact-checklist method. References 1. John G Rau, David C Wooten, Environmental impact Analysis Handbook, Mc Graw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 1980. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB C807 0+0+3 1. Determination of (a) solids - total, suspended, dissolved, fixed, volatile, settleable SVI. 2. pH Value. 3. Conductivity. 4. Chemical oxygen demand. 5. D. 0. and Biochemical Oxygen Demand. 6. Jar test and Turbidity. 7. Chlorine demand and residual chlorine. 8. Determination of iron. 9. Determination of sulphates. 10. Acidity and Alkalinity. 11. Hardness. 12. Nitrogen - various forms. 13. M. P. N. Fecal coliforms using A-l medium. 14. Measurment of smoke density for diesel vehicles. 15. Measurment of H C and CO of exhaust from petrol driven vehicles. 16. Measurment of suspended particulate matter in ambient air.

119

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam PROJECT / SEMINAR C 808 0+0+4 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department. In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide(s). On completion of the project work, he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work done to the department. VIVA -VOCE C809 A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. At the time of viva-voce, certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation.

120

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

B.TECH. DEGREE COURSE

SYLLABUS

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BRANCH

121

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

THIRD SEMESTER

122

National Publishing Co 4. ∇. E.Balachandra Rao and G. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis .Shantha. divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential. Module 4 Finite Differences Meaning of ∆.. Module 5 Difference Calculus Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Advanced Engg.Erwin Kreyszig. µ.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using stirlings formula – Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals. Mathematics . Numerical Methods .Spiegel.K. surface and volume Integrals – work done by a force along a path – Application of Green’s theorem. z+k2/z – bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems. Higher Engg.Grawal B. δ .S.M.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 1/z. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable Definition of analytic functions and singular points – derivation of C. Khanna Publishers 3. McGraw – Hill 123 . Mathematics . equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn.Venkataraman.R. Prentice-Hall 6.scalar and vector fields – gradient. ez.Michael D. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem.R. Numerical Methods in science & Engg.Greenberg.S.K. Mathematics . press 5. 2. -M. sin z. Uty. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Advanced Engg. Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus Line. References 1. conservative fields – identities – simple problems. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations.II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus Differentiation of vector functions . Schaum’s outline series.

Gill FLUID MECHANICS M 303 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction-Proprties of fluids. Forms of rivet heads-rivetted joints-lap and butt joints with single and multiple riveting in chain and zig-zag arrangements-dimensional drawing. gib and cotter) .S. Module 2 Kinematics of fluid motion-Eulerian and Lagrangian approach-classification and representation of fluid flow.connecting rod .footstep bearingwall bracket . Sketching of conventional representation of welded joints. Shaft bearings and supports . force. I. dynamic and kinematic viscosityPascal’s law-Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids-fluid statics-measurement of pressure-variation of pressure-manometry-hydrostatic pressure on plane and curved surfaces-centre of pressure-buoyancy-floation-stability of submerged and floating bodies-metacentric height-period of oscillation.pressure.flanged joint .Engine parts-piston. References 1.I. specific weight.bushed pin type flexible coupling . capillarity.union joint –Amstrong (hydraulic) joint. Shaft couplings . stream line and streak line.screw threads-different forms-conventional representationsketching-orthographic views of hexagonal bolts and nuts-dimensional drawingsquareheaded bolts and nuts-sketching of different types of lock nuts and locking devices and foundation bolts. connecting rod. Basic hydrodynamics-equation for acceleration-continuity equation-rotational and irrotational flow-velocity potential and stream function-circulation and vorticityvortex flow-energy variation across stream lines-basic field flow such as uniform 124 .cross head .Oldhams coupling.C.types of keys . density.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.I M 302 0+0+4 Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views-dimensioning techniquespreparation of drawing. Machine Drawing N.ball bearings. Steam engine parts . surface tension. compressibility. Kothamangalam MACHINE DRAWING .Bhatt P. Pipe joints-spigot &socket joint . Machine Drawing 3.D. Machine Drawing 2.eccentric.Varghese P.plain and protected types of flanged couplings . plummer block .path line.knuckle joint. sleeve and cotter.stuffing box .journal bearing. Fully dimensioned and sectional drawings of the following: Joints-cottered joints (spigot and socket.

spiral flow.H. packing of atoms in solids. profile and total drag-stream lined body.characteristics-work done-aerofoil flow recorder-polar diagram-simple problems. source. rotameter.s chart-pipes in series and parallelsiphon losses in pipes-power transmission through pipes-water hammer-equivalent pipe-open channel flow-Chezy’s equation-most economical cross section-hydraulic jump. momentum and energy thickness-flow through pipes-laminar and turbulent flow in pipes-critical Reynolds number-DarcyWeisback equation-hydraulic radius-Moody.Kumar R.Amorphous structure. crystallographic directions and planes. atomic packing factor. 6. Module 3 Euler’s momentum equation-Bernoulli’s equation and its limitations-momentum and energy correction factors-pressure variation across uniform conduit and uniform bend-pressure distribution in irrotational flow and in curved boundariesflow through orifices and mouthpieces. Magnus effect-Joukowski theorem-coefficient of lift. dendritic growth and grain boundary irregularity. flow past a cylinder with a circulation. skin friction.Effects of crystalline and amorphous structure on mechanical and optical properties -Mechanism of crystallization: Homogeneous and heterogeneous nuclei formation.Changes within solid materials: Structural imperfections: 125 . grain size effects on mechanical & optical properties .L. 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Bhansal Mody and Seth METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE M 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Crystallography: Crystal structural determination. 5. pitot tube. notches and weirs-time of emptying a tankapplication of Bernoulli’s theorem-orifice meter.methods of controlling-applications-diffuserboundary layer separation –wakes. miller indices. glass transition temperature -.Shames B.K. ventury meter. Module 4 Navier-Stoke’s equation-body force-Hagen-Poiseullie equation-boundary layer flow theory-velocity variation.Massey K. doublet. drag force. bluff body-drag force on a rectangular plate-drag coefficient for flow around a cylinder-lift and drag force on an aerofoil-applications of aerofoil. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Lewitt 2. Kothamangalam flow. 4. Module 5 Flow of a real fluid-effect of viscosity on fluid flow-laminar and turbulent flowboundary layer thickness-displacement.S. coefficient of drag. coordination number. sink. References 1. Fluid Mechanics Fluid Mechanics Fluid Mechanics Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics - I. pressure. vortex pair.

single phase. malleable and spheroidal graphite cast iron. role of dislocation in the deformation of metals . chromium steels. grain size reduction. hardening.Cleavage. Module 5 Fracture: Bonding forces and energies. silicon. properties and applications . cementite. white.. inter metallic compounds – Equilibrium diagram reactions: monotectic. ductile fracture -. nitriding. burgers vector. tungsten. martensite. grain size and its effects on mechanical properties-. frank-read source – Diffusion in solids.Influence of slip on fracture – Effect of impact loading on ductile material and its application in forging etc. Module 3 Definition and aims of heat treatment.Hot working.Reference shall be made to the phase diagrams whenever necessary. forest of dislocations. copper. super plasticity – Reasons for alloying.Nickel steels. tempering. composition. study of composition. pearlite. austermpering.Cast irons: classifications.Griffith theory –.Principal non ferrous alloys like aluminum. formation and stability of carbides. surface texture on fatigue – Corrosion and thermal fatigue – Mechanism of fatigue failure -. dislocation sources. polymorphic transformation temperature. displacement of the eutectoid point. cohesive strength of metals . metal spraying. mechanical properties -. bainite. beryllium. nickel.Fatigue: stress cycles – Effects of stress concentration. Module 2 Cold working. recovery.Crack initiation. eutectoid. martempering with microstructure changes -Surface treatment: Diffusion methods: carburizing. containing molybdenum. cyaniding -. dispersion hardening. Module 4 Alloy steels: Effects of alloying elements on: dislocation movement. grain boundary hardening. brittle. cobalt. impregnation. re-crystallization. microstructure. eutectic. grain growth.Creep: Creep curves – Structural change – Mechanism of creep deformation.Annealing. peritectic. magnesium. spheroidizing. intercrystalline. vanadium. growth and crack arrest – Effect of plastic deformation on crack propagation – Factors leading to crack propagation . normalizing. phase transformation phase rules. induction hardening – Deposition methods: hot dipping and coating. gray. etc – Effects on steels. Kothamangalam Point defects .-. fick’s laws. microstructure. multi phase equilibrium diagrams. copper and lead – high speed steels .Thermal methods: flame hardening.Surface imperfections: role of surface defect on crack propagation etc – Mode of plastic deformation: mechanism of slip & twinning. metal cladding – Various strengthen mechanisms in metals: work hardening.line defect: edge. solid solutions. grain growth. properties and applications. 126 . austenite. improvement in corrosion resistance. size effect. applications. graphite. retardation of the transformation rates. dislocation climb & cross slip. screw dislocation.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. solid solution hardening. peritectoid -Polymorphism – Detailed discussion of Iron-Carbon diagram with microstructure changes in ferrite. strain hardening.

3.Thermo dynamic systems – different types of systems-macroscopic and microscopic analysiscontinuum-Properties-State-Processes. 3. – John Wiley.W. 6. – East West Press.G. Higgins R.Joule Thompson effect. PT and TS diagrams. – Engineering Material Science. 4. Module 5 Properties of pure substances – PVT. Reed Hill E.H. enthalpy and entropy – Clausius. www. msm.equations for specific heats. Richards C. Callister William. Kothamangalam References 1. Guy A. com.internal energy and enthalpy. – Material Science and Engineering. 7. – Introduction to Physical Metallurgy – McGraw Hill. 2.Clausius inequality-Concept of entropyCalculation of change in entropy in various thermo dynamic processesReversibility and irreversibility-Available and unavailable energy – Third law of thermo dynamics. – Mechanical Metallurgy. 10. 8. ac. – McGraw Hill. – ELBS. – McGraw Hill. Module 3 Second law of thermo dynamics-Various statements and their equivalenceReversible process and reversible cycles – Carnot cycle-Corollaries of the second law-Thermo dynamic temperature scale. Addison – Wesley. 127 . Avner S.-Thermo dynamic equilibrium-Equation of state of an ideal gas-PVT system-Real gas-Real gas relations-Compressibility factor-Law of corresponding states. 2. D. – Macmillan.Mollier diagramsMixture of gases and vapours-mixture of ideal gases-Dalton’s law-Gibbs law – Thermo dynamic properties of mixture-mixtures of ideal gases and vapoursPsychrometic principles-Psychrometic chart-Applications. Van Vlack – Elements of material Science.Clapeyron equation – applications of thermo dynamic relations. THERMO DYNAMICS M 305 2+2+0 Module 1 Fundamental concepts-Scope and limitations of thermo dynamics.A. Module 2 Laws of thermo dynamics-Zeroth law of thermo dynamics-Thermal equilibriumConcept of temperature –Temperature scales-Thermometry-Perfect gas temperature scales. Module 4 Thermo dynamics relations-Combind first and second law equations-Helmholtz and Gibbs functions – Maxwell relations. Dieter George E. – Essentials of material science. uk / online teaching.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Steady flow energy equation. Robert – Physical Metallurgy Principles. 9. 1. internal energy. 5. – Engineering Metallurgy part-I. Mans Chandra – Science of Engineering Materials Vol. Work and Heat-First law of thermo dynamics-concept of energy-first law for closed and open systems-specific heats.

Module 5 Columns and sturts. Spalding and Cole M.Zemansky Rogers.W.bending and shear stress distribution rectangular. New Delhi. Module 4 Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts. SF and BM. 5.S. Theory of simple bending. 128 . Prentice Hall of India. beams. circular and 1-sections.F.Bars of varying cross .Macaulay's Method-moment area method. 4. Thin cyliders and jhick cylinders subjected to internal and external pressures. 3.Sears. Relation between load.Van Nostrand company.leaf spring.Newyork. Slabs.D.Nag J. Timoshenko.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. columns & footings (No problem expected) References 1. Kothamangalam References 1. D. General description only of simple and compound steel.compound pipes -wire wound pipesstrain energy-axial loads. Part 1.N. Close-coiled and open coiled spring. Module 3 Slope and deflection of simply supported beams and cantilevers. 2. loadings analytical method. C.power transmitted by shafts.sections – composite sections temperature stresses. beams.short and long columns-Euler's theory-Ran kine's theory Eccentrically Loaded columns-column with initial curvature. Module 2 Shear force and bending moments -Cantilever-simply supported and overhanging beams-concentrated and U. gradually and suddenly applied load-impact loads. columns and column foundationprinciple of reinforced concrete. Engineering Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Engineering Thermodynamics Engineering Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Heat and Thermodynamics Thermodynamics P.P.P. Pearson STRENGTH OF MATERIALS AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING M306 3+1+0 Module 1 I Stress and strain .. 8. Strength of Materials.conjugate beam method. 9.K. 2. 7. Reinforcements detailing in R. Engineering Mechanics of solids.Lee and F. Inc.Achuthan Keenan Obert Holman M.Double integration. Principal stresses and planes-Mohr's circle representation of plane stress. Popov E. 6.

9. T. 8. watermeters and current meters Determination of metacentric height and radius of gyration of floating bodies. S. Arthur Morley. New Delhi. Longman’s Green& Company. Maxwell's Law of reciprocal deflection and determination of E for steel.Lakshmi Publications. Vazirani V.M. 5. Torsion Pendulum (M. Shear Test on M. Rod. 2. ELBS.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. torsteel and High Tensile steel. Road 7.N. Bending Test on Wooden Beams using U. on M. Determination of Darcy’s and Chezy’s constant for pipe flow 8. 4. Experimental verification of Bernoulli’s theorem 11.S. Analysis of Structures. Tests on springs (open and close coiled) 2. New Delhi. Punmia B. Strength of Materials. Rod. Vicker's and Rebound) 11. Vol 1. Aluminum wires and brass wires) 5. Determination of minor losses in pipe flow 10.. Calibration of rectangular and triangular notches 7. William A Nash. Determination of critical velocity in pipe flow. wires. M. Determination of discharge coefficient for Plug-Sluices STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORTAORY M308 0+0+3 1.. orifice meter and water meter 6. Calibration of venturimeter. S. FLUID MECHANICS LABORATORY M 307 1. ELBS. Determination of Chezy’s constant and Mannings number for open channel flow. Hydraulic coefficients of orifices and mouthpieces under constant head method and time of emptying method. 0+0+3 Study of plumbing tools and pipe fittings Study of taps. Khanna Publishers. 4. 3. valves. Torsion Test on M.. M. Solid Mechanics. M. 4. Verification of Clerk. 6. Kothamangalam 3. 6. ' 3.H. 7. 8. 12. Strut Test. Ryder G. Impact Test (Izod and Charpy) 10. Hardness Test (Brinell. Mc Graw Hill. Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures. Strength of Materials. Note All tests should be done as per relevant BIS 129 .S. 5. Kazimi S. Vol 1. gauges. Torsion test using U.A. T. Strength of Materials. Tata Mc Graw Hill.C. Fatigue Test 9. Ratwani N. pitot tubes.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 130 .

Advanced Engg.Ian N. II -3rd year Part A & B . Pearson Education Asia / PHI 5. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar. difference of proportions.properties of normal curve . Elements of Partial Differential Equations .solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation. Higher Engineering Mathematics . Khanna Publishers 2.I. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. F and Chi square test – Level of significance . by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations.simple problems in binomial.M.Linear Simultaneous eqns. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis. Module 4 Probability and statistics: Fundamentals of probability.normal distribution .poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . National Publishing Company 3. Grewal. Laxmi Publications Ltd.its mean and variance fitting of binomial & poisson distributions .S. 6. poisson and normal distributions. single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected) References 1. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig.Binomial law of probability .Sneddon. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions . Venkataraman.inverse transforms .B.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parseval’s Identity .Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion.simple problems. its mean and variance . McGrawhill International Edn.The binomial distribution.simple applications in engineering problems.Finding P. Pearson Education Asia 131 .K. 4. Bayes theorem .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Engineering Mathematics Vol.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . 7.standard normal curve . Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .

Module 3 Mechanisms: Pantograph. air and powerbrakes-braking of avehicle-cone. 5. approximate straight line. References 1.E. belt transmission and torsion dynamometers-effort and power. rocker mechanisms. spiral. rope brake.I M 402 2+1+0 Module 1 Kinematics: Links. mechanical.J. epicyclic train. and hypoid gears. Dynamometers: Pony brake. double block. band & block. 3. pairs.Singh.Bellaney J. Scott-Russel. slider crank mechanism-Hooke’s joint. hydraulic.equivalent curves. Kothamangalam THEORY OF MACHINES . Pearson P. helical. Module 5 Gears: Condition for constant velocity ratio-law of gearing-conjugate teeth actiontooth forms-standard modules and tooth proportions-contact ratio-interference-spur. 4. 6. inversion of single and double slider crank.Mallick V. Module 4 Brakes and clutches: Shoe.Shigley & J.Uicker 132 .Ghosh & A. Watt and grasshopper mechanisms. single plate. long shoe.P.L. multiple. 2.K. quadric cycle chains-kinematic diagram-expression for degree of freedom.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. band. machines. centrifugal clutches. internally expanding shoe.velocity and acceleration of various mechanisms by analytical and graphical method-Coriolis component of acceleration-analytical treatment of slider crank and four bar chainKlein’s construction-locating instantaneous center-velocity and acceleration image. bevel. Theory of Machines Mechanisms and Machine Theory Theory of Mechanisms and Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Machines and Mechanisms Thomas Bevan Ambedkar A. Module 2 Linkage Synthesis: Precision points-graphical synthesis of slider crank mechanisms.coupler curves-spatial mechanisms-manipulationsvelocity analysis by instantaneous center method-Kennedy’s theorem. four bar linkage-overlay method-number synthesis-basic features of mechanical synthesis-graphic and analytical methods of dimensional synthesis-kinematic synthesis-approximate and exact synthesis.gear forces. straightline mechanismsengine indicator mechanisms-steering gear-Davis and Ackerman type-quick returnWhitworth. mechanisms. chain.

Condition monitoring of pumps: temperature on bearing. Classification of impellers. efficiency. run away speed. root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps . wear rings. suction & delivery pipe sizing. geometric and dynamic similarity – model studies. screw.theory. Cavitation in fluid machines – installations susceptible to cavitation – collapse of bubble theory – Thoma`s prameter – factors affecting cavitation in pumps and turbines – Abrasive wear of pumps . Francis turbine Kaplan turbine – construction features and performance characteristics – non dimensional parameters for comparative study of turbine performance – unit speed.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. vane. Dimensional analysis – Rayleigh’ s method – Buckingham’s Pi theorem – nondiamesional parameters in fluid mechanics and fluid machinery – principle of similitude. type and speed of turbines. unit power. slurry pump & hydraulic ram . unit quantity. – theory of draft tube – speed regulation of turbines – selection. effect of surface texture & materials of construction on performance – applications. Module 2 Euler`s turbine equation: velocity triangles – impulse and reaction turbines – Pelton wheel. Module 5 Positive displacement Rotary pumps: Gear. motor rating .efficiency – pump characteristics – applications. performance curves & application of self-priming pump.Positive displacement pumps: reciprocating pump. performance curves. vapour pressure. runner size. efficiency. airlift pump. geometric similarity – model laws – effect of specific speed on speed. vibration in equipmets.prevention of cavitation damage.working of centrifugal pumps. operating. priming. impeller shapes – types of casings – materials for pumps & medical use – principle of operation Euler`s head equation – velocity diagrams – losses in pumps – circulatory flow – pre rotation – efficiency – non dimensional parameters – specific speed – effect of change of diameters & speed performance pump characteristics: main. ISO efficiency characteristics curves – surging – NPSH – selection of pumps from performance curves. Module 4 Theory. 133 . simple head loss calculation in pipe lines & fittings – Principle of similitude – axial trust – multistage pumps – propeller pumps – pump in parallel & series operation. Module 3 Pumping machinery: General classification –Dynamic pumps . Kothamangalam HYDRAULIC MACHINES M 403 2+2+0 Module 1 Dynamic Action of Fluid: Momentum and angular momentum equation applied to control volume – impact of jet – flow of an incompressible fluid over fixed and moving vanes – workdone and efficiency – reaction principle – propulsion of ships. noises – vibration measurement and fault diagnosis. hydraulic balancing. jet pump. flow type etc.equivalent length of pipe. effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – indicator diagram – acceleration head – effect of friction – use of air vessels – work saved – Slip .

Wiley & sons.Hydraulic symbols. slotting of keyways.types and specifications-description of tool and work holding devicesboring tools and reamers-drilling of holes. Jagadishlal. Kothamangalam Hydraulic accumulator. hydraulic cranes. Automatic machines: Semiautomatic multi tool central lathes-automatic cutting of machines.J. References 1. Milling machines: . feed and depth of cut-work holding devices-types of operation and examples of work done-shaping of V-blocks. Pippinger. Lewitt E. Drilling and boring machines:.program controlled machine tools-copying machines. Centrifugal and axial flow pumps – Stepanoff John A. Module 4 Numerical Control (NC) machine tools: Elements. Horning and Lapping: Types and methods of operations-tool and cutter specifications-surface finish obtainable-method of evaluation of surface finish-roughness-super finishing-burnishing-ultrasonic impact grinding-grinding of shafts and bores-methods of gear cutting-form cutters-gear generating machinesgear hobbing -straight. .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Govinda Rao N.Hydraulic machines. metropolitan publishers.Hydraulic machines. slides and hexagons.Hydraulic & Fluid Mechanics MACHINE TOOLS M 404 2+1+0 Module 1 Types and classification of lathes: Specifications-method of holding work and tool. . 2. shafts-profile turning. . stepped bolts. helical. . hydraulic press. Module 2 Shaping. . specifications. countersinking and counterboring operations-boring of cross holes-manufacture of bushes. standard publishers. planing of guide gibs.types. planing and slotting machines: Types and specifications-quick return motion-hydraulic feed and its advantages-automatic feed-speed. worm. 134 . Abdulla Sheriff . multi spindle automatic special purpose machine tools.Swiss type automatic screw machines. intensifier & lift – principle of operation. Module 3 Grinding. hydraulic capstan. spiral. S. 4. operations and milling cutters-Indexing head and its use-method of indexing-dividing head-milling of plane surface. keyways. accessories. Broaching machines:-typescutter-processes-internal and external broaching-broaching of spline-bores. classification (basics only)NC tooling-design of NC/CNC tooling-automated chip less process. TMH. 3. 5.Industrial hydraulics. attachments-operations and types of tools for each operation-tool room lathe. 6.Fluid flows machines.duplicating lathe-Capstan and Turret lathe-horizontal and vertical automatics-single spindle and multi-spindle screw machines-manufacture of cylindrical bolts. H. and bevel gear cutting-gear finishing and gear shaping operations-gear errors.

Single phase motor: Double revolving theory .electric braking plugging -Dynamic and regenerative braking. 2 -Suresh Daleela Manufacturing Engineering &Technology .R. References 1.C.Chapman Production Technology .regulation efficiency. Machine Tools: Vol. 7. Module 3 Industrial drives .traction motor characteristics .A.A.H.T. steel mill. 5.regulation by emf and mmf method. mine.2 and 3 . Electric traction .C.method of starting.W.advantages .size and rating of motor – motor Selection for intermittent loads. motors: Back emf . hoists.brake test .K.torque slip characteristics .C. oscillator 135 . 3 and 4 -Acherkan Manufacturing Science & Technology. motors . S.speed and torque equation .individual drive and group drive factors affecting choice of motor . D.synchronous impedance .emf equation (winding factor need not be derived) . and S. motors .Kalpakjian.B.starting and speed control testing of D. Kothamangalam Module 5 Computers in production technology: CIM-computer simulation of manufacturing process and systems-cellular manufacturing-FMS . crane etc.Schmidt ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY M 405 3+1+0 Module 1 Transformer .electric drives . 4. Oscillators .motors for particular applications like textile mill.S. coupled amplifier. PCBs.starting and speed control.construction details: Type . and advanced PCBs-expert systems in manufacturing-unmanned machining.F.basic principle .capacitor start capacitor run induction motors – applications.swinburn's test. amplifier Basic principle.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Different systems of traction .trends in automated factory.just in time production-management of toolroom-machining centers-automatic tool changingmanufacture of ICs.J. Vol.Jain All about Machine tools Gerling Workshop Technology: Vol.C. Synchronous Motors: Principle of operation . Module 2 Alternators . Determination of regulation and efficiency from O.comparison – track electrification . Module 4 Basic principle of transistor amplifier .no load and blocked rotor tests . Three phase induction motor: Production of rotating magnetic field equivalent circuit-torque equation .equivalent circuit . and L. 6. 2.C. and D. 2. 3.C.M.C. Ceramic circuit boards. .different systems .mechanical characteristics of A. paper mill.emf equation: No load current . tests cooling of transformers. 1.C. 1.C. Production Technology R.typical R.

4.lathe spindle. Machine Drawing 3.D. Study of dynamic pumps: Centrifugal pump .selection of pumps from performance curves.wave shaping circuits like simple clipping. differentiating.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 3.SCR's .characteristics .C.I.Principle of operation of SCR's .Varghese P. Machine Drawing N.simple sweep generator.measurement of current.Bhatt P.Feed checkvalve. speed cone or stepped pulley. simple head loss 136 .II M 406 Assembly and working drawings of the following: 1.SCR rating (basic principle only). lever safety valve.performance characteristics – applications. 4.block schematic of resistance welding scheme References 1. 2. integrating circuits . Kothamangalam circuits (no analysis) –Astable multivibratior Pulse circuits .induction and dielectric heating – resistance heating Resistance welding .velocity triangles – priming . suction & delivery pipe sizing. 3.Gill 0+0+4 HYDRAULIC MACHINES LABORATORY M 407 0+0+4 Study of hydraulic turbines – Pelton wheel.Single plate clutch. Valves: . Perfomance and design of D C machines – Clayton Perfomance and design of A C machines – M G Say Electrical Traction – Dover A T Industrial and Power electronics – Harish C Rai Electronic principles S K Sahdev MACHINE DRAWING . spring loaded safety valve. deadweight safety valve. blow off cock. Pulleys: . table. motor rating. clamping R. References 1.deflection methods – block schematic of CRO .casings – impellers – specific speed – cavitation . cone friction clutch.vapour pressure. stop valve. Clutches: . 5. screw jack. wear rings. crane co. machine vice. voltage and frequency. 2. CRO .basic principle of cathode ray tube .two transistor analogy of SCR . Machine elements: . Machine Drawing 2. Ramsbottom safety valve. High frequency heating .S. equivalent length of pipe. Francis & Kaplan turbines – force due to impact or jet on vanes – velocity triangles – specific speed – types of casings – governing – cavitation – draft tubes .Fast and loose pulleys. Module 5 Power semiconductor devices: Power diodes . lathe tool post. hydraulic balancing .

performance curves. Performance characteristic tests on Hydraulic ram. screw.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. multi stage centrifugal pumps at constant speed & at variable speed. jet pump. Study of positive displacement pumps – Reciprocating pumps – single & multi cylinder – Air vessel – indicator diagram . root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps . Wiley & sons. Kothamangalam calculation in pipe lines . Condition monitoring of pumps: temperature on bearing.. TMH. Airlift pump and deep well pump Performance characteristic tests on axial flow pump. -Centrifugal and axial flow pumps. 4.Hydraulic machines. Vibration measurement and computer aided fault diagnosis of a centrifugal / selfpriming / Gear / Reciprocating pump. vane. Performance characteristic tests on single stage. effect of surface texture & materials of construction on performance . metropolitan publishers. noises – vibration measurement and fault diagnosis. efficiency. Performance characteristic tests on Gear pump. Positive displacement Rotary pumps: Gear. efficiency. N. vibration in equipmets. Theory. Abdulla Sheriff.performance characteristics – applications.Fluid flows machines. References 1. Performance characteristic tests on Screw pump. 5.Hydraulic machines. Performance characteristic tests on self-priming pump. vane angle opening). . S . Jet pump.J.applications. Stepanoff john A. Govinda Rao.theory. 3. 137 . Pippinger Industrial hydraulics. Performance characteristic tests on reciprocating pump at constant speed. Performance characteristic tests on Kaplan turbine (Load test & best gate. airlift pumps slurry pump & hydraulic ram. Jagadishlal . Actual & predicted curves. Performance characteristic tests on Francis turbine (Load test & best gate opening).applications. standard publishers. 2. performance curves & application of self-priming pump. Experiments Performance characteristic tests on Pelton wheel (Load test & best speed).

Starting of cage induction motor using star-delta switch . 2.equivalent circuit torque-slip characteristics. 7. 2. 8.-critical speed. L C Oscillator Astable multivibrator 0+0+4 138 . determination of performance characteristics. 5. 5. C. 7. ELECTRONICS LAB 1. 4. a) O.B. 3. 6. Load test on D. shunt generator . Efficiency and regulation of single phase transformer by direct loading. Study of single phase induction motor.performance characteristics.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. b) External and internal characteristics of D C shunt generator. Diode characteristics Transistor characteristics. Equivalent circuit of transformer from open and short circuit test-calculation of efficiency and regulation at various loads and power factors. 6. C. Swinbume's test -Pre determination of efficiency. 9.E configurations Pulse circuits Rectifier circuits Sweep generator R C Coupled amplifier R C Oscillator. No load and blocked rotor test on slip ring induction motor . series motor. 4.C. Regulation of alternator by emf and mmf methods. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS LABORATORY M408 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB 1. 8.critical resistance.C. C. 3.C. of D.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 139 .

Scitech publications Advanced Mathematics for Engg. Complex variables and applications – Churchill and Brown. Operations research – Panneer Selvam. M. 6. shifting property. 5.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method. Somasundaram. 7. convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms.Grewal. Kanna Publishers. G. 140 .M.Residues. McGraw-Hill.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions.P. PHI Engineering Mathematics vol III – S.S. Vishal Pandey.Narayanan.Vishwananthan printers & publishers.Pillay. 2.Venkitaraman.IV CMELPA501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science – Dr. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method.Isaac. T. National Publishing Company. Kanna Publishers. 3. Wiley Eastern limited. Higher Engineering Mathematics – Dr. B. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method .Tulsian.P.S.C.Balanced T.K. Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems – P.Arumugam. two phase method.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle.Grewal. 9. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Euler’s method . Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Ervin Kreyszig. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform.K.T. References 1. 8.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method.P.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method. B.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. S.students vol III –S. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering – Dr. A.Duality in L. 4. Pearson Education Asia.Ramanaigh.zeros and singularities.

pattern allowances and materials-moulding-core and core prints-types of cores. investment. continuous.tube piercing-spinning and coining-elastic and plastic deformation-hot forging.machinery for forging-operation-heating in forgingmanufacture of drop forging dies. types and testing-moulding machines-moulding procedure-sand conditioning-gating system-cupola operation-pouring and cleaning of castingsdefects in castings-inspection and quality control-casting machines-design of diescentrifugal. axles. mechanical. electrohydraulic. equipment.(include necessary figures ) Module 3 Rolling: . 141 .rolling of tubes.comparison of casting with other production processes.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. progressive and compound dies-plastic and rubber processing-Calendering-transfer. and explosive forming. punching. Submerged arc. blanking. Kothamangalam MANUFACTURING PROCESSES M 502 3+1+0 Module 1 Patterns: . bending. injection and compression moulding. drawing.methods. thermit solid state. Module 5 Forging: -classification-process-equipments-drawing. Arc welding applications-equipment –polarity-governing factor in fusion welding-electrodes and types-ISI specification for electrodes –Welding design-butt joint-TIG-GMA-CO2 process.definition-metallurgy of welding-applications – classification mechanism-processes-gas welding . presses-design of forgings and dies-upsettingforging defects-forging analysis-quality assurance for forging-non destructive testing.pneumatic.details.principles-types of rolls and rolling mills-semifinished and rolled products. I-beam-thread and gear rolling-friction and lubrication in metal forming-hot and cold rolling-rolling machines-heating and cooling in rolling-strip velocity and roll velocity-roll and roll pass design -Theories of rolling and effect of parameters-load calculation-High velocity forming energysources . Module 4 Press working: .mould casting.( include necessary figures) Module 2 Welding: . deep drawing. die forging. machines-analysis of rod extrusion-Wire and wire drawing operations-analysis-die angles-simple. electroslag plasma arc and flux cored arc welding-resistance. electron beam and laser welding. squeeze casting and shell.material behaviour .types of presses and pressworking operations involving shearing. electromagnetic. fluxes and filler rods design effect of weld parameters on weld quality-flame cutting-ISI specification for welding. squeezing-Extrusion: .pattern construction-layout and colour coding-tools-processes-moulding sand constituents.Brazing: soldering-explosive welding-inspection and defects in weldingwelding of plastics. wheels.

call by value method – writing different string handling functions – storage classes – passing an array to a function – passing a structure to a function – recursion .S. Pearson 142 . cos(x) etc. OR and NOT – pre-processor directive . for. 2. if – else.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 2 Arrays – declaration of one dimensional array and its handling – bubble sorting – quick sorting – searching – string handling functions – multidimensional arrays and its handling – structure and union – array of structures – sorting of strings – programs Module 3 Functions – declaration – global and local variables .Schmidt Manufacturing Processes .macros – programs Module 4 Declaration and use of pointers – call by reference method – pointer to an array – pointer to a structure – array of pointers – pointer to an array – self-referential structure – dynamic memory allocation – linked lists – programs Module 5 Different types of files – reading writing and appending of text and binary files – other various file handling functions . do-while and switch – use of logical AND. sin(x). Workshop Technology . 3.Kalpakjian and S. I .writing summation of various mathematical series like ex. Vol. 4. 2.Raghuvanshi Manufacturing Engineering & Technology . Programming with C Programming in C The C Programming Language Let us C Programming with ANSI and Turbo C – – – – – Schaum’s series Balaguruswamy Kerningham & Ritchie Yaswant Kanetkar Kamthane. 3. References 1.Begeman Manufacturing Science & Technology. 5.Roy A.transfer of data in blocks .Lindberg COMPUTER PROGRAMMING M503 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction to C language – character set – operators – constants and variables – data types – use of built in I/O functions . OR and NOT. 4.A. while.command line arguments – use of bit-wise AND. 5. Kothamangalam References 1.use of control statements if.Suresh Daleela Processes and Materials of Manufacture .

and ships-stability of automobile and two wheel vehiclesgyroscopic stabilization of sea vessels and grinding mills. Wilson-Hartnell. Mechanism and Machine Theory Theory of Mechanism and Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Mechanism and Machines Dynamics of Machinery Ambedkar A. Module 2 Governors: . Module 4 Gyroscope: .coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed. engines.Mallick V.Ballaney Joseph Shigley Holovanco 143 . 2.C.cycloidal . Hartung. Kothamangalam THEORY OF MACHINES .energy saved in a flywheel-punching press-dynamically equivalent two mass system-centre of percussion-kinetic equivalence-reversed effective force analysis-piston effort-crankpin effort. Watt. Module 3 Turning moment diagram and Flywheel: .displacement.K. torque characteristics of an engine-governor and flywheel.P.analysis of four bar chain-force analysis of slider-crank mechanismCoulomb friction.II M 504 2+2+0 Module 1 Static force analysis: . Gear trains: -simple.Ghosh & A. 5. References 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. compound-epicyclic trains with coaxial shafts. 3. Dynamic force analysis: . Hartnell. 4.principle-angular acceleration-effect of gyroscopic couple on bearings. 6.L.types-follower motion-SHM-uniform velocity and acceleration. Proel. and slider crank mechanism. velocity and acceleration curves-cam profile-reciprocating and oscillating followers-tangent cams-convex and concave cams with footed followers.governor speed. airplanes. Porter. Module 5 Cams and Followers: .terminology.D’Alemberts principle-inertia forces-dynamic force analysis of four bar chain.crank effort-turning moment diagrams for steam and I.force couples-condititons for equilibrium-free body diagram.Singh P. and Pickering governors-spring controlled governors of gravity type-effort and power-controlling force diagram-quality of governors-effect of frictioninsensitiveness-stability-inertia governors.

Kothamangalam MECHATRONICS AND CONTROL SYSTEMS M 505 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction: .concept of automatic control-open loop and closed loop systems-servomechanisms-block diagrams-transfer functions.force-velocity – displacement temperature-inputting data by switches-signal coditioning . fault finding-design and mechatronics-design solutions. Mechatronics . Module 4 System response: . Pearson Understanding Electromechanical Engineering .W. ramp.digital communications-system.J. protocols.modulation. 8. and speed control systems.Nagrath and M. hydraulic servomotors. rectangular and logarithmic plotsexperimental determination of frequency response-Bode. temperature control systems.error analysis. 4.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Frequency response analysis: .T. velocity lag.ports. Control system analysis: Transient response of simple control systems-Stability of control systems-Routh stability criteria. Representation of control components and systems-Translational and rotational mechanical components-series and parallel combinations-comparators.First and Second order system response to step.polar. Necsuleseu.Nagoor Kani Modern Control Engineering . interfaces.Dorf. OCR.Ravan Modern Control Engineering . Pearson 144 . 2.Scope of Mechatronics-systems-microprocessor based controllersmechatronic approach-sensors – transducers .Gopal Automatic Control Theory . Module 3 Introduction to Control systems Engineering:.operational amplifiersfiltering-multiplexers-data acquisition. interface requirements-adaptors-programmable logic controllers-data-handling. References 1. pulse. networks. 6. and sinusoidal input-systems with distance.Kamm Mechatronics .Dan S. integrating devices.Bolton. Pearson Control System Engineering . Data presentation systems: displays-measurement systems-calibration-pneumatic and hydraulic systemscontrol valves-actuators-mechanical and electrical actyation systems-relays and solenoid switches and proximity pickups. and Nyquist stability criteria-Gain and phase margin.Lawrence J. DVD ROMs.Katsuhiko Ogata Control Systems . 7. 3. Electromechanical systems: CD. Printers-Medical devices: Artificial internal organs-Diagnostic and Therapeutic EMDs. 5. Root locus of simple transfer functions-transient response from root locus. Module 2 Input/Output systems: .A.

characteristics . work done.cooling ponds & towers . Module 3 Gas turbine Plants .stockers .pressure loss combustion process and stability loop.optical losses .modern steam generators .coal handling ash handling.entropy of steam .solar collectors .solar concentrators and receivers sun tracking system .combustion chambers efficiency .Mollier chart . Module 4 Introduction to solar energy . L.Liquid flat plate collectors principle .Mass flow rate . annular and industrial type combustion chamber .enthalpy and internal energy .process . governing.dryness fraction .solar pond . 2.solar thermal power generation (Description Only) Module 5 Thermal power plants: layout and operation of steam and diesel power plants . Power plant technology Thermodynamic and heat power engineering Thermal Engineering Gas Turbine Theory Solar Energy Utilization Thermal engineering E.throat area . References 1. dry and superheated steam.I M 506 2+2+0 Module 1 Steam Engineering: Properties of steam .throat pressure for maximum discharge . re heating . D.useful heat gained by fluid . 145 . and efficiencies.coal burners .Rankine cycle for wet. 6.inter cooling .feed water heaters .mean plate temperature performance . 4.boiler mountings and accessories.overall loss coefficient thermal analysis . Steam turbines: velocity triangles.combustion intensity .Analysis of rotary compressors .efficiency and performance of gas turbines.chimneys .K.wet.thermal performance . Ballaney Cohen & Rogers G. Rajput.draught .Open and closed cycles .thermodynamics cycles regeneration. Rai R.focussing type solar collectors . Rotary Compressors . Wahid Mathur and Mehta P.thermal losses and efficiency . Module 2 Steam nozzles .classification . 3. 5.evaporators . Combustion . Steam Generators . Kothamangalam THERMAL ENGINEERING .steam condensers . dry and superheated steam .dust collectors precipitators .characteristics .effect of friction .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.temperature entropy diagram . L.solar water heating .centrifugal and axial compressors.combustion chambers of gas turbines cylindrical.super saturated flow.

mechanical. CBN. strings and records Matrix addition and multiplication Implementation of dynamic memory allocation Implementation of linked lists File handling Problems using Command line arguments MACHINE TOOL LABORATORY M 508 0+0+3 Study of Centre Lathe: Origin of the name lath and lathe. limit gauges (types and design). ceramic. two and three jaws. inserts. Lee & Shaffer theory. guide ways. and faceplate. . vernier and optical protractors. ISO. slip gauges. standard and calibration. electrical. compound rest.tool materials. follow rest.Production of axi – symmetric parts – Production of prismatic components – Hole machining – Gear machining. x. flatness and parallelism and round measurement.Machineabilty index . cross slide. ii. diamond etc.Surface characterization: measurement of 146 . and centres. . v. iv. Study of Basic measurement and devices: accuracy. DIN standards –merchant’s circle. comparators (optical. optical projector with digital measuring.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. vii. checking the dimensional accuracy of slip gauges with interference microscope. linear measurements. sensitivity. b) Familiarization of Word processing packages – editing. compilers and file managers etc.Use of Taylor’s equation at shop floor . xi. apron box. iii. tail stock. VB determination . Counting characters. Kothamangalam COMPUTER LABORATORY M 507 0+0+3 a) Familiarization of operating systems. sine bar. ix. coated HSS.Tool wear mechanisms. precision. – Geometrical measurements: angular measurements. pneumatic).specification of lathehead stock. lines and words Checking leap year Finding sum of digits and reversing a number Generating Prime numbers. Use of file directories. Taylor’s principle. pointers and files Examples: i. formatting and printing c) Familiarization with spread sheet packages for graphical representation of data d) Introduction to computer aided drafting – drawing simple objects e) Programming experiments in C to cover control structures functions. Study of Machining technology: Study of metal cutting – tool terminology as per ASA. Fibonacci numbers and Angstrom numbers Sine and Cosine series Sorting of numbers. tool post grinder. structures. chip breakers -. – Cutter types and selection – Abrasive machining (Ra values) – Diamond turning of parts (Ra values) . arrays. thick & thin zone models .Measurement of light wave interference. feed gar box. and standards of measurements. vi. editors. metrology lab. viii.Role of specific heat in cutting fluids. carriage. micro structural requirement of bed material. Accessories: Chuck.

. References 1. 147 . Student’s assessment. Kothamangalam surface finishes RMS and CLA values. MIR Publication. toolmakers microscope.Machine Tool Design Vol. record bonafides. checking backlash. screw threads. two and three wire methods pitch measurement – Gear metrology (spur gear): run out checking.Optical profile projector: study of profile of gear tooth. base pitch measurement. 2.. limitations. bevel protractor – calibration of plug and snap gauges using slip gauges – Roundness measurement : cylindricity. HMT. best wire size. Indexing & Gear cutting. alignment errors.Production Technology. awarding of sessional marks. profile measurement. skid. perpendicularity using dial stand and measuring bench – Surface finish measurement. Acharkan. ground bore of an engine cylinder. N. SEM. slip gauge surface. concentricity. importance of surface finish on crack initiation.. measurement of turning tool wear of VB & KT values –Flatness measurement of surface table using auto collimator – Lathe alignment test using laser interferometer – gear concentricity tester.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. laser micrometer and alignment test using laser interferometry. gear roll tester and gear tooth measurement. pocket milling–– Study of tool and machine monitoring systems. screw threads. instruments for measurement of roughens of a sand cast surface. 1 to 4. continuous evaluation. TMH. laser measuring instruments. & TEM. other tools – Tool makers microscope: to study tool geometry. oral examination etc and university examination shall be done by Faculty members. machine vision.Angular measurements use of sine bar and slip gauges. – Screw thread terminology. turning & thread cutting. waviness. composite errors. cut off. measurement of angle using clinometer. Experiments Measurement of cutting forces in machine tools using dynamometers –process capability study of Machines –grinding of tool angle using tool and cutter grinding machine in a tool room –Turning & taper turning. – Advanced measuring devices: CMM.

Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 148 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Pearson 149 . Module 5 Curved beams – bending by eccentric loading – crane hooks – c clamp – chain link – columns of machine tools. Theory of Elasticity Advanced Mechanics of Materials Advanced mechanics of Solids Mechanics of Solids Introduction to Mechanics of Solids Mechanics of solids Timoshenko & Goodyear Seelv & Smith L. Module 4 Thick cylinders – spherical shells – compound cylinders –rotating rims and cylinders – long cylinders. References 1. Module 2 3D stress and strain – principal stresses – strain ellipsoid and director surfaces – stress invarients – determination of maximum and minimum shearing stress – homogeneous deformation – strain at a point – principal axes of strain – principal strain and invarients of strain – differential equations of equilibrium – boundary conditions – conditions of compatibility – determination of displacements – strain energy – uniqueness of solutions. 4. 6.S.Popov Mubeen.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 3 2D problems in polar co-ordinates – general equations in polar co-ordinates – stress distribution symmetrical about an axis – pure bending of curved bars – strain components in polar co-ordinates – displacements for symmetrical stress distributions – rotating disk with and without central hole – disk of uniform strength. 3.Srinath Lardner & Archer Ezer P. Kothamangalam MECHANICS OF MATERIALS M 601 2+2+0 Module 1 Definition of stress and strain – components of stress and strain – Hook’s law – Plane stress and strain – stress at a point – measurement of strain – strain rosette – Mohr’s circle of strains – differential equations of equilibrium – boundary conditions – compatibility equations – stress functions – 2D problems in rectangular co-ordinates – solutions by polynomials of various degrees and effects – Saint Venant’s principle – determination of displacements. 5. 2. Photo elastic techniques of study of stress – description only.

erratic. statcial analysis of measurement data. roughens. statical concepts in metrology.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. hydraulic. standards. selecting & assigning of fits. temperature & optics. lay. Kothamangalam METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION M 602 3+1+0 Module 1 General measurements concepts: Principles for achieving accuracy. basic units. tolerances for linear dimensions. design of gauges. Module 5 Generalized measurement system: measurement terminology. control chart techniques – comparators – General principle of measurements: line & end measurements. backlash. application in measurement of load & torque. Optical measuring instruments: interferometry. mass. lead. integrity. roughness values produced by machining processes. wear allowance. applications in clutch plate surface. bevel protractors. concept of apparent to real area of contact of mating surfaces. Methods for estimating accuracy and precision. and quantities for displacement. angle gauges: auto collimator. texture. waviness. drift. instruments for different surface finish measurements. Module 2 Gauges: classification. optical flats. static characteristics. Module 4 Advanced measuring devices: Laser interferometry. precision static sensitivity and resolution. taper gauges. circularity & cylindricity – Measurement of angles & tapers: sine bars. cut off. errors in measurement. pressure thermometer thermocouple. input.Detector transducer elements: principles of calibration. inner race of a bearing. applications in measurement of strain. squreness. and optical projectors. standard specification. machine vision & non contact CMM Gauging and measurements of screw threads: Gauging methods for manufacturing. screw thread terminology. random. RMS & CLA values. loading effects on instruments. gauges materials & gauge manufactures. theory of seismic instruments . measuring equipment. types of strain gauges. flatness. Form measurements: straightness. out put configurations. tolerance. drunken errors. tool maker’s microscope. inspection equipment. Module 3 Measurement of surface finish: surface structure. hydraulic & electric dynamometers. 150 . vibrometers & accelerometers. gauge maker’s tolerances. and formulae. linear measurements. thread gauge measurement. pitch profile. cylinder liner. clinometer & spirit level. tooth thickness. surface to be painted etc & importance of surface finish on crack initiation. optical & radiation pyrometer – magnetic flow meter – thermal conductivity gauges. applications – computer controlled co-ordinate measuring machine. application of thread gauges – Measuring of gears: Measuring methods for runouts. machine tool guide way. progressive. optimeters. systematic and constant errors. time. accuracy.Temperature measurement: Use of Bi metals. precision Vs accuracy. measurement of vibration. brake liner. pneumatic & train gauge type load cells. systems of limits and fits. measurement of force and torque. SEM & TEM. noise. limitations. composite elements.

catalytic converter . fire point & viscosity index combustion chamber design considerations.Abnormal combustion . I.Measurement of exhaust smoke and exhaust emission. Module 5 Pollutant formation and control in S.Various stages of combustion .heat losses .vaporization of fuel droplets and spray formation . ASME Beckwith Doeblin Hume Sharpe Taher Hand book of industrial Metrology Mechanical measurements.Controlling Methods . Engine.Indicated power .Brake power .Particulate Trap. McGraw. 5.Air motion . CO.Air and liquid system .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Chemical structure .Heat balance Test .Morse Test .Petrol and Diesel Engines (Review Only) valve timing diagrams .nozzle . chemistry and control .properties of lubricants . Stirling E/n.Super charging & turbo charging.Lubrication systems .stages of combustion .design considerations. Engines .Air Fuel ratio in C. McDonald Metrology. I.stoichiometry and excess air calculations .Ignition lag .Wankel E/n.Exhaust gas treatment . E/n . I. 4/e. biogas. P.Ignition Lag .Hill Metrology.diesel knock .variation of specific heats .Volumetric Efficiency .Testing of I.combustion chamber . Kothamangalam References 1.Battery & Magneto type .combustion quality . VCR E/n.detonation effects .classifications . And C. C. ELBS M 603 THERMAL ENGINEERING .Swirl . Module 4 Combustion in C. Stratified charge e/n. 5/e.types of cooling system . free piston E/n. Pearson Measurement systems.Ignition limits .qualities. 4.Theory.II ` 2+2+0 Module 1 Working of two stroke & four stroke . 151 . I. vegetable oils.Ignition system . Engines . Engine M. 6.types .fuel injection pump .firing order Ignition timing and spark advance . I.Injection in S. 2. ratings of fuels Alternative fuels. System . Fuel air cycle (actual) for petrol and diesel engines .Thermal reaction . Engine operating characteristics . F.Dissociation Module 2 Carburation . Alcohol. Types of Engines . ELBS Metrology.Fuels . Module 3 Combustion in S.additives for lubricants . Engines .Fuel injection systems . I.types of carburetors .Heat rejection and cooling . Nox.flash point.Air fuel mixture requirements . Unburned hydro Carbon and particulate .Theory of engine heat transfer .Flame propagation .direct and indirect injection . I. 3.

Concept of Black body Planks distribution law .Pick's law of diffusion in gases.equal parallel and opposite black squares.simple problems with the use of chart and equations) Module 5 Mass transfer . Log mean temperature difference.one dimensional steady state conduction with and without heat generation .Forced convection in turbulent flow .Reflectivity transmissivity. Elementary problems. Application of dimensional analysis in forced and natural convection. Combined effect of convection and conduction. Condensation and boiling . Heat exchange by radiation between black surfaces . C.effectiveness . liquids and gases .thermal conductivity of solids. Module 4 Radiation .variable thermal conductivity shape factors . Genesan Mathur and Sharma.Reynolds analogy. V. Thermal heat.Large parallel black plate . black rectangles perpendicular to each other having a common edge-heat exchange by radiation between large parallel planes of different emissivity (no derivations . F. Kothamangalam References 1. 5.film Drop-wise 152 .Definitions and concept . Heywood Obert E. Diffusion coefficient.concept of boundary layer . Analogy between the phenomena of heat transfer and mass transfer.Monochromatic and total emissive power . conducting equation in Cartesian.introduction to mass transfer . Module 2 Convection . cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates .Nature of thermal radiation .Absorptivity .flat . Black Grey and Real surfaces.application of straight rectangular and triangular fins effectiveness of fins. 3. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution Internal Combustion Engine Internal Combustion Engine A course in internal combustion Engine John B.unsteady state conduction.Kirchoffs law Wein's displacement law-Geometric factors of simple configuration.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.factors affecting thermal conductivity. discs.Scope and application of heat transfer principles in engineering practice.boundary layer equation .heat exchange . Conduction through homogenous and composite surfaces plane wall cylindrical and spherical . HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER M 604 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction to basic modes of heat transfer .plate heat transfer equations by integral method Laminar and turbulent flow of heat transfer in tubes .critical radius of insulation. 2. Conduction Fourier law . 4.heat flow through corners and edges.significance of Prandtil number . Over all heat transfer coefficient .Newton's law . Module 3 Heat Exchangers type of heat exchangers. empirical relations. Lichty L.NTU method of evaluation of heat exchangers . Design of shell and tube exchangers .

Module 3 Formation of companies: proprietary and partnership-joint stock.Gupta and Rajendra Prasad PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEERING ECONOMICS M605 3+1+0 Part A – Principles of Management Module 1 Functions of management: planning. Kothamangalam condensation-film boiling and pool boiling. Module 2 Ogranisational behaviour: stress. Module 5 Indian financial system: Reserve bank of India-commercial bank system-public sector banks-development financial institutions-IDBI. causes. directing. capital and organization-national income-difficulties in estimation-taxation-direct and indirect-progressive and regressive-black moneyinflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of price increases. 6. Bubble growth and collapse.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.empirical relations for heat transfer with change of phase (description only) Numerical methods in conduction (finite difference and finite element methods description only). bonus. meaning. staffing. SIDBI. incentives-monetary and non-monetary Total quality management-re-engineering-management by objectives Part B – Engineering Economics Module 4 Basic concepts: Theory of demand and supply-price mechanism-factors of production-land. 3. labour. theories of work motivation-group dynamics-nature of work group. Elements of Heat Transfer Jacob Hawkins Principles of Heat Transfer Krieth Heat and Mass Transfer Fckert & Drake Heat transfer Holmann Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer R. pricing. group cohesiveness. Wages and incentives: Time and piece rate system. IRBIinvestment institutions-UTI-insurance companies-stock market-functions-problems 153 . staff and functional relationship-span of control and delegation. communicating. private limited. 4. Rajput. ICICI. effects. Engineering Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer .K. 5. References 1. public limited companies-private sector. group norms. Marketing management: identification of products. promotion and distribution channels. public sector. joint sector and co-operative sector. organizing. 2. controlling and coordinating – Organizational structure-line. motivating. strategies for coping with stress-motivation-types of motives. group performance.

Agarwal Kargaweski Mazda O. Computer aided part programming: concept & need of CAP – CNC languages – APT language structure: geometry commands. inductosyn. motion commands.advantages & disadvantages – classifications – Point to point. 6.incremental & absolute systems – open loop & closed loop systems – DDA integrator & Interpolators – resolution – CNC & DNC. digitizer. dimension words. Devices in N. speed word. scaling – clipping -3D Graphics (basic only).Simple exercises only. Kothamangalam faced by the stock markets-role of the public sector-privatisation-multinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy. 4. software. postprocessor commands. elements of interactive graphics.C. rotation. preparatory functions. Pearson Engineering management. compilation control commands – programming exercises – programming with interactive graphics. References 1.P.2D Graphics: line drawing algorithms.logic ladder program – timers . computers and workstation.Dewett A. Pearson Industrial Engineering & Management COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING M 606 3+1+0 Module 1 Evolution of CAD/CAM and CIM segments of generic CIM. 5. 2. 3.manual programming – NC co-ordinate systems and axes – tape format – sequence number.K. 8. tool world. Engineering analysis. moire fringes. CAD software packages Module 2 Numerical control: Need . bressnham`s circle drawing algorithm– 2D translation.N. solid modeling. automated drafting – CAD hard ware. Design process – CAD process: wireframe.an overview of CIM software . tachometer. DDA line algorithm – circle drawing. Programmable logic controllers (PLC): need – relays.Khanna – – – – – – – – Industrial Organisation and Management Organisational Behaviour Human Behaviour at Work Marketing Management Modern Economic Theory Indian Economy Operation management. design review & evaluation. data presentation. 9. straight cut & contouring positioning . resolver.feed back devices: encoders. storage devices in CAD . Module 3 NC part programming: part programming fundamentals .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. feed world. Benga & Sharma Fred Lufthans Keith Davis Philip Kotler K. 7. systems: Driving devices . surface. miscellaneous functions – programming exercises. 154 . input/ out put display.

volumetric efficiency .relative efficiency . Vision systems: introduction to intelligent robots. boiler mountings and accessories . actuators. Testing of steam boiler .study of steam engine parts and systems. References 1.D. precision of movement. Study of boilers. weight carrying capacity. McGraw-Hill Introduction to Robotics HEAT ENGINES LABORATORY M 607 0+0+ 3 Study of systems and components of IC Engines and automobiles . 5. Computer graphics (in C version).mechanical efficiency . Yoram koren Jonn Craig Introduction to Robotics CAD/CAM. configuration & motion. Testing of fuels and lubricants . general methodology of group technology. 6. McGraw – Hill. Principles of interactive Graphics. feature like work envelop. robot programming languages.valve timing diagram . Numerical control of machine tools. Hearn & Baker New man & Sproull Petruzella Frank.air-fuel ratio and compression ratio . code structures of variant & generative process planning methods. Prentice Hall.boiler trial .steam calorimeters and steam nozzles . Testing of IC engines • Performance analysis of IC engine using computerized test rig-Load test on petrol and diesel engines.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam Module 4 Automated process planning: Process planning. process planning software. 4.performance test on steam turbines. Programmable logic controllers.determination of kinematics and absolute viscosity of lubricating oils determination of calorific 155 . Module 5 Robotics: Industrial robots and their applications for transformational and handling activities. 7. AI in process planning. 2.determination of flash and fire points of petroleum products . Craig john Groover M.retardation test . 3.effect of varying the rate of cooling water and varying the speed on the performance characteristics of engines.determination of indicated and brake thermal efficiencies . PHI.study of dynamometers used in engine testing .P.Morse test .heat balance .performance test on steam engines .study of IC Engine repairs and maintenance. sensors and end effectors.

open & closed loop system . etc. etc. control charts for inspection. inspection of assembly fixtures – modular fixturing – concepts and applications – use of software for building fixture – tool design for forging. Study of Automated process planning: process planning. – Simulate and produce a component has valley shaped undercuts along its lenth.punched tapes – manual part programming. boring. noise control.feed back devices . need of machining centers. code structures variant generative process planning methods. feed word.5 mm. linear interpolation.lead screw stepper motor . signature analysis and preventive maintenance. Experiments Key way slotting. QS 9000 – quality system standards. Preparation of process plans using CAPP software –Planning of experiments for process improvement using software – simulation of factory layout . charts for variables. computer aided part programming. side & face milling of a rod to make square head – 5mm material removal by Shaping – Drill 10.incremental & absolute positioning. Kothamangalam ADVANCED MACHINE TOOL LABORATORY M 608 0+0+3 Study of Vibration: two and multi degree freedom systems. drop forging dies and auxiliary tools – upset or forging machine dies. on & off delay timers. G codes. Study of Quality circle concepts – ISO 9000. three phase motor etc. preparatory function. and grinding operations. preparation of process drawing for different operation. six sigma concepts – Taguchi methods. PLC operated solenoid valves. Preparation of CNC programs for drilling.advantages & disadvantages . tooling systems. . R charts. speed word. Design of a jig and a fixture for drilling & milling 156 .logic ladder program – timers. automatic tool changing tool magazines etc principles. CNC and DNC . Study of Design of jigs and fixtures: degree of freedom principles of location and clamping . Study of Fundamentals of Numerical control: principles of NC . APT languages – tooling for CNC. CBR 16 mm. PTP. cascading & retentive timers – counters. reaming – principles of fixture design. Study of Tolerance charting techniques: operational sequences for typical shaft type components. tool word etc. 10 mm deep – Surface grinding. general methodology of group technology. locators and different types of clamps – elements of fixture – provision for tool setting – design of fixture for milling. tolerance worksheets and centrality analysis. TQM. Study of Programmable logic controllers (PLC): need – relays. cylindrical grinding and tool grinding .SQC.Vibration study of machine tools with an analyser.NC. turning. AI in process planning. grooving. parting.facilities layout analysis – line balancing – materials requirement planning – inventory analysis – quality assurance using control charts – preparation of process sheet for manufacturing of spindle like & housing type component – preparation of process plan & cost estimation for the manufacture of typical product like submersible pump.DDA integrator & different interpolators . circular interpolation. ISO 4000 series.design of jigs for drilling.principles of jig design – fool proofing elements of jigs . cascading counters. Study of Design of sheet metal blanking and piercing dies: Die design – power press types – die clearances – cutting forces – punch and die mountings – types of construction – fine blanking – die design fundamentals – materials for dies & allied elements – multiplexing of tools. M codes. straight & contouring machining.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

1 to 4. Production Technology. N. 2. fixtures . inspection. Petruzella Frank. MIR Publication. press tool design (forming & cutting). metal forming. assembly & dismantling of simple die casting dies .Design & fabrication of simple bending dies – Design of forging dies: product requirement & design of forging dies – study of analysis software for mould flow. awarding of sessional marks. McGraw Hill. Acharkan. Student’s assessment. force calculations. 157 . HMT 3. References 1. Yoram Koren Machine Tool Design Vol. TMH.Design of sheet metal working dies: feed strip layout design. D 4. oral examination etc and university examination shall be done by Faculty members. melt flow. NC machines tools. Programmable logic controllers.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Design of assembly. continuous evaluation. record bonafides. Kothamangalam operation .

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 158 .

acoustic speed .rocket engines. M. Performance of turbo propeller engines.Mach number .shock strength. Module 2 Isentropic flow of an ideal gas: basic equation .mach cone-compressibility factor .critical speed of sounddimensionless velocity-governing equations for isentropic flow of a perfect gas critical flow area . Compressible fluid flow . Module 5 Propulsion: Air craft propulsion: . turbines.Rayleigh line entropy change caused by heat transfer . Kothamangalam GAS DYNAMICS AND JET PROPULSION M 701 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to gas dynamics: control volume and system approaches acoustic waves and sonic velocity .Rankine Hugoniat equations . Module 3 Simple frictional flow: adiabatic flow with friction in a constant area ductgoverning equations .classification of fluid flow based on mach number .nozzle discharge coefficients . Steady one dimensional flow with heat transfer in constant area ducts.nozzle efficiencies.rocket engine performance . Shock waves in perfect gas.effect of wall friction on flow properties in an Isothermal flow with friction in a constant area duct-governing equations . scramjet engines.convergent nozzle . Rocket propulsion .performance of a nozzle under decreasing back pressure -De lavel nozzle . References 1. temperature. .stagnation enthalpy. combustion chamber.properties of flow across a normal shock governing equations .limiting conditions.governing equations . Basic theory of equations .energy flow through jet engines.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.S. thrust. H.solid and liquid propellant rockets comparison of various propulsion systems.stream thrust and impulse function.thrust equation .optimum area ratio effect of back pressure .A. Steady one dimensional isentropic flow with area change-effect of area change on flow parameterschocking. exhaust systems. ramjet and pulsejet.continuity and momentum equations for a control volume. Fundamentals of compressible flow with aircraft and rocket propulsion Yahya 159 .effective jet velocity specific impulse . Shapiro 2. thrust power and propulsive efficiency turbojet componentsdiffuser.types of jet engines .conditions of maximum enthalpy and entropy Module 4 Effect of heat transfer on flow parameters: Intersection of Fanno and Rayleigh lines.General features of one dimensional flow of a compressible fluid .Prandtl's velocity relationship .converging diverging nozzle flow with shock thickness . compressor. pressure and density-stagnation.fanno line limiting conditions .

Zucrow 5. Production and Productivity: Types of production-continuous productionintermittent production. Module 3 Methods Engineering: Process charts and flow diagrams-Micro motion studyWork measurement techniques. Module 4 Industrial relations: Fatigue-Communication in industry-Industrial disputes-Trade unions-Quality circles-BIS-ISO-Labour welfare-Industrial safety-Statutory provisions in labour legislations.Fields of application of Industrial Engineering -Functions of Industrial Engineer-Organisational structure of Industrial Engineering Department. Zucrow & Joe D.M.Holfman INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING M 702 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Evolution of Industrial Engineering. Selection of equipmentsmethods for replacement studies. Maintenance and replacement of equipments: Types of maintenance. Ergonomics: Objectives and applications. Module 5 Inventory control: Determination of Economic order quantity and reorder level.J. Objectives and uses of merit rating-Merit rating plans. Quality control: Destructive and nondestructive testing methods. Material handling: Principles of material handling-selection of material handling devices-types of material handling equipments. just in time and cellular manufacturing systems. Kothamangalam 3. Productivity-productivity index-factors affecting productivity-techniques for productivity improvement. Elements of gas dynamics . Cost accounting and control: Elements of cost. Statistical quality control-process control charts-acceptance sampling. Job evaluation and merit rating: Objectives of job evaluation-Methods of job evaluation. Gas dynamics . Aircraft & Missile propulsion .Liepman & Roshko 4. Module 2 Plant design: Plant location-factors influencing plant location.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Selling price of a product-Types of cost-Allocation of overheads. Plant layout-types of plant layout-introduction to layouts based on group technology. Value Engineering: Historical perspective-reasons for poor values-types of valuesthe different phases of value analysis-applications of value analysis. 160 . Depreciation-methods of calculating depreciation.

electrolux system.natural convection coils .P. Advanced vapour compression systems multistage vapour compression systems . Kothamangalam References 1. Quality Control Riggs Hiejet Mc Cormic E.actual cycle representation on TS and PH diagrams simple problems. dry and superheated compression .conventional refrigeration systems.Verma Mudge Amrine Lowry Hansen REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING M 703 2+1+0 Module 1 Principles of refrigeration: Thermodynamics of refrigeration .COP effect of operating parameters on COP . and refrigerating machine.flash chamber multiple compression and evaporation systems cascading .O.actual cycle . Production control 3. Production system 2. magnetic (cryogenics) refrigeration and thermoelectric refrigeration .unit of refrigeration .P.compressed air motors. heat pump. Module 3 Vapour absorption systems: simple.P. capacity work and refrigerant flow requirements in Bell . steam-jet.ammonia water and lithium bromide water systems . Industrial Engg 7.constant pressure expansion valve .applied refrigeration house hold refrigerators . actual and reactive .under cooling .wet.Bell Coleman cycle .capillary tube. Industrial Engg & Management 5.effect of interfolding . Industrial Organisation & Management 6.J. Module 2 Vapour compression system: simple cycle -comparison with Carnot cycle theoretical.expansion devises .Coleman cycle.refrigeration methods. 161 .float valve and solenoid valve evaporators .ice plant cold storage. Refrigerant and their properties: Nomenclature . Value Engg 8. Manufacturing organization & Management 9.water and air cooled condensers evaporative condensers .Khanna Banga & Sarma A.direct expansion coils. Reciprocating compressors: single stage and multistage compressors . Human factors in Engg design 4. cycles .work done optimum pressure ratio.C. Air refrigeration system.Carnot cycle. Module 4 Refrigeration system components: condensers .unit air conditioners and water coolers .thermostatic expansion valve .coefficient of performance . O.flooded evaporators . reversed carnot cycle.simple problems.Vortex tube. Time & Motion Study 10.isothermal and adiabatic efficiency .suitability of refrigerants for various applications unconventional refrigeration methods.volumetric efficiency -effect of clearance .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.COP .

Radial engines. Module 3 Two degree freedom systems: . Forced Vibrations: . References 1. L.year round air conditioning . v-engines. Refrigeration and air conditioning Refrigeration and air conditioning Refrigeration and air conditioning Principles of Refrigeration Ballaney P. Free vibrations with viscous damping. Winter air conditioning: heating load calculations humidifiers and humidistat.psychometric process-problems.hermetic. centrifugal pendulum damper. Balancing of reciprocating masses: . Swaying couple. simple harmonic motion. Energy method.comfort chart applied psychrometry . Balancing of several masses rotating in several planes. Damped free vibrations: .unitary and central systems . Stocker W. Hammer blow. Partial balancing of locomotive. Direct and Reverse cranks Module 2 Vibrations: .design of air duct systems.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. F. Single degree freedom systems: Undamped free vibrations: .Forced harmonic excitation Rotating unbalance. Equivalent stiffness of spring combinations. Rayleigh’s methods. Partial primary balance. Balancing of multi cylinder inline engines. critically damped system. 2. Equilibrium methods. viscous dampers. vibration isolation and Transmissibility. 3. coulomb damping.Definitions. semihermetic and open type refrigeration compressors. under-damped system. Balancing machines. systems with damping. Balancing of several masses rotating in same plane. Rectilinear and angular modes. Kothamangalam Rotodynamic compressors: Screw and vane type compressors .Principal modes of vibration.principle of operation .sensible heat factor .principles of air distribution .Balancing of rotating masses. dry friction damper. Energy dissipated by damping. Logarithmic decrement. Jordan and Protester Roy J. untuned viscous damper. Variation of tractive effort. over-damped system.Equations of motion Natural frequency. Coupled locomotives. Vibration measuring instruments. vibration absorbers. 162 .Viscous damping. Dossat DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY M 704 2+1+0 Module 1 Balancing: . Reciprocating unbalance. 4. Summer air conditioning: cooling load calculations .effective temperature .The effect of inertia force of the reciprocating mass on the engine. static balancing and dynamic balancing. Module 5 Principles of air conditioning: Psychrometry and psychrometric chart thermodynamics of human comfort .

Bies & C.Design principles – common engineering materials – selection and their properties – general steps in design – design criteria – types of failures . Non-linear vibrations: . Hausen. Kothamangalam Multi-degree of freedom system: .Critical speed of a light shaft having a single disc without damping.L. response to a step input. 8.Laplace transformation. Matrix iteration method. knuckle joint – pins.types of cyclic loading. Groover Theory of Vibrations with applications.P.S. Torsional Vibrations: .Free vibrations. III Edn . 3. Acoustic impedence filters and human ear. fourier’s theorem and musical scale. Stresses in Machine parts – tension. keys. Ballaney Mechanical Vibrations. Doppler effect. Dunkerly’s method. Noise & Vibration Control . Mac Graw Hill A text book of sound . 7. Duffings equation. Recording and reproduction of sound. 9. three-rotor. equations of motion. soft spring. lumped mass and distributed mass systems.Leonard Meirovitch.T. V edition . phase plane method.P.K. Module 5 Noise control: . undamped free vibration with non-linear spring forces. acceptance noise levels.Phase plane.Thomas Bevan Theory of Machines .A. Graham Kelly. Stodola method. 6.C. acousticl measurements.H.G. Theory of Machines .D. Forced vibration with nonlinear forces. hard spring. Air columns. decibels. 4. Saxena Engineering Noise Control . microphones and loud speakers.L.W. response to a pulse input. Beraneck MACHINE DESIGN AND DRAWING . Perturbation method.Torsionally equivalent shaft. Acoustics of buildings. Thomson Mechanical Vibrations . threaded fasteners and power screws – Shaft coupling – sleeve coupling 163 . Critical speeds of a light cantilever shaft with a large heavy disc at its end.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. splines set screws. torsional vibration of tworotor. 5.Sound propagation. Sharma & H. and geared systems. Schaum’s outlines Fundamentals of Vibrations . shock spectrum. Module 4 Critical speeds of shafts: . compression and shear –elastic constantsworking stress-factor of safety-bending and torsion-combined stresses-stress concentration-fatigue-endurance limit-fatigue diagram-fatigue factors-theories of failure-Goodman and Soderberg lines Detachable joints-socket and spigot cotter joint. References 1.Leo N. Holzer’s method.I M 705 2+0+2 Module 1 Definitions . Transient vibration: . self excited vibrations. Influence coefficients method. 2. response to an impulsive input.

Pearson Lingayah Vol I. Jain Norton. 5. Module 2: One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions.e.I) CMELR 706-1 3+1+0 Module 1: Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method . Module 2 Springs – Classification and uses of springs – design of helical springs – effect of end turns – energy absorbed – deflection – design for fluctuating loads – vibration in springs – buckling of spring materials Shafts – Torsion and bending of shafts – hollow shafts – design of shafts for strength an deflection – effect of keyways – transverse vibration and critical speed of shafts Design of IC engine parts – connecting rod – piston – flywheel – Welded joints: Lap joint – Butt joint – weld symbols parallel and transverse fillet welds – strength of welded joints – axially loaded welded joints – eccentrically loaded welded joints. Kothamangalam – split muff coupling – flange coupling – protected type flange coupling – thick and thin cylinders Riveted joints: Lap joint – Butt joint – failures of riveted joint – strength of riveted joint – efficiency of riveted joint – design of longitudinal butt joint for boiler – design of circumferential lap joint for boiler – joints of uniform strength – Lozange joint – eccentrically loaded riveted joint. 4. 2. i. Pandya & Shah .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. two questions from each module with full choice. References 1. 3. 164 Mechanical Engg. 7. Note For the University Examination 100% choice may be given. K. Module 3: Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. Design Machine Design Machine Design Machine Design Machine Design an integral approach Machine Design data hand book Elements of Machine Design – – – – – – – Joseph Shigley Mubeen Black R. 6. OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE .

parallel and stand by systems-estimation of parameters of failure distribution-maintainability and availability-problems. mixed integer programming problems. Pearson Education Asia. scheduling. Rao. Kothamangalam Module 4: Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems. Replacement: .causes of deterioration and obsolescence-sudden and gradual obsolescence and deterioration-economic analysis-MAPI method. Module 2 Lubricants: -solid.fretting-fatigue-calculation of working life-design considerations.R. Module 5: Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm.H. Evolution of maintenance management-SWOT analysis-subjective methods of evaluationobjective criteria of evaluation.F. Ltd. 3. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering . McLeavey. Panneerselvam. Optimization theory and application . Eastern Economy Edition.Belegundu. Module 4 Reliability: -concept and definition-chance of failure-wear and failure application of stochastic model for reliability studies-reliability of series. Operation Research an introduction . New Age International P.D. S. Mojena. pour and flash point-carbon residue-flash and fire points. T. 2. 5. Principles of Operations Researc for Management . PHI PLANT ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE (ELECTIVE-I) M 706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Wear and Lubrication: -wear-classification-theories of wear-analytical treatment of wear. R.S. D. and controlling of maintenance work-organisation for maintenance.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Irwin. Module 3 Maintenance: -Breakdown and preventive maintenance-deterioration and failure analysis.sulphur content-lubricant additives-lubricant systemslubrication equipments and components. 165 . 4. References 1. Taha. fluid and semifluid-synthetic lubricant-general properties and uses-tests and classification-aniline point-cloud.A.stages of wear-effect of moisture.planning. Operations Research . A. gas and liquid on wear-effects of temperature-corrosive wear.S. Chandrupatla. Richard D. INC. Budnick.R.

Brazing: . WELDING TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . Module 3 Electric arc welding: Electric properties of the arc – arc column theories: ion theory & electron theory. Standard Handbook of Plant Engineering .Guptha Inspection.I) M 706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: . Pressure Welding Process: . 6.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Principle of Brazing – brazing alloys & fluxes. Quality control and Reliability .P.advantages and limitations – principal types of welding process and their characteristics.Robert C. copper. nickel & magnesium.C.rightward & leftward welding techniques – filler metals & fluxes used for gas welding – weld movements – welding of: cast iron. Tin-Lead binary diagram. 166 .K.heat distribution in an electric arc – arc welding power sources – their specific characteristics advantages & limitations – arrangements for straight & reverse polarities – striking of an arc – types of weld movements – welding positions – welding symbols – Electrodes – needs & types of electrodes covering – classification of arc welding electrodes.Banergy. Srivasthava Handbook of Tribology . References 1. Kothamangalam Module 5 Non destructive testing and diagnostic instruments: . 4. A.Sushilkumar.Welding as a fabrication process. 3. 2.inventory control of spare parts-simple problems.Shillon Industrial Maintainence Management .butt welding – flash butt welding – welding of tubes & percussion welding.Rosder Reliability&Maintainability Management . stainless steel. aluminium. Arc welding Processes: Carbon arc welding – single & twin carbon arcs – flux shielded metal arc welding – submerged arc welding – TIG & MIG welding and atomic hydrogen welding.methods of brazing – aluminium brazing – advantages & limitations.Sharma Maintenance and Spare parts management .Balbir S.Forge welding. Module 2 Fusion Welding: Oxy-acetylene welding – chemistry of oxy-acetylene welding flame – type of flames & adjustments – welding set up & arrangements – preparation & storing of acetylene as well as oxygen gases. 5. B.Bharat Bhooshan.accident prevention program-designing of safe operation-fire protection –legal provisions for safety in industry.spot welding – seam welding – projection welding.S.Gopalakrishnan. Soldering & Brazing: -Soldering – principles of soldering.K.safety rules in oxy-acetylene welding.different types of solders – need of fluxes for soldering and different fluxes used – method of soldering – silver soldering and aluminium soldering – advantages and limitations. Safety management: .

I) M 706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Patterns: Different types of patterns – colour codes of patterns. Parmer 10. FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . Welding & welding Technology -Little. Cambridge University Press.advantages & limitations: Electroslag welding – Plasma arc welding – Ultrasonic welding – Electron beam welding – Laser beam welding – friction welding – explosive welding & cold welding processes.effect of ingredients and Additives on properties of moulding sand. core making.P Khanna 8. Module 5 Basic metallurgy of welding: Three prominent zones: weld metal zone – heat affected zone & the unaffected zone. A text book of Welding Technology -O. Module 2 Gating and risering: Mechanism of solidification – nucleation and growth – rate of solidification – progressive and directional solidification. Welding Engineer’s Hand Book Vol 1. C. Welding Stresses: causes of development of residual stresses – methods of relieving or controlling of residual stresses in weldments. Defects: commonly found defects in welded joints. Core and core making: Purpose of cores . Welding (10th Edition) -A. Moulding sands: Natural and synthetic sand. 3.functions and requirements of riser – types of risers . Metallurgy of welding -Bruckner 4. neck break & hardness tests – Non destructive tests such as Magnetic particle. Welding for Engineers -Udin & Funk 7. bend. S. The Electric Welder -Tse Golsky 5. reinforcing and venting. Gates and gating system – functions and types of gates – design of gating system – gating ratios for ferrous and nonferrous castings – risering. Ultrasonic. Welding engineering & Technology -R. References 1. radiographic & eddy current methods. baking.core prints – types of cores – core sand ingredients – requirements of core sand. Welding Engineering -R.general properties of moulding sand – testing of moulding sand . Davis.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. impact.core sand mixing – binding materials – core boxes.Needs of inspection & testing of weldments – the various testing methods – destructive tests such as tensile.2 & 3 (ASME) 6.sand conditioning. Welding Engineering -Rossi 2. Dye-penetratant.reusability of moulding sands. Kothamangalam Module 4 Special or Unique welding processes: Various welding processes – their specific applications – neat sketches. Inspection & testing of weldments: .theoretical considerations – Chvorinov s 167 .ingredients of moulding sandsspecial sand additives sand mixing.L Agarwal 9. coating.

core making. steel and non-ferrous metals – details and charge calculation in cupola charging Module 5 Cleaning and inspection: Knock out and fettling – destructive and non-destructive testing.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.P.I) M 706-5 3-1-0 Goals: The course is designed to develop an understanding of operation research with particular attention to linear programming.R.Kalapakjian and Schmid ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH (ELECTIVE . iron – compositon and properties Module 4 Non-ferrous foundry metallurgy: Foundry characteristics of copper and aluminium base alloys – degassing and melt treatment. Mechanisation in foundry: Elementary ideas of mechanisation in sand conditioning and supply. 4. 4. 6.I. North-west corner method 2.Beeley Manufacturing Science .salvaging. Principles of Metal Casting . 3. moulding.G.. 5. knock out and fettling.Hine and Rosenthal Foundry Technology . and integer programming. Melting and pouring: Types of furnaces used for C. Module 1 • Linear Programming 1. 3. 2. 2.Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallick Manufacturing Engineering and Technology . insulators and exothermic compounds Module 3 Ferrous foundry metallurgy: Gray cast iron – composition – effect of composition in properties – types of graphite in gray cast iron – foundry characteristics of grey cast iron – effect of inoculation and inoculants – low alloy and high alloy cast iron –malleable iron – white heart and black heart malleable iron – malleablisation – S. Problem Formulation Graphical Solution Simplex Method Revised Simplex Method Duality Theory Sensitivity Analysis Module 2 • Transportation Model 1. References 1. Least cost method 168 . dynamic programming. Kothamangalam rule – riser shape and directional solidification – use of chills.

Integer Programming. Generation of random numbers 4. Optimisation in Operation Research.1 Binomial distribution 1. Test of optimality Module 3 • Integer Programming 1. 2. 2. 4. Introduction.K.3 Normal distribution 2. Pearson Ravindran and Philips Operations Research – Principles and Practice. 3. Introduction basic concepts and simple problems Module 4 • Dynamic Programming 1.Katharia & Sons 169 . Application of goal programming 2.Rardin. S. basic concepts and simple problems 2. References 1. Pearson Education Verma A.7th edn. Students will have the ability to analyze and perform sensitivity analysis on different optimum solutions generated. VAM 4. Kothamangalam 3. Simulation software Course Outcomes 1. Basic Concepts 1. Operation Research. Gomory’s all integral cutting plane method • Goal Programming 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 3. Operations Research .. Goal Programming and Dynamic Programming. Students will have the ability to tackle real life optimization problems. Ronald L. Hamda & Taha. Characteristic of Dynamic Programming 3. Students will have a working knowledge of operation research techniques such as linear programming. Discrete Dynamic Programming models Module 5 • Simulation 1.P. Monti-cralo simulation 3.2 Poisson distribution 1. Shortest path models 2.

Sales Management 3.Product.Market demand. Module 2 Strategic Planning: Strategic business unit (SBU). International marketing and on line marketing. References 1. Organisational buying behaviour: Buying situations. Marketing decision support system. Kothamangalam MARKETING AND SALES MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE . Salesmanship concept Philip Khotler Richard.Objectives of Sales management. Organisational Behaviour 6.Marketing research.Theories of selling. Introduction to Relationship marketing.Marketing channels. Module 5 Sales management: Evolution of Sales management.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Sales Engg 10.Khanna Banga & Sarma Fred Luthans Schifman & Kanuk Gundiff Jain Lester Thomson 170 . Module 3 Product life cycle: Marketing strategies in the different stages of product life cycle. Marketing Management: Functions-Sales forecasting-Pricing-DistributionAdvertising.Exchange and transactions.P. Industrial Organisation & Management 5. Edward & Norman O. New product development: Idea generation.Sales promotion. Industrial Engg & Management 4.Competition.Marketing concepts.Value and satisfaction.Marketing mix.Concept development and testingconjoint analysis.Business strategic planningSWOT analysis.Market segmentation. selection and training of sales personnel-Sales territory-Sales quotas.I) M 706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Marketing: Definition.Personal selling situations. Marketing Management for small units 9. Marketing Management 2. Consumer Behaviour 7.Basic selling stylesRecruitment.the buying centerPurchasing process. Module 4 Consumer behaviour: Major factors affecting consumer buying behaviourConsumer decision making process.Marketing environment. Basic marketing 8.

Reynolds stress models. two level Runge Kutta predictor corrector methods-explicit. Kothamangalam COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS (ELECTIVE .direct numerical solution-large eddy simulation. inviscid. and mixed flows.Iyengar (WileyEastern) 4.Jain & R. methods for unsteady problems.Anderson (Mc Graw Hill Pub.introduction to numerical methods. (Tata Mc GrawHill) 171 .K.K. advantages and limitations-components of numerical solution methods and properties. implicit methods. potential and creeping flows-approximations of hyperbolic.direct methods-Gauss elimination method-LV decomposition.F. References 1.I) M 706 -7 3+1+0 Module 1 Basic concepts: -conservation principles-mass. Computational methods for Fluid Dynamics -Joel H. Introduction to Numerical Analysis . elliptic.) 3. examples-finite volume method. approximation of surface and volume integrals. second derivative and mixed derivative-boundary conditions. Module 2 Finite difference methods: . Module 4 Solutions of Navier Stokes equations: -choice of variable arrangement on gridcalculation of pressure-other methods-solution methods for Navier Stokes equations.B.Hilderbrand. errors.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.M.Ferziger & Miloven Peric. Module 3 Solutions of Linear Equations: .concept-approximation of first derivative. Module 5 Turbulent flows: .multigrid methods-non linear equations-deferred correction approaches. boundary conditions-examples.tridiagonal system-cyclic reduction-iterative methods-conyergenceconjugate gradient. Numerical methods for Scientific& Engineering Computations .compressible flows (introduction only)-pressure correction models-simple examples. Computational Fluid Dynamics (The basics with applications) -John D. momentum energy-conservation of scalar quantities-dimensionless form of equations-simple mathematical models for incompressible. spectral methods. RANS models. parabolic. (Springer Werlag Publishers) 2.

HEAT TRANSFER LABORTAORY M 708 0+0+4 Tests on refrigeration equipment. Determination of minimum fluidizing velocity in a conventional fluidized bed. 172 . Tests on air conditioning units. permeability etc. Tests on gyroscope. Kothamangalam MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LABORTAORY M 707 0+0+4 Tests on reciprocating air compressor Tests on blowers and rotary compressors Vibration of springs – free and forced vibrations. Determination of emissivity of surfaces Heat flow through lagged pipes. Free and forced convection.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Friction in hydrodynamic bearings – bearing testing machines. Tests on universal governor apparatus. Determination of overall heat transfer co-efficient of a heat exchanger. Whirling of shafts. moisture content. Metallurgical analysis of specimens using metallurgical microscope. Determination of thermal conductivity of conducting and insulating materials. Balancing of reciprocating and revolving masses – balancing machines. Testing of foundry sands for strength. Heat flow through composite walls.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam EIGTH SEMESTER 173 .

shape. adhesion theory. feed & depth of cut – Tool materials: carbon steel. speed.Titanium & titanium alloys – shape memory alloys –smart materials – microstructure.. applications. tool material & micro structure on tool life. size. cross linking – co polymers & ter polymers – Molecular architecture – effect of crystallinity – Glass transition temp: . size distribution. ceramics. – Glasses: Types. effect of increasing normal load on apparent to real area of contact . surface treatment.Elastamers: Kinked structure Mechanical.Mixing – Compaction techniques – Mechanism of sintering of single & multi phase materials . branching. effectiveness at tool chip interface. DIN. purity etc.. applications. Module 2 Thermal aspects of machining: Source of heat. shear plane & work piece. Module 4 Polymers: Polymerization – Structural features: Linear & net work molecular structure – Molecular wt. – Ceramics: Structure – Mechanical.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. abrasion. properties and application of MMC and CMC – Honey comb structure. Advanced materials: Super alloys . ISO systems – Mechanism of orthogonal cutting: Thin zone model. steady & catatospheric wear on rough & finishing operations – Economics of machining – Machineability index. coated HSS. Kothamangalam PRODUCTION ENGINEERING M 801 2+1+ 0 Module 1 Theory of metal cutting: Historical back ground –Classification of manufacturing process – Deformation of metals (review only) – Performance & process parameters . relation ship etc. properties.Thrmo polymers – Thermoset polymers – Additives – Polymer matrix composites: properties & applications. Taylor’s equation. chip control – Tool geometry: American. glass ceramics – Types. Palmer & Oxley analysis – shear angle relationship. Lee & Shaffer`s. effect of speed. Merchant’s analysis.Sintering atmosphere – Finishing operations: heat treatment. physical & chemical properties – Vulcanization of rubber – conductive polymers. chip curl. diamond etc.cutting angle. columb`s law. Module 3 Power metallurgy: Preparation metal powers – Power characteristics: properties of fine power.Oblique & orthogonal cutting – Mechanism of chip formation. compressibility. – Impregnated bearings – Sintered oil-retaining bearing – Economics of p/m. ploughing. classification of fluids – Tool wear: flank & crater [KT] wear – Tool wear mechanisms: adhesion. Oxley thin shear zone analysis – Thick zone models. nose radius etc. 174 . etc on selection of liquids. types. impregnation treatment etc. temperature distribution in chip. . degree of polymerization. sublayer flow – Effect of rake angle. British.Cutting fluids: effect of specific heat. – Friction process in metal cutting: nature of sliding friction. on cutting force and surface finish – Empirical determination of force component. rapid. yield stress at asperities. application at shop floor. HSS. physical properties & applications. diffusion & fatigue. allowable wear land [VB] .

3D welding – Information processing – Indirect fabrication of metals & ceramics. Wiley Eastern 4. Kothamangalam Module 5 Advanced production methods: Rapid prototyping: background & definitions – Process methods: Stereolithography. Abrasive water jet machining. Barlow & Bourell. rear wheel and four wheel drivestransfer case-Hotchkiss and torque tube drives-universal joints-constant velocity universal joint-differential-non-slip differential-rear axles-types of rear axles. AJM. sliding mesh and synchromesh gear boxes-epicyclic gearbox-overdrives-hydraulic torque converters-semi and automatic transmission-Final drive-front wheel. Rose & Wulf. Powder Metallurgy for Engineers. injector. fused deposition modeling. single point and multi point fuel injection-combustion chambers-lubricating oil pumps-cooling systems-Vehicle performance-resistance to the motion of vehicle-air. Machinery publishing co.Hall 2.. Machinablity Data Center Vol. Manufacturing Engineering & Technology. application etc. 175 . References 1. laser engineered net shaping. – Non traditional machining: EDM. Beaman. process parameters. ECM. selective laser sintering. 7. Addison – Wesley. London 5. McGraw Hill AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING M 802 3+1+0 Module 1 Engines: Types of engines in automobiles-classifications-engine componentsworking of various systems-CNGengines-R&D works-present and future vehiclesframe. rolling. LIGA process. Solid Free Foam Fabrication: A new direction in mafg. Paul.2. – Electro chemical grinding. Prentice . Black. USM – principle. control.1 & 2.carburetors.. The Structure & Properties of Metals Vol. Armarego & Brown. and radiant resistancepower requirement-acceleration and gradeability-selection of gear ratios. Dixon & Clayton. MRR. LBM. Production Technology. Kalpakjian.constant mesh. The Machining of Metals. Theory of Metal Cutting. New Age publishers 8. honing. lapping. process principle & Ra only. Cincinnati 9. Kluwer Academic Publishers 3. H. Tata McGraw Hill 6. 4nd edn.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. diesel fuel pumps. body and engine construction-structure and mechanism forming components. Introduction to Machining Science. applications – EBM. Metcut research associates. HMT. laminated object manufacturing. Metcut research. Module 2 Transmission: prime movers-clutch-principle-friction-helical spring and conical spring clutches –centrifugal clutches and fluid couplings-Gear box-principle and necessity of manual gear box.K. surface finish. Brophy. IBM. Lal G. types.

1 & 2) Automotive Mechanics Automobile Engineering Automotive Mechanics K.automotive lighting. vibration.engine tuning.Guptha Joseph Heitner Harbans Singh Reyd William H.M. Module 2 Production planning: objectives-characteristics-process planning. functions and problems of PPC. hydraulic and pneumatic brakes-anti-lock braking systems-Wheels and Tyres:tube-less tyres-ply ratings.correlation analysis. toe-in toe-out. effect. Kothamangalam Module 3 Steering and Suspension: Different steering mechanisms-steering gear boxespower steering –types-suspension systems-front axle.safety provisionsmotor vehicle act. air bags and impact beams-automotive air conditioning-braking mechanism and convectional brakes. Module 5 Electrical systems Battery. accessories and dashboard instruments-Preventive and breakdown maintenance-engine testing. 176 .factors affecting-Master production scheduling-material requirement planning – BOM and product structure. king pin inclination. Production control: objectives.production control systems. rigid axle and independent suspensions-anti-roll bar-coil spring and leaf spring-torsion bar-Macpherson strutsliding pillar-wish bone-trailing arm suspensions-front axle types-front wheel geometry-castor. Module 4 Chassis and Body: Types of chassis and body constructions-crumble zones. 3. Shock absorbershydraulic and gas charged shock absorbers-air suspensions. advantages. components and attachments-mechanical. servicingoverhaul. 4. Capacity planning. Automobile Engineering (Vol. charging and ignition systems-electronic ignitiondynamos and alternators-voltage regulators-light and horn relays-circuit diagramsstarting motor-bendix and follow through drives-power windows-electronic engine control unit for fuel injection. and performance tests. Course PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL M 803 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to PPC: need for PPC. hydraulic and power brakes.problems.radial tyres-hybrid vehiclesvintage cars-racing cars-automated roads-coach works-materials. 2. camber.wheel balancing-trouble shooting-garage tools and equipments-noise.principle and procedure of production Control. Forecasting: methods of sales forecasting-forecasting for new products-forecasting for established products-time series analysis for sale forecasting – long term forecasting – methods of estimating Sales trend.booster.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. References 1.

Whybark systems R.procedure.duties.II M 804 2+0+2 Module 1 Gears: Types of gears –spur gear. 3. 4.Apple Mcycss K.Aggarwal Volfman.types-report preparation and presentation.C. Despatching.N.T. 5.procedure – route sheets. Module 3 Sequencing assumptions: solution of sequencing problems-processing n jobs through two machines Processing n jobs through three machines – processing n jobs through m machines – processing two Jobs through m machines-problems Module 4 Materials management: Components of integrated material management Purchasing management.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.short term scheduling – mathematical loading and scheduling. bevel gear. Follow up and reporting. helical gear. Modern Production Management Principles of Production Management Production management principles Production Planning and Control Manufacturing Planning &Control Production and operations management Modeling the supply chain E. worm and worm wheelstrength of gear teeth – gear forces and their effects – formative number of teeth – lead – lead angle-basic geometry and nomenclature of meshed spur gear setdynamic load – endurance load-wear loads – AGMA standards – Lewis equation for strength design and Lewis form factor – design for wear – design of gears such as spur gear.problemsScheduling through PERT / CPM problems.Buffa J.stores management. helical gear.master scheduling or aggregate scheduling Estimating shop loads.S.rules.reasons for scheduling. Supply chain management – ERPRole of I. References 1. Berry. Kothamangalam Routing: objectives.jani& L. 2. bevel gear. 7. worm and worm wheel.Paneerselvam Jeremy F Shapiro MACHINE DESIGN AND DRAWING . Module 2 Bearings: Bearing materials – introduction to lubrication – minimum film thickness – hydrodynamic theory of lubrication – viscosity of oil – oil seals – selection of lubricants – viscosity index – measurement of viscosity – effect of temperature on viscosity – clearance ratio – summer feld number – specifications 177 . 6. Module 5 Loading and scheduling: aim.

Beta functions Gamma function. Module 3 Gamma. unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. Classification of second order equations. Machine Design – Pandya and Shah . Note Question Paper pattern same as Machine Design .Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference 178 Mechanical Engineering Design – Joseph Shigley Machine Design – Mubeen Machine Design – Black Principles of Lubrication – Cameron A. 3. 7. B.II) CMELR M 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. Kothamangalam and selection of bearing – anti friction bearing – bearing life – rating life – dynamic load capacity – equivalent dynamic load – design of journal bearing – design of rolling contact bearing such as ball and roller bearing. 2. Design of Machine Elements – Bhandari V. 4. 5. Mechanical Seals – Mayer E. Pumps: Design of centrifugal pump (Simple problems) References 1. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. 6. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.I ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE .

expert system building tools: languages. modus ponens.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. inference sub systems. New York A Course on Integral Equations . 4. linking expert systems to other software such as DBMS. MRP . Module 3 Knowledge representation: rule based system . Grinding wheel selection. Kothamangalam method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. objects.expert / knowledge based systems .P. Academic Press. Mathematics . tool selection.II) M 805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Artificial Intelligence .expert system architecture: software components.K. Module 2 Hard ware requirements . 9. links.frame based knowledge representation .Greenberge. MDB. S.Allen C.inference engine components .Keener. Numerical methods . part classification.Pipkin. 179 . 7. &Science . knowledge representation . Module 4 Commercial software for manufacturing applications in CAD. values. attributes. Mathematics . EXPERT SYSTEMS IN MANUFACTURING (ELECTIVE . links.semantic net work structures: nodes. inference engine. knowledge base. inventory control. object.F. 3. Pearson Edn. Khanna Publishers Generalized functions . fault diagnosis.knowledge acquisition. shells.B.Chand Advanced Engg. John Wiley and Sons.heuristic rules . Module 5 Case studies and programming of typical applications in process planning. Addison Wesley. 5. John Wiley and sons 8. robotics. knowledge base. failure analysis etc.H. 6.inferences strategies.Kandasamy.Ram P.Kanwal.definition . Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics . search strategies . MIS. process control. process control and office automation. Principles of Applied Mathematics .11. K. facilities planning etc. attributes.Bernard Friedman. adaptive control of devices.Thilagavathy. CAPP.James P.Gunavathy.Michael D. nods. References Linear Integral Equation . backward & forward chaining. monotonic & non monotonic reasoning.semantic netwoks.R. Asia Numerical methods in Engg. Hoskins.Dass. Chand & co 1.Grewal. 2.S. Springer – Verlag Advanced Engg. values . K.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam References 1. Peter Jackson - Introduction to Expert systems, 3/e, by; Addison Wesley Longman, 1999. 2. Prentice - hall hand book of expert systems AEROSPACE ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE - II) M 805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 The atmosphere: Characteristics of Troposphere, Stratosphere, Mesosphere and Ionosphere - International Standard Atmosphere – Pressure, Temperature and Density variations in the International Standard Atmosphere – Review of basic fluid dynamics – continuity, momentum and energy for incompressible and compressible flows – static, dynamic and stagnation pressures – phenomena in supersonic flows Module 2 Application of dimensional analysis to 2D viscous flow over bodies – Reynolds number – Mach number similarity – Aerofoil characteristics – Pressure distribution – Centre of Pressure and Aerodynamic Center – Horse shoe vortex Module 3 Momentum and Blade Element Theories – Propeller co-efficients and charts – Aircraft engines – Turbo jet, Turbo fan and Ram Jet engines – Bypass and After Burners Module 4 Straight and Level Flight – Stalling Speed – Minimum Drag and Minimum Power conditions – Performance Curves – Gliding – Gliding angle and speed of flattest glide – Climbing – Rate of Climb – Service and Absolute Ceilings – Take off and Landing Performance – Length of Runway Required – Circling Flight – Banked Flight – High Lift Devices – Range and Endurance of Air planes. Module 5 Air speed indicators – Calculation of True Air Speed – Altimeters – Rate of Climb meter – Gyro Compass – Principles of Wind Tunnel Testing – Open and Closed type Wind Tunnels – Pressure and Velocity Measurements – Supersonic Wind Tunnels (description only) – Rocket Motors – Solid and Liquid Propellant Rockets – Calculation of Earth Orbiting and Escape Velocities Ignoring Air Resistance and assuming Circular Orbit. References 1. Mechanics of Flight 2. Aerodynamics for Engineering Students 3. Airplane Aerodynamic Kermode A. C. Houghton and Brock Dommasch

180

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam COMBUSTION (ELECTIVE - II) M 805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Thermodynamics of reactive mixtures: Bond energy-Heat of formation-Heat of reaction-adiabatic flames temperatures-entropy changes for reacting mixtureschemical equilibrium – equilibrium criteria –evaluation of equilibrium constant and equilibrium composition –simple numerical solutions. Module 2 Elements of chemical kinetics: law of mass action-order and molecularity of reaction – rate equation- Arrheniuss law – activation energy – collision theory of reaction rates- Transition state theory-collision theory of reaction rates- Transition state theory –General theory of chain reactions- combustion of carbon monoxide and hydrogen. Module 3 Ignition and flammability: methods of ignition –self ignition – thermal theory of ignition – limits of flammability –factors affecting flammability limits- flame quenching- flame propagation- flame velocity- measurement of flame velocity – factors affecting flame speed- premixed and diffusion flames – physical structures and comparison – characteristics of laminar and turbulent flames- theory of laminar flame propagation. Module 4 Flame stabilization: Stability diagrams for open flames- mechanisms of flame stabilization –critical boundary-velocity gradient –stabilization by eddies bluff body stabilization – effects of variables on stability limits. Module 5 Combustion in solid an liquid propellant: Reactant motors – Classification and types of propellants – desirable properties of grain shapes – burning rates and combustion model of solid propellants- injection of liquid propellants-ignition and ignitors. Miscellaneous topics – droplet combustion – fluidized bed combustion classification of coal – air pollution. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Fuels and combustion Some fundamentals of combustion Fundamentals of combustion Elementary reaction Kinetics Flames – – – – – Sharma S.P Spalding D.B Strehlow . R.A Lathan J.L Gaydan and wolfhard.

181

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam PROJECT MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE - II) M 805-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Project feasibility Analysis- Marketing, Technical, and financial feasibilitiesreport preparation-case studies. Module 2 Project Management- nature and scope- PERT and CPM techniques, Estimatestime, cost, resources (man, material, tool). Module 3 Forecasting Methods-Time series analysis-method pf least square, moving average, curvilinear, correlation analysis. Module 4 Risk Analysis-risk in economic analysis-measuring risk in investment; risk profiles, decision trees, formulation of discounted decision trees, simulation. Module 5 MS Project: (Software Practice) Creation of task, sequencing of task, assignment of resources, finding critical path, ABC activities (discuss), breaking the activities, colouring techniques, resource balancing, allocating overtime, using different calendars (Like 8 or 12 hours shift, Friday/Sunday holiday, Special public holidays etc), cost estimates, assignment of blank fields, creation of different views on screen. Reports: Daily reports for completed activity, lagging activities, overall progress review, Management high-level reports, individual Departmental reports. References 1. 2. 3. 4. Corter, Mastering MS Project 2000, BPB Publishers. Harvey Maylor, Project Management, Pearson Education. PrasannaChandra, Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill. Prasanna Chandra, Projects, Tata McGraw Hill. PROGRAMMING IN C++ AND VISUAL C++ (ELECTIVE - II) M805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C++ - Object Oriented Approach – I/O instructions – Data types – Type Conversions – Arithmetic Operators – Relational Operators – Loops – Precedence – Conditional Operator – Logical Operators – Structures and its manipulations – Functions – Arrays. Module 2 Classes and Objects – Specifying the Class – The private and public key words – Defining Member Functions – Defining Objects – Calling Member Functions – 182

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Constructors – Destructors – Overloaded Constructors – Objects as Arguments – Returning Objects from Functions – Array of Objects. Module 3 Operator Overloading – Operator Arguments – Operator Return Values – Postfix Notation – Overloading Binary Operators – Arithmetic Assignment Operators – Data Conversion – Inheritance – Derived Class and Base Class – Specifying The Derived Class – Accessing Base Class Members – The protected Members – Derived Class Constructors – Overriding Member Functions – Scope Resolution with Overridden Functions – Public and Private Inheritance – Levels of Inheritance – Multiple Inheritance. Module 4 Pointers – Memory Management – The new and delete Operators – Pointers to Objects – Self Containing Classes – Virtual Functions – Accessing Normal and Virtual Member Functions with Pointers – Pure Virtual Functions – Friend Functions – The ‘this’ Pointer – Accessing Member Data with ‘this’. Module 5 Introduction to Windows Programming – Basic Windows Program Structure – Different Windows Messages like WM_PAINT, WM_TIMER etc. – Introduction to MFC – MFC Hierarchy - Use of Simple Foundation Classes like CTime, CString, CFile etc. – Exception Handling. References 1. Object Oriented Programming in Microsoft C++ 2. Windows Programming Primer Plus 3. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C Robert Lafore Jim Conger Kamthane. Pearson

SILICATES - STRUCTURE, PARTICLE ANALYSES AND SPRAY COATING (ELECTIVE - II) M 805-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Silicate Mineralogy in General - Minerals-Definition, Classification-Silicates and non-silicates. Physical properties of minerals-Colour, lusture, transperancy, cleavage, hardness, fracture, form, specific gravity, fusibility & tenacity. Module 2 Identification of Silicate Minerals - Physical properties, chemical composition and uses of the important silicate minerals-1. Quartz, 2. Feldspars, 3.Pyroxenes, 4.Amphiboles, 5.Micas, 6.Aluminium silicates-andalusite, sillimanite & kyanite, 7.Olivine, 8.Garnets, 9.Chlorites 10. Natrolite, 11.Clay minerals, 12.Asbestose, 13.Talc 14.Tourmaline 15. Staurolite

183

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 3 Silicate Mineral Structures - Detailed study of the silicate structures with examples- 1. Nesosilicate, 2.Sorosilicate, 3.Cyclosilicate, 4.Inosilicate, 5.Phyllosilicate & 6. Tectosilicate. Ceramics and silicates. Module 4 Particle Analyses – Coarse and powder materials- Coarse material-Size distribution- Grain size parameters, coefficient of angularity, specific surface area (actual and theoretical) by sieve analysis. Powder material-Size and area determination by various methods- Blane’s methods, air jet sieve, Bacho dust classifier and BET methods. Module 5 Spray Coating – Basic concepts and general discussion of spray coating. BindersEthyl orthosilicate (ETS-40), properties and hydrolysis. Slurries – Binder and different ceramic powders, consistency and determination, drying. Heat source – Plasma arc-transferred and non-transferred arcs, arrangement of spray coating. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Rutley’s elements of mineralogy, H.H.Read, Thomas Murby&Co, London. A text book of mineralogy, E.S. Dana, Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi. Mineralogy, Dier, Howie & Zussman, CBS Publishers, New Delhi. Materials-Their nature, properties and fabrication, Seghal & Linderburg. Material science and manufacturing process, Dhaunedrakumar, S.K.Jain & A.K.Bhargava, Vikas publishing house, New Delhi. 6. Welding and welding technology, Little, Tata McGraw hill publishing Co., New Delhi. 7. Investment casting, H.T. Bidwell, The machinery publishing Co., Ltd, UK. 8. Non-ferrous foundry metallurgy, A.J. Murphy, Pergamon Press Ltd. 9. Welding engineering and technology, R.S. Parman, Khanna publishers, New Delhi. 10. Manufacturing science, Amitabha Ghosh & Asok kumar Mallik, EWP, East West Press Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-1 Goals To learn Management Information System (MIS), implementation requirements and process standardisation. Module 1 Elements of a MIS – Levels of Management – Types of Management information – Technical dimensions of Information – System elements – Characteristics of MIS – Case Study. 3+1+0

184

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 2 Building Business Model – Data Base – Report generation and time sharing – Case study. Module 3 Communication and distributed Data processing. Module 4 Managing and controlling the MIS function. Application Development Cycle. Module 5 Future of MIS – Architecture – reliability – Security – Intelligent Buildings. Outcomes Student will learn elements of MIS & steps in implementing MIS. Students will also learn hardware and software selection for MIS. References 1. Mudric and Rose 2. Jerome Kauter 3. R. S. Daver 4. Mudric, Rose & Callgget 5. James Obrein Information System and Management. Management Information Systems, Prentice Hall India. The Management Process. Information System for Modern Management, Prentice Hall India. Management Information Systems

CRYOGENICS (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Historical development- present areas involving cryogenic engineering. Basic thermodynamics applied to liquefaction and refrigeration process - isothermal, adiabatic and Joule Thomson expansion process - adiabatic demagnetization – efficiency to liquefaction and coefficient of performances irreversibility and losses. Module 2 Low temperature properties of engineering materials: mechanical properties thermal properties - electrical and magnetic properties. Properties of cryogenic fluids - materials of constructions for cryogenic applications. Module 3 Gas liquefaction systems: production of low temperatures - general liquefaction systems - liquefaction systems for neon, hydrogen, nitrogen and helium. Module 4 Cryogenic refrigeration systems: ideal refrigeration systems- refrigerators using liquids and gases as refrigerants - refrigerators using solids as working media. 185

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 5 Cryogenic storage and transfer systems - Cryogenic fluid storage vessels cryogenic fluid transfer systems. Application of cryogenics - cryo pumping superconductivity and super fluidity - cryogenics in space technology - cryogenics in biology and medicine. References 1. Cryogenic Systems 2. Cryogenic Engineering 3. Cryogenic Engineering Barron R. F Scot R. W. Bell J.H.

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of elementary Nuclear Physics: Atomic structure – Nuclear energy and nuclear forces – Nuclear fission Nuclear reactions and radiations: Principle of radioactive decay – Interaction of α and β rays with matter – Neutron cross section and reactions – The fission process – Chain reaction – Basic principles of controlled fusion. Module 2 Nuclear reaction principles – Reactor classifications – Critical Size – Basic diffusion theory – Slowing down of neutrons – Neutron flux and power – Four factor formula – Criticality condition – Basic features of reactor control Module 3 Boiling water reactor: Description of reactor system – Main components – control and safety measures Materials of Reactor: Construction – Fuel – Moderator coolant – Structural materials – Cladding – Radiation damage. Module 4 Nuclear fuels: Metallurgy of Uranium – General principles of solvent extraction – Reprocessing of irradicated fuel – Separation process – Fuel enrichment. Module 5 Reaction heat removal: Basic equations of heat transfer as applied to reactor cooling – Reactor heat transfer systems – Heat removal in fast reactors Radiation Safety: Reactors shielding - Radiation dozes – Standards of radiation protections – Nuclear waste disposal. References 1. Nuclear Engineering 2. Sources book on Atomic Energy Glasstone & Sesoske Glasstone S.

186

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to hydraulic / pneumatic devices – their application and characteristics – comparison of electric, hydraulic and pneumatic devices. Module 2 Pumps and motors: Principle of working – range of displacement and pressuresfixed and variable discharge pumps-gear, screw, vane, piston pumps – axial piston pump-swash pump-bent axis pump. Types of hydraulic motors – their characteristics. Accessories-Hydraulic accumulators – intensifiers-filters-heatercooler. Module 3 Hydraulic valves: Stop valve- non return valve-relief valve-sequence valvecounter balance valve- pressure reducing valve – flow control valve –irection control valves-their principle of operation- and application-JIC symbols of hydraulic- pneumatic components. Module 4 Properties of commonly used hydraulic fluids-Typical hydraulic circuits like those used in machine tools –Rivetter- pneumatic Hammer, hydraulic press, and power steering. Module 5 Fluidics: Introduction of fluidics devices –Principles of working of common fluidics devices like wall attachment devices – proportional amplifiers-turbulent amplifiers- fluidic logic devices – examples of applications of fluidics devices like edge control of steel plate in rolling mills tension control. References 1. Daniel Bonteille -Fluid Logic and Industrial automation. 2. John Pippenger & Tyler Hicks - Industrial Hydraulics MACHINE VISION AND APPLICATION (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to machine vision – basics of picture processing, Binary and grey scale images. Preprocessing concepts – Digital image, Geometrical correction, Grey scale modification, Sharpening and smoothing images. Module 2 Edge detection and line finding – Spatial differentiation, extraction of line descriptions. Types of cameras for Machine vision and their principles. 187

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 3 Software for measurement and pattern recognition applications with examples – two and three-dimensional measurements. Fourier transformation for pattern recognition applications. Module 4 Image operation studies, interfacing a robot with a vision system. Basics of hardware for vision system Module 5 Machine vision applications in engineering – dimension measurement, flaw detection, identification, verification, sorting - co ordinate measuring machines, non-contact type – case studies. Reference 1. Sonaka M, Hlavac V & Boyle. R. Image processing, analysis & machine vision

FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-6 Goals: This course is designed to acquaint students with the basic principles of the finite element method, to provide experience with its use in engineering analysis and design, and to provide an opportunity to work with finite element programs used in industry. Computer programming may be involved. Module 1 Introduction: Structural analysis objectives, static, dynamic and kinematic analysis, skeletal and continuum structures, modeling of infinite d.o.f system into infinite d.o.f system, basic steps in finite element problem formulation, general applicability of the method. Element types and characteristics: Discretization of the domain, basic element shapes, aspect ratio, shape functions, ganeralised co-ordinates and nodal shape functions, 1D spar and beam elements, 2D rectangular and triangular elements, axisymmetric elements. Module 2 Assembly of elements and matrices: Concept of element assembly, global and local co-ordinate systems, band width and its effects, banded and skyline assembly, boundary conditions, solution of simultaneous equations, Gaussian elimination and Cholesky decomposition methods, numerical integration, one and 2D applications. Module 3 High order and isoparametric elements :One dimensional quadratic and cubic elements, use of natural co-ordinate system, area co-ordinate system, continuity and convergence requirements, 2D rectangular and triangular elements. 188 3+1+0

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 4 Static analysis: Analysis of trusses and frames, analysis of machine subassemblies, use of commercial software packages, advantages and limitations. Module 5 Dynamic analysis: Hamilton`s principle, derivation of equations of equilibrium, consistent and lumped mass matrices, derivation of mass matrices for 1D elements, determination of natural frequencies and mode shapes, use of commercial software packages. Course Outcomes: 1. The students will understand the fundamental principles of finite element theory and applications. 2. The students will be able to built finite element models correctly for various engineering problems and solve the model using existing finite element codes Text Book Rao S.S., “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”, 2nd edition, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1989. References 1. Robert D. Cook, David S. Malkins and Michael E. Plesha, “Concepts and Application of Finite Element Analysis”, 3rd edition, John Wiley and Sons, 1989. 2. Chandrupatla T.R. and Belegundu, A. D.,” Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”, Pearrson Pvt. Ltd., 3rd edition 2002. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE - III) M 806-7 Goal To give the detailed information on TQM Tools and Techniques for TQM will be known. Module 1 Introduction – Leadership Concepts – Customer Satisfaction – employee involvement Module 2 Continuous Process Improvement – Kaizen, Reengineering, PDSA cycle, Juran Trilogy – Supplier Partnerships – Quality Cost Module 3 Statistical Process Control (SPC) – Pareto Diagram, Cause – and – Effect diagram, check sheet, histogram. Benchmarking – Quality Function Development – Failure mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) 189 3+1+0

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 4 Total Quality Control (TQC) – Quality Circles – Poka – Yoke- Just–in-Time (JIT)KANBAN - ‘5-5’ Module 5 Implementing procedure of TQM - case studies Learning Objective 1. Student will clear principles and practices of TQM 2. Student will learn tools and Techniques used in TQM. 3. Students will learn the procedure of implementation of TQM References 1. 2. 3. 4. Besterfield, Total quality Management, Person Education Besterfield, Quality Control, Prentice - Hall Arora K.C, TQM & 1S0 14000, S K Kataria & Sons Jain & Chitale, Quality assurance and Total quality management, Khanna Publishers. 5. Mitra, Quality control & improvement, Person Education MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS LABORTAORY M 807 0+0+4 1. Study of use of laser interferometer for calibration of linear measurements 2. Measurement of temperature: Calibration of thermometers and pyrometers Preparation and calibration of thermocouple and resistance temperature detectors (TTD & RTD) 3. Measurement of pressure: Calibration and use of pressure measuring instruments-Pressure Gauge, Micro manometer, Pressure Transducers, Dead weight pressure gauge calibrator 4. Measurement of speed: Calibration and use of tachometers & stroboscope 5. Measurement of linear and angular dimensions: Micrometer, Vernier caliper, dial gauge feeler gauge, comparator, interferometer, angle gauge, sine bar, plug gauge and wire gauge 6. Measurement of Flow: Rotameter, watermeter, Anemometer; calibration and use 7. Measurement of surface roughness using subtonic tester 8. Measurement of gear and screw thread profiles- gear tooth calipers, screw thread calipers 9. Measurement of strain and force – calibration of strain gauges and load cells 10. Measurement of vibration – use of vibration pick ups, accelerometer and vibration indicator 11. Acoustic measurements-sound level meter – preparation of noise contours 12. Measurement of PH value 13. Measurement of psychometric properties of air 190

VIVA -VOCE M809 A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. PROJECT & SEMINAR M808 0+0+4 At the beginning of the seventh semester. Sessional marks for project will be out of 75. 191 . They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester. Kothamangalam 14. students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project. in which 35 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the guide. At the time of viva-voce. certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Orsat gas analyzer. Gas chromatography. Sessional marks for seminar will be out of 25. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the students before an evaluation board consists of a minimum of 3 faculty members including the guide. They will complete the project in the eighth semester. Analysis of Automobile Exhaust gas and Flue gas -Use of instruments like oxygen analyser.

Kothamangalam B.TECH. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING BRANCH 192 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 193 .

3. Module 5 Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton-Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. R equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn. Chand & Co. 8. Prentice – Hall 6. divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential. µ. Cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems. Numerical Methods in Science and Engg: M.II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus: Differentiation of vector functions – scalar and vector fields – gradient. δ . conservative field – identities – simple problems. Balachandra Rao and G. Numerical Methods: S. Advanced Engg. ∇. Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus: Line. References 1. E. Mathematics: Grawal B. Higher Engg. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable: Definition of Analytic functions and singular points – Derivation of C. – solutions of difference equations. Surface and Volume Integrals. K Venkataraman. 1/z. Difference eqns. University Press. Finite Differences and Numerical Analysis: H. 2.Ltd. 194 . Greenberg. z + k2/z – bilinear transformation. National Publishing Co. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig. 4. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. S. 5. Module 4 Finite Differences: Meaning of ∆.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirlings formula – Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals. Oxford IBH Publishing Co.K Shantha. Wiley Eastern. Sin z. Schaum’s outline series – McGraw Hill. Advanced Engg. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Scarborough. Khanna Publ.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. S. 7. Numerical mathematical Analysis: James B. Mathematics: Michael D. ez.C Saxena. work done by a force along a path – Application of Greens theorem. Spiegel. Theory and Problems of Vector Analysis: Murray R.

pressure measurement. Classification of impellers. slurry pump & hydraulic ram (description only). Fluid Flows Machines: Govinda Rao N. ELBS 5. S. interpretation of Bernoulli’s equation as a energy equation. Metropolitan publ. Centrifugal and Axial Flow Pumps: Stepanoff John A. Flow through Orifices – measurement of fluid velocity. Francis and Kaplan Turbines – constructional details and characteristics only (no problems based on velocity triangles) – governing of turbines – draft tube – specific speed – cavitation effects. Module 5 Positive Displacement Pumps: reciprocating pumps.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. manometers. One dimensional incompressible Bernoulli’s equation. surface tension. Pascal’s law. Flow of compressible fluids through pipes – types of flow – critical Reynolds number – friction factors for laminar and turbulent flow – hydraulic gradient – minor losses – transmission of power through pipes. pitot tube – discharge measurement. jet pump. single and double suction impellers – types of casings – effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – specific speed – performance pump characteristics: main. vane. Wiley & Sons. 4. 2. root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps – thory. airlift pump. effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – indicator diagram – acceleration head – effect of friction – use of air vessels – work saved – slip – efficiency – pump characteristics – applications – Cavitation in fluid machines – Rotary pumps: Gear. TMH.S. applications. performance curves – applications (Description only). Fluid Mechanics: Massey B. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines: Abdulla Sheriff. 195 . Module 4 Pumping Machinery: General classification – Dynamic pumps – working of centrifugal pumps. Module 2 Fluid in Motion: Euler’s equation in one dimension. efficiency. capillary – fluid at rest. 3. J. dynamic and kinematic viscosity. density. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines: Jagadishlal. efficiency. Kothamangalam MECHANICAL TECHNOLOGY E 302 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Properties of Fluids: Pressure. Standard Publ. orifice meter. Module 3 Hydraulic Turbines: Evolution of present day hydraulic turbines from the water wheel – classification – degree of action – Pelton wheel. gauges and pressure switch – pressure on immersed surfaces – floating body. venturimeter. ISO efficiency characteristics curves – NPSH _ multistage pumps – propeller pumps – pump in parallel & series operation – Theory. Rota meter and notches. performance curves & application of self-priming pump. wear rings. pressure head. bulk modulus. hydraulic balancing. priming. References 1. Screw. operating. vapour pressure. vapor pressure.

Norton. Kemmerly – Mc Graw Hill. Substitution. Compensation. Module 2 Coupled Circuits: Self-inductance and Mutual inductance – Coefficient of coupling – dot convention – Ideal Transformer – Analysis of multi-winding coupled circuits – Analysis of single tuned and double tuned coupled circuits. Roy Choudhary. Thevinin. 4. 2. Module 4 Three Phase Circuits: Generation of three phase voltages – Phase sequence – Line and Phase quantities – Analysis of unbalanced loads – Neutral shift – Symmetrical components – Analysis of unbalanced system – power in terms of symmetrical components. New Age Intl’. Reciprocity. Schaum’s Outline series Engineering Circuit Analysis: W. Module 5 Graph theory: Introduction – Linear graph of a network – Tie-set and cut-set schedule – incidence matrix – Analysis of resistive network using cut-set and tie-set – Dual of a network. 7. Theory and Problems in Circuit Analysis: T. Module 3 Network Theorems: Star-Delta transformations – Super position. Kothamangalam ELECTRIC CIRCUIT THEORY E 303 2+2+0 Module 1 Circuit Analysis: Concept of Linearity.H Hayt and J.K. Tellegen and Maximum power transfer theorems.E. References 1. 6. S.Mesh and Node Analysis – Driving point Impedance and Transfer Impedance – Driving point Admittance and Transfer Admittance. TMH Electric Circuits: Edminister J. Unilateral and Bilateral Systems – Passive and Active networks – Vector and Phasor – Sources of Energy – Independent and Dependent voltage and current Sources – Standard input signals – Source transformations . 5.S. Sudhakar.E Van Valkanburg Circuits and Networks-Analysis and Synthesis: A. Introduction to MATLAB and pSPICE – Simulation/Analysis of simple Electric Circuits using MATLAB and pSPICE. 3. Millman. Electric ciruit theory: Rajeswaran – Pearson Education 196 .V Iyer.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Network Analysis: M.P Shyam Mohan Networks and Systems: D.

4.method of images – energy stored in electrostatic field – dielectric strength and break down. Static Electric Field: Coulomb’s law – electric field intensity – field intensity due to point charge. A Theory and Problems of Electromagnetics: Joseph Edminister. EMT with applications: B. Module 4 The steady Magnetic Field – Biot-Savart’s law – Ampere’s circuital law . McGraw Hill Field Theory: Gangadhar K. References 1. surface charge and volume charge distributions – electric flux – electric flux density – Gauss’s law and its applications – divergence – Maxwell’s first equation – the Del operator – Divergence theorem. Module 2 Energy and Potential – Energy expended in moving a point charge in an electric field – Electric Potential between two points – potential at a point charge – potential at any point – due to discrete as well as distributed charges – Electric field lines and equipotential contours – electric dipoles – potential gradient – conservative nature of a field – Laplace and Poisson equations (Derivation only and not solution). Module 5 Time varying fields – Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction – Motional emf concept of displacement current – Maxwell’s equations in point form and integral form – wave equation in free space – applications in transmission lines – Poynting vector and power flow – Poynting theorem – interpretations –instantaneous. Dielectrics and Capacitance – current and current density – continuity equation – point form of Ohm’s Law – conductor properties – polarisation – dielectric boundary conditions – capacitance – parallel plate capacitor – capacitance of isolated sphere.. Kothamangalam ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY E 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of Vector Analysis – Cartesian coordinate system – The Vector field – dot cross products – introduction to cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems. coaxial and cylinders and parallel wires – effect of earth on capacitance . schaum’s outline series 5. Karus and Carver K. average and complex pointing vector – power loss in conductors. Engineering Electromagnetics: William H. McGraw Hill Electromagnetics: John D. torroids and twowire transmission lines. 3. spherical shell. 2. line charge.Curl – Stoke’s theorem – magnetic flux and flux density – the scalar and vector magnetic potentials – magnetic force on a moving charge – force on a moving charge – force on a current element – force between current carrying wires – torque on closed circuits – magnetic boundary conditions – self and mutual inductances – energy stored in a magnetic field – skin effect – inductance of solenoids. Premlet 197 . Hayt Jr. Module 3 Conductors.R.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

2. (Analysis and Phasor diagram required) Module 4 Instrument Transformers: Principle of Current and Potential transformers – Phasor diagram – nominal ratio – phase angle error. Error Analysis in Measurements: Source of error – Instruments errors – Human errors – Environmental errors – Combination of errors – Mean and variance – Standard deviation – Limits of error. Ratio error – Constructional features and applications. Anderson Bridge. laws of thermoelectric circuits – common thermocouples. Module 2 Measurement of Voltage: Potentiometers – slide-wire. Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments – Golding E. Dhanpat Rai and Co.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Wheeler and Co. 3. high – Wheatstone bridge. 1992. Voltmeter and Wattmeter using potentiometer. Measurement of Resistance: Low.K. 1991. Helfrick and William D... medium.AC potentiometer. Wien’s bridge. 1992. Temperature measurement: Thermoelectric effects. 198 .W. Magnetic Measurements: Theory of Ballistic galvanometer – Flux meter – Lloyd Fischer Square. Module 3 AC Bridges: Maxwell’s bridge – Hay’s bridge. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS E 305 2+1+0 Module 1 Units and Dimensions: SI Units – Dimensions of Electrical quantities – dimensional equations. Precision slide-wire. Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – Sawhney A. References 1. High voltage Schering Bridge. Vernier potentiometer – Calibration of Ammeter. PHI.Kelvin’s double bridge – Insulation Megger – Earth Megger. Cooper. Module 5 Illumination measurements: Units of illumination – laws of illumination – polar curves – Determination of MSCP and MHCP – Integrating meters – Lumer Brodhern type. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and measurement Technique – Albert D.

electro-dynamometer type watt meters. 199 .Diversity factor-Plant use factor.Load duration curve-Maximum demand-Average demand.Limitations. Testing of insulating oils and H. 3. A Course in Electric Power: Soni M.Kelvin’s law.C.: Cascade transformers – series resonance circuits Impulse Voltage: Single stages and cascade circuits References 1. Pabla Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy: Cotton H High Voltage Engineering: M. V.V testing on insulating materials. Kamaraju BASIC ELECTRICAL LAB E 307 0+0+4 1.Service mains.V. capacitive and inductive. Module 5 High Voltage Generation: D.Distribution system maintenance Module 3 Design of Feeder. Cost of Generation: Fixed and Running Charges. Study of PMMC / MI voltmeters.L.C: Rectifier circuits . Naidu.Gupta A Course in Electric Power: Uppal Electric Power Distribution System: A. 5.Related ‘Indian Electricity Act’ Rules regarding generation and supply of electrical energy Power factor improvement.straight line and sinking fund method Tariffs. S. P.Distributor .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Study of AC and DC supply systems in Electrical Laboratory 2.Different types and comparison. ammeters.LT Capacitors – Installation.Size – Connections.necessity – methods – economics – capacity of phase advancing plant Module 4 Underground Cables: Single core and three core cables – Insulation Resistance – Stress and capacitance of single core cables – Grading – Extra high voltage cables – Localisation of cable faults. 3. Module 2 Distribution Systems: Feeder. induction type energy meters.S. 2.Load factor.Radial and Ring mainsAC and DC Distributors..depreciation. various loads like resistive.Voltage multiplier-Cascade circuits-Electrostatic machines A. 4. Kothamangalam POWER GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTION E 306 2+1+0 Module 1 Economic Aspects: Load Curve.Calculations of voltage drop due to concentrated loads fed at one or more points-LT Lines.

3. 20. Three phase star and delta connection – measurement of line and phase values.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 6. 5. 2. 21. 8. Determination of Power and Power factor of a given single phase circuit using watt meter and power factor meter – power factor improvement of the above circuit. Study of frequency – current relations of given series RLC circuit and condition for series resonance. Study and measurement of symmetrical components for unbalanced system. 4. 8. Kothamangalam 4. RLC series and parallel circuit: measurement of current in various branches and verification by calculation – drawing of phasor diagram. Determination of BH characteristics of a magnetic specimen. 7. 19. Load Test (Constant speed test) on petrol engine Load Test (Constant speed test) on diesel engine Variable speed test on petrol engine Variable speed test on diesel engine Cooling curve of I. Determination of voltage-current characteristics of linear resistance and a nonlinear resistance (e. 3. MECHANICAL LAB E 308 HYDRAULICS LAB 1. Verification of Thevinin’s theorem in a DC circuit. Determination of fusing time versus current characteristics for two specimens – fusing factor – study of various types of fuses. 16. 6. Measurement of single phase power and energy using wattmeter and energy meter – calculation of error. 15.g. 11. 2. Verification of Maximum Power transfer theorem in a DC circuit 10. 17. 12. Verification of generalised reciprocity theorem in a DC circuit. Verification of Kirchhoff’s laws using resistive network. incandescent lamp). 13. 5. 4. Verification of superposition theorem in a resistive circuit with two given DC sources. Measurement of single phase power – (a) Three ammeter method (b) three voltmeter method 18. 5. 14. Measurement of three phase power at different power factors for balanced and unbalanced loads. 9.C engine 200 . 7. Determination of locus diagram RL and RC circuit. Measurement of Neutral shift voltage for an unbalanced star connected system. Study of centrifugal pump and components Study of reciprocating pump and components – single cylinder and multi cylinder Study of impulse and reaction turbines Performance characteristics of centrifugal pump Performance characteristics of reciprocating pump Performance characteristics of Pelton Wheel Performance characteristics of Francis turbine Performance characteristics of Kaplan turbine 0+0+4 HEAT ENGINES LAB 1.

Kothamangalam 6. Performance test on air-conditioning unit 201 . Performance test on refrigeration unit 8.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Performance test on air compressors and blowers 7.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 202 .

its mean and variance – Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution – its mean and variance – fitting of binomial and Poisson distributions – normal distribution – properties of normal curve – standard normal curve – simple problems in binomial. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions – solution of Lagrange’s Linear equations – Charpit’s method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation – equation with constant coefficients . Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . F and Chi square test – Level of significance – Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – test of significance for single proportion. Module 4 Probability and Statistics: Binomial law of probability – The binomial distribution. Lakshmi Publ. Poisson and normal distributions. Johnson. 203 . Engineering Mathematics Vol. difference proportion. Vol. Elements of Partial Differential Equations: Ian N. Mathematics: Grawal B.I by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchy’s equations – Linear Simultaneous equations – simple applications in engineering problems.solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation. Mathematics. Pearson Education Asia. 5. Module 5 Population and samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) – sampling distribution of variance. 3. 2. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier transforms – Fourier sine and cosine transforms – inverse transforms – transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parseval’s identity – simple problems.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential Equations with constant coefficients – Finding P. Probability and Statistical Inferences: Hogg and Tam’s.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Sneddon. Advanced Engg. Wiley Eastern.2: Bali and Iyengar. Pearson education/ PHI. single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected). Ltd.2: M. National Publishing Co. K Venkataraman. 6. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig. Mc Graw Hill Intl’ Miller and Fread’s Probability and Statistics for Engineers: Richard A. S. Higher Engg. 7. A Text Book of Engg. Khanna Publ. 4. References 1.

H.E. 204 . Fourier Integral: Spectrum envelop for a recurring pulse – the Fourier Integral and Transforms – Application in Network analysis. Roy Choudhary 4.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Engineering Circuit Analysis: W. high-pass. Module 3 Network Functions: Network functions for two port – poles and zeroes of network functions – restrictions on poles and zeroes for driving point functions and transfer functions. Network Analysis and Synthesis: Franklin F.E Van Valkenburg 2. Circuits and Networks – Analysis and Synthesis: A. Networks and Systems: D. high-pass and band-pass filters. Module 5 Network Synthesis: Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real functions – Synthesis of R-L. Ideal two port devices – ideal transformer – Gyrator – negative impedance converter. References 1. Two port parameters – short circuit admittance parameter – open circuit impedance parameters – Transmission parameters – Image parameters and Hybrid parameters. impulse function and periodic functions – convolution integral – inverse Laplace transform – application of Laplace transforms to solution of Network problems. Kothamangalam NETWORK ANAYSIS AND SYNTHESIS E 402 2+1+0 Module 1 Laplace transforms: Properties of Laplace Transforms – basic theorems – Laplace transform of gate function. Module 4 Filters: Classification of filters – Characteristics of ideal filters – Image impedance – Constant K low-pass. Sudhakar and S. Module 2 Fourier series: Evaluation of Fourier coefficients – wave form symmetries as related to Fourier coefficients – exponential form of Fourier series – steady state response to periodic signals. Hayt and J. and band-pass filters – m-derived low-pass. Kuo – John Wiley & Sons 5. R-C and L-C driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms. Network Analysis: M.P Shyam Mohan 3. Kemmerly – Mc-Graw Hill.

Oscillators: Barkhausen criterion – classification of oscillators – Principle of operation of RC phase-shift. Integrated Electronics: Millman and Halkias. PHI 205 . References 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Electronic Devices and Circuits. CB. Module 5 Power Amplifiers: Class A. Wave shaping: Clipping and Clamping circuits using diodes – RC differentiating and Integrating Circuits. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L. input impedance of a basic amplifier in h-parameters. CC Configurations – Biasing – Operating Point – Operating point instability – thermal runaway – bias stability – Stability factor – stabilization techniques – Fixed bias – Collector to Base bias – Emitter bias – Voltage divider bias – Stability against variation in ICO. Module 3 Feedback amplifiers: Positive and Negative feedback – types of negative feedback – Typical circuits –effect of negative feedback in amplifier performance. B. Kothamangalam ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS E 403 3+1+0 Module 1 Transistor Characteristics: CE. UJT: Principle of operation and characteristics. Hartley and crystal oscillators (analysis not required). Pearson Education Asia. Multi-stage Amplifiers: RC coupling – Frequency response characteristics – bandwidth – cascading of amplifiers – gain and bandwidth. AB and C operation – Efficiency of Class A and B – Push-pull amplifier – Complimentary Symmetry amplifiers. LPE. Module 4 Multi-vibrators: Principle of Operation and design of astable multi-vibrators – principle of bi-stable and mono-stable multi-vibrators – circuits. and CC configurations – Determination of h – parameters from static characteristics – current and voltage gains. Sweep generators: Principle of Sweep generation – basic transistor sweep circuit – Equation for sweep amplitude. Sweep generation using UJT relaxation oscillator circuit. Electronic Principles: Albert Paul Malvino. 3. FET: Principle of operation and characteristics – biasing FETs – self bias – FET amplifier. CE. An Introduction: Allen Mottershead. TMH 2. Module 2 Small Signal Analysis: h-parameter equivalent circuit of a BJT – comparison of CB. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky. TMH 4.

The performance and Design of Direct Current Machines: A.tap-changing transformers . OCC – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Load critical resistance – parallel operation of shunt. Autotransformers – saving of copper – applications .C machines – D.C Machines: Generation of D.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.cooling of transformers.C Motors: Performance characteristics of shunt. Module 3 D.condition for maximum efficiency – applications – special machines – welding generator – Boosters. Module 2 D.C Armature windings – Induced emf – emf equation – torque developed in a D. Clayton and N. E.C machine – generator and motor action – back emf – Armature mmf – magnitude and direction – Air-gap flux distribution curve on load – effect of saturation – Demagnetising and cross – magnetising armature mmf – variation with brush position – compensating winding – Commutation – time of commutation – emf in coil undergoing commutation – reactance emf – effect of brush shift – inter-poles. Module 4 Transformers: Single phase transformer – Constructional details – Core – windings – Insulation – principle of operation – Inrush of switching currents – emf equation – magnetising current and core losses – no-load and load operation – Phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – losses and efficiency – condition for maximum efficiency – voltage regulation – approximate expression for voltage regulation – harmonics in single phase transformers .C machine – Swineburne’s test – Hopkinson’s test – Field’s test – Retardation test.Magnetising current wave form – OC and SC tests – Sumpner’s test. series and compound wound motors – effect of an open field circuit – power flow diagram – efficiency – testing D. series and compound generators – equalizer connection – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency .I E 404 3+1+0 Module 1 D. series and compound wound motors – starting – 3-point and 4-point starters – Calculation of resistance elements for shunt motor starters – methods of speed control of shunt.C – Action of Commutator – constructional details of D. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL MACHINES . Module 5 Three phase Transformer: Constructional features of three phase transformers – three phase connection of single phase transformers – oscillating neutral – tertiary winding – Scott connection – open delta connection – three phase to six phase connection – equal and unequal turns ratio – load sharing – distribution transformers – all day efficiency. N Hannock 206 . References 1. series and compound machines.C Generator: Types of excitation – separately excited – self excited shunt.C machine – magnetic circuit of D.

Module 3 Arrays: single dimensional arrays – multidimensional arrays – definition – initializing arrays. switch. Module 5 Structures and union: definition – initialization – accessing structure members – array of structures – passing structure to a function – sorting of structures – binary files – reading and writing of data blocks – union. CBS Publ.G. break and continue statements. Gotterfield. 4. 207 . concatenation and sorting of strings. definition and access – passing arguments to a function – pass by value and pass by reference – recursion.S. Module 4 Pointers: Introduction – pointer declaration – operations on pointers. goto statements – conditional and comma operators.passing arrays to a function – matrix operations – addition. ‘for’ statements – nested loops. Module 2 Iterative statements: ‘while’. Electrical Machines: R. Strings: Definition – string handling functions – comparison. Storage classes: automatic variables – external variables – register variables – scope and life time of variables. Kothamangalam 2. if-else. Files: File pointers – data files: opening and closing – reading and writing. TMH Programming in ANSI C: Balaguruswamy. Pearson Education Asia The Spirit of C. References 1. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery: Alexander Langsdorf. AC Machines: M. Functions: Declarations. An Introduction to modern programming: Mullish & Cooper. Theory and Problems of Programming with C: B. ‘do-while’. Dynamic memory allocation – self referential structures – basic concepts of linked lists – adding and deleting nodes – command line arguments – macros – C preprocessor. transpose and multiplication. Kochan. 2. Jaico Publishing Co.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Say 3. Programming in C: Stephen G. 3. 5. TMH Programming with ANSI & Turbo C: Ashok Kamthane. TMH 4.K Rajput COMPUTER PROGRAMMING E 405 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C: The C character set – identifiers and keywords – data types – user defined data types – constants and variables – declarations – operators – expressions – statements – library input-output functions Control statements: if.

Module 2 Permanent magnet moving coil instruments: – Ammeters and Voltmeters – Torque relationship – Milliammeters and voltmeters – shunt and multipliers – sensitivity – multimeters. Constructional features of instruments – torque to weight ratio of the moving system – basic theory of instruments – characteristics – damping coefficient – under damped – over damped and critically damped and critically damped instruments.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. G Venkateshmurthy. stroboscopic methods – Resonance frequency meters – Power factor meters – Synchroscope – phase sequence indicators. Module 4 Rectifier Instruments: Principle of operation – Electrostatic instruments – voltmeters – characteristics. BPB publ. current. Wiley Eastern Programming Techniques through C: M. PHI EEE The Official Borland Turbo C Survival Guide: Miller & Quilci. Rajaraman. frequency. Kothamangalam 6. 7. Cathode ray Oscilloscope: Principle – Application – Measurement of Voltage. speed. Module 3 Electrodynamometer instruments: Ammeters. Computer Programming in C: V. phase and frequency. recording and integrating instruments – Torque acting on the moving system – deflecting torque – methods of production – controlling torque – spring and gravity control – damping torque – electromagnetic and air friction damping. Voltmeters and Watt meters – Sensitivity – Torque to weight ratio – methods of connection of current and potential coils. applications. Symbols for instruments – Indian standards specifications Grading of Instruments – Classification. Electronic voltmeters – basic DC voltmeters – basic AC voltmeter using rectifier – basic electronic multi meter – function generator – RLC meter. Induction type instruments: Wattmeters and energy meters – single phase and three phase – constructional features – Theory of operation – Errors and compensation – creep – maximum demand meters – Trivector meters.Errors and compensation – low power factor wattmeters – single phase wattmeters. Module 5 Instruments for phase. 9. Pearson Education Let us C: Yashwant Kanetkar. Moving iron instruments: Attraction and Repulsion types – constructional features – Ammeters and Voltmeters – Errors and Compensation. Multi-channel oscilloscopes – principle of operation and uses. 208 . 8. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS E 406 2+1+0 Module 1 Principle of measuring instruments: Classification – indicating.

Calibration of flux meter using a. 1992. Direct loading b. Measurement of resistance using a. Calibration of single-phase Energy meter by a. voltmeter and wattmeter and measurement of resistance using a. mutual inductance and coupling coefficient. Determination of BH characteristics 5. Measurement of different parameters using Trivectormeter 209 . Precision slide-wire potentiometer 10. Calibration of three-phase Energy meter by a. 3. 1992. Kelvin’s Double bridge c. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS LAB E 407 0+0+4 1.. Measurement of self inductance. Kothamangalam References 1. (a) Study of Multi meter (b) Measurement of R. Simple slide-wire potentiometer b. Hysterisis loop using CRO 6. Direct loading b. Phantom loading with and without using phase shifting transformer 13. Vernier Potentiometer c. Instrument transformers 2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and measurement Technique – Albert D.C Potentiometer 11. Dhanpat Rai and Co. Extension of instrument range by using a. Voltmeter and Ammeter – calculation of error due to voltmeter resistance 9. Hibbertz magnetic standard 4. 1991. Calibration of ammeter. Separation of core losses in a given magnetic specimen 7. Calibration of ammeter.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. PHI. Two watt meters c. Single watt meter b. Measurement of 3-phase power using a. Cooper. Phantom loading 14. Shunt and multipliers b. Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments – Golding E. Wheeler and Co.K. Wheatstone Bridge b. voltmeter. Standard solenoid b. 12. Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – Sawhney A. L. wattmeter and measurement of impedance using A.. Helfrick and William D. Measurement of displacement using LVDT 16. Efficiency measurement of Lamps using Lux meter 15. C using LCR Bridge 8. 2.W. Three-phase watt meter 3.

String manipulation – compare. structures. internal commands. Windows. Functions 6. Recursive functions 7. external commands etc. 1. 2. Part C Application of numerical methods 1. Familiarisation with spread sheet packages like MS Excel. Tabulation of marks and declaration of results – input and output using files 11. Commands for use of files and directories. Preparation of Conversion tables 3. pointers and files in accordance with syllabus of E 405. Familiarisation with word processing packages like MS Word. PageMaker etc. Summation of series 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Creation of numeric and text files.Raphson method. Linux etc. Stack operations and simple programs using linked lists 10. Numerical Integration – Simpson’s 1/3rd rule. merging and appending of files. 0+0+4 Part B Programming Experiments in C Programming experience in C to cover control structures. 2. copy. reverse operations 8. Study of Operating systems like DOS. Array manipulation 5. 210 . Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: bisections. Kothamangalam COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB E 408 Part A Familiarisation 1. 3. Solution of quadratic equations 4. Matrix operations 9. functions. arrays. Newton.

Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 211 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Higher Engg. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . 3. convolution property – inverse transform – solution of first and second order difference equations with constant coefficients using z-transforms. Advanced Mathematics for Engineering students Vol-3: S. Ramanaiah. 5. 8.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. National Publishing Co. Numerical Methods in Engg. PHI 212 . K Venkataraman. 9. McGrawHill Engineering Mathematics Vol. Narayanan.Viswanathan Printers & Publ. Module 2 Numerical Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method – Regula – Falsi method – Newton – Raphson method – solution of system of linear equation by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss – Sidel method. T. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig. Scitech Publ.Transforms: Definition of z – transforms – properties – z-transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions.3: S.C Tulsian and Vishal Pandey. S. Pearson Education Asia Complex Variable and Applications: Churchill and Brown. Wiley Eastern. S. and Science : Grawal B.K. 6. 2. Quantitative techniques: Theory and Problems: P. shifting property. Khanna Publ. A. Mathematics: Grawal B. 4.M Pillai & G. Advanced Engg. Module 3 Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations: Taylor’s series method – Euler’s method – Modified Euler’s method – Runga – Kutta method (IV order) Milne’s predictor-corrector method. Khanna Publ. References 1. Numerical Methods in Science and Engg. S.IV CMELPA 501 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s series – Laurent’s series – Zeroes and singularities – residues – residue theorem – evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semi circle.Somasundaram.: M. 7.Arumugam. Module 5 Linear Programming: Graphical solution – solution using simplex method (nondegenerative only) – duality in LPT – balanced TP – Vogel’s approximation method – Modi method. Operations Research: Paneer Selvam. Module 4 z .T Issac and A.

Truth table and excitation table. Asynchronous counters: Ripple counter.MultiplexerDemultiplexer. Logic gates: Elements of Boolean algebra. Module 3 Sequential Circuits: JK Flip-flops. 4. Counter IC 7490.Design for self starting ring counter.comparison of characteristicsTTL NAND gate internal circuit. full adder circuits. TMH Digital Fundamentals: Thomas L.Normalized floating point representation-Gray Codes. NAND. PIPO types – Universal shift registers. ASCII and EBCDIC code. PISO. McGraw Hill Intl. Counters using Shift Registers: Ring counter – twisted ring counter. Decoders: BCD to decimal. Digital Principles and Applications: Malvino & Leach.Tri-state buffers.TTL characteristics.synchronous serial and parallel counters – synchronous counter design – modulo N counter design for completely specific count sequence – lockout. References 1. Asynchronous UP.conversion of flip-flops from one type to another.De Morgan’s Theorem. NOT. BCD to 7 Segment decoders.K.fan-in and fan-out – CMOS characteristics – CMOS NAND and NOR gates.AND. Module 5 Shift Registers: SISO.Encoders. XOR gates. Floyd Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub & Schilling. Gaur.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.sinking and sourcing. Dhanpat Rai & sons Engineering Approach to Digital Design: Fletcher – EEE Edition 213 .Logic operations. 3. PIPO. 5. Module 2 Logic Families: DTL. OR.Realisation of combinational circuits using SOP and POS forms . 2.JK master-slave FF.disadvantages-Decoding errorsmaximum frequency of the counter – modulo N ripple counter using CLEAR and PRESET inputs. Kothamangalam DIGITAL CIRCUITS E 502 3+1+0 Module 1 Number Systems and Codes: Arithmetic using signed and unsigned numbersFloating point representation.buffers.Half adder. T and D flip-flops.K-map up to 4 variables. Digital Electronics and Microcomputers: R.DOWN counters.SR JK. design without lockout – Synchronous UP/DOWN counters. NOR.racing. TTL and CMOS families. Half subtraction and Full subtraction circuits. Module 4 Synchronous Counters: Methods to improve counter speed.

MTI radar system. radar range equation – performance factors. Khanna 214 .Frequency spectrum. DA-TDMA. 3. Kothamangalam COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING E 503 2+1+0 Module 1 Modulation: Need for modulation. characteristics of colour transmission and reception. Block schematic of monochrome TV transmitter and receiver. Colour Television: Compatibility. CW radar.Power relations. McGraw Hill Intl. References 1.Disadvantages. Wiley Eastern Introduction to Radar Systems: Skoluik. Pulsed radar. 4.R Gulati. Module 4 Radar: Basic radar system. Receiver: AM receiver – TRF receiver – Limitations. multiple access techniques – Basic principles of FDMA.functional description of each block. 5. Satellite Communications: D. Video BW. Television standards. TDMA. 2. Amplitude modulation–DefinitionMathematical representation .Frequency spectrum . I & Q signals. LPE Monochrome and Colour Television: R. Principle of single side band transmission – Advantages . choice of IF. Superhetrodyne receiver – block schematic. Continuous wave radar – advantages-limitations-applications. TMH Electronic Communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi. Module 5 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Geo-synchronous satellites – advantages and disadvantages. Module 2 Transmitter: AM transmitter – high level and low-level systems . Comparison between FM and AM. Pearson Education. DA-FDMA. image signal rejection. hue & saturation. FM transmitter – FET & BJT modulator. 6. luminance. Khanna Radio Engineering: Mithal. frequency interleaving.C Agarwal. Electronic Communication Systems: George Kennedy. Positive and negative modulation. Vestigial side band transmission. colour difference signal. uplink & downlink. Module 3 Television: Composite video signal – synchronizing pulse – blanking pulseequalizing pulse. colour sub carrier. Frequency modulation – Definition – Mathematical representation .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Radio navigational aids – ILS – GCA.

215 . Principles of Economics: K. Sundharam & M. Module 5 Indian Financial System – Reserve bank of India – Functions – Commercial banking system –Development financial institutions – IDBI –ICICI – SIDBI – IRBI. and functional relationships – Span of control – delegation – Management by objectives.K Ahuja 3. Production Management: Batch and mass production – inventory control – EOQ – Project planning by PERT /CPM – Construction of network (Basic Ideas only) References 1. Formation of Companies: Proprietary – Partnership – joint stock companies – public sector – joint sector and cooperative sector. Module 2 Personnel Management: Objectives and functions of personnel management – recruitment – selection and training of workers – labour welfare – industrial fatigue – Industrial disputes – Trade unions – Quality circles. Industrial Management: K. Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEERING ECONOMICS E 504 3+2+0 PART A: INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT Module 1 Modern Concepts of Management: Scientific management – functions of management – planning – organizing – staffing – directing – motivating – communicating – coordinating – controlling – Organisational structures – line.M. Module 3 Marketing Management: Pricing – Promotion – Channels of distribution – Market research – Advertising. Dewett 3. Marketing Management: Philip Kotler PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS Module 4 Theory of demand and supply – price mechanisms – factors of production – land.NABARD – Investment institutions – UTI – Insurance companies – Indian capital market – Stock market – Functions – Role of the public sector – Privatisation – Multinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy. Modern Economic Theory: K.K. Industrial Management: O.N Agarwal 2. References 1. capital and organisation – National income – Difficulties in estimation – Taxation – Direct and indirect taxes – Progressive and regressive – black money – inflation – Causes and consequences. line and staff. Khanna 2.P.C Vaish.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.P. Indian Economy: A. labour.

Op-amp and Linear IC: Robert F. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky 216 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. LPE 2. D/A converter – binary weighted resistor type – ladder type – A/D converter – simultaneous A/D converter – counter type – successive approximation converter – dual-slope converter – Digital voltmeter. Module 4 Phase-locked-loop: Basic principles of PLL – block diagram – transfer characteristics – applications of PLL as FM demodulator. Integrated Circuits: Botkar K. Op-amp and Linear Integrated Circuits: Ramakant Gayakwad. Module 2 Basic Comparator: Astable and mono stable multivibrators . band pass filter. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L. Module 5 Timer: The 555 timer – functional block diagram – astable and mono-stable operation of 555 timers. band reject filter (twin T notch filter). References 1. high pass filter. Regulated Power Supplies: Zener voltage regulator – series voltage regulator using transistors (analysis not required) – Series op-amp regulator – IC voltage regulator – 723/317 general purpose switching regulator. Kothamangalam LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS E 505 2+1+0 Module 1 Operational Amplifiers: Differential amplifier – block diagram of a typical op amp – characteristics of an ideal op-amp – definitions of CMRR – slew rate – input offset voltage – differential input resistance – input voltage range – SVRR – large signal voltage gain – output voltage swing – output resistance – open-loop configurations – disadvantages – closed-loop configurations – non inverting amplifier – voltage follower – inverting amplifier – summing and scaling amplifier – integrator – differentiator – logarithmic amplifier. 4/e. AM demodulator and frequency multiplier. Module 3 Active filters: First order low pass filter. Linear IC: Roy Choudhary 5. Integrated Electronics: Millman and Halkias 3.Schmitt trigger – zero crossing detector – precision rectifier – peak detector – sample and hold circuit – function generator (no analysis). Coughlin 6.R 4. Pearson Education Asia.

Power MOSFET. B. UJT triggering circuits – diac triggering circuit – single pulse.N Singh. Rai. Agarwal. Mohan N. RC. P. SCRs: Static and dynamic characteristics – two transistor analogy – gate characteristics Module 2 SCR ratings and specifications . Power Electronics – Converters. (Analysis not required) Basic Principle of Cycloconverters. 2000 5. Dhanpat Rai & Co.M and Robbins W. Jai P. C. D and E. LPE 3. Applications and Design.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. S. Power Electronics – Circuits. SCR Triggering circuits – R. References 1. Power Electronic Systems – Theory and Design. IGBTs.P. continuous pulse carrier frequency triggering – pulse transformer – amplification and isolation of SCR gate pulses. Galgotia Publ. GTOs – static characteristics and principle of operation. RL Loads – free wheeling – half controlled and fully controlled bridge with continuous and steady current – Expression for output voltage – wave forms – active and reactive power – effect of source inductance – line commutated inverter – 3-phase half wave and full wave controlled rectifier – expression for output voltage. Devices and Applications.. Power Electronics. 217 . Diac. Pearson Education Asia.S Bhimbhra. Power Transistors. Module 5 Choppers: Basic principle – Classification – Type A. Rashid.Device protection – heat sink selection – series and parallel operation of SCRs. Kothamangalam POWER ELECTRONICS E 506 2+1+ 0 Module 1 Power Semiconductor Devices: Power diodes. A Text Book of Power Electronics. Khanna publ. New Delhi 4. M. John Wiley -1989 6. Control Circuits: Generation of control pulses – block schematic of firing circuits – linear and cosine comparison – Digital firing scheme. Triac. PHI/Pearson Edn. Power Electronics. 2. Harish C. Module 4 Commutation of SCRs – classification of commutation schemes Inverters: series and parallel inverters – single phase and three phase bridge inverters (schematic diagrams and wave forms only) – Mc Murray Inverter – Basic Principle of PWM. Undeland T. Module 3 Phase control: single phase half wave controlled rectifier circuit – single phase full wave controlled rectifier circuit – R.H.

Critical speed for a given field circuit resistance 3. 12. 6. regulation at unity. 13. 218 0+0+4 . Field’s test on D. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB E 508 0+0+4 1. Swineburne’s and retardation test on D. clamping. Paralleling of Three-phase transformers and load sharing. OCC of self and separately excited D. Separation of losses in a D. Zener regulator design and testing. BJT. Load test on shunt and compound generator – deduce external. internal and armature reaction characteristics.C machine. Design and testing of RC coupled and feedback amplifiers. compound motors and determination o characteristics.C machines. Sumpner’s test on single phase transformers. 9.C machines. Filter circuits.C.C tests on three-phase transformers. 5. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 17. 16.C and S. Find load critical resistance. Auto transformer – equivalent circuit. 8. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB . 18. 6. Design and testing of rectifier circuits – Half wave – Full wave (centre – tapped and bridge) circuits. 15. Brake test on D. FET amplifier. Separation of losses of single phase transformer into Hysterisis and eddy current losses. Polarity. Scott connection – check for 2 phase – predetermination of primary current for balanced and unbalanced secondary currents – verification by actual loading. tests of single phase units and star-delta combination for 3-phase operation.C and S. O. Design and testing of CE amplifier – frequency response. Design and testing of clipping. RC integrator and differentiator circuits – Display of Transfer characteristics on CRO. 7. Study of 3-point and 4-point starters for D. 14. FET and UJT characteristics. transformation ratio. Verification by direct loading. O. lagging and leading power factors. Voltage built-up with a given field circuit resistance. Transformers 10.C shunt.C machines – critical resistances of various speeds. Hopkinson’s test on a pair of D. 2. 4.C series machine as motor and generator.C tests on single phase transformers – calculation of performance using equivalent circuit – efficiency. 7. Characteristics of D.I E 507 D. 3.C machine. 4. 11. Parallel operation and load sharing of two single phase dissimilar transformers. Machines 1.C machines – mode of connection – protective arrangements 2.

Pearson Education Asia. Kothamangalam 8. (Any experiment relevant to E 403 may be added) References 1. Optional Simulation of the above circuits using EDA tools like pSPICE. LPE 3. LPE. 219 . 12. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Malvino – TMH 2. Electronic Principles: A. 10.P. Electronic Devices: Floyd – Pearson Education. Relay driving circuit using transistors. Sweep circuits – UJT and BJT based sweep generators – sweep circuit using constant current source (BJT). Design and Testing of Astable and Bi-stable Multi-vibrators. Study of IC power amplifiers. 9. Design and Testing of RC phase-shift Oscillator and LC Oscillator. 11. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky.

Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 220 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Control System Components: synchros – resolvers – rotating amplifiers – magnetic amplifier – Amplidyne – Tachogenerators – DC and AC servo motors – Gyroscopes – stepper motor. Module 2 Time response analysis: Type and order of a system – time domain analysis of systems – typical test input signals – response of first order systems to unit step. Oxford University Press 3. PID control. unit ramp. Kothamangalam CONTROL SYSTEMS . LPE. Modern Control Engineering: Katsuhiko Ogatta. and unit impulse signals – step response of second order systems – performance characteristics of feed back control systems – time domain behaviour from pole-zero plot Steady state errors and error constants – generalized error constants – improvement of performance by derivative control. References 1. Pearson Education Asia 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4. Analog and Digital Control System Design: Chi Tsong Chen. 9th Ed. Addison Wesley.I E 601 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Concept of a system – control system – open-loop system – levels of sophistication in a control system – mathematical model of physical systems – plant representation – transfer functions – block diagrams – signal flow graphs – effects of feedback on parameter variations. Module 4 Frequency response analysis: Correlation between time and frequency response – polar plots – bode plots – relative stability – phase margin and gain margin – minimum and non-minimum phase systems. Control System Design & Principles: M. Module 5 Stability in Frequency domain: Nyquist stability criterion – relative stability. integral control. Module 3 Concepts of Stability: BIBO stability – asymptotic stability – Routh Hurwitz stability criterion – relative stability – root locus technique – construction of root loci – root contours – systems with transportation lag. TMH 221 . Gopal. system dynamics and disturbance signals. Modern Control Systems: Dorf and Bishop.

elimination of harmonics – revolving magnetic field. Module 2 Armature Reaction – Synchronous reactance – circuit model of synchronous machine. losses and efficiency of synchronous machines. Module 4 Synchronous machines connected to infinite bus – power angle characteristics of cylindrical rotor and salient pole machines – reluctance power – steady state stability limit – V-curves – inverted V-curves – O-curves – synchronous condenser – symmetrical short circuit of unloaded alternators – steady state. Brushless Alternators: Principle of operation constructional features – excitation methods – voltage regulation. mmf and potier methods. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL MACHINES . Module 3 Parallel operation of alternators – load sharing – synchronising power and torque – governor characteristics – method of synchronising – synchroscope. Excitation systems: different types – comparison – exciter ceiling voltage – excitation limits – exciter response – methods of increasing the response of an exciter. 3: E.L Dawes Power System Stability – Vol.II E 602 3+1+0 Module 1 Synchronous Machines: Types – selection of alternators – constructional features of cylindrical and salient pole machines.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.S Bhimbra 222 . 3. Synchronous Motor: Principles of operation – torque and power relationships – Phasor diagram – hunting in synchronous machines – damper winding – starting of synchronous motors. Say Theory of Alternating Current Machinery: Alexander Langsdorf A course in Electrical Engg. Regulation – predetermination – emf. 2. integral and fractional slot winding – emf equation – distribution factor – coil span factor – tooth harmonic ripples – skewed slots – harmonics. 4. saturated synchronous reactance – Phasor diagrams – short circuit ratio – two-reaction theory – Phasor diagram – slip test – measurement of Xd. References 1. transient and subtransient reactance – current variation during short circuit.W Kimbark Electrical Machines: P. 5. The performance and Design of AC Machines: M. Module 5 Generalised Machine Theory: Dynamic representation of generalised machines – formation of emf equation – expression of power and torque – representation of DC machines – synchronous machine and Induction motor. Vol. Xq.2: C.G. Armature windings: different types – phase grouping – single and double layer.

Capacitance of single phase line – capacitance of three phase line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing – transposed lines – effect of earth on line capacitance – geometric mean distance – geometric mean radius Module 2 Overhead Lines: Mechanical characteristics . B. L. links – economic distance of DC transmission References 1. Inductance of single phase line – inductance of three phase line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing – transposed line.c.general layout .Advantages and disadvantages – Graetz circuit – inversion – kinds of d. Electrical Power Systems: C.medium line by nominal pi and T methods – rigorous solution of long lines – A.measurement of earthing resistance Module 5 Extra High Voltage Transmission: Need for EHV transmission – limitations of EHV AC transmission – requirements of EHV lines .Conductor – bundled conductors – line supports – spacing between conductors – sag and tension calculations – effect of ice and wind . New Age Int’l 3.sag at the time of erection – vibration and dampers Line insulators: Different types – pin type – suspension type – strain type – potential distribution of a string of suspension insulator – string efficiency – equalization of potential – testing of insulators Module 3 Performance of Transmission Lines: Classification of transmission lines – analysis of short lines. S Bhimbra 7.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Generalised Theory of Electrical machines: P. Wadhwa. HVDC Transmission .reactive compensation in EHV systems – EHV systems in India.neutral grounding – resistance earthing – reactance earthing – arc suppression coil earthing – grounding transformer . Theory and performance Electrical Machines: J. Modern Power System Analysis: Nagrath and Kothari. D constants – Ferranti effect – losses in an open circuited line – power flow through transmission lines Voltage Control: Different methods – static capacitor – tap changing transformer – booster transformer – phase modifier – power circle diagram – calculation Module 4 Corona: Critical disruptive voltage – visual critical voltage – power loss – factors affecting – methods to reduce corona – radio interference effect Substations: Types . Electrical Power: Uppal 223 . Kothamangalam 6. TMH 2. C.Power system earthing .B Gupta ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSMISSION E 603 3+1+0 Module 1 Transmission Line Constants: Resistance – skin effect – proximity effect.

Kothamangalam 4. Module 4 FIR filters: characteristics of practical frequency selective filters-characteristics of FIR filters with linear phase .properties of z. Padiyar 6. LPE 4. Manolakis 3.John G. Digital Signal Processing .design of linear phase FIR filters using windowsrectangular. Hamming. Module 3 Review of z transforms: inverse z-transform .two FFT.-Causality. Power System Analysis: Bergen. Jervis. Module 5 IIR filters: Properties of IIR filters-design of IIR digital filters from analog filtersButterworth design-Chebyshev design . DSP chips: TMS 320C family . Applications of DSP.LTIV systems. Bhatnagar 5. An Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Johny R. Convolution of a sequence.properties of Fourier Transforms.Advantages of Digital over Analog Signal Processing. 2/e DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING E 604 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Elements of a Digital Processing System . HVDC Power Transmission System: K. Discrete-Time Signals and Systems: Elementary Discrete-Time SignalsClassification of Discrete-Time Systems . Proakis and Dimitris G. LPE 2. Oppenheim and Ronald W. Johnson 224 . Digital Signal Processing – Alan V.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Realisation of digital filters: Direct and cascaded structures for FIR filters . A Course in Electrical Power Systems: Soni. Fast Fourier Transform Decimation-in time radix. Stability. Gupta. Pearson Education Asia. Module 2 Discrete Fourier Transform: Properties of DFT-Linearity-shifting property. R. Frequency Domain representation of discrete-time signals: Fourier transform of a sequence . Hanning and Kaiser windows. Digital Signal Processing: A Practical Approach – Emmanuel C.decimation in frequency radix-two FFT. Pearson Education Asia. symmetry property.transforms. References 1. FIR filter design using frequency sampling. Ifeachor and Barrie W.features and block schematic of simplified architecture. Schafer. Pearson.direct and cascade and parallel structures for IIR filters.impulses invariant transformation-Bilinear transformation.

8275 CRT controller. decode and execute operation – T-state. Gaonkar.ROM and RAM – interfacing I/O devices – address space partitioning – memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O schemes – interfacing I/Os using decoders – the 8212 I/O device – interfacing LED and matrix keyboard – programmable peripheral devices – 8155 and 8255.K Ghosh. arranging a data array in ascending and descending order. Microprocessor Architecture.P Mathur. two registers and register pair. Penram Intl’ 2. finding the sum of a data array. Module 3 Stack and Subroutines: Stack pointer – stack operations – call-return sequence – examples Interrupts of 8085: restart instructions – interrupt structure of 8085 – vectored locations – SIM and RIM instructions – software and hardware polling. 0000 to 8085: Introduction to Microprocessors and Engineers: P. Module 2 Instruction set of 8085: Classification of instructions – different addressing modes – writing assembly language programs – typical examples like 8 bit and 16 bit arithmetic operations. memory read. memory write and I/O write cycles – wait state.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. TMH 225 . Dhanpat Rai and Sons 3. Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers: B. Digital Electronics and Microprocessors: Malvino. TMH 6. Counters and time delays – delay using one register. Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONS E 605 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Evolution of Processors – single chip microcomputer – Intel 8085 Microprocessor – signals – architecture of 8085 – ALU – register organisation – timing and control unit – microprocessor operations – instruction cycle – fetch. I/O read. McGraw Hill 5.S. Module 4 Memory interfacing . Architecture and operation of 8086. finding the largest and smallest number in a data array. Hall. References 1. programming simple input and output ports. Microprocessors and Digital Systems: Douglas V. PHI 4. machine cycle and instruction cycle – timing diagram of opcode fetch. Applications of microprocessor in system design: interfacing ADC 0808 – interfacing DAC 0800. block diagram. Ram. Module 5 Different data transfer schemes: synchronous and asynchronous data transfer – programmed and interrupt driven data transfer. finding square from look-up table. DMA controller 8257-Interfacing of stepper motor – interfacing of 8279 keyboard /display controller. Programming and Applications: R. Introduction to Microprocessors: A.

4.multiplication and division operations (description using block schematic diagrams only)-design of Logic unitone stage ALU. T and JK Master-Slave Flip Flops Study of seven segment display 226 0+0+4 . PLA. Module 4 Memory Organisation: Internal Organisation of memory chips – cache memory – mapping functions – direct mapping – associative mapping – set associative mapping – memory interleaving – Hit and miss – virtual memory – organization – Address translation.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Programmable Logic Devices: PAL. FPLA. 3. Computer Organisation: V.2’s complement adder/subtractor. SCSI. Module 5 Input/Output Organisation: access to I/O Devices – Interrupts – Enabling and Disabling of Interrupts – Handling multiple devices –Buses – Synchronous and Asynchronous buses. 2. JK. Study of TTL gates Characteristics of TTL gates Realisation of sequential circuits Study of SR. Applications. Kothamangalam COMPUTER ORGANISATION E 606 2+0+ 0 Module 1 Introduction: Functional block diagram of digital computer – processor organization – typical operation cycle: fetch. D. USB (basic ideas only). 2. Module 2 Arithmetic and Logic unit: Adders. References 1.serial and parallel adders. 5.fast adders. Module 3 Memory System: memory parameters – main memory – cache memory – auxiliary memory – semiconductor RAM – Static RAM –Dynamic RAM – ROM – PROM – EPROM – E2PROM – Flash Memory. Hamacher – Mc Graw Hill Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals: M. 3. decode and execute – microprogrammed Vs hardwired control (basic concepts only) – bus structures. 4. RS423 serial bus standards –GPIB IEEE488 Instrumentation bus standardPCI. Pal Chaudhari – PHI Digital Computer Fundamentals: Thomas Bastee DIGITAL LAB E 607 1.carry look ahead adder. Data Communication interfaces and standards: parallel and serial ports – RS232. Morris Mano 2/e Pearson Computer Organisation and Design: P.

Finding square root of a number e. Design and testing of counters using shift registers 11. Kothamangalam 6. Traffic control signals i. Realisation of ADC and DAC 12. Generation of firing pulses for SCR. Design and testing asynchronous and synchronous counters and modulo N counter 10. Interfacing of DAC l. Design and Testing of decoders and encoders 8. 4. Design and testing of astable and mono-stable multivibrator using 555 9. Setting up time delay and square wave generation g. Design and testing of square wave generation using op-amps 14. Interfacing of stepper motor j. Study of IC Regulator Power supplies SYSTEMS LAB E 608 1. Interfacing of ADC k. 3. 7 segment displays h. Finding out square root of a number using look-up table f. Arranging a data array in descending and ascending order c. Multiplexed Displays 0+0+4 227 . Interfacing LCD displays 2. 8085 assembly language programming experiments a. m. Testing of arithmetic circuits using op-amps 13.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4046B etc. 8-bit and 16 bit arithmetic operations b. Testing of different shift registers 7. Interfacing of LEDs. PLL systems using IC 565. Interfacing of Power devices n. 4046B etc. VCO circuits using IC 566. BCD to binary and binary to BCD conversion d.

Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 228 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. No load and locked rotor tests – equivalent circuit – performance calculation from equivalent circuit – circle diagram – operating characteristics from circle diagram – cogging and crawling and methods of elimination Module 2 Starting of three phase squirrel cage induction motor – direct online starting – auto transformer – star-delta starting – starting of slip-ring motor – design of rotor rheostat – variation of starting torque with rotor resistance.. Module 3 Induction Generator: Theory – Phasor diagram – equivalent circuit Synchronous Induction motor: – construction – rotor winding connections – circle diagram – pulling into step.G Say 2. Speed control – pole changing – rotor resistance control – frequency control – static frequency conversion – Applications of Induction machines – single phasing – analysis using symmetrical components. Single phase Induction motor: revolving field theory – equivalent circuit – torque slip curve – starting methods – split phase.Alexander Lagnsdorf 3. Alternating Current machines – Puchstein & Lloyd 229 . capacitor start-capacitor run and shaded pole motors. Module 4 Single phase Series Motor: Theory – Phasor diagram – circle diagram – compensation and interpole winding – Universal motor Repulsion Motor: torque production – Phasor diagram – compensated type of motors – repulsion start and repulsion run induction motor – applications Reluctance motor – Hysterisis motor Module 5 Deep bar and double cage induction motor – equivalent circuit – torque slip curve – Commutator motors – principle and theory – emf induced in a commutator winding .III E 701 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Three phase Induction Motor: Construction – squirrel cage and slip-ring motor – principle of operation – slip and frequency of rotor current – mechanical power and developed torque – Phasor diagram – torque slip curve – pull out torque – losses and efficiency. phase advancers – expedor type and susceptor type – Walker and Scherbius advancers – Linear Induction motor – operation and application References 1. Theory of Alternating Current machines . Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL MACHINES .C Commutator motor – Openshaw Taylor 4.Poly-phase commutator motors – three phase series and shunt type – Schrage motor – characteristics – applications – use of commutator machines as frequency converters. Performance and Design of AC machines – M. A.

B Khanchandani.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.M. TMH. e/f. flux weakening schemes of control – applications PWM inverter drive Current Source Inverter – application to induction motor drives – operation under fixed frequency – operation under variable frequency – applications Module 5 (Qualitative treatment only) Speed control of synchronous motors – adjustable frequency operation of synchronous motors – principles of synchronous motor control – Voltage Source Inverter Drive with open loop control – self controlled synchronous motor with electronic commutation – self controlled synchronous motor drive using load commutated thyristor inverter. Mohammad A and E. two and four quadrant chopper drives Module 3 (Qualitative treatment only) Speed control of 3 Phase induction motors – stator voltage control – principle – controller configurations – operation and applications Slip power recovery scheme – principle – static Kramer’s drive – static Scherbius’ drive – applications V/f control – constant torque and constant power control Module 4 (Qualitative treatment only) Voltage Source Inverter – Application to induction motor drives – v/f.K.D Murphy and F. Pergumon Press 1988 2. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND CONTROL E 702 2+1+0 Module 1 DC motors: Methods of Speed control – single phase rectifiers with motor loadsingle phase fully controlled bridge rectifier drives – half controlled bridge rectifier drives – freewheeling with regeneration – speed torque characteristics – power in load and source circuits Module 2 3 Phase fully controlled bridge rectifier drives – free wheeling.K Sen.K Dubey. TMH 230 . Pearson Education Asia -2002 4.K De and P.L Sharkaw – Fundamentals of Electric Drives – Thomson Learning 7. Power Semiconductor controlled Drives – G. Power Electronic Control of AC motors – J. 1989 3. Prentice hall.G Turnbill. PHI New Delhi 2001 5. Power Electronics – M. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives – Bose B. Power Semiconductor Drives – Vedam Subramaniam. Electric Drives – N. freewheeling with regeneration – Dual converter fed DC motor drives – chopper fed drives – single.D Singh and K. Principle of Vector control References 1. 1998 6.

2) Industries/Organisations – Energy auditing References 1. Module 5 Energy Management: Necessity for Energy Management – Energy Saving – adopting non-conventional sources – Energy Management techniques (case study) applied to 1) Residential Buildings.C. Distribution & Utilization: C. 2. paper mill.traction motor & characteristics Series-parallel control of D. series motor – shunt and bridge transition . hoists. mine. Kothamangalam UTILISATION OF ELECTRICAL POWER E 703 2+1+0 Module 1 Electric Drives: Advantages of Electric drives – factors affecting choice of motors – mechanical characteristic of DC and AC motors – motors for particular applications llike textile mill.energy saving by series parallel control. cranes – size and rating of motors.lighting calculation – design of interior and exterior lighting system .factory lighting – flood lighting – street lighting. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning: Types of refrigeration and air conditioning systems – refrigerants – no frost refrigeration – trouble shooting – working of electrical systems – protection of motors. Electrical Braking – plugging – dynamic and regenerative braking – energy returned to the mains Module 2 Electric Traction: Advantages and disadvantage . Energy Conservation Handbook: Utility publication 231 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. New Age Int’l. 4. Utilisation of Electrical Energy: Openshaw Taylor A Course in Electrical Power: Soni Gupta Generation. steel mill.V Suryanarayana. Electric welding – resistance welding – arc welding – electronic welding control Module 4 Illumination: Review of definitions and laws of illumination – requirements of good lighting -polar curves – Rousseau’s construction .speed time curves – analysis using trapezoidal speed time curve . Module 3 Electric Heating and Welding: Electric heating – resistance types – design of heating element – induction heating – types of high frequency heating – dielectric heating – methods of high frequency generation – direct and indirect arc furnaces – power supply and control for different types of arc furnaces – application.mechanics of train movement – tractive effort – specific energy consumption – factors affecting specific energy consumption train resistance – adhesive weight – coefficient of adhesion .L Wadhwa Utilisation of Electric Power: N. 3. 5.

Pearson Education Asia 5. Oxford University Press 4. Pearson Education Asia/PHI 2. Kothamangalam CONTROL SYSTEMS . lead and lag-lead compensators – frequency domain methods – Bode plot method – Root-locus methods Module 2 Digital Control Systems: the process of sampling – sample and hold circuits – Review of z transforms and its properties – solving difference equation by z transform methods – inverse z transform – the pulse transfer function – response between sampling instants – system characteristic equation – Jury’s stability test. Intel 8051: Architecture–Block diagram-Oscillator and Clock-Internal RegistersProgram Counter-PSW-Register Banks-Input and Output ports-Internal and External memory.F Franklin. J. Pearson Education Asia 3. David Powell and Michael Workman. 232 .II E 704 3+1+0 Module 1 Compensation and design of Control Systems: cascade compensation – lag. Module 3 Non-Linear Control Systems: Common physical non linearities – the phase plane method – basic concepts – describing functions of saturation. Modern Control Engineering – Katsuhiko Ogatta. Analog and digital Control System Design – Chi Tsong Chen.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Modern Control Systems –Dorf and Bishop. dead zone Module 4 State Variable Approach: state space representation – block diagram representation of linear system in state variable form – non uniqueness of the set of state variables – Eigen values of an n X n matrix – eigen vectors – transfer function – solution of homogeneous state equation – state transition matrix.Comparison. Pearson Education Asia SYSTEM DESIGN WITH MICROCONTROLLERS E 705 2+1+0 Module 1 Microcontrollers and Microprocessors . Digital Control of Dynamic Systems – G. Counters and Timers. Module 5 State equations from transfer function – decomposition of transfer function – controllability and observability .pole placement compensation – state variable approach to discrete data system – vector matrix difference equation – solution of the general linear time invariant systems – vector matrix difference equation References 1.Interrupts-SFRs. Serial data I/O. Discrete Time Control of Dynamic Systems – Katsuhiko Ogatta.

Intel Data Book on MCS 51 family Web Reference 1. 7 segment display and LCD display.Serial Communication.I E 706 List of Electives E 706.Different character transmission techniques using time delay. Ayala. www.intel. Module 4 Microcontroller system design: External memory and Memory Address Decoding for EPROM and RAM. 2.2 HVDC Engineering E 706.Temperature control Introduction to PLCs: Basic configuration of PLCs Text Books 1. interrupt driven data reception. Programming and Applications – Kenneth J. Timing subroutines –Software time delay. Pearson Education Asia. Arithmetic programs. Module 5 Designing a stand alone Microcontroller system: Typical system design examples (Block-Diagram level only) . Interfacing keyboard. Interfacing of ADC (0808) and DAC (808) to 8051.com ELECTIVE . Second Ed. polling and interrupt driven-Receiving serial data – polling for received data.5 Biomedical Instrumentation 233 3+1+0 .4 Object Oriented Programming E 706.Data acquisition system. Penram International Publishing (India).Measurement of frequency . Reference 1.3 Neural Networks E 706. The 8051 Microcontroller – Architecture.Addressing Modes Module 3 I/O Programming: Timer/Counter Programming-Interrupts Programming.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam Module 2 Programming of 8051: Instruction syntax-Types of instructions–Moving dataArithmetic Instructions-Jump and Call Instructions-Logical Instructions-Single Bit Instructions.1 CMELR Optimisation Techniques (Common to all branches) E 706.Timer and external Interrupts. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems – Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillispie Mazidi.Software polled timer.

Hooke and Jeeve's method. mixed integer programming problems. 2. R. D. Irwin.Kuhn-Tucker conditions . The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered. Pearson Education Asia. S. 4.Lagrange multiplier method. T. New Age International P. Belegundu.S. Principles of Operations Research for Management . INC. References 1. D. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering .Multivariable optimization with no constraints . Mojena.F.A. Module 3 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization: Elimination methods . OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES E 706-1 (CMELRPTA 804) (Common to All Branches) Module l Classical optimization techniques: Single variable optimization . 234 .Quadratic programming.unrestricted search method . Ltd. Module 2 Constrained multivariable optimization: Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints . Eastern Economy Edition. Richard D. Module 4 Unconstrained minimization: Gradient of a function . Budnick. McLeavey.R. 3.Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.H. Chandrupatla. Kothamangalam Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology.Convex programming problem . Module 5 Integer .S.Fibonacci method -Interpolation methods .Steepest descent method Newton's method -Powells method .Linear programming problem: Gomory's cutting plane method Gomory's method for all integer programming problems. Optimization theory and application .Multivariable saddle point Optimization with equality constraints .Hessian matrix . Operation Research an introduction . A Taha.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Rao.

Module 2 HVDC System Control: principles of DC link control – converter control characteristics – system control hierarchy – firing angle control – individual phase control and equidistant phase control – comparison – advantages and disadvantages – current and extinction angle control – starting and stopping of DC link – power control Module 3 Converter faults and protection: types of faults – commutation failure –arc through and misfire – protection against over currents – over voltages – surge arresters – protection against over voltages Module 4 Harmonics and filters: Sources of harmonics in HVDC systems .Smoothing reactors – Corona and radio interference effects – harmonic distortion factor (derivation not required) – types of AC filters – DC filters (design not required) Module 5 Multi-terminal DC systems: applications of MTDC systems – types – comparison.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam HVDC ENGINEERING E 706-2 Module 1 Introduction: Comparison of AC. Reactive power control: sources of reactive power – static VAR systems – TCR configuration (analysis not required) – Typical control system (block diagram only) for a TCR – operation of Thyristor switched capacitor Text Book 1.Training algorithms. Wiley NEURAL NETWORKS E 706-3 Module 1 Introduction: Principles -Artificial neuron .Linear Separability .R Padiyar. New Age Int’l.Representation . Reference 1. 235 .Training artificial neural networks .activation functions -Sing|e layer and Multilayer networks . HVDC Power Transmission Systems-Technology and System Interactions: K. DC transmission – Description of DC transmission systems – modern trends in thyristor valves – Pulse number of converters – choice of converter configuration – Review of Graetz circuit – Valve rating – Transformer rating – Simplified analysis of Graetz circuit without overlap only.Perception .Learning .W Kimbark. Direct Current Transmission Vol 1: E.

Application .Statistical Hopfield networks -Bidirectional associative memories . References 1. Wasserman.statistical properties Training the Grosbery layer Full counter propagation network . Neural Computing & Practice . Module 3 Counter Propogation Networks: Kebenone layer .Philip D. Kothamangalam Module2 Back propogation: Taining Algorithim .Cauchy training .Network Configurations .Training the cohenen layer Pre initialising the weight vectors .stability . Constructors and destructors -declaration.Continuous BAM .implimentation. Text Book 1. definition and use-default. An Introduction to neural computing . OOP using C++: Classes and objects-class declaration-data members and member functions-private and public members-member function definition-inline functionscreating objects-accessing class members.Kishan Mehrota and Etal OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING E 706-4 Module 1 OOP concepts: Objects-classes-data abstraction-data encapsulation-inheritancepolymorphism-dynamic binding-comparison of OOP and Procedure oriented programming-object oriented languages.Architeture classification . Adaptive pattern Recognition & Neural Networks . 2.Application. Artificial Neurl Networks .Chaoman & Hall 3.Pay Y. Module 4 Statistical Methods: Boltzmann's Training .Temporal instability.Associative memory-applications Thermo dynamic systems .Artificial specific heat methods . Module 2 Arrays of objects-objects as function arguments-pass by value-reference variables/aliases-pass by reference-function returning objects-static class members.applications to general non-linear optimization problems Module 5 Hopfield nets: Recurrent networks . 236 . parameterized and copy constructors-constructor overloading.Local Minima .Network Paralysis .Adaptive resonance theory .H.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Bjame Stroustrup.Temperature measurement of various parts. Object Oriented Programming with C++ . Module 3 Respiratory system-measurement of respiration rate-Measurement of CO2 and O2 of exhaled air-Respiratory therapy equipment-inhalators. 3. read ().Grady Booch. 237 .Robert Lafore . Run time polymorphism: pointers to base class-pointers to derived class-virtual functionsdynamic binding. 2. References 1. Addison Wesley BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION E706-5 Module 1 Physiology and generation of bio electric potential Cell Potentials stimulation and thresholds-Action potentials-propagation of action potentialssodium pump-electro physiology of cardio pulmonary systems . McGraw Hill Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++ .Galgotia Publications C++Programming Language . ventilators and respirators.Measurement and analysis of EGG waveform-ECG recorder principles-block schematic of ECG recorder.Heart electro cardiogram . Kothamangalam Module 3 Polymorphism: function overloading-declaration and definition-calling overloaded functions.Gordenkeith Object Oriented Analysis & Design .Asia Data Abstraction and OOP in C++ . PearsonEducation. close ().Balagurusamy.PH of bloodESR and GSR.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 5. 4.use of friend functions Module 4 Inheritance: different forms of inheritance-base class-derived class-visibility modessingle inheritance-characteristics of derived class-abstract class File handling in C++: file stream classes-file pointers-open (). Addison Wesley C++ primer -Stanely B. Module 5 Dynamic memory allocation: pointer variables-pointers to objects-new and delete operators-accessing member functions using object pointers-'this' pointer.Respiration and circulation . Friend classes-friend functions-operator overloading-overloading unary overloading binary operators. 6.Lippman. Module 2 Blood pressure-Characteristics of blood flow-Heart sounds Measurement of blood pressure-Direct and indirect methods-Pacemakers defibrillators. write () functions-detecting end of file.Cardio vascular system .

DC Machines 1. Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements – Leslic Cromwell. Dimensioned sketches of (a) front and end views of armature (b) commutator (c) brush holders (d) slot details.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Dimensioned sketches of front and side views of an assembled medium size D. Transformers 1. F.S Khandpur 2. Module 5 Modern imaging systems – X ray machine – computer tomography – magnetic resonance imaging system – NMR components – ultrasonic imaging systems – Therapeutic equipments – dialysers – surgical diathermy machines – laser applications – physiotherapy and electro therapy equipments References 1. 3. PART B AC Winding Three – phase AC winding 1. Integral slot lap winding 2. Mush winding AC machines Dimensioned sketches of parts and assembled views of 1. Dimensioned sketch (external view) of a distribution transformer with all accessories. 2. – Brtil Jacobson and John G 3. (b) Assembled sectional view of Power transformer.J Weibel ELECTRICAL DRAWING E 707 PART A DC Winding 1. Sections of core type transformer limbs.C machine. 3. Handbook of Biomedical instrumentation – R. (a) Dimensioned sketch of sections of transformer limb. 2. 2. Dimensioned sketches of yoke and pole assembly. Fractional slot winding 4. Medical and Clinical Engg. Wave winding. dummy coils. Kothamangalam Module 4 Central Nervous systems-Anatomy of Nervous system-neuronal communicationOrganisation of brain-Neuronal receptors-somatic nervous systems and spinal reflexes-EEG measurement and characteristic of sleep. Salient pole alternator 238 0+0+3 . Short chorded winding 3. Lap winding with equalizer rings.

AC phase control using SCR and Triac. GTO & MOSFET.L. 239 1.C servo motor position control system 11. Cylindrical rotor alternator Dimensioned sketches of parts and assembled views of Squirrel cage induction motor Slip ring Induction motor References 1. 2. 3. K Bhattacharya 2.S. 4. Kothamangalam 2. 5. 5. Study of PID controller – design and experimental determination of frequency response of lag and lead networks 10. 2. IGBT. Automatic lighting control with SCRs and optoelectronic components.K Sawhney (University Examination Pattern: 3 questions from Part A. Use of MATLAB for simulating transfer functions. CONTROL AND POWER ELECTRONICS LAB E 708 Part A: Control Systems Lab 1. error detection and data transmission. Step and sinusoidal response of RLC circuits 9. Part B: Power Electronics Lab Study of V-I characteristic of SCRS triac. Transfer Function of Separately excited DC generator Transfer Function of Field-Controlled DC motor Transfer Function of Armature-Controlled DC motor Amplidyne characteristics and transfer function Voltage regulation of DC generator using Amplidyne Synchro characteristics. Study and use of the single phase half controlled & fully controlled AC to DC Converter and effect of firing angle control on load voltage & wave Forms. 8. 5. 6. 7. Design and implementation of Ramp-Comparator and digital firing scheme for simple SCR circuits. 3. Speed control of DC motor using choppers and converters. R. All questions carry 25 marks each). 3. Electrical Engineering Drawing . Generation and study the PWM control signal for Single phase dc to ac inverter. Narang 3. closed-loop systems etc. 4. Study & use chopper circuit for the control of DC Voltage using (1) Pulse width control (2) Frequency Control.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Electrical Machine Design – A. 0+0+4 . D. AC servo motor – speed transfer characteristics 8. Study of BJT. 4. Study and use of back to back connected SCR/ triac Controlled AC Voltage controller and its wave forms with Variation of firing angle. differential Synchro 7. 9. 6. of which any two must be answered. RC and UJT firing circuits for the control of SCRS. Electrical Engineering Drawing – K. 11. and 3 questions from part B of which any two must be answered. 10.

and testing with three phase AC to DC bridge converter. Study of Three Phase firing circuit with synchronisation. 240 . The paper should be in general reflecting the state-of-the-art. 15. He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department. On completion of the project work. Simulation of gating circuits and simple converter circuits. 13. he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. and submit a report of the project work done to the department. Study and Testing of a Three Phase bridge inverter with different types of loads. In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the Guides. Study of Single Phase inverter and its wave form. and submit a report of the project work. PROJECT AND SEMINAR E 709/E808 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department. Kothamangalam 12. Testing of wave forms of digital firing modules.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 14.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 241 .

Kothamangalam POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS E 801 3+1+0 Module 1 Power System Model: Representation – Single Line Diagram – per unit system – per unit impedance diagram – network model formulation – bus admittance matrix – formation of Y bus and Z bus using singular transformation – symmetrical components – sequence impedance and networks Module 2 Power Flow Studies: Load flow problem – Gauss Siedal method – Newton Raphson method – algorithm for load flow solution – handling of voltage controlled buses. 2. I: Kimbark E. New Age Int’l Power System Analysis: Bergen. Power System Engineering: Nagrath and Kothari. 4. LPE Elements of Power System Analysis: William D. 3. Module 5 Stability Analysis: Swing equation – power angle equation and power angle curve – inertia constant – steady state stability . off nominal transformer ratios and phase shifting transformers Module 3 Economic Load Dispatch: System constraints – Economic dispatch neglecting losses – optimal load dispatch including transmission losses – physical interpretation of co ordination equations – exact transmission loss formulae – modified co ordination equation – automatic load dispatching Module 4 Symmetrical and unsymmetrical short circuit analysis: Different types of faults in power systems – symmetrical fault analysis – selection of circuit breakers – use of reactors Unsymmetrical faults – analysis of single line to ground. W. Pearson Education Asia. Wadhwa. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 242 . line to line and double line to ground faults in power system – analysis of unsymmetrical fault using Z bus.transient stability – equal area criterion – application – numerical solution of swing equation – critical clearing time and angle – effect of clearing time on stability –methods of improving system stability – modified Euler’s method – Rangakutta method – application to the solution of swing equation and computational algorithms References 1. Stevenson Power System Stability Vol. L. TMH Electrical Power Systems: C.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam SWITCHGEAR AND PROTECTION E 802 3+1+0 Module 1 Switchgear: Circuit breaker – basic principle of operation – arc phenomenon – initiation and maintenance of arc - arc interruption methods – arc voltage and current waveform in AC circuit breaking – re-striking and recovery voltage – current chopping – DC breakers – rating of circuit breakers - breaking capacity – making capacity – short time rating – working principle and important features of oil CB, minimum oil CB, air blast CB, vacuum CB and SF6 CB – auto high speed re-closing. Module 2 Protective relaying: Main and back up protection – basic requirements of protective relaying – classification of relays – induction type – principle - inverse time characteristics – directional over-current and power relays – distance relays – definite distance and distance time relays – differential relays - negative phase sequence relay – static relays – basic static relay – block diagram of static overcurrent, static directional, static distance and static differential relays. Module 3 Generator Protection: External and internal faults – differential protection – biased circulating current protection – self balance system – over-current and earth fault protection – protection against failure of excitation Transformer protection: Differential protection – self-balance system of protection – over-current and earth fault protection – buchholz’ s relay and its operation. Module 4 Feeder protection: Protection of radial feeders – protection of parallel feeders – protection of ring mains – differential pilot protection for feeders – Merz Price voltage balance system – transley system Transmission Line Protection: Definite distance and time distance protection – phase and earth fault protection – carrier current protection Module 5 Surge Over-voltages: Causes – lightning and switching surges – protection against over-voltages – surge diverters thyrite and horn gap types – use of ground wires – insulation coordination. Wave propagation: Wave propagation on OH lines and UG cables – transmitted and reflected waves – surge impedance – velocity of propagation References 1. Power System Protection and Switchgear: Ravindranath and Chander 2. Electrical Power Systems: C. L. Wadhwa, New Age Int’l 3. A Course in Electrical Power Systems: Sony, Gupta, Bhatnagar 4. Elements of Power System Analysis: William D. Stevenson 5. Traveling Waves on Transmission Systems: Bewsley L. V. 6. Power System Protection: M. A Date, B. Oza and N.C Nair, 243

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam INSTRUMENTATION E 803 2+1+0 Module 1 Transducers: Classification – characteristics – static and dynamic characteristics – Instrumentation System – Functional description – input / output configuration – interfering and modifying inputs – Methods of correction – Loafing effect – Instrumentation amplifiers – Isolation amplifier – charge amplifier. Module 2 Displacement Transducers: Resistance potentiometer – linearity and sensitivity – types – Resistance strain gauges – working principle – gauge factor – strain gauge circuitry – temperature effect and its compensation – load cells – LVDT – working principle – equivalent circuit – LVDT circuitry – Capacitive transducers – different types – piezoelectric transducers – working principle – piezoelectric crystal equivalent circuit. Module 3 Temperature Measurement: Thermo electric effects – Laws – thermocouples – thermo electric circuits – Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) – Bridge circuits – Thermistors – characteristics – pyrometer – radiation and optical pyrometers. Module 4 Absolute acceleration – null type and servo type – strain gauge Accelerrometer – piezo electric accelerometer – Electromagnetic flow meter – ultrasonic flow meter – transit type and Doppler flow meter – Ultrasonic flaw detector – Optical transducers. Module 5 PH measurement – Low Pressure measurement – McLaud gauge – Pirani gauge – ionisation gauge – thermal conductivity gauge – spatial encoder for angular measurement – wave analyser and spectrum analyser (block schematic) – scintillation counter – Hygrometer. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Measurement Systems – Application and Design: E.O Doeblin, TMH Principles of Industrial Instruments: D. Patranabi, TMH Industrial Instruments Fundamentals: E. Fribance, TMH Electronic Instruments: H.S Kalsi Instrumentation Devices and Systems: V. Rangan, G.R Sharma and V.S.V Mani

244

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN E 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Design of D.C Machines: Design specifications – output equation – output coefficient – specific loadings – choice of speed and number of poles – calculation of D and L – Armature design – choice of type of winding – number of sots – number of conductors per slot – current density – cross sectional area – slot insulation – length of air gap – field winding design – field ampere turns – excitation voltage per coil – conductor cross section – height of pole – design of ventilating ducts – design of commutator and brushes – Carter’s coefficient – real and apparent flux density. Module 2 Transformers: Design – single phase and three phase – output equation – specific magnetic loading – core design – single, stepped core - windings – number of turns – current density – area of cross section of conductors – types of coils – insulation – window area – window space factor – overall dimensions – cooling – design of cooling tank with tubes – design of distribution and power transformers – design of small transformers like 230V/6-0-6V. Heating, cooling and temperature rise calculation – Continuous, short time and intermittent rating. Module 3 Design of Synchronous Machines: Specific loading – output equation – output coefficient – main dimensions – types of winding – design of field system – turbo alternator – main dimensions – stator design – rotor design – damper winding design – comparison of water wheel and turbo alternators, cooling of turbo alternator. Design of three phase Induction motors: output equation – output coefficient – main dimensions – rotor bar currents. Module 4 Estimate the quantity of materials required and draw the electrical wiring layout of (a) residential building (b) Multi-storied building using rising mains (c) factory with one number of small and high rating motor at LT ot HT supply and many number of connected loads with suitable starters/switches and control panels (d) Cinema hall Module 5 a. Design, layout and estimation of power supply arrangement for (1). A bulk Industrial consumer (2) An under ground power supply (3) An Over head line to a rural consumer. b. Estimate and draw the layout of (1) indoor (2) outdoor 11KV transformer station with all accessories – single line diagram and physical layout c. Design and draw the typical earthing installation like (1) pipe earthing (2) Plate earthing (3) earth mat / grid d. Study the electrical wiring diagram of a typical automobile clearly showing all connected loads/ sources with specifications. 245

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. E 805 List of Electives: E 805.01 CMELR Advanced Mathematics E 805.02 Computer Aided Design of Induction Machines E 805.03 Robotics E 805.04 Advanced Power Systems E 805.05 Advanced Microprocessors E 805.06 System Software E 805.07 Advanced Power Electronic Systems Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered. ADVANCED MATHEMATICS CMELR 805-1 Module 1 Green's Function Heavisides, unit step function - Derivative of unit step function - Dirac delta function -properties of delta function - Derivatives of delta function - testing functions - symbolic function - symbolic derivatives - inverse of differential operator - Green's function -initial value problems - boundary value problems simple cases only. Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations - conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation - conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green's function - solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels - Integral equations of convolution type - Neumann series solution. Electrical Machine Design: A.K Sawhney Performance and Design of D.C Machine: Clayton Performance and Design of A.C Machines: M.G Say Design of Electrical Machines: V. N Mittal Electrical Design Estimating and Costing: Raina & Bhattacharya ELECTIVE - II 3+1+0

246

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 3 Gamma, Beta functions Gamma function, Beta function - Relation between them - their transformations - use of them in the evaluation certain integrals - Dirichlet's integral - Liouville's extension, of Dirichlet's theorem - Elliptic integral - Error function. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method - Legendre's Equation - Legendre's polynomial - Rodrigues formula - generating function - Bessel's equation - Bessel's function of the first kind Orthogonality of Legendre's Polynomials and Bessel's functions. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. Classification of second order equations- Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives - solution of Laplace and Poisson's equations by finite difference method solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank - Nicolson method - solution one dimensional wave equation. References 1. Linear Integral Equation: Ram P.Kanwal, Academic Press, New York 2. A Course on Integral Equations: Allen C.Pipkin, Springer - Verlag 3. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: H.K.Dass, S.Chand 4. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Michael D.Greenberge, Pearson Edn. Asia 5. Numrical methods in Engg. &Science: B.S.Grewal, Khanna Publishers 6. Generalized functions: R.F. Hoskins, John Wiley and Sons. 7. Principles and Techniques of Bernard Friedman: John Wiley and sons 8. Applied Mathematics 9. Principles of Applied Mathematics: James P.Keener, Addison Wesley. 10. Numerical methods: P.Kandasamy, K.Thilagavathy, K.Gunavathy COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN OF INDUCTION MACHINES E 805-2 Module 1 CAD Orientation of Engineering design problems to computers. Design by analysis and synthesis approach – simulation of non-linearity – stator windings for 3 phase and single phase induction motors Module 2 Main dimensions of three phase induction motors – standard specification – constructional features – specific electric and magnetic loading – output coefficient – main dimensions – computer programmes Module 3 Core design – leakage reactances – rotor winding design – equivalent resistances – computer programmes 247

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 4 Calculations from design data – Carters coefficient – no load current – equivalent circuit parameters – torque – efficiency and temperature rise – computer programmes Module 5 Main dimensions of single phase induction motors – auxiliary winding and capacitor design – equivalent circuit parameters - torque – efficiency and temperature calculations using design data – computer programmes References 1. Computer Aided Design of Electrical Equipments – Ramamoorthy M, Affiliated East-West press pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 2. Performance and Design of A.C Machines – M.G Say 3. Computer Aided Design of Electric Machinery – Venott C. G, MIT Press, London ROBOTICS E 805-3 Module 1 Introduction: Historical development-classification of robots-applications-robots kinematics- joints and links-degree of freedom-description of position, orientation, frames-mapping from one frame to another-compound transformations-inverse of transform matrix-transform equations-kinematics of three degree of freedom manipulators-Description of links-intermediate links in chain-First and last links in chain -Link parameters-affixing frames to links-derivation of link transformation matrix-Description of an industrial robot. Module 2 Inverse manipulator kinematics - Workspace-solvability-multiple solutions-Algebraic solution. Drive and control systems for robots: hydraulic systems and DC servomotors Position control for robots-simple position control system-position control along a trajectory Module 3 Robot end- effectors: Classification of end-effectors-drive System for grippersmechanical grippers magnetic grippers-vacuum grippers-gripper force analysis and gripper design. Module 4 Sensors and intelligent robots: need for sensing systems- sensing devicespiezoelectric sensors-linear position and displacement sensing absolute optical encoding-incremental optical encoder-position and direction measurement-velocity measurement—force and torque sensors-proximity sensors-range sensors-robot vision systems

248

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 5 Trajectory planning for Robots: Joint space schemes-cubic polynomials with via points-Blending schemes - interfacing to microprocessors and computers. References 1. 2. 3. 4. Robotics and Image Processing - PA Janakiraman Robotic Technology and flexible Automation - S R Deb Robotics for engineers - Yoram Koren Introduction to Robotics- Analysis, Systems and Applications: Saeed B. Nikku, Pearson Education Asia, LPE

ADVANCED POWER SYSTEMS E 805-4 Module 1 Automatic generation and voltage control - load frequency Control (single area case) -turbine speed governing system - model of Speed system - Turbine modelgenerator load model - steady state analysis- dynamic response - control area concept. Module 2 Unit commitment - constraints in unit commitment-spinning spinning reserve thermal unit constraints - other constraints - unit commitment solution methods priority - list methods - dynamic programming solution. Module 3 Hydrothermal co-ordination - long range and short range hydro scheduling- hydro electric plant models - scheduling problems - the short term hydrothermal scheduling problem - short - term hydro— scheduling: a gradient approach - hydro units in seriesdynamic programming solution to the hydrothermal scheduling problem. Module 4 Interchange evaluation and power pools - economy interchange economy interchange evaluation - interchange evaluation with unit commitment multiple interchange controls -after - the fact production costing - other types of interchange power pools - the energy broker system - centralized economic despatch of a power pool - allocating pool savings. Module 5 Power system security - factors affecting power system security-contingency analysis: Detection network problem - network sensitivity methods - calculation of network sensitivity factors - correcting the generation despatch - sensitivity methods - linear programming. References 1. Power System Engineering - I.J.Nagrath, D.P.Kothari 249

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 2. Power generation, operation and control - Allen J.Wood, Bruce Wollenberg, John Wiley & Sons ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS E 805-5 Module 1 Intel 8086 - Pin out signals and functions - Internal architecture - Registers and flags - bus buffering and latching bus timing – Pipelining Operating modes - minimum mode and maximum mode. Module 2 Introduction to 8086 assembly language programming - addressing modes – instruction set classification - Writing simple programs eg. Arithmetic operations, reading data from input port etc. 8086 memory interface – memory bank – separate bank decoders and signals Module 3 8087 internal block diagram and interfacing (Programming not required). Intel 80186 Architecture - block diagrams - different integrated peripherals Intel 286 - Block diagram - Hardware features - Additional instructions (Programming not required) Module 4 Intel 8038 - memory system - I/O system - Protected mode – mmu - Descriptors and selectors - TSS, Memory paging mechanism. Intel 80486 - Internal Architecture - memory management and cache memory. Module 5 Introduction to Pentium - processors – memory system – I/O system - special Pentium registers - Pentium memory management. Pentium II - Introduction - software changes Pentium III - Introduction - chip set, Bus Pentium IV - Memory interface, Hyper pipelined technology (elementary treatment only). Concept of RISC – comparison of CISC and RISC References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The 80x86 Family - John Uffenbeck - Pearson Microprocessor and Interfacing - Douglas V. Hall - McGraw Hill The Intel Microprocessors - Barry B. Brey (6th edition) – Pearson LPE Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A.K Ray and M. Bruchandy – TMH An Introduction to the Intel family of Microprocessors – James L. Antonokos, Pearson LPE

250

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam SYSTEM SOFTWARE E 805-6 Module 1 Introduction: Concept of system software - Classification of system softwareRelationship of system software with the machine and the user. Assemblers: overview of the assembly process- single pass and two pass assemblers. Elementary ideas of macros -Macro definition- macro call macro expansion macro processors. Module 2 Linkers and Loaders: translated, linked and load time addresses- relocation and linking concepts- object module- loader- absolute loader, relocating loader- linking loaders -(elementary ideas only). Compilers: Overview of compilation process - phases of a compiler - analysis phase -synthesis phase - lexical analysis - parsing - static and dynamic storage allocation-intermediate code generation - code generation (basic ideas only). Module 3 Operating systems: Definition of operating system -functions of operating system - types of services-Types of operating systems- batch processing multiprogramming, multitasking - timesharing, real-time, distributed systems (brief descriptions only). Process management- process concept- process states- scheduling - FCFS, Shortest Job first, round robin scheduling policies. Module 4 Memory management- contiguous memory allocation - static and dynamic partitioning -swapping - non-contiguous allocation- fragmentation- concept of virtual memory- paging-page tables - page replacement- FIFO and LRU page replacement policies - segmentation -caching of secondary storage information. File system - directory structures - file system implementation - sharing and security. Device management - basic principles of I/O device controllers - I/O scheduling policies. Module 5 Introduction to distributed operating system: characteristics of distributed systems -advantages -client server model - remote procedure call. Real time operating systems - Basic requirements - hard and soft real time systems - issues in real time systems- basic ideas of real time scheduling - reentrancy- real time embedded systems (basic ideas only). References 1. Introduction to System Software - Dhamdhere D.M., Tata McGraw Hill 2. Systems Programming - Donovan J.I, McGraw Hill 3. Systems Programming - Dhamdhere D.M., Tata McGraw Hill & Operating Systems 4. Principles of compiler design - Aho & Ullman, Narosa Publishing 5. Operating System- Milenkovic, McGraw Hill 251

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam 6. Operating System concepts - Peterson & Silberschatz, Addison Wesley 7. Real time systems & programming languages- Burns, Wellings, Addison Wesley 8. Introduction to RTS - Martin 9. Real time embedded Systems - Mathai Joseph, CERN ADVANCED POWER ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS E 805-7 Module 1 DC-DC converter topologies: Buck and boost converters - continuous and discontinuous current modes - buck-boost, C’uk converter - operation – control of dc-dc converters –PWM method - Full-bridge with bipolar and unipolar switching – output voltage equations. Module 2 SMPS topologies: Basic block schematic of SMPS – isolated dc-dc topologies – forward and flyback – principles – (circuit and operation only). Push-pull topology – half bridge Basics of SMPS control methods – voltage-mode and current-mode control (block diagrams and description only). Module 3 Resonant Converters: Advantages of resonant converters over PWM converters – Classification - series and parallel resonant converters – half-bridge operation – discontinuous and continuous current modes (basic modes only, no analysis required) Principles of Zero voltage and Zero current switching (ZVS and ZCS switches only – no analysis required) Module 4 PWM Inverters: Need for PWM techniques – various PWM techniques – principle of sinusoidal PWM – bipolar and unipolar PWM - modulation index – application to single phase bridges - disadvantages of SPWM – brief introduction to other PWM methods – current-mode control schemes (tolerance band control and fixed frequency control – description with block diagram only) Module 5 Applications: Power factor correction – Actual power factor – Displacement factor and distortion factor – principles of input line current shaping using boost rectifiers. UPS – Different topologies – block schematics. Electronic ballast – block schematics. References 1. Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and Design – Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, John Wiley and Sons, 2nd ed. 2. Power Electronic Systems: Theory and Design – Jai P. Agrawal , Pearson Education Asia, LPE 3. Modern Power Electronics – P.C Sen, Wheeler Publ. 252

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam ELECTIVE - III E 806 List of Electives: E 806.01 Digital Protection of Power Systems E 806.02 Insulation Technology E 806.03 Computer Networks E 806.04 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems E 806.05 Opto-Electronics and Communication E 806.06 VLSI Technology Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered. 2+1+0

DIGITAL PROTECTION OF POWER SYSTEMS E 806-1 Module 1 Need for protection-nature and causes of fault -zones of protection-classification of protective relays based on technology and function-instrument transformers used in protection circuit. A/D converters- analog multiplexers-sample and hold circuits. Module 2 Computer applications to protective relaying - simulation of power system disturbances-simulation of current and voltage transformers-simulation of distance relays during transient conditions. Module 3 Offline application of computers-on line application of computers –Relay coordination programmes. Module 4 Microprocessor based protective relays - multistage frequency relay -measurement of power system signals through phase locked loop interface -protection of alternators against loss of excitation. Module 5 Microprocessor based over current relays-impedance relays- directional relayreactance relay - distance relay - measurement of R and X - mho relay quadrilateral relay - generalized interface for distance relays. References 1. Madhava Rao T.S, "Power System Protection-Static relays" 2. Bddri Ram, "Power System Protection and Switchgear" 253

thermal. electronic. PVC. Module 2 Dielectric properties . James S. dielectric loss and constant.Mossotd relation limitations.drying and degassing. Phadke. PE Epoxy resin. surge phenomena. dielectric loss factors influencing permittivity. Arun G. "Digital Protection-Protective Relaying from electromechanical to microprocessors" 4. 2. Electric fields in homogeneous dielectrics.P. T ownrend's theory. 4. 3. complex permittivity. different types of polarisaiton. breakdown mechanisms. electromechanical. insulation design to withstand surges in transformers. partial discharges. Module 4 Breakdown phenomena in gases . Elementary de-sign of insulating system of capacitors.intrinsic. Singh L. Steramer theory. Impregnation of paper and cotton insulation. Thorp. Paschen's law. Clausins . polychlorobiphenyls (PCB) vacuum purification of transformer oil. breakdown in solid dielectrics . paper. Module 3 Polarisation .classification.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Measurement of resistivities.internal fields. partial discharges. breakdown in electronegative gases. brief study of preparation and properties of ceramics. de-ionization processes. Insulation problems in high voltage transformers.different types . teflon. tracing and tracking.permittivity. permittivity of mixtures. testing for tracking partial discharge measurements.ionization processes. Kothamangalam 3. High Voltage Engineering: Naidu and Kamaraju Ionisation. non-uniform fields penning effect. References 1. factors influencing tan delta. Conductivity and Breakdown in Liquids: Adam Czawski High Voltage Engineering: Kuffel and Zeamgl SF6 and Vacuum Insulation for High Voltage Applications: Naidu and Maller 254 . mica. uniform fields. "Computer Relaying for Power systems" INSULATION TECHNOLOGY E 806-2 Module 1 Insulating materials . mechanical force under electric fields. absorption currents. Module 5 Breakdown mechanisms in vacuum-breakdown in liquid dielectrics pure liquids and commercial liquids. SF6 transformer oil.

Packet switching -Transmission media .Data framing . Harcourt Asia 5.DNS Namespace -Name servers . Addison Wesley and open systems 4. Pearson Education Asia 2.Network security .USENET .problem and production system characteristics two-pail problem-analysis of AI techniques .IP address .TCP and UDP. MAN.FTP -TELNET .SL1P/PPP. Module 5 Application layer: services .Point to point . star. Halsall.Douglas E.criteria for success 255 .Error handling .Network Management concepts. Pearson Education Asia 3.Data link protocols – Elementary protocols .Types of networks . ring.Network Topologies Broadcast .Token bus -Token ring .Network layer in the Internet IP protocol . Data Communication.gopher .Ethernet . Comer.static vs dynamic channel allocation . The Internet Book.Internet control protocols.Sliding window protocol( basic concepts only) .IEEE 802 standards .data link layer in the Internet.internetworking Principles .WWW .congestion control . tree .collision detection . Computer Networks.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Internet services: Email . Pearson Education Asia 6. A system approach .William Stalling.LAN.Bridges – FDDI Module 4 Network layer: services .backbone network .Tanenbaum.Fibre optic networks – ISDN Module 2 Data link layer: Services . Internet Complete Reference . Data and computer communications .Peterson & Davie. Module 3 Medium access sub layer: Channel allocation . WAN OSI reference model .DNS .Harley Harn Osborne ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & EXPERT SYSTEMS E 806-4 Module 1 Introduction to AI and problem solving concepts: Definition.TCP/IP reference model .WAIS – Archie References 1. Computer networks . Kothamangalam COMPUTER NETWORKS E 806-3 Module 1 Introduction: Goals and applications of networks . Transport layer: Services Internet Transport protocols .wireless LANs .bus.Gateways .Host .pattern recognition-production systems .Routing . Computer Networks (3r edition) .Client server computing Physical layer .F.Cryptography .CSMA protocol .

hill climbing -breadth and depth first searches . McGraw Hill 4. References 1. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence . Patterson. Introduction to AI & Expert System .weak methods . Tata McGraw Hill 3.formal and non-formal logic: Representation evaluation criteria -level of representation -formal logic schemes -resolutions predicate and prepositional logic -conversion to clause form -semantic networksframes-scripts-production system Module 3 Problem solving strategies dealing with uncertainty: Defining the problem control strategies . Module 4 Expert system development process and knowledge acquisition: Definition analysis of expert system problem solving . Principles of Artificial Intelligence .forward versus backward reasoning -matching . Module 2 Laser diodes-Basic principle-condition for gain-Laser action-population inversionstimulated emission-Injection faster diode-structure-temperature effects-modulationcomparison between LED and ILDs.cognitive behavior .formalization implementation –evaluation.exhaustive search .semiconductor-hetero junction-LEDs (-spontaneous emission-LED structure-surface emitting-Edge emitting-Injection efficiencyrecombination efficiency-LED characteristics-spectral response-modulation-Band width. Springer Verlag 5. Expert system tools: Expert system shells -narrow tools -large hybrid expert system tools -PC based expert system tools knowledge acquisition tools. Prentice hall of India 2. Addison Wesley OPTOELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION E 806-5 Module 1 Review of P-N jn-characteristics . W.knowledge representation development.response time-bias voltage-Noise in 256 . Principles of Artificial Intelligence& Expert Systems Development .role and analysis of knowledge architecture of the expert system .Charnaik & McDermott.Elaine Rich.problem selection . Artificial Intelligence .Nils J.Rolston. Module 5 Knowledge acquisition techniques.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.D.search algorithms. Kothamangalam Module 2 Knowledge representation .generate and test-space transformation models. Nilsson. Module 3 Optical detectors-optical detector principle-absorption coefficient-detector characteristics-Quantum efficiency-responsivity.David W.

epitaxial growth.scaling of MOS structuresscaling factors.patterning.junction and MOS structures.Basic circuit concepts. splices and connectors-wave length division multiplexing.Oxidation process. Module 4 Optical Fibre-structure-advantages-Types-propagation-wave equation-phase and group velocity-transmission characteristics-attenuation-absorption-scattering losses-dispersionfibre bend losses-source coupling.buried layer.reactors-metallisation. W-Noise-photo transistor. Module 2 Monolithic components: Isolation of components. Semiconductor Opto electronics Devices-Pallab Bhattacharya (Pearson Education) Optical fibre Communication Systems-Principles and practice.Czochralski process.sheet resistance and resistor design.Capacitance of layers.design rules.wire bonding and packaging.Driving large capacitance loads.Lithography.schottky diodes and transistors. 2.circuit design process.Pick's I and II law of diffusion.Ion implantationAnnealing process. 4.Chemical vapour deposition (CVD).Photolithography. electron beam and x-ray lithography.stick diagrams. Module 3 CMOS technology: Metal gate and silicon gate.Delay.resistors in diffused regions-MOS resistors.JFETMOSFET-PMOS and NMOS.junction isolation and dielectric isolation.apparatus. Kothamangalam detectors P-N junction-photo diode-(characteristics-P-I-N-photo diode-responseAvalanche photo diode (APD) multiplication process-B.monolithic capacitors. Module 5 Optical fibre system-system design consideration-fibre -optic link-optical transmitter circuit-source limitations-LED drive circuit-Laser drive circuit-pre-amplifierequalization-Fibre-optic link analysis-typical lira design. References 1.John M Senior (PHI) Optical communication Systems-John Gower (PHI) Optical fibre Communication. 3. Fine line lithography.impurity profile.Diffusion of impuritiesphysical mechanism. 257 .oxide isolation.FET structures.parasitic effectsmonolithic diodes.Gaussian profile.1C crossovers and vias. slicing and polishing.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.fabrication steps.silicon shaping.effects of miniaturization.Twin well processLatch up.BiCMOS technology.Transistor fabrication.Diffusion profilescomplementary (erfc) error function.Wiring capacitance. control of threshold voltage (Vth).silicon gate technology-Monolithic resistors.Gerd keiser (PHI) VLSI TECHNOLOGY E 806-6 Module 1 Process steps in 1C fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparation.

Alternator regulation by feeding back power to mains – use of synchroscope 7.verification 17. ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB II E 807 0+0+4 1. Introduction to VLSI: Conway.inverter. Study of starters and load tests on double cage and single phase induction motors 8. BiCMOS circuit. S M Sze. Me Graw Hill pub. Characteristics of induction generator and rotor hysterisis by Link’s method 10. No load and blocked rotor tests on single phase induction motor and determination of equivalent circuit parameters 18. Khanna Pub. Continuous rating for specified temperature rise b.GaAs fabrication.arrangementspower dissipation-power supply rail distribution. One hour rating by heat run test of a machine 258 . 3. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell. 2. predetermination of speed variation with brush shift and verification 13. Alternator V – curves for constant input/output 5. Module 5 Gallium Arsenide Technology: Sub-micro CMOS technology. Experimental determination of variation of starting torque with rotor resistance in slip-ring induction motor 16. Synchronous motor V – curves and compounding curves 6. Synchronous Induction motor – predetermination of excitation current and verification 11. 4. Alternator regulation by synchronous impedance and mmf methods 2. CMOS logic systems . IEEE press.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. References 1.bus lines.MESFET.Channeling effect.Simple logic circuits. Characteristics of cascade induction motor set 14. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter. Predetermination of line current. Kothamangalam Module 4 Subsystem design and layout. Experimental determination of torque slip curve of induction motor in unstable region upto about 40% slip 15.Crystal structureDoping process. Alternator regulation by Blondel’s method and verification by direct loading 4.subsystem design process. 5. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar. power of a 3-phase induction motor under single phasing . VLSI technology. NOR gates. Alternator regulation by Potier method 3. 6. Torque. PHI Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste. Characteristics of Schrage motor – torque variation with load. Characteristics of pole changing motor 12.design of a 4 bit shifter. Characteristics of cage / slip ring motors by circle diagram 9. Addison weslay. Pearson Edn.Device modeling. Determination of a. NAND gates.

and submit a report of the project work done to the department. he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. The paper should be in general reflecting the state-of-the-art. In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the Guides.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 259 . Kothamangalam PROJECT AND SEMINAR E 709/E808 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department. and submit a report of the project work. On completion of the project work. He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.TECH. Kothamangalam B. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING BRANCH 260 .

Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 261 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

PHI.Newton-Cote’s formula. Module 3 Function of complex variable: Definition of analytic function and singular pointsderivation of C.Wiley Eastern.surface and volume integrals.R.cross ratio. ez. 1/z. Numerical methods in Science and Engineering: M K Venkataraman. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis: Murray Spiegel. 5. 4. Pub.scalar potential. Numerical methods: S Balachandra Rao. δ .solutions of difference equations.central differences. E. z + k2/z bilinear transformation. Numerical integration. Mathematics: B.Schaum’s. Advanced Engineering Mathematics: Michael D Greenberg.II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector differential calculus: Differentiation of vector functions. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyzing. Module2 Vector integral calculus: Line. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .conservative field – identities .interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula. Sin z.Mc Graw Hill.complex potential.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 6. 262 . equations in Cartesian co-ordinates. Advanced Engg.gradient .simple problems.Khanna publishers.simple problems. .construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts.harmonic and orthogonal properties.scalar and vector fields.difference equations .their physical meaning directional derivative .work done by a force along a path.application of Green’s theorem. Module 5 Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences. 3.conformal transformation of functions like Zn.trapezoidal ruleSimpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule. Grewal.invariant property. References 1. S. µ.Stoke’s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem.divergence and curl of a vector function .University Press. 2. Higher Engg.National Pub. Module 4 Finite differences: meaning of ∆.problems using Stirlings formulaLagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.simple problems.

Fourier analysis of periodic signalsTrignometric and exponential forms. Module 4 Two-port Networks and Filters .Non periodic signals and Fourier transformsFrequency spectrum of periodic waveforms . Sudhakar & S P ShyamMohan 3.E Van Valkenburg. Module 5 Network Synthesis – Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real function – Synthesis of R.Maximum power transfer theoremTellegen’s theorem.impedance.DC&AC transients.co-trees -Incident matrix. L. RC and LC driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms.Thevenin’s theorem.set matrix-tie-set matrix. Network and Systems -D Roy Chaudhary 4.Periodic functionsInitial value and final value Theorems.Review of theorems-Laplace transform of important signal waveforms . PHI 2. Engineering Circuit Analysis-W H Hayt & Jack Kennerly – Mc-Graw Hill 263 .cut.port networks -Admittance.equilibrium equations.Characteristics of ideal filtersImage impedance.High pass and Band pass filters-m-derived filters-Composite filters. References 1.Mesh and Node voltage Analysis – Coupled circuits – Dot conventions – Analysis of coupled circuits. Network analysis and synthesis-Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons 5. Kothamangalam NETWORK THEORY LA 302 2+1+0 Module 1 Source transformation.Voltage and Current ratios of two .Solution of network problems using Laplace transform. Passive filters as two port networks.Constant K low pass. Module 3 Fourier Analysis and Laplace transform .Norton's theorem.hybrid and transmission parameters of two port networks.Analysis of networks. Module 2 Network theorems-Super position theorem.Millman's theorem. Network analysis -M.Reciprocity theorem .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Graph of a network -Trees.Laplace Transform. Circuits and Networks – analysis & synthesis – A.

K. Module 2 D C motor – starter – 3 point and 4 point starters – torque equation – speed equation – speed torque – characteristics of shunt.C. References 1.C.C. 3. test – applications – Design of step down transformers like 230/6-0-6V. 2. working. – Basic principles of 3 phase tranformer – autotransformer – applications.Generator – O. applications and specifications of stepper motors – universal motors constructional features – typical applications – criteria for selection of motors – electromagnetic relays – contactors. Cotton Electrical Machines: R. and s.c.B. 5. Electrical & Electronic Technology: Hughes. 4. Module3 Transformers: transformer on no-load and load operation – phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – regulation – losses and efficiency – o.Raina & Bhattacharya Electrical Machines & Power systems: Vincent Del Toro 264 . – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency – Condition for maximum efficiency – Applications.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. series and compound motors – Losses – efficiency – Brake test – Swinburne’s test – speed control – field control – armature control – series parallel control – applications.Rajput Electrical Design Estimating & Costing: K. Module 4 A.C Machines: 3 phase induction motors – rotating magnetic field – torque equation – slip – torque-slip characteristics – operating characteristics – starting of 3 phase induction motors – starters – single phase induction motors – constructional features – types – working and characteristics only (no analysis) – constructional features of synchronous machines – principle of operation of alternator – emf equation – regulation by emf and mmf method – principle of operation of synchronous motor – starting of synchronous motor. Pearson Education Electrical Technology: H.c. Module 5 Special Machines: A C and D C servo motors – synchros – constructional features – working of a tachogenerator – stepper motors – construction. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LA 303 2+1+0 Module 1 D.

Physics of semiconductor devices: Shur.effect of temperature and doping on mobility.Tata Mc Graw Hill. Module 5 Field effect transistors: operation.current components at a junction: majority and minority carrier currents. Module 2 Diffusion of carriers.volt-ampere characteristics.photo transistors. 3. Solid state electronic devices .charge carriers in semiconductors: electrons and holes.zener and avalanche breakdown.open circuited transistor.emitter efficiency γ.Ben G Streetman.amplification and switching.n-material and p-material.Photo diodes: detection principlelight emitting diodes.α and β gain factors.pinch off and saturation.temperature dependanceconductivity and mobility. Theory of Semiconductor devices: Karl Hess.majority and minority carrier distributionterminal currents.PHI.drift and resistance.rectifier actionZener diodes: volt-ampere characteristics.direct and indirect semiconductors.Mc Graw Hill.Pearson Education Microelectronic Devices: Nagchaudhari.hall effect.Mc Graw Hill. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2. 265 .intrinsic and extrinsic material.biasing in active region.equilibrium fermi levelsspace charge at junctions. Semiconductor devices – Nagchoudhary.metalssemiconductors and insulators.carrier concentration: fermi level. 7.pinch off voltage.capacitance of p-n junctions. Module 3 p-n junction diodes: volt-ampere characteristics.EHPs.gate control.switching time.Einstein relationcontinuity equation. 6.derivation of diffusion constant D. Kothamangalam SOLID STATE DEVICES LA304 3+1+0 Module 1 Energy bands and charge carriers in semiconductors: energy bands.Varactor diodes. References 1.MOS capacitance.MOSFETS: n MOS and p MOS: comparisonenhancement and depletion types.p-n junctions: contact potential.Tunnel diodes: tunneling phenomenavolt-ampere characteristics.S M Sze.schottky transistors.PHI. Pearson Education Integrated electronics – Millman and Halkias.control of threshold voltage. 4. Module 4 Bipolar junction transistors: npn and pnp transistor action. Physics of semiconductor devices .

C filter analysis.CECB and CC configurations. Module 5 Wave shaping circuits: clipping.analysis and design.Mc Graw Hill.Pearson Edn.PHI.workinganalysis and design.FET: operation.Pearson Edn.clamping. 6.IC regulated power supplies.RC integration.current limiting.characteristics. 7.Q point selection. Electronic devices and circuits: Bogart.PHI.comparison. 266 . Electronic Principles: Malvino. References 1.differentiationtransistor as a switch.bias compensationcompensation for ICO and VBE. Electronic devices and circuits: Allen Mottershed. Module 3 Transistor Biasing: operating point.simple sweep circuit.working and applications.analysis and design.bias stability. 8.Tata Mc Graw Hill.full wave and bridge rectifiers. Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias. Electronic devices and applications: B Somanathan Nair.h parameter model analysis. Kothamangalam ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS .transistor parameters from static characteristics.phase and frequency response. Module 2 Transistor as an amplifier: Transistor at low frequencies.fixed bias.S K Kataria & Sons Pub. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.small signal model.I LA 305 3+1+0 Module 1 Rectifiers and Power supplies: Half wave. Module 4 RC Coupled amplifier: working.definition of stability factors. Electronic devices: Floyd.working and design.DC and AC load lines. Electronic devices and circuits: Boylsted & Nashelsky. Electronic devices and circuits: J B Gupta.short circuit protection.self bias circuits.regulated power supplies: series and shuntdesign of regulated power supplies for specified output conditions. 3. 4.collector to base bias.input and output impedance.FET amplifier: biasing.derivation of stability factor for ICO variation.UJT.expression of voltage and current gain.UBS. 2.astable multivibrator.

Programming Techniqes through C: Venkateshmurthy. Pearson Edn.passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional arrays . Programming with ANSI and Turbo C: Ashok N Kanthane. 267 .passing structure to a function – self referential structures .unions.external variables multi file programs. Programming in C: Balaguruswamy.Recursion.function prototypes .a brief overview defining a function . Text Book 1.do while . Tata Mc Graw Hill.expressions statements .processing a structure .command line parameters .bit fields . 5.Automatic variables .declarations . 3. Module 4 Pointers: Fundamentals . Arrays: defining an array .register variables – bit wise operation .pointers and multi dimensional arrays – passing functions to other functions. low level programming .The character set .constants .operations on pointers . Schaum’s series.symbolic constants. Structures and unions: defining a structure .variables and arrays . PHI.The comma operator .arithmetic operators . scanf.Gottfried. Kothamangalam COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LA 306 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C: C fundamentals .nested loops -if else switch. References 1.user defined data types . 4.break continue .Relational and Logical operators . 2.identifiers and keywords Data types .interactive programming.processing an array . Theory and problems of programming with C.for .the C pre-processor.passing pointers to a function pointers and one dimensional arrays .go to statement.data types . Functions . Module 2 Control Statements: While .passing arguments to a function specifying argument .pointer declaration . PHI.macros . printf . Pearson Edn.Data input and output getchar – putchar.enumeration .Library functions .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.array and strings. Computer Programming: Rajaraman. The C programming language: Kernighan & Ritche.creating a data file . Module 5 Data files: Opening and closing of a data file .processing a data file. 6.The conditional operator . Module 3 Program structure: storage classes .accesing a function .gets and puts functions . Programming Ansi C: Ram Kumar.

BC107. BC547. Swinburne’s test. SZ6. 10. Wave shaping. 8. O.C. UJT. Study of star-delta connections. BASIC ELECTRONICS LAB L 308 1.C test on single-phase transformer. Note New experiments may be added in the above list concerned to the relevant theory paper (LA305). 12. 3. 0+0+4 Familiarization of CRO.C. Measurement of Electric power (single phase and three phase) and energy using wattmeter and energy meter. Load test on single phase induction motor. Characteristics . 2. 7. RC differentiator & Integrator. 10.8. 8. 11. Design and testing of DC power supplies for specified output. Study of stepper and servomotors. calculation of efficiency and regulation at different power factors. Design of FET amplifier. 5. Determination of Band width. Load test on step-up/step-down transformer. Determination of Band width. AF generator etc and soldering practice. FET. Load test on slipring induction motor. 4. Load characteristics of D. 6. and Load characteristics of D. Simple sweep circuit. shunt. BC557. clamping. 7. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL LAB LA 307 0+0+4 1. series and compound motors 6. DVM. O.C and S. Design of clipping. 5. Transistor. Design of Single stage RC coupled amplifier.Diode. BFW10.C. 1N4001. 3. 268 .C.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. generators. Determination of parameters. Familiarization of data sheets of components – OA79. Study of starting of three phase induction motors and load test on squirrel cage induction motor. Pre-determination of regulation of the alternator by emf and mmf method.sharpening of edges. 2N2646. Design of Astable multi-vibrator for specified time period . 9. Simulation of simple circuits using Spice. 4. 9. 2.

Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 269 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

I. difference of proportions.Sneddon.II -3rd year Part A & B .S.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity . 4. Pearson Education Asia / PHI.standard normal curve .McGraw Hill.. 2.Finding P. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution .properties of normal curve .simple problems in binomial. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. 6.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Pearson Education Asia.its mean and variance . single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected).K. Advanced Engg.Ian N. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations.B. Khanna Publishers. its mean and variance . Higher Engineering Mathematics . poisson and normal distributions. Laxmi Publications Ltd. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis. References 1. Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability . Engineering Mathematics Vol. Elements of Partial Differential Equations .Linear Simultaneous eqns. Venkataraman. National Publishing Company 3. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents .simple problems. 7. F and Chi square test – Level of significance . Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig.M.Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms .Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion.simple applications in engineering problems. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: . Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations .The binomial distribution.formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions . Grewal.inverse transforms .fitting of binomial & poisson distributions normal distribution . 270 .

Module 4 Flip Flops . Pearson Edn. Oxford.NOT Gates . Pearson Edn. 8. Module 5 Registers and Counters . Digital Logic and state machine design: Comer.D Latches .Synchronous Counters .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Pearson Education.Sum-of-Products method . Digital Fundamentals: Floyd.2’sComplement Adder-Subtractor.Digital Integrated Circuits .Ripple Counters . A small TTL Memory.Modulo counters .Edge-Triggered D & T Flip-Flops . PHI Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub and Shilling.TTL Overview .Don’t-Care Conditions. Kothamangalam DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGN LA 402 3+1+0 Module 1 Gates –Inverter .Karnaugh maps – Pairs – Quads .signed Binary Numbers .Controlled Shift Registers .Tristate Inverter .Three-State Register.Level Clocking . 9. Digital Design: Wakerly.Edge-Triggered JK Master-slave Flip-Flop. Pearson Edn.Full Adders . Logic and computer design fundamentals: M Morris Mano. Mc Graw Hill.Algebraic Simplification .de-multiplexers .AND gates .2’s Complement .Binary Addition .AND OR. Module 3 Arithmetic-Logic Units .Binary Adders .Ring counters . Fundamentals of digital circuits: A Anand Kumar. Digital electronic principles and applications: A K Maini.NOR Gates . References 1.RAMs.TTL Circuits .TTL Characteristics .Binary Subtraction . 7. Digital electronics: D C Green.Half Adders .EXCLUSIVE-OR Gates .Buffer Registers . 271 .Shift Registers .Boolean Relations . 2.De Morgan’s Theorems NAND Gates . Digital electronic principles: Malvino and Leach. Module 2 Boolean Algebra and Karnaugh Maps . 6. Khanna Pub. Multiplexers . 5.OR gates . 3.decoder and encoder. ROMs – PROMs and EPROMs . 4. McGraw Hill.and Octets Karnaugh Simplifications .RS Latches .7400 Devices .Open-Collector Gates – CMOS gates.

Electronic communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi.Pulse and tone signaling .USB & LSB.need for modulationbandwidth. Module 4 Side band communication: Single side band transmission .subscribers line interface circuit . 3.reactance modulator.Phase modulation. 2.FM demodulators: slope detectors.comparison of AM.Solid state modulators circuit explanation.Automatic gain control circuit .Frequency assignments .block schematic explanation .block schematic.amplitude limiting .Telephone subscribers loop circuit .Amplitude modulation .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Modern communication Systems: Couch.circuit explanation.FM transmitter .superheterodyne receiver .Power line communication: block schematic explanationFacsimile . Kothamangalam COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING .advantages of VSB in television. Electronic and radio engineering: A P Mathur.FAX transmitter and receiver.theory.Electronic private automatic branching exchange basic block schematic.suppression of carrier .schematic explanation .FM receivers . 4.Mixer circuits .FM. Module 3 Radio receivers: Tuned radio frequency receiver. Module 5 Telephone Systems .image frequency rejection AM receivers .PHI.balanced modulator .circuit explanation . Electronic Communication systems: George Kennedy.Mc Graw Hill.simple diode detector .filtering of unwanted sideband .mathematical representationfrequency spectrum .block schematic of single line analog SLIC board .IF amplifiers . Telephony and Carrier current engineering: P N Das.suppressed carrier receiver Vestigial side band transmission .frequency spectrum. 5.PHI.RF amplifiers .I LA 403 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: communication systems – Modulation .Electronic telephone block schematic of a telephone set.PM.theorymathematical representation.block diagram .phase discriminator.SSB receivers . 272 .transmitter and receiver responses . Electronic communication: Roody and Coolen.importance of IF .two wire repeaters . Module 2 Radio transmitters: AM transmitter .Amstrong modulator.Pearson Edn.pilot carrier receiver .power relation.block schematic explanation . 6. References 1.simple and delayed AGC .ratio detectors.sensitivity.Frequency modulation .varactor diode modulator.selectivity.

Module 5 Large signal amplifier -harmonic distortion -analysis of class A. Integrated electronics -Millman & Halkias . 4.II LA 404 3+1+0 Module 1 High frequency equivalent circuit of a transistor. Mc Graw Hill Electronic principles -Malvino Electronic devices and circuits -Bugart Microelectronics Digital and Analogue -Botkar. Module 4 Mono-stable multi vibrator -analysis -design -applications -triggering -Bistable multi-vibrator -analysis and design -different methods of triggering -commutating capacitor -Schmitt trigger -working -design.explanation of components -r parameters in terms of h parameters -Tuned amplifiers -principle single tuned and double tuned amplifiers -frequency response -applications (no analysis) -multistage amplifiers -frequency response.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. class B. current. Kothamangalam ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS . Pearson Edn. class C and class D amplifiers -complimentary and symmetry stage -sweep generators voltage and current sweeps -time base generators -linearisation -miller and bootstrap sweeps . Hybrid pi model . Colpitt's. general form of oscillator circuit -working of Hartley. series and shunt feedback -Feedback in amplifiers -its effect on amplifier performance -typical feedback arrangements -emitter follower -darlington emitter follower -cascade amplifier (principles only) -difference amplifier. 3. 5. Electronic devices and circuits -Boylsted & Neshelsky. 273 .applications. Crystal. References 1. Module 2 Feedback -different types -positive. tuned collector and Wien Bridge oscillators. 2. voltage. negative. Module 3 Oscillators -conditions for oscillation -analysis and design of RC phase shift oscillator.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Frequency response of LTI systems.Region of Convergence and properties. Communication Systems: Haykin Simon.Umesh pub.Pearson Edn.Significance of poles and zeros.Tata Mc Graw Hill. Special Signals.Willsky Alan. Sampling Theorem. Adaptive signal processing: W Bernad.Fourier Transform and properties.probability density and distribution functions. Signals and Systems: I J Nagrarth.Discrete-Time Fourier series.Independence of a random variable.Fourier Series. Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation. Module 4 Laplace Transform .Application of ZTransform for the analysis of Discrete time LTI systems.existence. Bayes Theorem.Systems Attributes. wide-sense stationarity.Random processes through LTI systems. 4.Parseval’s theorem.Application of Laplace transform for the analysis of continuous time LTI system (stability etc.power spectral density White noise. Introduction to random process. 3. Kothamangalam SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LTA 405 2+1+0 Module 1 Dynamic Representation of Systems . 274 .Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (including DFT) and properties. S. Auto and cross correlation. Discrete form of special functions.V.Region of convergence and properties.John Wiley.Pearson Edn. Frequency response of discrete time LTI systems.existence conditions. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations). 2. Signals and Systems: Oppenheim Alan.Z-Transform and its inverse: Definition.function of a random variable. Discrete convolution and its properties.Introduction to probability.Complex exponentials. Module 2 Fourier Analysis of Continuous Time Signals and Systems .) Significance of poles & zeros.Causality . References 1.Laplace Transform and its inverse: Definition.Singularity functions (impulse and step functions).linearityStability. Module 5 Random Signals .convolution Integral. 5. Signals and Systems: Farooq Husain. Module 3 Fourier Analysis of Discrete Time Signals & Systems .concept of random variable.time-invariance. Moments.Z-Transform .

9.Bath tub curves.Linearly increasing hazard model. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB LA 407 List of experiments 1.classification of failuresmeasures of reliability.X and R chart. Triac firing circuits. 11. 3. Module 3 Manufacture for Quality and reliability: The need for prototype tests. 7.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Design of bootstrap sweep generator.failure. Module 2 Failure pattern and fitting curves: Graphical plots.basic concepts of sequencing. IC power amplifier. Kothamangalam RELIABILITY AND HUMANITIES LA 406 2+1+0 Module 1 Concepts of reliability: Definition of reliability. Power amplifiers: Design of class A and class AB push pull stage – verification of power output. 8.mean time to failure (MTTF). 10.Hazard modelsConstant hazard models. 3.the quality standard.Re-engineering. 5.Zero defects. Module 4 Control charts in statistical quality control: statistical quality control advantagestypes of control charts.P chart.C chart. Feedback amplifier. SCR. References 1. Tuned amplifiers. Oscillators: Design of RC phase shift.mean time between failures (MTBF). Industrial Engineering & Management: Banga and Sharma. Design of Mono-stable and bi-stable multi-vibrators. Simulation of above circuits using PSPICE. 4.planning to achieve required quality. Module 5 Human relations: Human Behavior. 2. Schmitt trigger. 6. 2. Reliability Engineering: L S Sreenath. 275 0+0+4 .failure rate.Scope of Industrial psychology-Theories of Motivation-Handling of workers grievances-Workers participation in managementIndustrial discipline-Industrial disputes-Industrial fatigue-Wages and incentives. design of two stage RC coupled amplifier.Weibull model. Hartley & Colpitts oscillators. Design and testing of DC regulated power supplies (Fixed and variable). Reliability Engineering: A K Govil.

pointers and files. functions. 2. Microsoft Windows. Part 2 Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to cover control structures. inheritance. classes. structures. Kothamangalam Note New experiments may be added in accordance with subject LA 404 COMPUTER PRORAMMING LAB LA 408 Part 1 1. arrays. Adobe Acrobat Reader. operator & function overloading. Familiarization of Microsoft Word. Familiarization of MS-DOS commands. polymorphism.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Computer hardware familiarization. 0+0+4 276 . 3.

Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 277 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms.Pillay. Engineering Mathematics Vol. G. 7.Somasundaram. A.C.S. Wiley Eastern limited. shifting property.Venkitaraman. A. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Ervin Kreyszig.K.Dr. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science – Dr.Grewal. Quantiltative techniques Theory & Problems . 6.P.Isaac. B. two phase method.Residues. McGraw-Hill.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method.Tulsian. Pearson Education Asia.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. PHI. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method . 2. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method. T. Complex variables and applications . 9. III. B.Vishwananthan printers & publishers.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method.K. Higher Engineering Mathematics . Numerical methods in Science & Engineering .Churchill and Brown. Scitech publications Advanced Mathematics for Engg. 5.S.S. Operations research . 278 .P.Grewal.students Vol.Duality in L.Dr. Kanna Publishers. 4. III -S Arumugam. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS -IV CMELPA501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem.P. Vishal Pandey.M. 3.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series.P.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle. References 1.Balanced T. S.Ramanaigh. National Publishing company.zeros and singularities. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform.T. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method .properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions. 8. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method.Panneer Selvam. M.Narayanan. Kanna Publishers.

.effect of source inductance. MOSFET and IGBT. R. Thyristors and Applications: Ramamoorthy. RL and back EMF load. PWM chips: SG3524 and TL 494.Electromagnetic interference.VSI and CSI. G.Block schematic. Module 3 AC to AC Voltage Converter . Thyristorised Power Controllers: Dubey. 1975. Doradlla.free wheeling effect.filters.Operation and analysis of single phase integral cycle and phase controlled converters. 1987.Single phase and three phase bridge inverters.Configuration of three phase controllers. References Power Electronics: Rashid Muhammad. 6. Module 5 DC to AC Converters . Pearson Edn.K. Wiley Eastern. S. S. Applications and Design.step up and four quadrant converters operation.SCRS.voltage control . 279 . Power Semiconductor Circuits: Dewan. and Satrughan A. 4. Kothamangalam POWER ELECTRONICS LA 502 2+1+0 Module1 Power semiconductor Devices . 1. Series and parallel operations of SCR.Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase uncontrolled and controlled rectifiers with R. Module 2 AC to DC Converters .Chopper classification.B.Constructional features. Power Electronics: Harish C Ray. BJTS. Mohan Ned.rating and specificationgate/base drive circuits-protection including cooling and application consideration of diodes. Power Electronics: Converter.Harmonics and their reduction techniques. 5.analysis and control with R.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Characteristics.. 2. MCT.power factor improvement methods for phase Controlled rectifiers. 3.PWM & Square wave operation. John Wiley & Sons. Module 4 DC to DC Converters . GTO.History of development of Power Electronic devices. RL and EMF loadcurrent and voltage Commutation circuits. Galgotia Pub. John Wiley.Step down.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.capacitance between parallel wires.Phase velocity and group velocity. Kraus.Solenoid.transmission line parametersSkin effect.Co-ordinate transformations. Jordan. 2. Mc Graw Hill Publications. Hayt.Electric flux-Gauss’s Law. Mc Graw Hill Publications.Electric and Magnetic boundary conditions.capacitance between two concentric sphere shellscapacitance between coaxial cylinders.Rectangular wave guides. 6. Module 5 Transmission lines -Transmission line equations. toroid. Pearson Education. Oxford University Press. Module 3 Maxwell’s equations and travelling waves: conduction current and displacement current.Stokes theorem.Mutual inductance energy stored in magnetic fields. Kothamangalam APPLIED ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY L 503 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of vector analysis: Cartesian.VSWR. Engineering electromagnetics: E. Premlet. Field & Wave Electromagnetic: Cheng. References 1. 2 Edn.Divergence theorem.Solution for free space condition. inductance of transmission line. Schaum series.Poynting theorem and Poynting vector. H.Poisson’s and Laplace equations.Stub matching. Electromagnetics: Edminister.Plane waves.Plane electromagnetic waves.Ampere’s Law. Cylindrical and Spherical co-ordinates systems. D.Helmholtz theorems. 3. 280 . Electromagnetics: J. 5. Module 4 Guided waves between parallel planes.modes of propagation. Vector fields: Divergence and curl. Electromagnetic Theory: Sadiku.Maxwell’s equations. 7.Smith chart .Electrical scalar potential. Module 2 Magnetic field: Steady current and current density in a conductor.different types of potential distribution. Engineering Electromagnetics: W.Biot-Savarts Law.vector magnetic potential.transverse electric and transverse magnetic waves and its characteristics.Potential gradient.Characteristic impedance.Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction. Electromagnetic Theory: B.Boundary conditions Capacitance: Capacitance of isolated sphere.Uniform plane wave-wave equation for conducting medium. 4. C.Wave polarization. Static electric field: Coulomb’s Law of point charges.Magnetic dipole.

Output organization.fast adders.address translation-page tables .VDUs. Computer organization – Hamacher C V. Pearson Edn.buses-scheduling.control signals.disk drives.serial and parallel standards.device identificationvectored interrupts. Kothamangalam COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURE LA 504 2+1+0 Module 1 Basic structure of computer hardware and software.array processors.internal organizationbipolar and MOS devices.sequencing of control signals.multiplication.pre fetching of micro instructions.I/O interfaces.multistage networksmessage passing architecture.multiple memory modules and interleaving. References 1.printers.dynamic memories.instruction execution cycle.memory management units.PLAs. Computer organization and Design – Pal Choudhary 4.Booth’s algorithmfast multiplication.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 3 Memory organization.secondary memories.bus arbitrations.networks.standards.micro programmed controls. Computer Org. Computer Systems and Architecture – Vincent P Heuring.hardwired control.semi conductor RAM memories.addressing methods and machine programming sequencing. 2.floating point numbers. Module 4 Input .different addressing modes. 281 . Module 2 Control unit. H F Jordan.interconnection.cache memories -mapping functions .interrupt nesting.direct memory access (DMA)interrupts and interrupt handling.instruction setscomputer arithmetic logic design.pipeline architecture. & Architecture: Stallings. 3.daisy chaining. Pearson Education.accessing I/O devices.branch address modification.plotters. Module 5 Introduction to parallel processing and architectureclassification. Computer organization and Architecture – Hayes J P 5.replacement algorithms.virtual memories.micro instructions Micro program sequencing. Mc Graw Hill.handling multiple devices.integer division.

intercom using LM 380.Wiely Eastern Publications.open loop configurations .Op-amp parameters .Switched capacitor integrator. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ravi Raj Dudeja.Integrator and differentiator. 5.I order and II order filters.PLL applications: Frequency multiplication and division.Umesh Publications.HPF. Module 2 Op amp in closed loop configuration: Different feed back configurations. Kothamangalam LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LA 505 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to operational amplifiers – Basic differential amplifier .transfer curve .Peak detector circuit.ideal op amp .Voltage series feedback and voltage shunt feedback .Pearson Education.Internal block schematic of op amp .Switched capacitor filter.Use of offset minimizing resistor (ROM) and its design.compensating networks .FM detection. Module 4 Filters and timers: LPF. References 1.slew rate and its effect.typical data sheet .565 PLL .566 VCO chip. Module 5 Specialized ICs and applications: Voltage regulator ICs – 78XX and 79XX series317 variable regulators.8038 Function generator chip applications.Subtractor. 4.1723 switching regulators.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.using voltage reference. Module 3 Op amp applications.Pin identificationpower supply requirements .voltage follower .capture and lock range.Astable and monostable multivibrators.FSK demodulation LM 380 power amplifier .BPF.concept of virtual ground.dual input balanced output and unbalanced output. Integrated circuits: K R Botkar 282 .Astable multivibrator.PHI publications. 555 timers – Functional block diagram.Differential amplifiers with one op amp and 3 op amps.Summer. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: R F Coughlin.RC phase shift and Wien bridge oscillators-Sample and hold circuit. monostable multivibrator and its applications. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ramakand Gaykwad.frequency response of op amps .Antilog amplifierComparators: zero crossing. Linear Integrated circuits: Roy Choudhary & Jain.Triangular and sawtooth wave generators.V/I converters and its applications .AM demodulation. 3.equivalent circuit.Notch and all pass filters.Log amplifier. 2.regenerative (Schmitt trigger) comparators.Phase locked loop(PLL) .

TCON SFR serial interface .pin configuration and functions – tristate bus concept generation of control signals .instruction execution fetch/execute cycle . The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala.data memory .interrupt priority .on chip oscillator. 5.interrupt handling . Pearson Education.mode0. Penram International Microprocessors and Architecture: Ramesh S Goankar Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck. mode3.and memory mapped I/O schemes .Program status word .I/O port timings – programming examples.interrupt control system . PORT2. mode1.ONCE mode. 4.instruction timings and operation status.interfacing of RAM and EPROM . mode2.bus timings – de-multiplexing AD0-AD7 – flags memory decoding .Boolean instructions .pin descriptions .external program & data memory timing diagrams.program protection modes .program branching instructions . mode2.port structures and operation . mode1.interrupt sources . idle & power down mode . 3.addressing modes instruction set – arithmetic .program memory . Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS L506 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessorsarchitecture of 8085.I/O mapped I/O .com 283 .Programming examples.logical and data transfer instructions .block schematicsbaud rates.TMOD SFR .accessing external memory – programming examples. PORT3.pin configurations .power on reset circuit.mode0.direct & indirect addressing area .power control register . 2. PORT1.I/O addressing . PHI Web site of Atmel .single step operation . mode3 . Module 4 Machine cycles – interrupts .flash programming & verification.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.atmel. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi.register banks .port bit latches and buffers . Module 2 Atmel AT89C51 microcontroller – features . References 1. Module 5 Timer0 & Timer1 .internal block schematic .www.SCON SFR .interrupt enable register . Module 3 Memory organization .PORT0.

Design of half adder & full adder using gates. 8. Logic design using decoders (74138). Counters using shift registers (Ring counter & Johnson counter). Study of counter ICs (7490. 0+0+4 COMMUNICATION . Design of 7 segment display circuits-static/dynamic (7447. 7476) 6. 555 Applications 6. Colpitts & Hartley oscillator.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4. Frequency modulation. 10. Subtractors. 3. Passive filters – constant K and M derived. 566 Applications 7. Digital circuit simulation using electronic work bench/ similar working tools. 7. 5. Multiplexing using analog multiplexer IC’s. Design of mono-shots using dedicated ICs (74123). Kothamangalam DIGITAL IC LAB LA 507 List of experiments 1. 74190). 5. 9. Logic family interconnection (TTL to CMOS & CMOS to TTL) 4. Note Any experiment related to LA402 may be added to the above list. Adders. 11. Study of 565 and its applications 8. Design and testing of ripple & synchronous counters using JK flip flops (7473. Note Any other experiments may be added to the above list related to LA403. Oscillators using OP-AMP 10. CD4001) 2. TTL & CMOS characteristics (7400. 11. Amplitude modulation. 3. multipliers. opto coupler (4N33) & Darlington arrays (ULN2803). 13. Crystal oscillator 9. FND542). Interfacing of TTL & electromagnetic relay using transistor. PRBS generator. 12. 15.I LAB L 508 List of experiments 1. 0+0+4 284 . Logic design using multiplexers (74150). PWM using SG3525. 14. 2. Design of astable & mono-stable multi-vibrators using gates.

Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 285 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Stock market. Wishwa Prakashan K.Price mechanism. Shyam Lal charitable trust.K Dewett.Black moneyInflation-Causes and consequences.Line.Reserve bank of India: Functions. PART B: ECONOMICS Module 4 Theory of demand and supply. 3.Promotion.Management by Objectives.NABARDInvestment institutions-UTI. Khanna Pub.Controlling-Organisational structures.Industrial FatigueIndustrial disputes-Trade Unions. Production Management: Batch and mass productionInventory control.Role of the public sector. capital and organization.Commercial banking system-Development financial institutions.Span of control.Delegation.IDBI.Construction of Network (Basic ideas only).Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Dhanpat Rai Pub. Line and staff and Functional relationships.Progressive and regressive.Functions.EOQ-Project planning by PERT/CPM. labour. PHI A.Insurance companies. K.K. Philip Kotler.Factors of production. 4. Module 2 Personnel management: Objectives and functions of personnel managementRecruitment-Selection and training of workers.Land.N. 3+2+0 286 .Market research-Advertising. References 1. Module 3 Marketing Management: Pricing.Quality circles.ICICI. Formation of companies: Proprietory-Partnership-Joint stock companies. Agarwal.Labour Welfare. 2.Public sector.Direct and indirect taxes. Ahuja.National income.Co-ordinating.IRBI. Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & ECONOMICS LA 601 PART A: INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT Module 1 Modern concept of Management: Scientific management-Functions of management-Planning-OrganisingStaffing-DirectingMotivatingCommunicating.Indian capital market.Difficulties in estimationTaxation.Channels of distribution.SIDBI. Module 5 Indian financial system.Privatisation. Industrial Management Industrial Management Marketing Management Indian economy Modern economic theory O P Khanna. 5.Multinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy.Joint sector and Cooperative sector.

Sampling . 5.DPCM delta modulation system.error probability performance of binary transmission system. Module 5 Noise in communication system: .optimizing error performance. Kothamangalam DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES L 602 3+1+0 Module 1 Random Signal Theory: Review of discrete and continuous random variablesGaussian probability function. 3.A law µ law PCM system. Module 3 Digital transmission: .Receiving filters.SNR.Siman Haykin.Leon W Couch. References 1. Digital Communications: Sklar.Base band binary data transmission system.BPSK. Base band data transmission: . Communication Systems Engineering: Proakis.Quantizing uniform nonuniform quantization -Companding.M-ary FSKMSK.Matched filter-Correlation realization of matched filter. 287 . Digital & Analog Communication System.Use of controlled ISIM-ary signaling scheme (no analysis).Probability of errorEffective Noise temperature.properties.Eye pattern.Bipolar coding.Nyquist pulse shaping criteria.complementary error function.ADM. 4. Pearson Education.Adaptive equalization.Equalization.Inter symbol interference.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2.BFSK. Pearson Education.Optimum transmitting. Module 4 Digital transmission of Analog signals: . Principles of Communication System: Taub & Shilling.pre coding.HDB coding.Quantization noise.Unscrambler.Pearson Education Digital and Analog Communication System: K Sam Shanmugam. Digital Communication.error function. 6. Module 2 Correlative coding: -Duobinary Base band PAM system.CVSD.Binary versus M-ary signaling schemes.QPSK.Manchester coding.Scrambler.M-ary PSK.comparison.slope over loading.DPSK.Noise figure.Detection of binary signals in Gaussian noise: -Maximum likelihood Receiver structure.Noise types. TMH.

Block floating point numbers. 2.Input quantization error Product quantization error .cascade .truncationrounding .Sign-Magnitude . Realization of FIR. 5. Module 4 Finite word length effects in digital filters: Introduction. Module 2 Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters.Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters.One’s-complement.design based on numerical solutions of differential equations.Chebyshev design.Linear Convolution using DFT.complement forms Addition of two fixed point numbers.Butterworth design.digital processing of audio signals. 4.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters .channel vecoder. Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters. Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer.HammingBlackman.PCM DSP chips. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu.Quantization effects in the Computation of the DFT. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters .PHI Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis.lattice design . decimation – in time and Frequency . Module 5 Applications of digital signal processing: Speech Processing.triangular or Barlett windows – Hanning .Cascade.Transform and DFT.zero-input limit cycle Oscillations . Kothamangalam DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LTA 603 3+1+0 Module1 Review of signals and systems: Introduction .Fixed Point. Desecrate time signal processing: Oppenhiem.DSP based measurements systems.FFT algorithms – General Computation using Radix 2 algorithm.advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing. Module 3 Discrete fourier Transform: Properties-Circular convolution.Scaling.Impulse Invariant Transformation. 3. Digital signal processing: Ifechor.Signal Flowgraph.quantization errors in FFT algorithms.homomorphic vecoder.sub band coding.speech analysisspeech coding.Quantization in Floating Point realization IIR digital filters .Two’s .Parallel Forms.Direct.Co-efficient quantization error.Basic Network structure for IIR filter. Equi ripple FIR design.Radar signal processing.Fast Fourier Transform. 6.Number Representation .Finite Word Length Effects in FIR Digital Filters.Pearson edn.Kaiser windows.using windows-rectangular.a general study. 288 .quantization .Scitech Pub.Multiplication in Fixed Point arithmetic Floating point numbers. References 1.effects due to truncation and rounding.Fourier Series method.Pearson edn.relation between Z.Overflow limit cycle Oscillations .

Kothamangalam RADIATION & PROPAGATION L 604 2+1+0 Module1 Retarded potentials: Radiation from an A. two point sources.point. 4. Ballanis Radio Engg . Microstrip antennas.super directive arrays. Module 3 VLF and LF transmitting antennas-effects of ground on antenna-performancegrounded antennas-effects of antenna height and effective height of antennamedium frequency antennas-dipole antennas-V and inverted V antennas-Rhombic antenna-traveling wave antennas-folded dipole.A. multiplication of patterns -binomial array-stacked array folded dipole.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Antenna measurements: Input impedance. End-fire arrays.radiation pattern measurements. 2. Antennas and wave propagation . 289 .SWR method. References 1. Prasad Antennas . Array of n. Yagi-Uda antenna-Basic principles of radio direction finding-loop antennas.C current element monopoles and dipoles-power radiated from a dipole isotropic radiators. Duct Propagation.radiation pattern-radiation intensity-directive gain-power antenna efficiency-effective area-effective length and aperture-Reciprocity theorem-radiation resistance-antenna beam width.reflector-Basic principles of antenna-parabolic reflector different methodsChebyshev arrays. Module 2 Antenna array: Classifications-Broad-side. 3.F E Terman. Mc Graw Hill. Mc Graw Hill Antenna theory and design. Module 4 Factors involved in the propagation of radio waves: the ground wave-Reflection of radio waves by the surface of the earth-space wave propagation-considerations in space wave propagation-atmospheric effects in space wave propagationionosphere and its effects on radio waves -mechanism of ionosphere propagationrefraction and reflection of sky waves by ionosphere-ray paths-skip distancemaximum usable frequency-vertical and oblique incidence-fading of signals selective fading-diversity reception.K.John Krauss. D.beam width measurements-gain measurements-measurements of radiation resistance -radiation efficiency.

290 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. AC bridges . pulse duration and pulse position modulation. response time & settling time. Frequency generating typedigital encoders-selection criteria for transducers. Principles of Measurement & Instrumentation – Morris.U.Temperature measurement .Flow measurement . Error -classification of measurement errors--sources of measurement errors.Shering Bridge . capacitive. Instrumentation-devices and systems . Measurement Systems . MGH.D/A multiplexing and A/D multiplexing. current and position type-RF telemetery-pulse telemetery (analog and digital)-pulse amplitude. inductive (self generating and non self generating type). Kothamangalam ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION L 605 3+1+0 Module 1 Objectives of engineering measurement-Basic measuring system-block diagram and description-Performance characteristics of instruments-static and dynamic. Opto electrical type-photo emissive.Pressure measurement .Wein Bridge . References 1.guarded Wheatstone bridge. Multiplexing . Types of data-static-dynamic-transient-rise time. PHI. Module 3 Intermediate elements-instrumentation amplifier.Strain measurement . Analog and digital information-comparison. Electromechanical type-potentiometric.Doeblin. ionization and mechano electronic type. pulse frequency. Module 2 Transducers-parameters of electrical transducers-types-active and passive-analogue and digital types of transducers. Sarma & Mani.Owen's bridge . photo conductive and photo voltaic type. strain gauge. Module 4 Bridge measurements . 2.Wheatstone bridge . Basic principles of Signal Analyzers-Distortion analyzer wave analyzer. piezo electric. Transducers & Instrumentation – D. PHI. isolation amplifier. Module 5 Basic measurements .Force & torque measurement. Data transmission elements-block diagram of telemetering system-classification of telemetering systern-Electrical telemetering system--voltage. 3.Wagner ground connection. spectrum analyzer. 4. TMH. Recording techniques-strip chart recorders-basic principles of digital recording.Rangan. S Murthy.

mechanical and electromechanical system – block diagram – signal flow graph – Mason’s gain formula. Saw tooth generation using op amp. Gopal. Measurement of op amp parameters. Pearson Education. Control system design: Graham C Goodwin. Triangular. LINEAR IC LAB L 607 List of Experiments 1. All pass & notch filters. 3. 4. Module 2 Time domain Analysis – Type and order of a system – typical test signals for the time response of control system – impulse and step response of first and second order systems – steady state error – static and dynamic error coefficients – concepts of stability – Routh Hurwitz criterion – basic ideas of proportional.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 State variable analysis and compensation techniques – introduction to state variable concepts – state variable description of linear dynamic systems – state equations – state transition matrix – representaion of state equations – lag compensator – lead compensator – lag lead compensator (design of compensators is not needed). Kothamangalam CONTROL SYSTEMS L 606 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to control system – Basic idea of control systems and their classifications – transfer function – transfer function of electrical. 2. Square wave. 2. PHI. Pearson Edn Control systems principles and design: M. PHI. References 1. Modern control engineering – Katsuhiko Ogata. Kuo. derivative and integral controllers. 3. 4. 5. TMH. HPF. Active filters: LPF. 291 0+0+3 .C. Logarithmic amplifiers. Automatic control system – B. BPF. Modern Control Systems: Dorf. Module 4 Root Locus technique – basic theory and properties of root loci – procedure for construction of root loci – error detectors – servo motor – tacho generator – magnetic amplifier. Module 3 Frequency domain analysis – frequency response – frequency domain specifications – Bode Plot – Nicol’s chart – Nyquist stability criterion – relative stability – gain margin – phase margin.

8. Digital to analog converters. for his convenience. Switched capacitor filter. 3. There will be several projects such as intercom. Sample and hold circuit. 2. Each student may choose to buy. SMPS. 7. voting machine etc. as part of the project grade. Schematic capture software (OrCAD or similar) familiarization. and debugging of an electronic system approved by the department. 292 . 8038 function generators. 4. 7. Note Any experiment related to L505 may be added to the above list. One of the lab experiments will be given for examination to be completed within 60 to 90 minutes with a maximum of 30% marks. Astable and mono stable multi-vibrators using 555 Light activated alarm circuit Speed control of electric fan using triac Illumination control circuits Touch control circuits Sound operated circuits. In addition to this. 6. the following laboratory experiments should also be done in the lab. his own components and accessories. 6. The schematic and PCB design should be done using any of the standard schematic capture & PCB design software.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 10. The university examination will consist of two parts. inverter. UPS. PCB design software (OrCAD Layout or similar) familiarization. construction. Precision rectifiers. 9. 8. 70% marks will be allotted for the demonstration and viva voce on the mini project. A demonstration and oral examination on the mini project also should be done at the end of the semester. 5. MINI PROJECT L 608 0+0+3 The mini project will involve the design. 1. Kothamangalam 5. Analog to digital converters. burglar alarm. The notebooks will be checked periodically throughout the semester. Each student must keep a project notebook.

Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 293 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck. sigma delta. 7.interfacing – interfacing programs using C and assembly language . 3. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala.features – comparison – PLA – PAL.architecture-comparison with 89C51design of a simple trainer circuit using 89C51/89C2051 µC – interfacing of DIP switch.RS232. successive approximation.phase angle . Module 5 Matrix key board interface .GAL -comparison – combinational PAL – PAL with flip-flops – study of 16L8. Module 3 Analog to digital converters. alphanumeric LCD – relay interface – design of a traffic light control system . Penram International. Module 2 Embedded C compiler – advantages – memory models – interrupt functions – code optimization .DS1232 watch dog timer – real time clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing . Pearson Education.atmel. Programming and customizing the 8051 µC: Myke Predko.typical ICs . SPI bus – operation – timing diagrams – 2 wire serial EEPROM – 24C04 – 3wire serial EEPROM – 93C46 . References 1. Module 4 Serial bus standards . RS485 – comparison – MAX232 line driver/ receiver . Pearson Education. PHI.interfacing .I2C bus.com 294 .single slope.design of a position control system . Web site of Atmel semiconductors . 7 segment display. 4. dual slope. 2.interfacing programs using C and assembly language. flash – comparison .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.serial communication standards .watch dog timers . Digital fundamentals: Floyd.gate arrays.power factor – stepper motor interface . Kothamangalam MICRO-CONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGN LA701 2+1+0 Module 1 Various logic families .www.AT keyboard – commands – keyboard response codes .optically isolated triac interfacedesign of a temperature control system. 5. Pearson Education. RS422.dc motor speed control – L293 motor driver . 6. TMH Programming with ANSI C and turbo C: Kamthane.interfacing programs using C and assembly language.89C2051 micro-controller. 22V10 GAL – dual port RAM – FIFO .measurement of frequency .low voltage differential signaling – PC printer port – registers – interfacing universal serial bus – PCI bus. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi.interfacing programs using C and assembly language.A/D interface – digital to analog converters – different types – D/A interface .FPGA . LED.

MESFET.Twin well process.Lithography. Kothamangalam VLSI TECHNOLOGY LA 702 3+1+0 Module 1 Process steps in IC fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparationCzochralski process.inverter. PHI.monolithic capacitors. Khanna Pub.Device modeling. CMOS logic systems – bus lines. 3.FET structures. 7.oxide isolation.complementary (erfc) error function. Module 3 CMOS technology: Metal gate and silicon gate. Mc Graw Hill pub. NOR gates.Crystal structureDoping process.Latch up.Delay.Diffusion of impurities.effects of miniaturization.reactors.fabrication steps. 2.junction isolation and dielectric isolation. IEEE press.schottky diodes and transistors. Addison weslay. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell.Transistor fabrication.metallisation. Introduction to VLSI: Conway.Chemical vapour deposition (CVD). slicing and polishing.scaling factors.buried layer.Gaussian profile. Modern VLSI design: Wolf.JFETMOSFET. Module 4 Subsystem design and layout. Fine line lithography.Monolithic resistors.Driving large capacitance loads.Oxidation process. BiCMOS circuit.impurity profile.sheet resistance and resistor design.Ion implantationAnnealing process.silicon shaping.subsystem design process.Wiring capacitance.Diffusion profiles.arrangementspower dissipation.silicon gate technology.power supply rail distribution. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter.epitaxial growth. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste.apparatus.junction and MOS structures.Basic circuit concepts.Fick’s I and II law of diffusion. Pearson Education.scaling of MOS structures. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar.resistors in diffused regions.parasitic effectsmonolithic diodes.MOS resistors. Module 2 Monolithic components: Isolation of components. Module 5 Gallium Arsenide Technology: Sub-micro CMOS technology. control of threshold voltage (Vth). 295 .PMOS and NMOS. 6.Capacitance of layers.physical mechanism. References 1.circuit design processstick diagrams.design of a 4 bit shifter. electron beam and x-ray lithography.design rules. VLSI technology: S M Sze. 4.patterning. Pearson Edn.IC crossovers and vias.BiCMOS technology.wire bonding and packaging.Simple logic circuits. NAND gates.Channeling effect.Photolithography.GaAs fabrication.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 5.

Circulator. 5.S matrix formulation of two-port junction.Traveling Wave Tube. E plane and EH plane Tee junctions. Module 2 Microwave measurements.FM CW radar-FM CW altimeter.applications of CW radar. Module 5 Direction finders.principle of operation.Isolator.High frequency limitations.frequency.Gunn diode.power. Microwave tubes.Attenuator.Different types of microwave antennas-basic principles.Properties of S matrix.Applications of Hybrid junction.InP diode. Module 3 Microwave semiconductor devices.principle of operation.principle of operation.basic concepts and properties. Avalanche Transit time devices.Concept of N port scattering matrix representation.CW radar. Khanna Publishers.Tunnel diode. Passive microwave devices.H plane.advantages and applicationsWave guides. Satellite navigation. Introduction to radar systems — Merrill I Skolnik.IMPATT and TRAPATT devices.LORAN.CW radar with nonzero IF. 3.Doppler navigation .Magnetron. Transferred Electron Devices.impedance. Radar systems and radio aids to navigation — A K Sen & A B Bhattacharya. its S matrix and properties.T junctions.Block schematic of pulse radar. 4.Reflex Klystron.Gunn diode as an Oscillator and an amplifier.MTI and Pulse Doppler radar.Multicavity Klystron.Radio ranges. — M Kulkarni. McGraw Hill. Microwave and radar — A K Maini. Microwave Communication: Basic Principles of Microwave Links – Microwave relay Systems – block schematic of terminal transmitters and receivers – repeaters – basic principles of design of a microwave links. Directional coupler-Termination.VSWR.Global positioning system. 296 . NavigationHyperbolic navigation.Radar frequenciesApplications of radar. 2. Microwave devices and circuit: Samuel Liao. Scattering matrix. PHI.Phase changer.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 4 Radar range equation.Instrument Landing System. Kothamangalam MICROWAVE AND RADAR ENGINEERING L703 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Microwaves.Characteristic features.Principle of operation of Transistors and FETs.Gyrator. References 1. Microwave and Radar Engg.

Module 5 OTDR .dispersion measurements. PHI 6. Pearson Education. Optical communication: M Mukund Rao . 5.Propagation in fibreexpression for acceptance angle-acceptance cone – numerical aperture. Pearson Education.refractive index profile measurements. 297 .Pulse dispersion and Band Width limitation.fibre attenuation measurements.optical fibre connectors. S Chand & co. 3. 11. Pearson Education.cutoff wave length measurements. 10.Measurements. Kothamangalam OPTICAL FIBRE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS L704 2+1+0 Module 1 Recollection of basic principles of optics: ray theory.band width measurements.source to fibre power launching – lensing schemes.Introduction to optical fibre networks. Fiber Optic Communication: Palais. Mc Graw Hill 7. Fibre optic communication technology: Djafer K Mynbaev.Brief description of modes in SI fibre and GI fibre.3rd Generation Transport systems: Black. Module 3 Optical sources. PHI.optical receivers. Optical fibre and fibre optic communication: Subir Kumar Sarkar.Mode coupling – Attenuation in single mode and multimode fibres. Digital Communication system with Satellites & Fibre Optics Applications: Kolimbris.Optical wave guides . Pearson Education. Khanna. Telecommunication principle circuits Systems and experiments: S. 9.reflections at boundarycritical angle.Optic fibre couplers: types of coupling – fibre to fibre joints. 4.operating characteristics. Ltd 8.rise time budgetprotection techniques. Module 4 Basic optical communication systems.applications of fibre optic systems.photo-detectorsprinciples of photo detection – PIN diode – APD – operating principles – photomultiplier tubes. PHI.LEDs.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2.characteristics of cables. Fibre optics in telecommunication: Sharma. Optical communication system: John Gower.future developments References 1. LASER diodes. Optical Networks . Optic fibre communication: John M senior.total internal reflection .modulation circuits.Optic fibre cables.splicing techniques.V number Index profile-effect of index profile on propagation. Universities press. Module 2 SI fibre and GI fibre .WDM – transceiver requirements-TDM.optical amplifiersSOAs – EDFAs. Electronic communication: Dennis Roddy & John coolen.numerical aperture.Ramabhadran.point-to-point link.

Instantaneous codes. RS codes. Huffman coding. Optimum modulation system. Module 5 Convolutional codes: . BCH codes. Principles of Communication Systems: Taub & Schilling. Coding and interleaving applied to CD digital audio system -CIRC encoding and decoding. Hamming codes. Performance of ARQ. Binary Erasure Channel. redundancy and efficiency of channels. channel capacity. 5. Burst error correction. Binary unsymmetric channel. Construction of instantaneous codes. Probability of error and throughput. ARQ: . Communication Systems: Simon Haykin.Encoding techniques. Shannon theorem. Pvt. Tata McGraw-Hill 3.Symmetric channels. Cyclic codes: . Generator and Parity check matrices. Decoding of cyclic codes. References 1. Continuous channels: .Prentice Hall Inc. Module 4 Codes for error detection and correction: . ZIP coding. Shannon-Hartley theorem. Trade off between band width and signal to noise ratio. Capacity of a channel with infinite band width. Tree and Trellis diagrams. Purpose of encoding. Error Control Coding Fundamentals and Applications: Shu Lin & Daniel J.Parity check coding. Principles of Digital Communication: Das. Error detecting and correcting capabilities. Maximum likelihood decoding of convolutional codes -Viterby algorithm.Encoding. conditional and joint entropies -relation among entropies Mutual information. Sequential decoding -Stack algorithm. Mullick & Chatterjee. 2. information rate. Person Education Asia 298 . Ltd.Capacity of band limited Gaussian channels.Generator polynomial. Standard array and Syndrome decoding. Interleaving techniques: . Module 2 Discrete channels: . Arithmetic coding. Binary Symmetric Channel. Kothamangalam INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING L705 3+1+0 Module 1 Information theory: .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 3 Source coding: . Linear block codes. Syndrome computation and error detection.Concept of amount of information -units.State. Cascaded channels. Digital Communications Fundamentals and Applications: Bernard Sklar. interpolation and muting. repetition of symbols.Types of ARQ. Generator and Parity check matrices. Coding efficiency and redundancy. John Wiley & Sons. Wiley Eastern Ltd.. Entropy -marginal. Encoding of cyclic codes. Noiseless coding theorem. Construction of basic source codes: Shannon-Fano algorithm.Block and convolutional interleaving. 4. Costello Jr. Encoding and decoding of systematic and unsystematic codes. Kraft's inequality.

Principles of Operations Research for Management: F.Support for experiments and structure . Budnick.Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions. Panneerselvam.constructors and destructors members access control. 4. Ltd. 2. References 1.I) CMELRA 706-1 3+1+0 Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method . D. Module 3 Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. mixed integer programming problems. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering: A. R. D. Mojena. A. Chandrupatla. 299 . Rao. Module 4 Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems. Belegundu.I) LA706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to loops: Evolution of object oriented languages . Irwin. 3. Operation Research an introduction: H.Oriented Language. INC. T. Operations Research: R. Eastern Economy Edition.process of language translation – Need of objects Definition of Object .Declaring objects Member functions . Richard D. 5. New Age International P.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Pearson Education Asia. McLeavey. PHI OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++ (ELECTIVE . Module 2 Encapsulation & Inheritance: Building classes .S. Module 5 Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm. Optimization theory and application: S. Module 2 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. Taha. S.R. Kothamangalam OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE .

simulation using abstract classes.Linear separability .Training the Grosbery layer Full counter propagation network .Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.Local minima . Smalltalk. 5.Inline functions outside class definitions . Pearson Education. Object oriented programming with C++: E.stability .Training algorithms.statistical properties . C++ Programming language: Strostroup. 300 . Module 4 Statistical methods. Applications .Implementation.Selecting Friend or Member Functions for Operator Overloading.Using references with dynamic memory allocation .artificial neuron . C++.Boltzmann’s Training .Recurrent networks .Overloading operators to provide new meaning . Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Bjarne. Module 5 Hopfield nets . Object oriented programming usig C++: Pohl.Statistical Hopfield networks – Bi-directional associative memories . 4.Training the cohenen layer .Abstract classes . Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer .Single layer & multi-layer networks . Balaguruswamy. Module 2 Back Propagation . Ada) features. Kothamangalam Module 3 POLYMORPHISM . 3.temporal instability.Application. Data abstraction & OOP in C++: Gordenkeeth.Pre initializing the wright vectors . 2.Artificial specific heat methods .Applications .Principles .network configurations Network paralysis .activation functions .Learning . NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE . Wiley Eastern.Friend functions. Module 4 OVERLOADING: Overloading functions .Training algorithm .Perception Representation .applications Thermo dynamic systems . Pearson Education.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Adaptive resonance theory Architecture classification .Virtual functions .Cauche training .Continuous BAM .Associative memory .Training artificial neural networks . Module 5 DYNAMIC OBJECTS: Dynamic object allocation . TMH.I) L706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction .Defining virtual functions – Usage of virtual functions .Object oriented databases case study – some language (Simula. References 1.

continuous. 4. Neural Networks .implantable units.Robert J.Transducers.indirect measurementsphygmomanometer.basic modes of transmission.tests on blood cells.different recorders.artificial kidney.Spirometer.Simon Haykins.Bedside monitors.The heart.let go current301 . Respiratory measurementsLung volume and capacities.echoencephalography. Blood pressure measurements.Chapman & Hall Artificial Neural Networks .pulsed.physiological systems of human body.Prosthetic instrumentsartificial heart.blood flow measurements. Module 2 Biomedical measurements: ECG measurement.Yegnanarayana.continuous flow analyzer.chemical tests.x ray films.Nervous systemBioelectric potentials.cardiovascular system.cardiac imagingechocardiography. Module 4 X ray imaging and measurements: x ray generation.hemodialysis.Gas exchange measurements.Doppler effect.Attenuation.Man-instrument systemcomponents.direct measurement techniques.transmitter-receiver. PHI BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE . Electrical safety: Physiological effects of electric current.B. 3.I) L 706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Biometrics. Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks . References 1.ECG-EEG-EMG.propagation. Wasserman.pulse modulators.bio-potential electrodes.image intensifiers.Applications of Ultrasound: Gynecology and obstetrics. Clinical measurements: Blood cells.colorimeterspectro photometer.blood purification.Pay Y.detectors. An Introduction to neural computing . M mode instrumentsElectronic scanners: Linear and Phased array.Gantry. Pearson Education.ECG recorder.applications.parameters.Philip D.CAT scan: block schematic.C arm machine. Schalkoff. Intensive care unit: Planning and location of different instruments.x ray machine.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.different dialysers. McGraw Hill Artificial Neural Networks .pump oxygenators.Resting and Action potentials. pulsed DopplerUltrasonic imaging. 2.Block schematic of A mode.The Kidney. Kothamangalam Text Book Neural Computing Theory & Practice . Module 3 Ultrasonic measurements: Characteristics of Ultrasound.photographic imaging. 5.Fluoroscopycomputed tomography.H. B mode. Module 5 Bio-telemetry: components in telemetry system.Biomedical instruments.Respiratory system.electrodes and leads.

A handbook to biomedical instrumentation: R S Khandpur. Databases for hard real time systems. hybrid systems. hierarchal.Hard real time systems.isolated power distribution system. software. interrupt driven systems – sporadic. polled bus. Biomedical Instrumentation & Measurements: Leslie Cromwell. fault types. embedded systems . buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling. integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems. Module 5 Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics. Kothamangalam shock hazards. EDF. software error models. PHI. protocols – contention – based. master chain model. rate monotonic deferred server. Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems. maintaining serialization constituency. Real time databases. co-routines. main memory databases. critical. Disk schedule algorithms. time. References 1. myopic offline.need of grounding. task control block .based. Houghton Mifflin Company. definition of real time systems – real time systems. fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Transaction. synchronization in software. real time design issues. token .packing algorithm. real time computer. NMR clusters.task status. characteristics. next-fit. fault detection and containment. round robin. Introduction to biomedical technology: Joseph J Carr. stop and go multi-loop. Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies.isolation of patients. 3. network architecture issues. fixed rate systems. combinational model. transient faults. Non-critical. Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition. task classes – Periodic.I) LA 706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems. fault latency. Biomedical Instrumentation: John G Webster. soft real time systems. information. redundancy – hardware. Pearson Edn. PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm. 4. scheduling – uni-processor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic. 302 . Aperiodic. cause of failure. bin. 2.

2. simulator). Programming examples. Programming examples using timer. 74HC165). Programming examples using Embedded ‘C’ compiler for 89C51/89C2051. c) Alphanumeric LCD display. h) Infra red transmission and reception. i) Opto isolated I/P and O/P. Kothamangalam Text Book Real Time Systems References 1.M Krishna. l) Interfacing using RS 232 and printer port. b) D/A converter. 9. k) Real time clock. Design & Analysis 2. f) Extending I/O port using shift registers(74HC595. j) Serial EEPROM. 5. e) Seven segment display. Sorting. Study of Intel Hex file format. Real Time Systems. d) Matrix keyboard interface. Computer aided assembly language program development for 89C51/89C2051. 4.C. 8. 3. 7. Design and construction of the following interfacing modules. Kang G. Shini (McGraw Hill) MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LAB LA707 1. Any other embedded processor with similar or better capability may be used instead of 89C51/89C2051. arithmetic operations (Using assembler. a) A/D converter. 0+0+3 Familiarization of 8085 trainer kit. Use of assembler. simple examples. Design and construction of a simple flash programmer for 89C51/89C2051 µC. Tata McGraw Hill . g) Stepper motor. 6. Real Time Systems Philip Laplante (IEEE) Krishna.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. linker and simulator for 89C51/89C2051. external interrupts. Note 303 . manual code entry.

PPM. 10. Antenna Measurements . Wave-guide Measurements. Familiarization of Digital modulation and demodulation Trainer Kit. Attenuation. Characteristics of Klystron. 5. wavelength.Gain. PAM. Kothamangalam COMMUNICATION II LAB L708 0+0+3 1. PSK. 304 . 8. 9. Display systems. Directivity. 6. ASK.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2. Study of optical fibers and optical communication systems.VSWR. PWM. Delta modulation. 7. 4. Radiation Pattern of various types antennae. Microwave measurements . Impedance. Study of PLC's. 3. PCM. Experiments of Satellite communication system.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 305 .

5. protocols standards & interfaces.ATM adaptation layer -AAL protocols -basic principles of SDH and SONET. 8. Computer Networks: Andrew S Tannenbaum.2nd ed-William A Shay (Vikas Thomson Learning) 306 . Pearson Education.remote procedure call-client server model . half duplex linksConcepts of WAP technology. Understanding Data Communication and networks.cryptographypresentation layer in ARPANET. Transport layer. Pearson Education.Need for data link layer-stop and wait and sliding window protocol-HDLC-terminal handlingpolling-multiplexing. 2.establishing and releasing connection .file transfer protocol-E-mail-introduction to distributed system . Computer Networking: A Top Down Approach: Kurose Pearson Education. Uyless Balack 7. Module 2 MODEMS-serial communication standards . Kothamangalam COMPUTER NETWORKS LA 801 3+1+0 Module 1 Network goals -topologies. Computer Network & Internet: Comer. Pearson Education.virtual terminal . 4.network security-privacy.ISO-OSI 7 Layer Standard -peer processes-Functions of each layer-TCP/IP reference model Transmission media -description and characteristics . An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking: Keshav. Data communication: Hausly 6.crash recovery .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.shared memory -IEEE802 standards-introduction to X-25.design issues -data exchange . References 1. Pearson Education. Local Area Networks: William Stallings. Module 5 Application layer .dialogue management synchronization.routing congestion control. Computer Networks.a simple transport protocol on X-25.flow control – buffering . Module 4 Session layer.Presentation layerdata presentation-compression.X-21 digital interface.concentration-virtual circuit and data-grams .configurations-concept of internet.design issues.carrier sense networks-CSMA/CD -ring network.ATM-protocol architecture -ATM logical connections -ATM cells -cell transmission. 3.base band and broad band transmission-synchronous and asynchronous -full duplex.base band and broad band Lan’s . Module 3 LAN.

Synchronization – acquisition – Tracking . Pearson Education. Module 2 Types of satellite communication system-FSS. 3. SSMA.Concepts of Jamming -Analysis of DS/SS – Analysis of avoidance-generation of signalsdetection –Applications. McGrawHill. Module 5 Spread spectrum Techniques and remote sensing. Space communication System: Filipowasky. Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications: B Sklar.demodulators. Pearson Education.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Switching techniques – circuit – message packet switching.Link Budget Spacecraft subsystem (block schematic).down converter . John Wiley&Sons. Tracking and telecommand . 5.spacing frequency allocation. 2. Electronic communication system fundamentals: Wayne Tomasi.channel filters .functioning LNA – LNB .link equations.Pseudo noise sequences –time hopping-frequency Hopping – Robustness – Fast and Slow hopping – Hybrid & Chirp spread spectrum.Blue tooth technology.Global positioning Systems . PSK-TDMA.Global System for Mobile – services and features – Architecture – Radio subsystem – channel types – frame structure . References 1.System parameters analysis .Multiple Access Techniques– Introduction.Satellite orbits – Geo synchronous orbit –orbital velocity – Round trip time delay .Packet satellite network-domestic satellite system.positioning – Applications.Satellite classifications . Kothamangalam ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS L802 3+1+0 Module1 Satellite Communication . Wireless communication principles and practice: T S Rappaport.INTELSAT/INMARSAT – Overview of INSAT. 4.Antenna look angles . 6. DSS-Direct broadcasting and community broadcast . Module 4 Wireless communication system-paging-cordless & cellular system –comparisonSecond generation cellular networks-third generation cellular networks .Earth stations – Antenna systems – receiver subsystems (block) .Frequency reuse –channel assignment – Hand off strategies – prioritizing handoff –practical handoff – Co-channel interface and system capacity – channel planning – adjacent channel interference –Cell splitting – sectoring – repeaters – micro-cell concept. CDMA . 307 .FDM-FMFDMA. Pearson Education.basic conceptssystem block . Digital communication: Simon Haykin. Satellite communication: Gagliardi.Fundamentals and Applications. Module 3 The cellular concept – Introduction .

base plus index addressing.Data addressing mode – register addressing. 8086 memory organization – even and odd memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address – advantages and disadvantages of physical memory. Brey Pearson Edu. base relative plus index addressing. direct addressing.80486 – Processor model – Reduced Instruction cycle – five stage instruction pipe line – Integrated coprocessor – On board cache – Burst Bus mode. relative program memory addressing. Module 3 Intel 80286 Microprocessor . immediate addressing.80286 Architecture. register indirect addressing. register relative addressing. scaled addressing. The 80x86 family John Uffenbeck 308 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Microprocessor and Interfacing 2nd Edition Douglous V. Module 5 Advanced Intel Microprocessors . References 1.direct program memory addressing. 2. The Microprocessors 6th Edition Barry B. Stack memory addressing mode. Hall TMH 3.Internal architecture – Block diagram – Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications – DMA data transfer – 8087 math coprocessor. Pentium – super scalar architecture – u-v pipe line – branch prediction logic – cache structure – BIST (built in self test) – Introduction to MMX technology. system connection – Real address mode operation – Protected mode operation Module 4 Intel 80386 Microprocessor .80386 Architecture and system connection – Real operating mode – 386 protected mode operation – segmentation and virtual memory – segment privilege levels and protection – call gates – I/O privilege levels – Interrupts and exception handling – task switching – paging mode – 80386 virtual 86 mode operation. Module 2 Addressing modes used in 80x86 family . Program memory addressing modes . Kothamangalam ADVANCED MICROPROCESORS LA803 3+1+0 Module 1 Intel 8086 Microprocessor .

VSB reception and correction. delay lines. Trinitron tubes. 2. vidicon. Scanning. References 1. structure of CCD and its working. AGC: delayed AGC and Keyed AGC. Down converters. flicker. Video discs: VCD and DVD. 3. Horizontal and vertical resolution. cathode and grid modulation. human factor consideration. Typical ICs in different stages. LCD screens. channel bandwidth. Digital recording. horizontal and vertical deflection circuits and wave forms. channel bandwidth and allocations for colour transmission. Block schematic explanation. Basic colour television systems: PAL and NTSC. vestigial side band transmission. maximum video frequency. TV transmitters: Positive and negative modulation and its comparison. Kothamangalam TELEVISION ENGINEERING L 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Elements of Television system: Basic block schematic of television transmitter and receiver. high level and low level modulation and its comparison. CCD. Tata Mc Graw Hill Basic Television Engineering: Bernad Grob. additive mixing of colours. Polarity of colour difference signal. High definition television. SAW filters. Yagi antenna. chromaticity diagram. Tata Mc Graw Hill. video detector. Monochrome and colour television: R R Gulati. sync separation. Monochrome receiver: Detailed block schematic. Colour resolution and bandwidth. Module 2 Television camera and transmitters: Photoelectric effects. video signal dimensions. LNB. Colour response of human eye. video amplifier. Mc Graw Hill. sound separation. Television engineering: A M Dhake. Wiley Eastern. 4. Module 5 Television applications: CCTV and its functional block schematic. number of scanning lines. plumbicon. Three colour theory. Power supplies: SMPS and block schematic explanation. electronic tuning. Monochrome and Colour television camera: block schematic explanation. PIL. Frequency interleaving and Colour burst signal. EHT generation and its wave form description.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Analysis of Television pictures. BALUN transformers. Module 3 Monochrome and colour reception. Theory and Practice: S P Bali. Module 4 Colour Television: Compatibility consideration. RF tuner. Delta gun. colour difference signal and its generation. vertical and horizontal synchronization signal dimensions. Satellite television: Dish antenna. Luminance and chrominance. cable connections. LASER source. Cable television: converters. Colour Television. IF conversion. Colour TV picture tubes: purity and convergence. 309 . Composite video signal. Working principle of image orthicon. interlaced scanning.

7.&science: B.Dass. John Wiley and Sons. Principles of Applied Mathematics: James P. Beta functions Gamma function.K. Numerical methods: P. John Wiley and sons Applied Mathematics 8. S. Classification of second order equations. Mathematics: Michael D.Chand & co 310 . Module 3 Gamma.Chand Advanced Engg.Grewal. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions. Asia Numrical methods in Engg.Kanwal. S. References 1. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. 6. New York A Course on Integral Equations: Allen C.F. Mathematics: H.Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution.Thilagavathy. 4. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function. 2. Verlag Advanced Engg. Khanna Publishers Generalized functions: R. Principles and Techniques of: Bernard Friedman.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Pipkin.Keener.Gunavathy. 9.Greenberge. Hoskins. Linear Integral Equation: Ram P. 3.II) CMELR 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. Academic Press. Kothamangalam ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . Pearson Edn.Kandasamy. Addison Wesley. Springer.K. 5.S.K.

Different Styles of Modelling.Initialising a Memory.Concurrent versus Sequential Signal Assignment.Design Libraries-Order of Analysis.Signal Assignment Statement.Explicit Visibility.Component InstantiationResolving Signal Values .A Barrel Shifter.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Configuration Specification.Multiple Processes. Text Book VHDL Primer Third editions: J.Postponed Processes .Default Rules .Conversion Functions .Entity DeclarationArchitecture Body. Module 4 Subprograms and Overloading: Subprograms.Groups .Data Types. 311 .Variable Assignment Statement.Exit Statement.Model Simulation: Simulation.Next Statement.Incremental Binding. Module 5 Advanced Features: Entity Statements.Default Values for Parameters .A Generic Binary Multiplier.Package Body-Design File.Modelling a Mealy FSM.Writing a Test BenchConverting Real and Integer to Time.Direct Instantiation.Multiple DriversConditional Signal Assignment Statement.Delta Delay Revisited.Operators.Block Statement.Attributes.Guarded Signals.Other Sequential Statements.Modelling Conditional Operations.Type Conversions.Architecture Body-Process Statement.Aggregate TargetsShared Variables.Model Analysis.Case Statement.If Statement .Modelling Delays.Assertion Statement.Null Statement. Kothamangalam VHDL (ELECTIVE .Dumping Results into a Text Fi1e.Implicit Visibility.Report Statement. Module 2 Behavioural Modelling: Entity Declaration.Aliases.A Generic Priority Encoder.Basic Language Elements –Identifiers.Interacting State MachinesModelling a Moore FSM.A Simplified Blackjack Program.State Machine Modelling.A Clock Divider.Hierarchy in Design.A Pulse Counter.Basic Terminology.Simulation.II) LA805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Hardware Abstraction.Configuration Declaration.Qualified Expressions.Modelling Regular Structures.Configuration Declaration.Selected Signal Assignment Statementthe UNAFFECTED Value.Dataflow Modelling: Concurrent Signal Assignment Statement.Modelling Synchronous Logic.Concurrent Assertion StatementValue of a Signal Module 3 Structural Modelling: Component Declaration.Reading Vectors from a Text File.Generate Statements.Variable File NamesHardware Modelling Examples: Modelling Entity interfacesModelling Simple Elements.Package Declaration.Data Objects.Wait Statement.A Test Bench Example.Subprogram OverloadingOperator Overloading.Package Body.Packages and Libraries: Package Declaration..Signatures. Bhasker.Loop Statement.Generics and Configurations: GenericsConfigurations. Pearson Education Asia.

ECG machinemechanism.Amplifiers.Neuron membrane potential. Kothamangalam References 1. Module 2 Biomedical amplifiers – op amps.Typical ECG amplifier circuit.lead fault indicator.selection.Fiber optic isolation amplifierchopper stabilized amplifier.differential amplifiers.isolated dc amplifier.opto isolators.collimators.alignment.synchronous demodulator. Pearson Education Asia MEDICAL ELECTRONICS (ELECTIVE . Module 3 ECG wave form.data sheet.EMG. ICU monitoring system.shield driver.intensive care equipments.QRS complex detection.pH probe electrometer.central monitoring consoles.carrier type isolation amplifier.blood flow measurements. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance.Bridge amplifiers.muscular servo mechanism.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.preamplifiers.pH probe amplifiers.Einthoven triangle.II) L 805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Bioelectric potentials Human cell – action potential – ECG waveform – relation with heart action.The standard lead system.optical couplingTransformer coupled isolation amplifiers.patient cables.input guarding.systolic.bio-potentials from brain.Instrumentation.ECG digitization.ECG preamplifierRight leg drive circuit.OPA 111: FET input op amp.ECG machine maintenance. diastolic and mean detector circuit plethysmography.input protection.ISO212. Blood pressure measurements.circuitsEEG telemetry systems.image reconstructionalgorithms.high impedance 50 Hz reject filter with gain.Imaging system.muscle action.electromagnetic flow meter.Larmor frequencyRF magnetic field.biomedical transducersclassification.dc amplifiers.Free Induction decay.ac carrier amplifier.basic principle .magnetic dipole moment.Instrumentation requirements. Introducing VHDL from simulation to synthesis: Sudhakar Yalamanchilli. Module 4 EEG. Biopotential electrodes: Half cell potential.cardio tachometers.telemetry system.EEG electrodesFrequency bands. Module 5 Medical Imaging: Computed tomography.Pressure transducers.equivalent circuit between electrodes and skin – electrodes types.display – resolution.data accumulationscanning motions – x ray tubes.differential chopper amplifier.multi-channel EEG recording systems.basic design.stimulating electrodes. 312 .improvement in resolution.shield drive.nuclear structure and angular momentum.excitation and inhibition potentialsElectroencephalogram.pulsed excitation amplifier.detectors.instrumentation amplifier – INA 101.isolation amplifiers.

DS101374: National Semiconductor reference manual. Biomedical Instrumentation: R S Khandpur. Microchip semiconductor web site – www. 4. Timer2. 3.II) LA805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Low pin count controllers – Atmel AVR family – ATTiny15L controller architecture – pin descriptions – features – addressing modes – I/O space – reset and interrupt handling – reset sources . 2.com 1187D: Atmel semiconductor reference manual. Mifflin Hougton Co. National semiconductor web site – www. 7. Pearson Education. Medical Electronics: C Raja Rao. 5. Module 3 National semiconductor COP8 family . 6.national. University Press. 2. Pearson Education.atmel. Idle timer – Timer1. 3. Timer3 -operating modes – PWM mode – event capture mode Module 4 Power saving modes – Dual clock operation – Multi input wake up – USART – framing formats – baud rate generation – A/D conversion – operating modes – prescaler – Interrupts – interrupt vector table – Watch dog – service window – Micro-wire interface – waveforms.microchip. TMH ADVANCED MICRO-CONTROLLERS (ELECTIVE . Kothamangalam References 1. References 1.com 313 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Tunable internal oscillator. Module 2 Timers – Watch dog timer – EEPROM – preventing data corruption – Analog comparator – A/D converter – conversion timing – ADC noise reduction – PortB – alternate functions – memory programming – fuse bits – high voltage serial programming – algorithm. Biomedical Instrumentation: John G Webster. Atmel semiconductor web site – www.COP8CBR9 processor – features – electrical characteristics – pin descriptions – memory organization –EEPROM security – brownout reset – in system programming – boot ROM. Design with PIC micro-controllers: John B Peatman. 4.PORTB – PORTC – Data EEPROM and flash program memory – Asynchronous serial port – SPI mode – I2C mode.register file map – I/O ports – PORTA . Module 5 Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor – features – architecture – memory organization . Introduction to Biomedical equipment technology: J J Carr.com DS30292B: Microchip reference manual.

Module 4 Electronic Data Interchange .EDI Application in Business.Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System .WWW as the Architecture.Hypertext publishing.Commerce and World Wide Web .E-Commerce Consumer & Organization ApplicationsE.Risk in Electronic Payment Systems . E.Encrypted Documents .Security on the Web. 2.Broad Band Telecommunication.Internet Service Providers . Module 5 Recent Trends in E-Commerce .Client-Server Network Security . Kothamangalam E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE . TMH.Data & Message Security . Module 3 Electronic Payment Systems . E-Commerce: Strategy Technologies and Applications.Supply Chain Management. 3.Asynchronous Transfer ModeMobile Computing and Wireless Computing. Text Book Frontiers of Electronic Commerce: Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston.Credit Cards . 314 . Pearson Education.Video Conferencing with Digital Videos.Anatomy of ECommerce Applications .EDI-Legal .II) LA805-5 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce .Commerce The cutting edge of Business: Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag.Frame & Cell RelaysSwitched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS).Corporate Data Warehouses.Multimedia in E-Commerce.CS Security Threats – Firewalls .Work-flow Automation and Coordination.Types of Electronic Payment Systems .Types of Digital Documents.EDI standardization .EDI Envelope for Message Transport Internet based EDI .Document Library.E-Commerce Framework.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Designing Electronic Payment Systems. Module 2 Network Security .Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce . Global Electronic Commerce: J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark.Security and Privacy Issues . References 1.Internal Information System.Smart Cards .

Typical Applications.Adaptive filter as a Noise Canceller .B Williams and FT Taylor. Analog Devices & Texas Instruments Users Manuel of TMS320C4X and ADSP 2106x.Multilevel Reconstruction Wavelet packet synthesis. Barrie W Jrevis.Main components of the adaptive filter – Basic Wiener filter theory – The basic LMS adaptive algorithm – Practical limitations of the basic LMS algorithm .Factorization Algorithm.Filter bank analysis – Multilevel Decomposition – Number of levels – Wavelet reconstruction – Reconstruction filter.Discrete Hilbert Transform and Discrete Cosine Transform – Properties and Applications .Pipelining .scale and frequency . Module 3 Introduction to two dimensional signal and systems .Sampling rate conversion using poly-phase filter structure – poly-phase implementation of interpolators. 5.Other configurations of the adaptive filter . Module 5 General and special purpose DSP Processors . Wavelets and Subband Coding: Valterli & Kovaceric.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.SIMD – VLIW and static super-scalar Processing .Gabor Transform .Brief study of TMS320C4X and ADSP 2106 processors.Determining the number of stages and decimation factors .R Rabiner and B gold 3. Module 4 Wavelets – Wavelet Analysis – The Continuous Wavelet Transform .On-chip Memory Cache Extended Parallelism . Kothamangalam ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (ELECTIVE .filter requirement for individual stages .Reconstructing Approximations and details. Theory and Applications of DSP: L. 2.Design of practical sampling rate converters: Filter Specification.One Stage filtering .Properties and Applications. References 1.scaling shifting . Digital Signal Processing: Emmanuel C Ifeachor.2D – DFT Transforms Properties and applications .Replication .III) LA806-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Multi-rate Digital Signal Processing – Sample rate reduction decimation by integer factors.The Discrete Wavelet Transform .sampling rate increase – interpolation by integer facto . 315 . Electronic filter Desig Hand Book: A . PHI.Hardware Multiply and Accumulate – Special Instructions .Recursive Least Square Algorithm – Limitations .Short term Fourier Transform . Pearson Education. McGraw Hill 4. Module 2 Adaptive Signal Processing – Adaptive filters – Concepts.Approximation and Details .Computer Architecture for signal processing – Havard Architecture .

Making it work .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions.Analog and digital video.Animation . RLE. Multimedia Bible . Multimedia Power Tools . JPEG. Authoring Interactive multimedia . Virtual Reality .Comdex 5. Integrated Multimedia Systems .Image compression. Kothamangalam MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE .L.Sound cards . Media classes. Multimedia Programming Objects.Hyper text .Winn L.Composition. Module 4 MULTIMEDIA PROGRAMMING: Framework: Overview. 8.Peter Jellam.Palikom.III) LA806-2 3+1+0 Module 1 INTRODUCTION: Definition of multimedia.Fractal and Wavelet Compressions . Sams 6. References 1. Susan Lafe Meister . Transform classes. multimedia.Capture and Playback techniques. Addison wesley 9.Desktop video conferencing .Standards Image . Multimedia. (basic ideas only) Module 3 MULTIMEDIA ENVIRONMENTS: The Compact Disc family. The communication Wall Overview 316 .Media Types . QuickTime. Database integration. Comdex 7. MPEG .Ron Goldberg.Video capture techniques multimedia networks . Dionysios C. music and animation . Optimizing your Multimedia PC .Analog & Digital video . Random house Electronic Pub.Full motion digital video .Problems related to programming .Future multimedia.Image types . Rosch.Simon J.Sound .Image file types .Techniques realistic image synthesis. Format classes and Component classes . Digital Video Interactive. Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.) 2. Interaction.Mathew E. digital audio. Module 5 ADVANCED MULTIMEDIA: Moving pictures .Arch C Luther 4.Authoring tools. Hodger & Russel M. hardware. Multimedia Computing .J. Environments & Framework . CD-interactive.Tay Van Ghan – Osborne Tata Mcgraw Hill 3. Module 2 BUILDING BLOCKS: Text .Memory storage Basic tools . Synchronisation. Multimedia Producers Bible. Skibbe. software applications and software environments . Gibbs. Sasnett.

paging. multiprogramming. 4. Deadlocks: cause. prevention. caching of secondary storage. 2. page replacement. classification of system s/w. Kothamangalam SYSTEM SOFTWARE (ELECTIVE .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. timesharing. Assemblers: over view of assembly process. semaphores. Process management in UNIX.scheduling algorithms.top down & bottom-up parsing. virtual memory concepts. Bourne Shell.III) LA806-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Concept of system software. real time OS. memory management in UNIX. C shellvisual editor. recovery. Device management. allocation methods disk blocks and inodes in UNIX. Parsing. concurrent process. concurrent languages. partitions. combined approach to deadlock handling. Module 3 Information Management: File system. 6. Operating System – Peterson & Silberschatz. OS services UNIX OS –shells. 3. References 1. 3ed.critical section. detection. synchronization. avoidance. segmentation. batch processing. Compilers: Overview of compilation process. dynamic linking. storage allocation.. System programming and Operating Systems – D M Dhamdhere System Software – an introduction to system Programming – Leland L Beck. 317 . Addison Wesley Operating Systems – Dietal H M Design of UNIX Operating System – Maurice J Bach UNIX System Programming – Stevens.directory structure. file protection. Module 4 Processor Management: CPU scheduling . basic file system calls. Module 5 Memory Management: swapping. Module 2 Operating Systems: types of OS. elementary ideas of macros & macro processors. Multiprocessor scheduling. 5. Interpreters: basic ideas only.

Module 5 Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded Systems: Networked JavaEnabled Information Appliances. Smart Cards and the Cashless Society. Voice-over-IP. Embedded Process Control System.III) LA806-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Overview of Embedded System: -Embedded System. Embedded Operating systems. Wiley Dreamtech Reference 1. Module 3 Embedded Communication System: Serial Communication. Security in Embedded Systems.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Dreamtech Software Team.Hardware Architecture. Energy Meter Readings. Types of Embedded Operating systems. System on a Chip (SOC). Categories of Embedded System. Kothamangalam EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE .Real-Time Embedded Software Development. Module 2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment: . 318 . Module 4 Real Time & Database Applications: . Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers. Requirements of Embedded Systems. Simulation of a Process Control System. Control System. Handheld computers. Communication devices. PC-to-PC Communication. Protocol Converter. Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development. Micro-Controller Architecture. Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey. Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics. Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player. Sending a Message over a Serial Link. Embedded System Development Process. Biomedical Systems. Mobile Java Applications. Text Book Programming for Embedded Systems. Communication Interface Standards. Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly Meet – Daniel W Lewis. Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System. Appliance Control using Jini.

Kothamangalam DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (ELECTIVE .Brightness & contrast .Two dimensional DFT & its properties – Cosine – Hadamard – Haar – Sine . Realization of combinational and sequential circuits using PAL.Histogram modeling & Equalization Spatial Filtering .III) LA806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Image representation and modeling . Module 5 Image Coding & Compression. causality & stability of LTI system.Inverse filtering .basic principles . Program to design IIR filter using Bilinear transformation impulse invariant methods.Degradation model . a. Digital Image Processing: Pratt William K.Wiener Filter Interactive restoration . 2. Digital image Processing: I.Gonzalez Rafel C. 3.Image analysis & vision -basic principles only. f.loss-less predictive coding .bit plane coding . b. 319 . John Wiley. Experiments based on Matlab.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. c. 5.Two dimensional Sampling theorem . SYSTEMS LAB L807 0+0+3 1.Point processing . Module 3 Image Enhancement .Filtering in the frequency domain . To test linearity.Image compression standards.Reconstruction of image from its samples Aliasing. 4. 2. To find DFT of a given sequence using DIT & DIF FFT algorithms. Fundamentals of digital image processing: Jain Anil K.color Image processing. Module 4 Image Restoration .lossy predictive coding . Familiarization of PAL assembler.Image digitizers & scanners . Digital signal processing based on DSP processors.Transform coding . e.KL Transforms & their properties.Elements of visual perception .Image sampling & Quantisation .Properties of unitary transforms .Two dimensional orthogonal & unitary transforms . d. 3. PHI. To find IFFT of a given sequence using DIT & DIF FFT algorithms.run length coding . Control system simulation experiments.Elements of digital image processing systems .Characteristics of a digital image .variable length coding . Module 2 Image Transforms . Programs to design filters using window techniques. Pearson Education. References 1. Realization of simple digital circuits using VHDL.

voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. He / she shall submit a report on the paper presented to the department. In addition to the seminar he / she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s).voce. Familiarization of FPGA trainer kits. 320 . At the time of viva . 7. L 709 / 808 PROJECT DESIGN AND SEMINAR 0+0+2 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the dept. Kothamangalam 6. VIVA – VOCE L809 A comprehensive Viva . and submit a report of the project work done to the department. Realization of digital circuits using FPGA.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. panel of staff members. Note Any other experiments may be added in accordance with the electives offered. certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art.

TECH. Kothamangalam B. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING BRANCH 321 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 322 .

general properties . Cryptography and network security principles and practice .Well formed formulas – Tautologoies . Paths. 2. McGraw Hill. A first look at Graph Theory .generating functions . Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Theorem proving .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. McGraw Hill.solutions by the method of generating functions. Allied Publishers 6.Inference Theory of the predicate calculus.Richard Johnsonbaugh. Discrete Mathematics . Trembly.Properties of binary relations .William Stallings.Recurrence relations Linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients . Bushy. Multigraph and Weighted graph .spanning trees. Manohar.sub lattices .Duality law Tautological implications Normal forms .P.L. PHI 5. Discrete mathematical structures with applications to Computer Science . Robert C. Recurrence relations Manipulations of Numeric functions .John Clark & Derek Allan Holton. 3.some properties of lattices . Module 5 Graph Theory: Basic concept of graphs. connected graphs. connectives . Module 4 Discrete Numeric Functions & generating Functions. Elements of Discrete Mathematics .validity.lattices as algebraic systems . Consistency. Cycles. Pearson Education Asia 323 .the theory of inference for the statement . subgraphs. R.C.Trees .Lieu.direct product homomorphism .Total solutions .Lattices as a partially ordered set .Homogeneous solutions Particular solutions .some special lattices.Bernard Kolman.Functions and pigeon hole principle.II RT301 3+1+0 Module1 Mathematical Logic . Module 2 Number Theory: Prime and Relatively prime numbers – Modular arithmetic – Fermat’s and Euler’s Theorems – Testing for Primability – Euclids Algorithm – Discrete Logarithms Relations & Functions . References 1.Calculus .Equivalance of formulas .the predicate calculus . Sharon Cutler Ross.J.Statements. Module 3 Algebraic systems . Discrete Mathematical Structures .Equivalance relations and partitions . Pearson Education Asia 4.

Memory mapped I/O .I/O mapped I/O . Memory. Ram 4.synchronous and asynchronous transfer .Programmed data transfer . I/P unit.Architecture of 8085.interfacing EPROM & RAM to 8085 – Data transfer schemes . Main memory. Microprocessors .Instruction Types – Arithmetic – Logic data transfer. I/O and Machine Control instructions .Call Return sequence. Stack. Bus organizations. O/P unit. Branch.Memory Data Register – Memory systems .Direct and Indirect Addressing .Implicit Addressing. CPU of a microcomputer – timing and control unit – The fetch operation – Machine cycle and T. Module 2 Instruction set of 8085 . New Age International 3. Execution of an instruction. interfacing and Applications .Addressing Modes . References 1. Memory Address Register . Programming and Applications with the 8085 Gaonkar.Gilmore 324 .B. New Age International 2. Microprocessor Architecture.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. P. Microprocessors. Module 3 Subroutines .Programming Examples. B. PHI 5. Registers.Immediate Addressing .Hardware & Software Interrupts – Enabling. Control Unit. Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS R302 3+1+0 Module 1 CPU. ALU.Pin Diagram Registers.Adithya P.Renu Singh.Stack Operations .State instruction and data flow. Module 4 Interrupts of 8085 . Introduction to Microprocessors Systems . Mathur.Memory interfacing . Microprocessors Peripherals and Applications .interrupt driven data transfer – DMA data transfer – DMA controller – 8257 – I/O channels. Addressing.Address space partitioning . Disabling and masking of interrupts – Polling – HALT & HOLD states – Programmable interrupt controller – 8259 Module 5 Interfacing Memory and I/O devices . Singh.

Seven segment display. opto coupler. Photodiode. Electronics Devices & Circuits .Top down and bottom up approaches . Module 3 Oscillators .Millman and Halkias.Cascading of transistors .Astable. keywords. Integrated Electronics .Steps in Computer programming Features of a good program . Transistor As an amplifier . 325 .Colpits Oscillator (Operation and Expression for frequency) Module 4 Clipping. examples Module2 C fundamentals: Identifiers.wien bridge Oscillator – Hartley Oscillator .Boylsted & Neshelsky.Modular Programming . Pulse Digital and Switching wave forms . UJT (basic concepts only). FET amplifier – MOSFET. McGraw Hill 3.source drain characteristics and transfer characteristics. Module 5 Power supplies & Special semi conductor devices . DIAC. TRIAC.Pseudocode. simple programming in C.Flowchart . SCR. References 1. Frequency Response. Kothamangalam SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS RT303 2+1+0 Module 1 Transistor – Biasing . depletion and enhancement type .Millman and Taub.Stability . data Input and Output statements. Photo transistor.cascade Darlington pair .emitter follower Module 2 FET. 7805. Integration. 7905. data types. Gain Bandwidth relation . operators. Bistable and Monostable Multivibrators .Object Oriented . Simple Bootstrap sweep generators.Sweep generators. McGraw Hill 2.Regulator power supplies – IC regulated Power supplies.Algorithms .Thermal runaway.Structured . LM317 – LED. Clamping. expressions.Concept of feed back .Transistorised phase shift oscillator .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Pearson Education PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING RT 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Problem solving with digital Computer . LCD. Differentiation .RC coupled amplifier.

Andrew C Staugaard Jr. Text Book 1. passing pointers to a functions. Iling W. 2.while. BPB Programming in C . structures & unions . Wiley Eastern Ltd.parameter passing .Bootle. Kochan.Kerninghan & Ritchie. Kothamangalam Module 3 Control statements & Functions: If . Responsibility. Pointers in C . Kamthan. 3. while. PBP 9. Pearson Eduacation Let us . nested loops. Gantt. Bangalore Mastering Turbo C .else.Stephen C.Program for bubble sort. Emerson – Definition and functions of management – Authority.void functions Recursion – Macros. 8.W. BPB Publications Programming and Problem Solving with PASCAL . Tata McGraw Hill References 1. C Programming . Module 2 Procedure for ISO and ISI certification – Design. break & continue statements.A Modern Approach . 7. 4. Module 5 Pointers & files .Byron S.Ashok N.Declaration. switch. Ltd.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. PHI HUMANITIES RT305 PART A: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Module 1 Scientific Management – Evolution of management theory – Contributions of Taylor.multidimensional arrays. Prism Books Pvt. Programming with C .. Delegation and Span of control – Types of structures of Organisation – Types of Business firms – Job evaluation and merit rating – Wages – Types of incentives.Ronald Leach. Development and implementation of reengineering – Inspection – SQC control charts – quality assurance – TQM – Zero defects. 5. do .N.Yeaswanth Khanetkar.Operations on pointers .Micheal Schneider. PHI Programming with ANSI and Turbo C . 6.Accessing array elements using pointers . 326 2+1+0 .K.Yeaswanth Khanetkar. Computer Programming in C . Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ . CBS publishers Using C in Program Design . for.Opening & Closing a file Creating & Processing a file. Command line arguments. Norton & Company Newyork 10. strings. Gottfried. Module 4 Structured data types: Single dimensional arrays . Gilbreth. Functions .

synchronous binary decade. Module3 Sequential logic . References 1. Module 5 The tax framework – Direct and Indirect taxes – Impact and incidence – Progressive and regressive – functions of the tax system – Black money – magnitude and consequences – Public debt – Debt position of the central and state governments – Deficit financing – revenue deficit and fiscal deficit – Problems associated with deficit financing. gray code.Ruddar Datt. Insurance companies– The stock market – functions – Recent trends.error correcting codes.asynchronous. S Chand and Company Ltd. POS .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. haming code.flip flops . N. IRBI – Investment institutions – UTI.basic theorems . LOGIC SYSTEM DESIGN R306 3+1+0 Module 1 Addition.truth tables canonical forms . Subtraction. Freeman and Gilbert.don’t care combinations .NAND NOR gates universal gates . BCD nos.realization using logic gates . 2. ICICI. 3. T & D flip flops .formation of switching function . Management.K maps & quine mcclaskey method .methods of minimization of logic functions . PHI Engineering Management. Wishwa Prakashan.from word statements.A.master slave JK flip flop. binary decade.Stoner. 4. Indian Economy – Problems of Development and Planning . Pearson Education Indian Economy . SIDBI. Kothamangalam PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS Module 3 The Indian financial system – Reserve bank of India – functions – commercial banking system – profitability of public sector banks – development financial institutions – IDBI. 327 .Logic functions .SR. and up/down counters .Mazda. alphanumeric codes. Agarwal. JK. Multiplication & division of binary nos. and up/down counters.SOP. Module 4 Indian Industries – Industrial pattern – structural transformation – industrial growth – inadequacies of the programme of industrialization – Large and small scale industries – industrial sickness and government policy – industrial labour – influence of trade unions. excess-3 code. Module 2 Postulates of boolean algebra . error detection using parity bits . Counters .

Familiarisation of operating system . 4. Familiarisation with word processing packages like wordstar and Msword 4.Zvi Kohavi. compilers. Moris Mano.RC differentiating and Integrating Circuits. 2. Pearson Education SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS LAB R307 1.pointers and files.) 3. control panel etc. Kime Pearson Education Switching & finite automata theory .typical IC’s . 3. 6.ring counter.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.DOS Windows etc. Single stage RC coupled amplifiers .Carry look ahead adder.functions . Tata McGraw Hill Digital computer fundamentals . carry save adder. Half wave and full wave an Bridge rectifiers. Charles R. 5. An introduction to digital computer design . PHI Logic and Computer Design – M. Familiarisation of C++ and Visual tools. internal commands. Progrmming experiments in C to cover control structures . (use of files. Wakerly. Characterisctics of CE. Half subtractor & Full subtractor .Morris Mano. Characteristics of FET. Module 5 Registers . Pearson Education Digital Design Principles & Practice – John F.static shift registers .peripherals . References 1. Kothamangalam Module4 Adders .arrays Structures . Johnson counter. 5. 3.memory card etc. 8.design . Zener diodes.serial in & parallel in shift registers . Clipping and clamping Circuits . Germanium. Tata McGraw Hill.Rc phase shift oscillator.Rajaraman & Radhakrishnan. Full adder. 7.Frequency response Astable multivibrators using BJT. 4. 7. Digital Computer Design . 2. carry propagation adder.Thomas C. CB configurations of transistors. 6. Tata McGraw Hill. directories. 0+0+4 Characteristics of Silicon. Digital Design . Familiarisation with computer system microprocessor .Malvino. 328 . file manager. 2.Half adder. Sweep Generator (Simple sweep) Oscillators . 5.counters using shift registers . program manager. external commands.left & right shift registers . Bartee. PROGRAMMING LAB R308 0+0+4 1. Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT304 problem solving and Computer Programming can be included.

Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 329 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

simple applications in engineering problems.poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . Module 3 Fourier Transforms: . A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar.M. Higher Engineering Mathematics .formation by eliminating arbitary constants and arbitary Functions .fitting of binomial & poisson distributions normal distribution . Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. Pearson Education Asia 330 .Erwin Kreyszig.inverse transforms . National Publishing Company 3. II -3rd year Part A & B .transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity . its mean and variance . by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations.The binomial distribution. Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability . 7. Elements of Partial Differential Equations .properties of normal curve . difference proportion.Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms .B. poisson and normal distributions. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson.I.McGrawhill International Edn.Ian N.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . Venkataraman. Grewal.simple problems. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis.simple problems in binomial.standard normal curve . Module 2 Partial Differential Equations . Laxmi Publications Ltd. 4. Wiley Eastern Ltd.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering..Linear Simultaneous eqns. Mathematics .S.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. Khanna Publishers 2.K. single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected) References 1. Advanced Engg.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.its mean and variance .Finding P. Pearson Education Asia / PHI 5. Engineering Mathematics Vol. 6.Sneddon. F and Chi square test – Level of significance .

Mouse. 4. Module 4 Memory: Memory hierarchy – RAM and ROM – Memory system considerations – Associative memory. Mc Graw Hill OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING R403 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to OOP .Evolution of object oriented languages . Horizontal and vertical micro instructions – Nano instructions. Module 5 Input – Output: Printers.ALU Design. Computer Organization and Architecture -William Stallings. PHI 3. Kothamangalam COMPUTER ORGANIZATION R 402 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Organization and Architecture – Review of basic operational concepts – CPU. OMR and OCR. Displays. IEEE 488. Computer Organization . Digital Logic and Computer Design .Need of Objects Definition of Object-Oriented Language – Classes and Objects – Creating and Using Classes and objects – Member functions and variables – Constructors and Destructors.Pal Chaudhuri. Mc Graw Hill 2. References 1. Computer Organization and Design . Computer Organization and Architecture -M Morris Mano. PHI 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. floating point arithmetic .John P Hayes. Virtual memory – Cache memory – Memory interleaving. PHI 6. Vranesic and Zaky. 331 . Division – Restoring and non-restoring division. Computer Architecture and Organization .Hamacher. Module 3 Control Unit Organization: Processor Logic Design – Processor Organization – Control Logic Design – Control Organization – Hardwared control – Microprogram control – PLA control – Microprogram sequencer.Arithmetic: Signed addition and subtraction – serial and parallel adder – BCD adder – Carry look ahead adder.2 (GPIB).single bus and two bus organization. Plotters. Device interface – I/O processor – Standard I/O interfaces – RS 232 C. Execution of a complete instruction – interconnection structures – layered view of a computer system. Multiplication – Array multiplier – Booth’s Algorithm.Morris Mano. Module 2 CPU . Pearson Education Asia. Keyboard.

Virtual Destructors – Virtual Base Classes classes – Creating and using templates – Namespaces .MOS RAMs.E. Pearson Education Asia 11. Object-oriented programming using C++ . C++ Primer . Object Oriented Programming in C ++ . Object oriented Programming with C++ . PHI 4. Schildt. Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ .Latches .ECL .Herbert.Propagation delay .Noise margin window profile comparison . Pearson Education Asia 9. An Introduction to Object-oriented programming – Timothy Budd 10.Memory systems .Dynamic object allocation .Walter Savitch. 2.Public Private and Protected Inheritance – Classification of Inheritance – Single – Multiple – Multilevel – Hierarchical – Hybrid. C++ How to program . Decoders. Module 4 Advanced Concepts. pure virtual methods and abstract classes – applications of abstract classes.Fan out.TTL . Multiplexers.Registers. Holmes. TMH 6.Andrew C Staugaard Jr.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Buffers .Stanley B Lippman.I2L & CMOS. TMH 5.Virtual methods – pure virtual methods – Abstract classes .DTL . PHI 3.Ira Pohl.Member access control in classes – Friend functions and classes – Extending classes .Robert Lafore.Defining and using of virtual methods. Module 3 Polymorphism – Runtime and compile time polymorphism – overloading functions and operators – selecting friend member function for operator overloading . Other Object oriented languages – Java – Object oriented features in Java – Comparison with C++ References 1. The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition . Josee Zajoie.Nabajyoti Barkakati.BJT RAM cells .. Gosling. Pearson Education Asia 7. Module 2 Storage elements . Tristate logic .Fan in .Inline functions. Comparison of circuits. Pearson Education Asia 8. Problem Solving with C++ .power dissipation . Balaguruswamy. Pearson Education Asia INTEGRATED CIRCUITS R404 3+1+0 Module 1 Logic Families .Arnold.Dietel & Dietel.RAM . Kothamangalam Module 2 Inheritance and Access Control .Template Module 5 Dynamic Objects . Java 2 Complete Reference . Galgotia Pub.ROM types .Flip flops . RAM 332 . Object Oriented Programming in C++ .

Doubly linked lists .Polynomial representation using linked lists. Voltage.Ideal Opamp .Triangular wave generator using opamps. Khanna Publishers DATA STRUCTURES & PROGRAMMING METHODOLOGIES R 405 3+1+0 Module 1 Principles of programming – System Life Cycle . Differentiator .Preorder and Postorder.Performance Analysis and MeasurementsTime and Space complexity-Complexity calculation of simple algorithms.Priority queues .CPLD CDROM .Magneto optic storage. CMRR. Evaluation of expressions – Polynomial representation using arrays. Input bias current. Offset. Radix sort.Taub & Shilling.Integrator .Binary weighted resistor type . Module 5 Sorting methods: Selection sort. Quick sort. Module 3 D/A Converters .Successive approximation type . Module 5 Opamp Applications: Summing. Module 3 Linked Lists .Linked stacks and queues .definitions . Kothamangalam organization .PGA .Square wave generator . Graphs – Depth first and breadth first search. Module 4 Trees .Millman & Taub.PLD . Digital Integrated Electronics .PAL .Input. Strings – Data representation – Pattern matching. Module 4 Opamps: Characteristics .Circular queues.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Dqueues. Bubble sort.Documentation. 3.Ladder type A/D converters – counting type . slew rate .parameters .Basic principles . Heap sort. McGraw Hill Pulse Digital & Switching Wave forms .PLA .FPGA .Structures-Sparse matrix – Stacks – Queues. Integrated Circuits . 2.flash memories .Algorithm SpecificationRecursive Algorithms.R.Botkar. 4. Module 2 Study of basic data structures – Arrays. Insertion sort.Binary Trees – Tree Traversal – Inorder . Merge sort. External sorting methods (basic idea only).Parallel comparator type dual slope type. 333 . Blakesley & John Willey. McGraw Hill Digital design with standard MSI & LSI by T.inverting and non inverting opamps. References 1. Comparator. .

2. 3. Intel Microprocessors . 7. 8279 (functions and internal block diagram only) Module 2 Interfacing with 8085 . Pearson Education Asia Data Structures using C & C++: Langsam. Galgottia Pub. Algorithms + Data Structures = Programs: N. 8251. Classic Data Structures: Samanta.K. Introduction to the Intel Family of Microprocessors . Module 5 Additional features of 80386 – Paging mechanism – Interfacing coprocessors in 80386 – Additional features of Pentium Processors.flag manipulation. 80386. McGraw Hill 8. Augenstein & Tanenbaum Fundamental Algorithms: Knuth. Kothamangalam References Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++: Horowitz. The Intel Microprocessors 8086/8088.James L.John Uffenbeck.Antonakos. Pearson Education Asia 3.REP instruction – writing simple program in 8086 – Additional features of 80286 – protected mode memory addressing.arithmetic –branch – loop. Programming and Interfacing – Barry B Bray. Architecture. PHI Data Structures and program design in C: Robert Kruse.8255.Wirth. . Microprocessor Architecture. Pearson Education Asia ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS & PERIPHERALS R 406 3+1+0 Module1 Study of Interfacing ICs . 4. 80286. Pearson Education Asia 5. Programming and Applications with the 8085 Gaonkar.A. Pentium and Pentium Pro processors.Interfacing D/A and A/D converters .Micro controllers (brief idea only) Module 3 8086/88 Architecture. PHI 4.Interfacing keyboard – Hardware and Software approach – Interfacing seven segment displays .shift & rotate – string. 80486. 8252. Module 4 Instructions format of 8086 – data transfer. 5. Block diagram – Addressing modes – memory addressing modes – Program memory addressing modes – stack memory addressing modes. Sahni & Mehta. New Age International 2. 6. The 80X86 family . 80186/80188.Ray 334 1. PHI An introduction to Data Structures with applications: Trembley & Sorenson. Data structures in Java: Thomas Standish.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Brief study of latest processors of Intel & AMD (Architecture not required) – Introduction to RISC processors References 1.

6. 5.Bhurchandi. Dqueues. TMH 8. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals . The Intel 8086/88 Microprocessor Architecture. 8. M. 7. Sparse matrix. A/D Converter. 4. OP-amp Characteristics 2. 11. Binary Trees. 3. Astable and Monostable multivibrators using gates. Differentiating and Integrating Circuits . 12. Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters 10. Study of flip flops 9. Sorting and Searching methods. Array and Linked list implementation of Stacks. Postfix and Prefix conversions. Astable multivibrator using Op-amp. Ray and K. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd 9. 2. TMH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB R407 1. K.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. TMH 7. Hall. Microprocessors and Interfacing . IBM PC and Clones . 4.A. Infix. Queues. Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier using Op-amp . Transfer Characteristics and specifications of TTL and MOS gates. D/A Converter.frequency response.frequency response. String representation and pattern matching Any experiment according to the syllabus of R405 can be substituted. Kothamangalam 6. Study of shift registers and their applications. Study of decoders and Multiplexers. 3. Graphs. 0+0+4 335 . Polynomials.Douglas V.Govindarajalu. 0+0+4 DATA STRUCTURES LAB R408 Experiments based on the following: 1. Programming Design and Interfacing – Bhupendra Singh Chhabra.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 336 .

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. M/M/1/N .solution of LPP using simplex method .Ervin Kreyszig. 5.The Markovian model M/M/1/$.K. Schaum’s Outline Series Operations research . Mathematics .Newton’s method Approximate solution of equations – Horner’s method solutions of linear simultaneous equations .Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules. 6. National Publishing Co.PHI Numerical Methods in Science & Engg .Arrival pattern . Wiley Eastern Ltd.Bisection method . Grewal. 3. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . 4.E .Chand & Co.optimum solution by Modi method . µ .P.M. 337 .numerical differenciation . . Gupta & D.steady state solutions – Little’s formula.Langrange’s and Newton’s divided difference interpolation formula .δ .initial basic feasible solution -Vogel’s approximation method .Hungerian techniques References 1.solution of algebraic and transcendental equations . Venkataraman. Ltd Advanced Engg Mathematics .Dr.Panneer Selvam.Assignment problem .IV RT 501 3+1+0 Module 1 QUEUEING THEORY: General Concepts . Module 3 FINITE DIFFERENCES: Meaning of operators – ∆. 2.Gauss Seidal method.S. Module 2 NUMERICAL METHODS: Introduction .interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula . Module 4 LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM : graphical solution of LPP. Module 5 TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM: Balanced transportation problem .service pattern Queue disciplines .Iterative methods of solution-Jacobi’s method .general problem . Higher Engg. B.Method of false position .numerical integration trapizoidal rule .K.S.Richard Bronson.first and second order derivatives using forward and backward formula . Operations Research . Hira. Khanna Publishers.Big M method – duality in LPP. S. Operations research .

Overlays – Swapping. Multi-level. Operating Systems: Design & implementation . Critical Section Problem – Two process solution. Threads. Schemes – Paging – Simple. Kothamangalam OPERATING SYSTEMS R502 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction OS Concepts – Evolution of OS. Shared and Virtual Devices . Module 2 Process Management Process & Threads – Process States . Tenenbaum. Module 3 Process Synchronization & Interprocess Communication Concurrent Processes. Operating Systems . Co-operating Processes. Monitors. Linux. Starvation. Scheduling Criteria.Hash Table. Critical Regions. Segmentation with Paging. Page Replacement Algorithms. Scheduling Algorithms – Process Management in UNIX.Andrew S. Virtual Memory Concept. Wiley Publications References 1. recovery. Synchronization Hardware. Pearson Education Asia 5. Dispatcher.Andrew S. PHI 3.Serial Access Devices. Pearson Education Asia / PHI 4. handling. Multi-level Paging. Operating Systems Concepts – Silberschatz.Kernel. Pearson Education Asia 338 . Operating Systems .Process Control Block – Process Scheduling – Operations on Processes. Simple Resident Monitor Program (No design). Hierarchy of Processes.Channels and Control Units – Disk Scheduling methods. Semaphores – Deadlock. Memory Management in UNIX. Pearson Education Asia 2. Internal and External Fragmentation.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 4 Memory Management Objectives and functions. OS Structures. Modern Operating Systems . Tenenbaum. Device Management: Dedicated.detection. avoidance. Direct Access Storage Devices .Nutt. Interprocess communication. Windows 2000.Deitel & Deitel. Galvin. Demand Paging . prevention. CPU Scheduler – Preemptive and NonPreemptive.Page Interrupt Fault. Shell. Direct Access Devices. Operating Systems – William Stallings. Precedence Graph. Segmentation – Simple. Text Book 1. General Structure of MSDOS. Module 5 Information Management Files and Directories – Directory Structure –Directory Implementation – Linear List .

insert.Entity Relationship Model.Bibin C. Relational – Network.Concurrency Control.Hierarchical and object oriented models-Data Modeling using the Entity Relationship Model. Kothamangalam DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS RT503 3+1+0 Module 1 Basic Concepts . Programming and Performance – Patrick O’Neil.Referential integrity – Functional DependencyNormalization using Functional Dependencies. Abraham Silbershatz. Database System Concepts . Fundamentals of Database System Elmasri and Navathe (3rd Edition).storage organization in oracle . Pearson Education Asia References 1.Purpose of database systems-Components of DBMS – DBMS Architecture and Data Independence. Mc Graw Hill 2nd edition.Data Fragmentation. Replication and Allocation Techniques. Oracle case study: The basic structure of the oracle system – database structure and its manipulation in oracle. Elizabeth O’Neil 4.Cursor in PL/SQL Module 4 Database Design– Design guidelines– Relational database design – Integrity Constraints – Domain Constraints.-assertions – triggers. Database Principles. Normal forms based on primary keys. An Introduction to Database Systems .tuple relational calculus. An Introduction to Database Systems .Programming in PL/SQL.C. 2. Data definition with SQL.Data modeling .Transaction and System ConceptsDesirable properties of Transactions.Date (7th Edition) Pearson Education Asia 3. Module 2 Structure of relational databases – relational databases – relational algebra.Serializability of Schedules-Query processing and Optimization.J.Henry F Korth.Schedules and Recoverability.general definitions of Second and Third Normal Forms.Query Processing – semijoin -Concurrency Control and Recovery.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. delete and update statements in SQL – views – data manipulation with SQL Module 3 Introduction to Transaction Processing. Module 5 Distributed databases: Distributed Database Concepts. Text Book 1.Different Types. Desai 339 . Boyce Codd Normal Form– Multivalued Dependencies and Forth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form – Pitfalls in Relational Database Design.

Data structures & Program design in C: Robert Kruse Pearson Education Asia LANGUAGE PROCESSORS RT 505 3+1+0 Module 1 Assembler Overview of the assembly process . Kothamangalam FILE STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS R504 2+1+0 Module1 File Organization: . Riccardi.storage allocation & liberation – First fit. Module 2 Introduction to Compilers Compilers and Translators – Structure of a compiler – lexical analysis – syntax analysis – context free grammars – basic parsing techniques. height balanced trees. Dynamic Hashing. Pearson Education Asia 3. Data Structures using C & C++: Langsam. Data Structures. Threaded Binary Trees.Operations on Files – Heap Files . 340 . File Structures an Object-Oriented Approach with C++: Folk. Pearson Education Asia 5.Design of two pass assembler. Algorithms and Applications in C++: Sahni Galgotia publications 6. best fit – Buddy system. Fundamentals of Database Systems: Elmasri & Navathe.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Single level Ordered Index-Multilevel Indexes-Indexes on multiple Keys. Collision-Collision Resolution Techniques-Extendible Hashing. weight balanced trees. Zoellick.Single pass assembler.Dynamic storage management. Module 3 Hashing: .Macros – Macro definition and usage. Galgotia publications 2. Interpolation search.top down and bottom up parsing (brief idea only).Static Hashing-Hash Tables-Different Hash Functions-Mid SquareDivision-Folding-Digit Analysis. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++: Horowitz.Augenstein & Tanenbaum.schematics for Macro expansion – Design of a Macro pre-processor .Macro Assembler. Module 4 Search trees: -AVL Trees.Sequential search. Sahni & Mehta. Module 2 Index Structures for Files: . Pearson Education Asia. Multiway search Trees. Module 5 Storage management: .Sequential Files – Indexed sequential files – Direct files – Secondary key retrieval.Recursive Decent parser – Shift reduce parser. References 1. Searching .B Trees-B+ Trees.Garbage Collection & Compaction. Binary search. 4.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Pearson Education Asia DATA COMMUNICATION RT 506 2+1+0 Module 1 Communication concepts – Analog modulation – Various schemes – AM. FSK.Dhamdhere Mc Graw Hill 2. Synchronous Time Division Multiplexing –Statistical time Division multiplexing – Key Techniques . System Programming and Operating Systems . Ullman. Noise.different types of noise – Basic Principles of Switching (circuit.An Introduction to Systems Programming. PSK. Module 4 Compilation of Control Structures Control transfer. PWM.V.Channel capacity . Asynchronous and Isochronous transmission. Graw Hill. Module 2 Multiplexing . 2.Leland L.Static and Dynamic storage allocation – Storage allocation and access in block structured programming languages – Array allocation and accessCompilation of expressions – Handling operator priorities – Intermediate code forms for expressions –code generator.Analog pulse modulation – PAM.Donovan. Principles of Compiler Design . Kothamangalam Module 3 Storage allocation Data descriptors. Module 3 Digital data transmission – Serial.. Beck. References 1. Mc. Parallel. PM. PPM – Generation of various modulated waves (Block diagram only) –Digital Pulse modulation (PCM). Sethi. packet. Systems programming .Aho A. Compilers Principles Techniques And Tools Aho.Shannon`s Theorem. Text Book 1. FM –Sampling theorem . Transmission modeSimplex .Conditional and Iterative constructs. DPSK . System Software .Half duplex – Full duplex. message switching) 341 . 3.ASK.Procedure calls – Code optimization – Optimization transformations – Local optimization and global optimization – Compiler writing tools – Incremental Compilers Module 5 Loaders and Linkers Loading – Program relocatability – linking – various loading schemes – linkage editing – Design of linkage editor – dynamic loading – overlays – dynamic linking. Ullman Narosa Publications. Synchronous. Addison Wesley.Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) – Time Division Multiplexing (TDM).

4.Fred Halsall Pearson Education Asia 5.A. Database Administration 6. procedure.Vijay K. Study of MASM Programming.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam Module 4 Error detection and Correcting codes: Hamming code – Block codes and convolution codes – ARQ techniques – Transmission codes – Baudot – EBCDIC and ASCII codes – Barcodes. Ltd. 2. Computer Networks . Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems – B. Importing and Exporting data. Introduction to Data Communications & Networking . R508 Experiments for performing the following: 1.S. 7. savepoints. Creation. Mc Graw Hill. 3. 5. Any experiment according to the syllabus R302 can be substituted DATABASE LAB 0+0+4 0+0+4 .Front end Processor – Transmission media – Guided media – Twisted pair cable. Pearson Education Asia 9. 4. 7. Umesh Publications MICROPROCESSOR LAB R507 1.William Stallings. Implementation of File Structures Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT503 can be substituted. Computer Networks & Open Systems . Multidrop lines. Tanenbaum. views 2. Interfacing the Trainer Kit. GSM service and GSM system architecture. Communication Engineering . insertion.Behurouz & Forozan Mc Graw Hill.P Lathi Prism Books Pvt. 2.Taub & Schilling Mc Graw Hill. deletion of tables. Principles of Communication System .A. 342 Familiarization of training kits. indexes. Electronic communication system . nested queries. use of arithmetic and string functions. function. . Simple queries. sequence generator. fibre optic cable. Simple PL/SQL programs. Programming Peripheral Controllers. Garg Pearson Education Asia 6. References 1. Data and Computer Communication . coaxial cable. 3. trigger. Module 5 Terminal handling – Point to point. updation. Data Communication. 4. Components of computer communication – Concentrators . 3. ODBC/JDBC Interface. Kumar. use of exceptions. Simple programs for Arithmetic and Data Transfer. 6. cursor. PHI 8. Principles & Application of GSM.Kennedy. 5.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 343 .

Chauhan. Pearson Education 4. USB. Upgrading and repairing PC’s (4th edition) .Sectors – Disk formatting – partitioning Hard disk features – Hard disk data transfer modes –Programmed I/O – Direct memory access – Ultra DMA – Data addressing – Standard CHS addressing – Extended CHS addressing – Logical Block Addressing. Troubleshooting and Repairing Your PC .Disk Physical specification & operations – Disk magnetic properties – Cylinders – Clusters – Hard disks – Hard disk drive operation – Magnetic data storage . segmented. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming . Hard Disk Interfaces – IDE. Module 4 Memory Management in PC Parity – ECC – Static & Dynamic RAM – Memory Addressing – Segmented addressing . S.Peter Norton.Craig Zacker & John Rourke.RAID – Holographic storage.Flat memory model – Advanced memory technologies. EIDE. CD-RW. PHI 7. CD-R.function & operations. References 1. drive specifications. AGP. CDROM. PC Upgrading Maintenance & Trouble shooting guide .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. virtual. PCMCIA.Corey Candler.Messmer. Sector layout.BPB 3. ATA – Communication ports – Serial – Parallel port – Keyboard / Mouse Interface connectors.64 KB Limits – 640 KB barrier – Logical. Kataria 344 . CD Technology.Scott Mueller. Tata McGraw Hill 2. Pearson Education 6. Inside the PC (8th Edition) .data transfer rate – Access time – Constant linear velocity – constant angular velocity . Module 5 Bus Structures ISA. K.Buffers – Interface – Magneto optical drives – WORM devices – DVD. PC Hardware Complete Reference .Dr. The Indispensable PC Hardware Book . linear and physical memory addresses – Extended and Expanded memory – Cache memory – Video memory – HMA . Wiley 5. slots and connectors-Add-on cards-Power supply– SMPS. Module 3 Optical Storage CD ROM. PCI. Kothamangalam PC & PC BASED SYSTEMS R601 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to PC Hardware components – study of motherboards ––Different types of ports.Abel. Module 2 Storage Devices Floppy – Floppy Disk Controller .

Error removal efficiency.Information Hiding Programming style .Internal Documentation – Verification . Kothamangalam SOFTWARE ENGINEERING RT 602 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Software engineering Introduction – Software and software Engg. Module 4 Coding Top-down and Bottom-up .Static Analysis .Pankaj Jalote.Proving Correctness . Pressman. Narosa Publication References 1. Tata McGraw Hill 2.Ian Sommervilla.matrics.project monitoring plans .Structured Programming .time sheets – reviews – cost schedule – milestone graph – risk management. PHI 5. An integrated approach to Software Engineering .Functional and Structured Testing . Fundamentals of Software Engineering – Carlo Ghezzi. Module 3 System Design Design Principles – Problem partitioning and hierarchy – abstraction – modularity – top down and bottom_up – strategies – module level concepts .Roger S. PHI 345 . Module 5 Testing Testing fundamentals .Reliability assessment Programmer Productivity . Software Engineering .Code inspections – Unit testing.Shari Lawrence.Testing Process Comparison of Verification and Validation Techniques .Code Reading . Pearson Education Asia 4.validation ..Symbolic execution . Pearson Education 3.Phases in software developmentSoftware development process models-Role of Management in software development –Role of Matrics and measurement –Software requirement specification(SRS) .Problem Analysis .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 2 Project Planning Cost Estimation – Uncertainties – models – COCOMO model – Project scheduling – average duration estimation – Project scheduling and milestones – staffing and personal plan – Rayleigh curve – personnel plan – team structure – software configuration – management plans – quality assurance plans – verification and validation – inspections and reviews .coupling cohesion – structured design methodology . Text Book 1. Mehdi Jazayeri. Fundamentals of Software Engineering –Rajib Mall. Software Engineering Theory and Practice .verification . Software Engineering .

Quality assurance and TQM – Jain & Chitale – Khanna Publishers COMPUTER NETWORKS RT 604 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: ISO-OSI Reference Model – TCP/IP Reference Model – Comparison Network hardware-Repeaters.Phases of capital budgeting – Project development cycle – 7-s of project management – Requirements of a project manager – Forms of project organization. Budgeting & Implementation – Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2.Pearson Education 4. Besterfield – Pearson Education 5. References 1. Module 3 CONTROL OF PROJECT Control Systems – Control of major constraints – Project management software & information systems. Kothamangalam PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND QUALITY ASSURANCE R603 2+1+0 Module 1 PROJECT PLANNING Overview – Capital expenditure . Analysis. Module 2 PROJECT ANALYSIS Market Analysis – Technical Analysis . Projects preparation. Cable Modem.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Selection. Routers. Project Management . 346 . Module 5 CONCEPTS IN SAMPLING Sampling designs and schemes – Errors in sampling – Simple random sample – stratified random sample – Cluster sample. Apprisal. Sample size destination – Estimating population mean – Estimating population proportion. Total Quality Management – Dale H. REVIEW: Performance of Evaluation – Abaudonment Analysis – Behavioral issues in Project Management Module 4 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT Quality systems – ISO 9000 series – ISI – Benchmarking – Quality Function development (QFD) – Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – ISO 14000. Implementation & Review .Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 3. Projects – Planning.Harvey Maylor .Financial Analysis – Risk Analysis – Social cost Benefit Analysis. Gateways. Quality control and Improvement – Amitava Mitra – Pearson Education 6. Hub. Bridges.

. Datagrams. Introduction to Data Communications and Networking: Behrouz. Computer Networking: James F Kurose & Keith W Ross.Tanenbaum. Widjaja Tata McGraw Hill. Forouzan. (Harcourt India) 5. Mansfield Jr.Elements of transport protocols – Internet Transfer Protocols UDP and TCP – ATM – Principle characteristics. Computer Networks (Fourth Edition): Andrew S.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Medium Earth Orbit Satellites. An Introduction to computer networking: Kenneth C. Multiple access protocols – ALOHA – Pure ALOHA – Slotted ALOHA – Carrier Sense Multiple Access protocols – persistent and non-persistent CSMA – CSMA with collision detection – IEEE 802. Prentice-Hall India 3. Computer Networks (Second Edition): Larry L Peterson & Bruce S Davie.Link state routing – Distance vector routing – Multicasting – Link state multicasting – Distance vector multicasting Congestion Control Algorithms – General principles – Packet discarding – Choke packets . Module 5 Application Layer: Domain name system – DNS name space – Resource records – Name servers – operation of DNS .Congestion prevention policies – Traffic shaping – Leaky bucket algorithm – Flow specifications – jitter control Module 4 Transport Layer: . Pearson Education 6.Flow Based Routing . 4.Transport Service . Routing Algorithm – Optimality principle . Kothamangalam Physical Layer: Transmission Media– ISDN system Architecture – Communication Satellites – geostationary satellites .3 standards for LAN Module 3 Network layer: Virtual Circuits. Antonakos. .Components – Error correction – Network topology – Piconet and scatternet – L2CAP layers – Communication in Bluetooth networks References 1. Bluetooth . James L. McGraw Hill 347 .Flooding .Sliding window protocols. Garcia.Low earth orbit satellites– Satellite v/s Fiber Module 2 Data Link Layer: Design issues-Error Detection and correction – Elementary Data link protocols. LAN Protocols: Static & Dynamic channel allocation in LAN’s and WAN’s.Electronic Mail – MIME Mobile networks: Mobile telephone systems. Communication Network: Leon. Pearson Education Asia/ PHI 2.

Absolute and relative positioning of elements.Inter applet communication – Threads & Thread synchronization – TCP/IP Programming with Java – Iterative & Concurrent servers. Pearson Education Asia 2. Wiley Dreamtech 5. Tata McGraw Hill 4. Arithmetic operations – message boxes. Email: Working of SMTP and POP protocols (Overview only).5 3. External Style sheets. Java Script. Schildt. Module 3 Java programming – Features of Java. Tables. BPB Module 3. AWT.using the structured graphics – ActiveX Control.2. Java 2 Complete reference . Frames. document object model. CLASS Attribute.Deitel & Nieto. Internet and World Wide Web How to program . event handling.4.1 event model Module 4 Network Programming with Java . Kothamangalam NETWORK COMPUTING RT 605 3+1+0 Module 1 HTML Documents Basic Tags for Font & Paragraph Formatting Lists. creating and using packages.Evan Bayross. Multithreaded programs and thread synchronization. GET. Embedded style sheets.Security features for applets .Features of Java – Applets & Application – Life cycle of applets . HEAD Server side scripting – HTML Forms & CGI – GET & POST.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. DHTML. Module 2 Dynamic HTML Pages Client side scripting .5 1. Creating & using classes in Java – Static classes – Inheritance – Final methods. Basic working of a CGI supported web server – Simple CGI program in C to validate user name & Password. Gosling. RMI (Structure and Working of a simple RMI Program only) Module 5 HTTP Protocol working – HTTP methods.Arnold. Dynamic updating of pages with JAVA Script. Swing. IP multicasting. References Module 1.Herbert. The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition . image Maps Cascading Style Sheets Style Element. Inline style sheets. Arrays.Deitel. variables and classes – Interfaces . DIV & SPAN Tags. CGI . Embedding ActiveX controls . Java 2. functions. DELETE. Holmes. Datagrams. PUT. Pearson Education Asia 348 . XML and JavaBeans Programming Black Book – Steven Holzner. HTML. control statements. Perl. Creating GUI with AWT and Swing – -JDK1.Nested classes – Inner classes – Anonymous Inner classes – Exception handling – Creating & using exceptions. POST.Java Script – variables.

Tenanbaum. Selection of ‘k’th Smallest Element. Module 5 Backtracking Control Abstraction . and LC Control Abstractions. Common Complexity Functions.Bounding Functions. Sum of Subsets. Text Book 1. TCP/IP Protocol suite. TMH ALGORITHM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN R606 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction and Complexity What is an algorithm – Properties of an Algorithm. 15puzzle. Module 2 Divide and Conquer Control Abstraction. Quick Sort. Module 3 Greedy Strategy Control Abstraction. Recurrence Relations and Recurrence Trees for Complexity Calculations.Joseph Weber. Computational Procedure and Program.Horowitz and Sahni. Finding Maximum and Minimum. 2/e -Behrouz A. Merge Sort. PHI 7. Knapsack problem. Study of Algorithms. General Knapsack Problem. LIFO. Divide and Conquer Matrix Multiplication. Minimum Cost Spanning Trees – Prim’s Algorithm. ‘Omega’. Optimal Storage on Tapes. – Deterministic and non . ‘Theta’. Module 4 Dynamic Programming Principle of Optimality.Comparison Trees for Searching and Sorting. Using Java 2 Platform . Multi-stage Graph.deterministic algorithms. Difference between Algorithm. Kothamangalam 6. All-Pairs Shortest Paths. Stressen’s Matrix Multiplication. N-Queens Problem. Control Abstraction. Computer Networks . Pseudo-code Conventions. Oracles and Adversary Arguments – Merging. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms . PHI/ Pearson Education Asia Additional References 8. Travelling Salesman Problem. Binary Search. Travelling Salesman Problem. Galgotia 349 . Profiling. Unix Network Programming . Forouzan. PHI 9. Recursive Algorithms –Space and Time Complexity –Asymptotic Notations – ‘Oh’. Lower Bound Theory . Insertion & Selection Sort. Branch and Bound Techniques – FIFO.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kruskal’s Algorithm – Job sequencing with deadlines.Stevens W Richard.

DC Hearth & Company 4. Macro processor module binder (with limited Instruction set) Lexical analyzer. Code generation.Richard Neapolitan. 4. Working of device drivers. Generation of code for linkers & loaders. Tata McGrHill 3. 6. 5. Computer Algorithms – Introduction to Design and Analysis . Foundations of Algorithms .Sara Baase & Allen Van Gelder. 2. Data Structures algorithms and applications . Introduction to algorithm. 3.. MINI PROJECT R608 0+0+4 The aim of the mini project is to prepare the students for the final year project. Kumarss N.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT505 can be substituted. but should cover all the aspects of a complete project. Ronald Rivest -PHI SYSTEM SOFTWARE LAB R607 1. Pearson Education 2. 350 .Thomas Coremen. Charles. Bottom Up and Top Down Parser. Kothamangalam References 1. process scheduling methods. The topic for the mini project should be simple as compared to the main project.Sahni. 0+0+4 Symbol table construction Single pass and two pass assembler. 7.

Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 351 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Functional modeling: Functional models – Data Flow Diagrams . Prentice Hall India 2. Analysis Model.Grady Booch.architecture. Kothamangalam OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGN RT 701 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: object oriented development-modeling concepts – object oriented methodology – models – object oriented themes-Object Modeling– links and associations – advanced links and association concepts – generalization and inheritance . managing of data stores. Pearson Education Asia 352 .Iterating the analysis System Design: Breaking system into subsystems . Implementation model and Test Model-Unified Modeling Language (UML). Design model. requirement model. actors and use-cases. Text Book 1. Module 2 Dynamic modeling: Events and states – Operations – Nested state diagrams – Concurrency – Advanced dynamic modeling concepts – A sample dynamic model – Relationship of Object and Dynamic models.Design of association – Object representation – Physical packaging – Documenting design decisions-Comparison of methodologies Module 5 Other Models: Booch’s Methodology.Notations. Pearson Education Asia References 1. Adding operations. dynamic modeling and functional modeling.grouping constructs – a sample object model Advanced Object Modeling: aggregation – abstract classes – generalization as extension and restriction – multiple inheritance – metadata – candidate keys – constraints.handling boundary conditions-Common Architectural Frameworks Module 4 Object Design: Overview of Object design – Combining the three models – Designing algorithms – Design optimization – Implementation of control – Adjustment of inheritance .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Jacobson Methodology. Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications . Object Oriented Software Engineering . Module 3 Analysis: Analysis in object modeling. concepts. models. Handling of global resources. Object Oriented Modeling and Design -JamesRumbaugh.Specifying operations – Constraints – A sample functional model – Relation of functional to Object and Dynamic models.Ivan Jacobson.Identifying concurrencyallocating subsystems to processors and tasks.

Visible Surface Detection – Classification of Visible surface detection algorithms – Backface Detection.Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Prentice Hall of India) 353 .Lee & William.Buffer Method. Clipping. Display processors – Display files – graphical input & output devices. A. Computer Graphics (C version) . Morphing. Scan-line Method. Interactive Graphics system – Raster scan and Random scan systems – Generating a raster image. Addison Wesley 5. 3D Transformations. Gouraud Shading. Bresenham’s – Bresenham’s Circle drawing algorithm .2D Transformations. Module 5 Advanced Technologies: Fractals – Classification of Fractals – Self-Squaring Fractals. Animation. Sriram. Windowing. Module 3 3D Graphics: 3D display methods. Ray-Tracing Methods. Clipping – Line clipping – Polygon Clipping. H. Object Oriented Analysis and Design using UML . Succeeding with the Booch OMT Methods -A practical approach . 3D Object Representation – Polygon Surfaces – Quadratic surfaces – Spline Representations – Bezier Curves and Surfaces – BSpline Curves and Surfaces. Application of raster scan graphics. Allen H. Srimathi. UML and C++ practical guide to Object Oriented development .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 2 2D Graphics: Line drawing algorithms – DDA. Prentice Hall India COMPUTER GRAPHICS RT 702 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Computer Graphics: Basic concepts in Computer Graphics – Applications of Computer Graphics. Depth. Video Display Devices.Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Pearson Education Asia) References 1. Module 4 3D Rendering: Three-Dimensional Viewing . Text Book 1.Lockheed Martin.Richard C. Kothamangalam 2.Berno Bruegge.Raster Animation. Object Oriented Software Engineering . Pearson Education Asia 3. Dutoit.Projections.H. Surface Rendering Methods-Basic illumination Models – Polygon–rendering Methods. Krishnamoorthy 4. Computer Graphics .

Java 2 complete reference .Applications of PDA – Parsing.Deterministic and Nondeterministic finite automation – Finite Automation with -Transitions – Eliminating -Transitions Conversion of NFA to DFA – Regular operations – Regular Expressions – Pumping lemma for regular languages – Applications of finite state automata – Lexical analysers – Text search.L. Computer Graphics Principles & Practice -Foley. Computer Graphics . Feiner. Theory of Computer Science – K. References 1.D. Tata McGraw Hill 6.F. Prentice Hall of India 354 . N. P. Prentice Hall of India 5.P. Robert . Chandrashekharan. Kothamangalam 2. Module 2 Introduction to Automata theory – Definition of Automation – Finite Automata – Formal definition – Language acceptability by Finite Automata – Transition Diagrams and Transition systems . Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics – William . Hughes (second edition in C).Michael Sipser. Fundamentals of Computer graphics & multimedia. Mishra. Addison Wesley 4. Sproull (second edition). Newman. Introduction to the Theory of Computation.Roy A Plastack & Gordon Kally (Schanmi Series McGraw Hill edition) THEORY OF COMPUTATION R703 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to the theory of computation – Set theory – Definition of sets – Properties – Countability – Uncountability – Equinumerous sets – Functions – Primitive recursive and partial recursive functions – Computable and non computable functions – Diagonalization principle – Formal representation of languages – Chomsky Classification.Herbert. Mukherjee. Module 5 Algorithmic complexity – Tractable and intractable problems – Complexity classes – Class P – Class NP – NP Complete and NP Hard problems.N. Module 4 Turing Machines – Formal definition – Language acceptability – Universal Turing Machines – Halting Problem of Turing Machines – Church’s Thesis Godelization.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Brooks/Cole (Thomson Learning) 2. Schildt. McGraw Hill edition 3. Module 3 Pushdown Automata – Formal definition – Language acceptability by PDA – Deterministic and nondeterministic PDA – Context free grammar . VanDam.

Module 3 CORBA – Introduction – Features – Fundamental concepts in Distributed objects – CORBA IDL – stub & Skeleton . Module 4 CORBA object reference – Managing references at server – CORBA factories – CORBA object creation in C++ & JAVA – CORBA Exceptions – Destroying CORBA objects . Module 2 MFC Features & Advantages – MFC Classes – Life cycle of an MFC application – The CWinApp Classes – Creating windows – Message maps and event handling – Menus & Buttons . Kothamangalam 3. Visual C++ Programming .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2 1. The Theory of Computation .Drawing on MFC windows – Handling mouse & Keyboard events.implementing a simple CORBA server and CORBA client with C++. Introduction to Automata Theory. Languages & Computation John Hopcroft. Pearson Education Asia 355 . Command line options and resources – connecting to XDisplay – creating windows and graphics context – Handling events – creating child windows.Menus & Buttons – Drawing on Windows. Module 5 X-Windows – Clients & Servers . Programming Windows Fifth Edition – Charles Petzold Microsoft Press 3. Christos H Papadimitriou Prentice Hall of India / Pearson Education Asia 4. COM & CORBA side by side – Janson Pritchard.Osborne. Visual C++ Programming Bible – Leinecker & Archer IDG Books 4. Rajeev Motwani & Jeffry Ullman (Pearson Edn) ADVANCED SOFTWARE ENVIORNMENTS R704 2+1+0 Module 1 Windows Programming – Components of Windows API. Visual C++ Handbook .Yashwanth Kanetkar (BPB) 2. TMH Module 3.Basic Architecture of X-Windows systems – Layers in XWindows Architecture – XWindows Programming – Simple Hello World Application in X.Bernard M Morct (Pearson Edn) 5.comparison of CORBA & DCOM Architectures. References Module1. 4 5.Distinction with ordinary programs – Event Driven Programming – WinMain Function – Creating Windows – Message loop – Window procedures . Elements of the theory of computation -Harry R Lewis.

Module 5 EJB – Basics of EJB – Types of Beans – Development of Session Beans – Steps – Creating & Implementing Interfaces – Writing Deployment descriptors – Packaging and deploying bean . Kothamangalam Module 5 6. XML by Example: Building Ecommerce applications . Module 4 JSPs . X-Windows system programming – Nabajyoti Barkakati (2nd Edition). Weber. Using JAVA 2 Platform Special Edition Java 2. AWT.Creating simple JSP Pages – templating – Request time expression – Request & Response objects – Reading parameter values – Using Javabeans in JSPs . XML and Java Beans .Pearson Education Asia Module3 2.bound and constrained properties . loops & execution handling in JSPs with scriptlets – Accessing beans via scriptlets.CDATA section Module 2 Document Type declarations – Creating XML DTDs – Element type declaration – Attribute List Declaration – Attribute types – Attribute defaults – Displaying XML Data in HTML browser as HTML tables – Storing XML data in HTML document – Converting XML to HTML with XSL minimalist XSL style sheets – XML applications Module 3 Java Beans: Features – Designing Java Beans – Creating and using properties – Induced . 2 1.using and creating events – Introspection – creating & using Beanlnfo clauses – customization – providing custom property editors and GUI interfaces.Joseph L.XML. Entity beans – Features (Basics of developing and using entity beans) References Module1.using the bean from a client – Development of stateful session bean. Prentice Hall of India WEB TECHNOLOGIES RT 705 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to SGML – features . Prentice Hall of India 356 . XML as a subset of SGML – XML Vs HTML – Views of an XML document – simple XML documents – Starting & Ending of Tags – Attributes of Tags – Entity References – Comments .Sean McGrath.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Reading & setting Properties of JavaBeans – Connecting forms & bean properties – Serialized beans – declaring variables & methods in pages – scriptlets – conditionals. Swing.

Mastering Enterprise Java Beans and the Java 2 Platforms. 6. IDG Books India Module 5 6.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 3. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered. TMH ELECTIVE .Barry Burd. Java Server pages . JSP: Java server pages . EJB Design Patterns . Programming Black Book . 4.Floyd Marinescu Additional Reference 8. 7. 357 .I) CMELRPTA 706-1 List of electives Optimization Techniques Operating System Kernal Design Principles of Real Time Systems Windows Programming Mobile Computing Software Architecture Lan Technology 3+1+0 3+1+0 Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method. OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . Module 2 Constrained multivariable optimization Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions – Convex programming problem – Quadratic programming.Raj Kamal. Module 3 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. 2. Enterprise Edition – EdRoman (WILEY computer publishing) 7. Internet & Web Technologies . 5.Steven Holzner. Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology.I R706 1. Kothamangalam 3.Larne Pekowsky – Pearson Education Asia 5. Wiley Dreamtech Module 4 4.

Rao. Chandrupatla. Module 4 Linux File systems: Basic principles – kernel representation of file systems – layered file system architecture – Virtual file system – filesystem registration – mounting. Optimization theory and application .R.S. Irwin. R. Module 2 Processes and Tasks – Process relationship – process creation – Process Scheduling – Scheduling algorithm – SMP Scheduler Synchronization in kernel – Synchronization techniques . S. Module 5 Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems.Interprocess communication using semaphores. McLeavey. Taha. A. messages and shared memory Module 3 Memory Management – The architecture independent memory model in Linux – memory pages – Virtual address space and linear address calculation – Virtual address space for a process – User segment – Virtual memory areas – Kernel Segment – Memory allocation in kernel segment – Block device caching mechanisms in Linux – paging – Page cache and management – handling page faults. Richard D. Belegundu. Budnick. 3. Ltd. Mojena. Principles of Operations Research for Management . Operation Research an introduction . INC. Pearson Education Asia.H. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering .I) R706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Operating system – Basic Structure . Kothamangalam Module 4 Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method.F.reentrant kernels -Signals –Interrupts – Timer interrupts .Kernel – monolithic and microkernel architectures – Overview of UNIX kernels – Process kernel Model . 2. mixed integer programming problems.System calls – Implementation of simple system calls – Booting procedure. T. D. OPERATING SYSTEM KERNEL DESIGN (ELECTIVE . References 1. New Age International P.S.A. 4. Eastern Economy Edition.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. The ext2 File system – Directories in ext2 – block allocation and addressing extensions in ext2 file system 358 . D.

token . Linux Kernel Book – Card R. E Dumas. fault latency. rate monotonic deferred server. stop and go multiloop. myopic offline. IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm. real time computer. F Mevel (John Wiley) 7. polled bus. 4.1 Bible – Christofer Negus (IDG Books) 1. critical. integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems. redundancy – hardware. transient faults. round robin. co-routines. software error models. next-fit. master chain model. 3.based.Hard real time systems. task classes – Periodic.Silbershatz and Galvin (John Wiley) Linux Kernel Online Book– David A Rusling (http://www.I) R706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems.packing algorithm. 2. Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies. fixed rate systems. (O’Reilly) Operating System Concepts .linuxdoc.Daniel P Bovet and Marco Cesati (O’Reilly) Linux Device Drivers – Rubini A. Red Hat Linux 7. cause of failure. protocols – contention – based. EDF. bin. Kothamangalam Module 5 Device drivers – Character and block devices – polling – interrupt sharing – implementing a device driver for PC speaker References Linux Kernel Internals 2nd edition – Beck (Pearson Education Asia) Understanding the Linux Kernel . fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware. hierarchal. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. task control block .task status. synchronization in software. Aperiodic. PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . software. definition of real time systems – real time systems. time. information. soft real time systems. scheduling – uniprocessor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic. fault detection and containment. real time design issues.html) 6. NMR clusters. Non-critical. 359 . combinational model. Unix Internals Then New Frontiers – Vahalia U (PHI) 8. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems.org/LDP/tlk/tlk. fault types. embedded systems . network architecture issues. Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition. buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling. hybrid systems. interrupt driven systems – sporadic.

Common dialog Controls – Font.File. circles – plotting points –Filling figures with colors and patterns – Using clipboards to transfer images between applications Printing graphics and text – Creating animations with Picture clip control applying image effects – stretching.RichTextBox. buttons . Option Boxes – Frames .Philip Laplante (IEEE) 2.setting colors Drawing text.. Checkboxes. Real Time Systems. Flexgrid Control. data types. Shape controls. sweeping – Using the Multimedia Control – Handling multimedia Errors 360 . Scrollbars. File. labels. Timer. Shini (Tata McGraw Hill) References 1. flipping. Print Dialogs – Creating Custom activex controls – Creating Events and properties for ActiveX controls. Drive and Directory List boxes. Design & Analysis . Module 4 Graphics and Multimedia – Drawing Graphics in Windows .MDI and SDI interfaces – Menus Module 3 ActiveX controls . ellipses. characteristics. control statements – Forms – Creating and Using basic Controls – text boxes. lines. arcs.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. constants. Tata McGraw Hill WINDOWS PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE . Real Time Systems .C. Image box. blurring. Tree View Control.M Krishna.Event handling procedures – Properties Window – Common properties for Controls. Comboboxes. picture box. Kang G.Event Driven Programming – Languages that support Windows Programming – Visual Basic – Java – Visual C++ Visual Basic Programming: Basic Language features – Variables. List view Control. Message boxes Module 2 Visual Basic Programming (Contd) Standard Controls – List boxes. Progessbar. egraving. Frames.Concepts of Windows Programming . maintaining serialization constituency. Disk schedule algorithms. Kothamangalam Module 5 Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics. Transaction. Databases for hard real time systems. Real Time Systems. embossing.Krishna. main memory databases. Text Book 1. Real time databases.I) R706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction .

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam Module 5 Database Access – Using DAO. Indirect TCP.I) R706-5 Module 1 Introduction: . Broadcast Systems-Broadcast transmission. References 1. RDO and ADO for accessing databases – Creating tables. Module 5 Wireless Application Protocol & World Wide Web 3+1+0 361 .Garry Cornell (BPB) Using Visual Basic . DSDV.16. Registration. Snooping TCP. Module 2 Wireless Communication Systems: -Telecommunication Systems-GSM & DECTArchitecture and Protocols.Short History. Digital Video Broadcasting. Cellular systems.Infra red and Radio Transmission. Reverse Tunneling. Infrastructure and ad hoc networks. Frame structure.Mobile IP.Architecture. Addressing. Requirements. Reference Model. Advertisement and discovery. deleting and updating records – Using the Data Control – Using the ADO Data Control Using Windows API: Using DLL Procedures in Visual Basic – Declare statement – Handling C++ and Windows Data types – Playing sound with API funtions – Capturing Images from the screen – Handling mouse outside Applications window – Making an ‘always on top’ window. Layers. Mobile TCP. Handover.Goals. Tunneling and Encapsulation. Applications and Protocol. Functions. Types.Services. 802. Mobile telephone systems Simplified Reference model. 5. Traditional TCP. 3. IP packet delivery.Resselman (PHI) MOBILE COMPUTING (ELECTIVE . Optimization. Location Management. Visual Basic 6 Programming Black Book – Steven Holzner (Dreamtech Press) Programming Windows fifth Edition .Charles Petzlod (Microsoft Press) Visual Basic . Requirements. IPv6. Transmission. Dynamic source routing. 2. Ad hoc networks – Routing. Digital Audio BroadcastingMultimedia Object Transfer Protocol. handover scenarios. LEO.Bluetooth. Radio Access Layer.Ivan Petrosaus (BPB) Visual Basic . Wireless ATM. Module 3 Wireless LAN and ATM: . inserting. comparison between 802. Access Point Control Protocol (APCP). Module 4 Mobile Network and Transport Layers:. Dynamic Host configuring protocol.Satellite Systems-GEO.11 and 802. MEO. Hierarchical Algorithms.Reference Model.11. 4. Multi carrier modulation.

Usage of HTML. David Garlan. Preason Education Asia References 1. PHI 2. Implicit invocation. Transaction. Software Architecture – perspectives on an emerging discipline .HTTP. Kothamangalam WAP. Layered systems – Repositories – Interpreters – Process control – Heterogeneous Architectures. Text Book 1. WWW. WWW system architecture. Computer Networks – Andrew S. Module 2 Shared Information Systems – Integration in software Development Environment – Integration in the design of Buildings – Architectural structures for shared information systems Module 3 Guidance for user interface architecture Quantified design space – Formal models and specifications-The value of architectural formalism – Formalizing the architecture of a specific system – Formalizing the architectural style – Formalizing an architectural design space Module 4 Linguistic issues . Script.Architecture.Mary Shaw. Tata McGraw Hill SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE (ELECTIVE . PHI 362 . Session -Wireless Application Environment-WML.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Mobile Communications – Jochen Schiller. Communication Networks -Fundamental Concepts and Key Architectures LeonGarcia & Indra Widjaja.Features.Wireless Telephony Application. Protocols-Datagram. Tanenbaum.Requirements for architecture – Description languages – first class connectors – Adding implicit invocation to factorial processing languages. Module 5 Tools for architectural design – Unicon – Exploiting style in architectural design environments – Architectural interconnection Reference 1.I) R706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Software architecture – Architectural styles – pipes and filters –data abstraction and object oriented organization – Event based.

Module 5 Management & security – security levels – printing environment – opportunities. 3. IEEE 802. FDDI. Local area networks: Management. Wenig – Academic Press TCP/IP Networking – A Guide to the IBM Environment . CSMA/CA – polling – Token passing – Ethernet – ACRNETs – IBM/PC network – IBM token ring.LAN standards . Types of switch.2 LLC. Text Book 1. Thomas – BPB 9.Topology . Local Area Network . LAN.Life cycle of LAN.Paul J.dreamtech 2.Arne Mikalsen Per Borgesen – WILEY. protocol evaluation factors – CSMA – CSMA/CD.Robert M. port switching & segment switching – combined speed – Hubs. Jaiswal References 1. Introduction to Local Area Networks. Module 4 LAN Operating System – Peer – to –peer network – Function & responsibility – Print spooler – Current Network Operating Systems. Module 3 Traditional interconnection components – Repeater. McClain – Academic Press Wireless LANs . Peterson – McGraw Hill 8. LAN. 7. Basandra. Local Area Networks . 6.David M. Network interface cards. K.Gerd E.IEEE 802. 2.Stan Schutt – PHI Handbook of LAN Technology .x MAC.Gary R.I) R706-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Classification of LAN .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Raymond P. Kothamangalam LAN TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE .Jaisal – Galgotia Publications Networking and Connectivity . 5. Routers.Models for Communication . Kerser – McGraw Hill 11.John E McNamara Understanding Local Area Network. The Business Guide to Local Area Networks . driver. S. Fortier – McGraw Hill Networking Technologies . Bridges.S. Module 2 Protocols: LAN protocols.Peter Hodson – BPB 10.William Stallings 363 . printing queue – LAN security – physical security – logical security. 4. Design & security.

Faimiliarisation with network configuration (routing. Experiments for communication with peripheral devices using C and MASM.Cristofer Negas (IDG Books) 3. Implementation of File Transfer . 2. Using Java2 Platform – Weber (AWL) 364 . Red hat Linux Bible. Network diagnostics softwares. References 1. Micro controllers etc. DNS. Cards. Java Beans.Communication through TCP/IP port Efficient error checking algorithms (Eg: CRC) Remote Procedure Call. Upgrading & Repairing PC’s . UNIX Network programming . Programs for FTP and socket based chat.Stevens. Network problems and recovery. DHTML. Network 0+0+3 communication.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Communication through serial port . pipe & messages. Java Script. Remote Method Invocation. Kothamangalam COMPUTER HARDWARE AND NETWORKING LAB R707 Familiarisation with PC Components 1. Programs with HTML. (PHI) 2. Any experiments according to the syllabus of RT604 Computer Networks. 3. 4. Lan trouble shooting. Design & Programming of add-on cards familiarisation with device drivers.Scott Muller (PHI) 2. Applets. File Servers etc…) 5. Diagnostic S/Ws. XML. RT605 Network Computing and RT705 Web Technologies may be substituted References 1. JSP and EJB. Java. TCP/IP Bible –Rob Scringer (IDG Books) 0+0+3 NETWORK PROGRAMMING LAB R708 Experiments using interprocess communication and synchronisation & IPC using semaphore. Experiments for serial and parallel port communication using C and MASM.

On completion of the project work. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. He/She shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. and submit a report of the project work done to the department. He/ She submits a report of the paper to the department.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam PROJECT & SEMINAR R709/ R808 0+0+3 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. 365 . In addition to the seminar He/She shall undertake a project work in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide(s).

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 366 .

Module1. Weber. Using JAVA 2 platform.5 Designing security Architecture Solutions. William S. Pearson Education Asia 2. WINDOWS 2000 Module 3 Cryptography: Basic Encryption & Decryption – Transposition & substitution ciphers – Caesar substitution – Polyalphabetic substitutions – Crypt analysis – Symmetric key algorithms – Fiestel Networks – Confusion – Diffusion – DES Algorithm – Strength of DES – Comparison & important features of modern symmetric key algorithms – Public key cryptosystems – The RSA Algorithm – Diffice Hellman key exchange – comparison of RSA & DES – Message Authentication & Hash functions – Digital signature Module 4 Network & Application Security: Kerberos – X509 Authentication service – IP security Architecture – Secure socket layer – Electronic mail security – Pretty Good privacy – S/MIME – secure Electronic Transactions – Firewalls . Prentice Hall of India 4. Virus. Ranjan Bose. TMH 6. Joseph L. Andrew S. Module2 Modern operating System. 4 Network Security Essentials Applications & Standards. Jay Ramachandran. Tanenbaum. Information theory coding and cryptography.Security issues – SQL security DAC based on granting & revoking privileges – MAC for multilevel security – Statistical database security. William Stallings.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. access control and remote execution in UNIX. Pearson Education Asia 3. Text Books 1. Pearson Education Asia 5. Kothamangalam SECURITY IN COMPUTING RT 801 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction: Security basics – Aspects of network security – Attacks – Different types – Hackers – Crackers – Common intrusion techniques –Trojan Horse. John wiles 367 . Worm – Security services and mechanisms. Module5 Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network. Module 4.Security mechanisms in JAVA platform – Applet security – Security policy and Security Manager. Module 5 Database Security: . Sead Muftic. Module 2 OS Security – Protection Mechanisms –Authentication & Access control – Discretionary and Mandatory access control – Authentication mechanisms – Official levels of computer security (DoD) .Security breaches – Concept of a hole . Module3 Cryptography and network security principles and practice..Types of a holes – Study of the security features for authentication. Wiley Dreamtech 7.

Memory organization.Parallel computer structures-Architecture classification schemes . Galgotia Publication Security in Computer Operating System . John wiles Designing Security Architecture Solutions – Jay Ramachandran. Wiley dreamtech Firewalls Complete .Sead Muftic.mesh connected networks .Rich Helton. TMH Networking Technologies .Indian contribution to parallel processing.Interconnection networks .Interconnection networks .Data driven computing and Languages . IDG Books HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING R802 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction to parallel processing . Mastering JAVA security: Cryptography. Computer Architecture & Parallel Processing . Module 3 Array processors .Charles P.Classification of pipeline processors .SIMD array processors . 6.Shea. Miller P.Marcus Gonsalvus. 4.Jaisal.G. Module 4 Multiprocessor architectures and Programming . NCC Blackwell Manchester Oxford 7.Kai Hwang & FayeA. Kothamangalam References 1.SIMD matrix multiplication-Parallel sorting on array processors .Trends towards parallel processing Parallelism in uniprocessor . Pfleeger IEEE Computer Science Press Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network. Module 2 Principles of pipelining and vector processing . Algorithms and Architecture . 2. Module5 Dataflow computers .Cube interconnection networks Parallel algorithms for array processors .Dynamic pipelines .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Mark A.E. Wiley Dreamtech 8. Implementing IPv6. 3.Associative array processing .Language features to exploit parallelism . Text Book 1.Instruction and Arithmetic pipelines – Design of Pipilined instruction unit-Prinnciples of Designing Pipeline ProcessorsInstruction prefetch and branch handling.Briggs. 5. McGraw Hill 368 .Loosely coupled and Tightly coupled multiprocessors .O.General pipelines .Linear pipelining .Architecture of Cray-1.Process synchronisation mechanisms.Data flow computers architectures .Static vs dynamic networks .Static data flow computer -Dynamic data flow computer -Data flow design alternatives. Security in Computing .

Hardware developments. Polymorphism. 4.Assignment and Initialisation Structured data types . Programming Languages . storage management . Arirban Basu.Variations of subprogram control. Module 4 Subprogram control . Almasi.Implicit and Explicit sequence control.Effects of Environments on languages . 7. Encapsulation by subprogram .Joshi. Module 3 Abstract data types.Bhatkar.George S.Vijay P. Rajaraman . Implementation of data structure type .Exception handling in JAVA.Specification of data types. Allan Gottlieb . 2. Language Paradigms.Benjamin Cumings Publishers. HIgh Performance Computer Architecture . Stone.Specification of data structure types. Pearson Education Asia / Prentice Hall of India Reference 1.Sequence Control . Inheritance.V. Pratt. Programming Languages.Type definition.PHI Super Computers .Language Design issues . Shared data in subprograms . Zelkowitz. type checking and type conversion . sequencing with arithmetic expressions. Asok K. Elements of Parallel computing .Wiely arstern Parellel Processing for Super Computers & AI .V.Robert W Sebesta. Declarations. 3. Introduction to exception handling . Design & Implementation .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Abstract data types revisited. Parallel programming. Advanced Computing . Module 5 Advances in Language design . sequence control between statements.Harold S. Asok V.Virtual computers and binding times. Addison Wesley.Kai Hwange & Douglas Degneot Mc Graw Hill Highly parallel computing . Text Book 1.Declarations and type checking for data structures. Module 2 Data types . attributes of data control. Marvin V. Kothamangalam References 1.Subprogram sequence control. PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES R803 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Role of programming languages . Rajaraman . 6. software architecture. Pearson EducationAsia 369 .Sharma.. implementation of elementary data types. 5.Terrence W.

Artificial Intelligence. meta interpreters – semantic nets & frames in prolog. Inference rules involving quantifiers. Unification. Matching and evaluation. Module 2 Informed search. Bi-directional search – Constraint satisfaction search. George F Luger. Introduction to frames and semantic nets. A* algorithm. Module 4 Knowledge and Reasoning – Review of representation and reasoning with Logic – Inference in first order logic.2. Pearson Education Asia References 1.4 1. Pearson Education Asia 2. Artificial Intelligence – A modern approach. Text Books Module 1. Module 5 Introduction to Prolog – Representing facts – Recursive search – Abstract data types – Alternative search strategies – Meta predicates. An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence – Eugene Charniak & Drew McDermot. DFS. forward and backward chaining – Resolution. Depth – Limited search.Problem characteristics – Problem solving by searching. Uniform cost search. Heuristic functions – Inventing Heuristic functions .Problems and problem spaces .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Artificial Intelligence Rich E. Pearson Education Asia 370 . Kothamangalam ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE RT 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Definitions – AI application areas – Example problems. modus ponens.McGraw Hill Booq Company Module 5 3. Searching strategies – Breadth first search. . Stuact Russell – Peter Narang. Module 3 Game playing and knowledge structures – Games as search problem – Imperfect decisions – Evaluation functions – Alpha – Beta pruning – state of art game programs.Heuristic for constraint satisfaction problem – Iterative deepening – Hill climbing – Simulated Annealing.3.

unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution.I) CMELR 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. 4. 2. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function.Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. 371 Advanced Mathematics Client-Server Computing E-Commerce Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems Distributed Computing User Interface Design 3+1+0 .II R805 List of electives 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Classification of second order equations. ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . 6. Module 3 Gamma. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered. Kothamangalam ELECTIVE . Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. 5. Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. 3. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions. Beta functions Gamma function.

K. BPB.semaphore implementations in NT & Netware.W.H.Thilagavathy.Client Server Computing & Hetrogenous Computing .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Inman. References 1.uses . Khanna Publishers Generalized functions .Inter process communication . Principles of Applied Mathematics. Numerical methods . 4. 7. S.Chand & co CLIENT SERVER COMPUTING (ELECTIVE .Grewal.P.Request acceptance dispatching Execution of requests . 6.K. Module 5 Communications Network communication . Mathematics.Optimizing applications for client server Example client server implementations .Kandasamy. Addison Wesley.Advantages and Disadvantages .critical sections . Novell's Guide to Client-Server Application & Architecture.B. New York A Course on Integral Equations .Case study Novell Netware and Windows NT .Kanwal.II) R 805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction History .Advantages and draw backs of multiple processor .processing queues . 3.Server communication model.H.Jeffrey D.Ram P. Kothamangalam References 1.Keener.Allen C.Threads .R. K.The costs of Client Server Computing .Gunavathy. Novell Press. Academic Press.Pipkin.Michael D. Developing Client Server Applications .Building portable client server applications. Hoskins.John Wiley and sons Applied Mathematics 8. Pearson Edn.Child and parent processor . 372 . 9.Chand Advanced Engg.semaphores . Module 3 Multitasking Multi programming vs multitasking .Developing server applications . Asia Numrical methods in Engg. Springer – Verlag Advanced Engg.James P. McGraw Hill.Processor . 5.S. 2. Client Server Computing .Greenberge.Managing the interaction of client and server .Communications Techniques protocols & Client server interaction protocols Preparing applications for client server .Schqnk.F.Dawna Travis Dewire. Linear Integral Equation.Dass. Principles and Techniques of Bernard Friedman . 3. Module 2 Design Fundamentals of client server design . 2.Client server interaction using message.mutual exclusion .context switching pre emptive systems . Module 4 Synchronization Scheduling implementations .Client Server Databases. S. John Wiley and Sons. Mathematics . & Science .Cross Platform Computing Distributed Computing .

E-Commerce Consumer & Organization Applications. EDI-Legal. Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications. Types of Digital Documents. E.Commerce and World Wide Web – Internet Service Providers. Global Electronic Commerce – J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark 2. CS Security Threats. Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS). E-Commerce .Strategy. Smart Cards. Credit Cards. E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE . Technologies and Applications. Galgotia.Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag 3. EDI standardization. Broad Band Telecommunication. Client Server Strategies. Module 2 Network Security Client-Server Network Security. Security and Privacy Issues. Pearson Education Asia References 1. WWW as the Architecture. Data & Message Security. Frontiers of Electronic Commerce . E. Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System. Encrypted Documents.II) R805-3 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce E-Commerce Framework. Security on the Web.Joe Salemi.Commerce The cutting edge of Business . Designing Electronic Payment Systems. Internet based EDI. 5.David Vaskevitch.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Video Conferencing with Digital Videos. Guide to Client Server Databases . TMH 373 . Module 3 Electronic Payment Systems Types of Electronic Payment Systems. Supply Chain Management. Firewalls. Text Book 1. Internal Information System. Module 4 Electronic Data Interchange EDI Application in Business. Asynchronous Transfer Mode. BPB. Hypertext publishing. Corporate Data Warehouses Module 5 Recent Trends in E-Commerce Multimedia in E-Commerce. Work-flow Automation and Coordination. Document Library. Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing. EDI Envelope for Message Transport. Kothamangalam 4. Risk in Electronic Payment Systems.Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston. Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce. Frame & Cell Relays.

Module 4 Modeling structure: Describing structure – structural VHDL model – hierarchy.Zainalabedin Navabi.Role of hardware description language.Sudhakar Yalamanchili. conditional signal assignment statements. Analysis and modeling of digital systems . Module 5 Basic I/O operations – the package TEXTIO – ASSERT statement – terminology and directory structure – simulation mechanics – synthesis mechanics – identifiers – data objects – data types – operators. VHDL primer . flip flop – the wait statement – state machine. Text Book 1. Module 2 Basic language concepts simulation: signals – Entity architecture – concurrent statements – Constructing VHDL models using CSAs – delays. Synthesis: language directed view – inference from within process – issues – signals vs. and selected signal assignment statements.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module3 Modeling behavior Simulation: The process construct – programming constructs – the wait statement – attributes – generating clocks and periodic waveforms – using signals – modeling state machines – constructing VHDL models – programming errors. Synthesis: Interface from declarations. simple CSA statements. Kothamangalam ANALYSIS AND MODELING OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Pearson Education Asia. 374 .Modeling digital systems – events. variables – latch vs. abstraction and accuracy – generics – component instantiation and synthesis – the generate statement subprograms: functions – procedures – sub program and operator overloading – packages and libraries.J Bhaskar. Introductory VHDL . propagation delays and concurrency – waveforms and timing – signal values – shared signals – simulation model – synthesis model – Field Programmable Gate Arrays.II) R805-4 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to VHDL: Digital system design . References 1. McGraw Hill. Pearson Education Asia 2.

Deadlocks in distributed systems – detection and prevention. Message passing – features. implementation. References 1. load sharing. Importance of Human Characteristics. Process migration mechanisms.intention lists. marshalling. Synchronization – clock synchronization. Distributed Operating Systems . Name services – SNS name service model. Distributed shared memory – Architecture. Group communication. RPC – model. user requirements. messages. centralized and distributed approaches. Module 5 Consistency maintenance Transaction recovery – methods. Sinha.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Human consideration. Network technologies and protocols – overview. other distributed file systems – AFS. Byzantine failures. Fault tolerance – failures. Kothamangalam DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING (ELECTIVE . characteristics. design issues. brief history – Graphical User Interface – Web User Interface – Principles of User interface design. Jean Dellimore. thrashing. stub generation. Distributed Systems – Concepts and designing . Tim Kindberg . Module 3 Communication in distributed systems Client server communication. Tenenbaum Pearson Education Asia 3.II) R805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Importance of user interface – definition. design issues. Module 2 Design Process Human Interaction with computers. Human Interaction speeds – Understanding Business function 375 . interfaces. Distributed Operating Systems . evolution. design issues.Pradeep. AMOBEAoverview.George Coulouris. synchronizations. event ordering. Sun Network File System – architecture and implementation. mutual exclusion Module 4 Resource and Process management Features of scheduling algorithms.Andrew S. MACH.II) R805-5 3+1+0 Module I Introduction Introduction to Distributed Systems. replacement strategy. Server management. importance of good design. PHI USER INTERFACE DESIGN (ELECTIVE .Concepts and design .Pearson Education Asia 2. Threads – scheduling. Module 2 Distributed file system File service components. K. structure of shared memory space. implementation techniques. CODA. load balancing. Task assignment approach.

The Essential Guide to User Interface Design 2nd Edn. Selection of device based and screen based controls . – Ben Shneiderman. Kothamangalam Module 3 Screen Designing Design goals . 7. digitization and generation – image and video displays – printers. 2. 6. Pearson Education Asia 2. Text Book 1. interface building tools Interaction devices: keyboard and function keys . Pearson Education Asia References 1.speech recognition.screen meaning and purpose. Galitz. 4. choosing colours. Designing the User Interface 3rd Edn. organizing screen elements.uses.pointing devices. problems. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered. Module 5 Software tools Specification methods. The Essentials of User Interface Design . Wiley Dreamtech 2. Multimedia Systems Embedded Systems Neural Networks Genetic Algorithms and Applications Advanced Networking Trends Data Processing and Analysis Techniques Biometrics 3+1+0 376 .ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow – visually pleasing composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis – presenting information simply and meaningfully – information retrieval on web – Statistical graphics – Technological considerations in Interface Design. – Wilbert O.Alan Cooper. Carroll. Human Computer Interaction – John M. 5. Wiley Dreamtech ELECTIVE .III R806 List of electives 1. 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. selection of windows.text and messages – icons and images – Multimedia – colours. Module 4 Windows and components Menus and navigation schemes.

Hodger & Russel M. Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics.Video capture techniques .Animation .Basic tools Authoring tools. Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. Virtual Reality .Tata Mcgraw Hill 3. JPEG.Analog and digital video. 377 .Image .Desktop video conferencing .) 2. Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development. software applications and software environments .III) R806-2 3+1+0 Module1 Overview of Embedded System Embedded System. Authoring Interactive multimedia . Format classes and Component classes . Random house Electronic Pub. Sams 6. Susan Lafe Meister .Hyper text .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. CD-interactive.Full motion digital video . RLE.Image compression. QuickTime. Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions.L.Palikom. Interaction.Tay Van Ghan – Osborne .Arch C Luther 4.Analog & Digital video . Database integration. Kothamangalam MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE .Winn L.Peter Jellam.Techniques realistic image synthesis.Composition. Control System.Sound cards . Multimedia .Mathew E. Synchronisation. (basic ideas only) Module 3 Multimedia Environments The Compact Disc family. Multimedia Power Tools .Image file types . digital audio. Communication devices. Comdex 7. Module 2 Building Blocks Text . Integrated Multimedia Systems Overview . Sasnett. multimedia. Multimedia Programming Objects.Ron Goldberg. Gibbs.Image types .Media Types . Optimizing your Multimedia PC . Addison wesley 9. Biomedical Systems. Module 4 Multimedia Programming Framework: Overview. Digital Video Interactive. Environments & Framework Simon J. Module 5 Advanced Multimedia Moving pictures .Capture and Playback techniques.Problems related to programming . Multimedia Bible . Multimedia Producers Bible . Categories of Embedded System.Comdex 5.Making it work . Skibbe. MPEG . 8. Dionysios C.Sound .Fractal and Wavelet Compressions . hardware. Handheld computers. Multimedia Computing . Requirements of Embedded Systems.Future multimedia.multimedia networks .III) R806-1 3+1+0 Module 1 1ntroduction Definition of multimedia. The communication Wall EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Transform classes. music and animation . Rosch. References 1. Media classes.J.Memory storage .Standards .

Learning .Local minima .Linear separability . Embedded Process Control System. Smart Cards and the Cashless Society. Voice-over-IP.Applications . Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey.artificial neuron . Micro-Controller Architecture.Training the Grosbery layer Full counter propagation network .Training the cohenen layer . System on a Chip (SOC).Perception Representation .Single layer & multilayer networks .statistical properties . NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE . Embedded System Development Process.Training algorithm . Module 4 Real Time & Database Applications Real-Time Embedded Software Development. Module 2 Back Propagation . Kothamangalam Module 2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment Hardware Architecture. Module 3 Embedded Communication System Serial Communication.III) R806-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction .temporal instability.Training algorithms. Wiley Dreamtech Reference 1. Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System. PC-to-PC Communication. Appliance Control using Jini. Types of Embedded Operating systems. Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers. Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly Meet – Daniel W Lewis.activation functions . Communication Interface Standards. 378 .Application. Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer . Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player. Mobile Java Applications.Training artificial neural networks .Pre initialising the wright vectors .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Programming for Embedded Systems. Security in Embedded Systems. Module 5 Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded Systems Networked Java-Enabled Information Appliances. Protocol Converter.Dreamtech Software Team. Sending a Message over a Serial Link.Principles .network configurations Network paralysis . Text Book 1. Embedded Operating systems. Energy Meter Readings. Simulation of a Process Control System.

Cauche training . Previous Methods of Determining the Architecture of a Multi-Part Program .Previous Work on Automated Analog Circuit Synthesis.applications Thermo dynamic systems . 379 . Schalkoff. Text Book 1.Pay Y.stability .Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.0 .Cart Centering. References 1.Elements of GPPS 2. 2. Neural Networks .Recurrent networks . Loops.Statistical Hopfield networks . SelfOrganization of Hierarchies and Program Architecture . An Introduction to neural computing . Storage. Recursion.H.Boltzmann’s Training .0-Problems Illustrating GPPS 1.Chapman & Hall Artificial Neural Networks . Wasserman.Architecture classification .0 Problems Illustrating GPPS 2.B. Module 2 Genetic Programming Problem Solver (GPPS) Elements of GPPS 1. Module 3 Automated synthesis of analog electrical circuits Synthesis of a Low-pass Filter and High-pass Filter The Role of Crossover in Genetic Programming.Time-Optimal Robot Control Problem Multi-Agent Problem .Continous BAM .Robert J.III) 3+1+0 R806-4 Module 1 Architecture-Altering Operations Introduction. Module 5 Hopfield nets .Artificial specific heat methods .Associative memory .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam Module 4 Statistical methods . McGraw Hill Artificial Neural Networks .Simon Haykins Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks .On the origin of new function. 3.Architecture-Altering operations for Subroutines -Automatically Defined Iterations.Bidirectional associative memories .Philip D.Implimentation. PHI GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE . 4.Rotating the Tires on an Automobile – Boolean Parity Problem.0 . 5. Neural Computing Theory & Practice . Module 4 Evolvable Hardware Evolvable Hardware and Rapidly Re-configurable Field-Programmable Gate Arrays Discovery of cellular Automata Rules: Discovery of a Cellular Automata Rule for the Majority Classification Problem. Transmembrane Segment Identification Problem using Architecture-Altering Operations for Iterations-Fibonacci Sequence.Using Architecture Altering Operations for Subroutines.Adaptive resonance theory .Yegnanarayana.

1999 Reference 1. Wireless Ethernet – SONET – Sonet multiplexing. Elizabeth M Rudnick (Pearson Education Asia) ADVANCED NETWORKING TRENDS (ELECTIVE .System architecture .III) R806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Ethernet Technology – Frame format – Interface Gap – CSMA/CD – 10 mbps Ethernet.Transmission channels . Gigabit Ethernet. AAL2. Antonakos. Jr. Forrest H Bennett III.block schematic of satellite earth station .applications in personnel communication. Koza.VSAT .Kenneth C Mansfield. Layout and test Automation . B-ISDN.Definition . “ Genetic Programming III: Darwinian Invention and Problem Solving”.Geo stationary satellites .. James L. Martin A.VSAT networks .Pinaki Mazumder. Sonet frame structure Module 2 ISDN . David Andre. PHI 380 . Kothamangalam Module 5 Programmatic Motifs for molecular Biology Automatic Discovery of Protein Motifs –Programmatic Motifs and the Cellular Location Problem. Fast Ethernet. (basic ideas only) Module 5 Wireless Lan – Infrared Vs Radio transmission – Infrastructure & ad hoc n/w – IEEE 802. AAL3/4. Kean. Module 3 ATM – ATM Principles – BISDN reference model – ATM layers – ATM adaption Layer – AAL1.Parallelisation of Genetic Programming –Implementation Issues.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Parallelization and Implementation Issues: Computer Time.11 – Hiper Law – Bluetooth – Physical Layer – MAC layer – Networking – Security References Module 1 1.ISDN interface.Protocol architecture . An introduction to Computer Networking . Genetic Algorithms for VLSI Design. Johin R. Morgan Kaufmann. Text Book 1. AAL5 – ATM addressing – UNI Signaling – PNNI Signalling Module 4 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Satellite communication principles .

Dolf Zantinge. Kazmier (Tata McGraw Hill) 381 . Structured COBOL. Kothamangalam Module 1. DBMS Vs DM – DM Techniques.III) R806-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to COBOL programming -elements of COBOL divisions. Rajasekar & S. Tata McGraw Hill 2. KDD Vs Data mining. J. Mobile Communication . Module 2 Table Handling – Occur clause – PERFORM verb – SET verb. SEARCH verb – Occurs depending clause – Sorting a Table. sections and paragraphs -Table writing .Selvi (Anuradha Agencies) 6. References 1.A. Issues and Challenges in DM – DM application areas. Data mining Concepts and Techniques .LeonGarcia – Widjaja. Module 4 Data warehousing – Definition – Multidimentional datamodel – OLAP operation – Data warehouse architecture – Warehouse Server – Metadata – OLAP Engine. Person Education Asia 5.Jawei Han & Micheline Kamber (Morgan Kunfmann Pub. statements. Data Mining . S. Structured COBOL Programming . Module 3 Processing of various file structures in COBOL Language – File description – Fixed Length Record – Statements – Sequential File with variable length record – Sorting and merging of files – Direct access files. Philippakis & Leonard.3 1.Jochen Schiller. Communication Networks Fundamental Concepts & Key Architecture .complete program in COBOL using various options verbs.Pieter Adriaans.2.) 4. Data mining Techniques .M K Roy & D Ghosh Dastidar.conditional statements. Pearson Education Asia DATA PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . Module 5 Data mining – Definitions.E.Arun K Pujari (Universal Press) 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Tata McGraw Hill 2. COBOL programming .

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 5 Biometrics Application – Biometric Solution Matrix-Bioprivacy-Comparison of privacy factor in different biometrics technologies-Designing privacy sympathetie biometric systems-Biometric standards. Biometrics -Identify Verification in a Networked World . transformations. Visual programming. polygon hatching.AFIS (automatic fingerprint Identification systems)-Behavieral Biometrics-Signature scan-Key stroke Scan.WILEY-dreamtech GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA LAB R807 0+0+4 Point plotting.features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 3 Iris scan .features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 4 Other physiological biometrics-Handscan-retina scan. hidden line elimination. Animation Any experiment according to the syllabus of R702 Computer Graphics may be substituted 382 .Samir Nanavati. BAPI)-Biometric middleware.features – components – operation (steps) – competing iris scan technologies – strength and weakness Voice scan . Reference 1. Multimedia programming. Michael Thieme. Line and Polygon clipping. Raj Nanavati. Kothamangalam BIOMETRICS (ELECTIVE -III) R806-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Benefits of biometric security – verification and identification – basic working of biometric matching – accuracy – false match rate – false nonmatch rate – failure to enroll rate – derived metrics – layered biometric solutions Module 2 Finger scan – features – components – operation (steps) – competing finger scan technologies – strength and weakness Facial scan . curves.(BioAPI. line and circle drawing.

Kothamangalam PROJECT & SEMINAR R709/ R808 0+0+4 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. and submit a report of the project work done to the department. In addition to the seminar He/She shall undertake a project work in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide(s).Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. On completion of the project work. certified report of seminar. mini project and project work are to be presented for evaluation. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. 383 . VIVA -VOCE R809 A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the students overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. At the time of Viva-voce. He/ She submits a report of the paper to the department. He/She shall present the work done before a panel of staff members.

Kothamangalam B. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS POLYMER ENGINEERING BRANCH 384 .TECH.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 385 .

conservative fields – identities – simple problems.K.R. J. Mathematics. Wiley Eastern Ltd. S. M.Venkataraman. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Advanced Engg. National Publishing Co. Module 4 Finite Differences Meaning of ∆. Numerical Methods in science & Engg.II CMELP 301 3+1 Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus Differentiation of vector functions . S. Michael D. 6. surface and volume Integrals – work done by a force along a path – Application of Green’s theorem. δ . 3.Saxena.K. Prentice-Hall. H. 2. Numerical Methods.Chand and Co Ltd. Module 5 Difference Calculus Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. 386 . equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real and imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn. 8. Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus Line. z+k2/z – bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable Definition of analytic functions and singular points – derivation of C. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. ez. Mathematics. Finite Differences and Numerical Analysis. Advanced Engg. Mathematics. University press. Numerical Mathematical analysis. Khanna Publishers.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirling’s formula – Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.Greenberg.B. sin z.S.Scarborough. E. µ.. 4. Grawal B. 1/z.C.. ∇. divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential. McGraw – Hill. 5. Kothamangalam MATHEMATICS .scalar and vector fields – gradient. Erwin Kreyszig.Shantha. 7.Balachandra Rao and G.R.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Spiegel. Higher Engg. M. References 1.

Limits to growth. elasticity. technology and society.G. Technology transfer from east to west. National income. Economic Systems. methods of calculation of national income. factors of production. Distribution. inflation.I. Expenditure. Kothamangalam HUMANITIES P302 Part A: HISTORY OF SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY Module 1 Early Developments and Middle Period:Contributions of Indian. Resource depletion and pollution.L.V. Module 5 Theory of value. Part B: ECONOMICS Module 4 The basic economic problem. Public economics. Principles of Economics : : : : : : : 387 R.Bernal J. Theory of demand and supply. Theories of life and universe. NI. Socialism and Mixed Economy. 5.Brownoskyi Paul A. PI. References 1. Chinese. Money and banking. 2. 4. Science in agriculture. Revenue. their functions.V. Classification of money.D. marginal productivity. interest and profit. nature of economics and its laws. Science and Technology in developing countries. 6. supply curves. types of banks. Gandhian approach to technology. The dark ages of science in Europe. Role of small scale and village industries.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. the fall of the Aristotelian universe and the beginning of modern science. determination of market price and output under perfect competition and monopoly. MNP. the computer and space exploration.H. comparison with the 19-th century approach. theory of distribution. cost of production. Taxation. science and religion. Industrial revolution and its impact on Science. value and price. The urban problem and the social cost of progress. the role of Arabs. History of Science and Technology A History of Technology Science in Technology Science and Human Values Elements of Economics A Text Book of Modern Economics 7. rent. Module 2 Renaissance and the Early Modern Period:Flowering of Europian Technology.Menon C. DI. Sundaram and Waish 3+1 . GNP. Problems of technology transfer. Concept of appropriate technology.Singar J. Greek and Roman Civilizations to science and technology. Module 3 Modern Trends in Technology:Developments in communication. The characteristic trends in 20th century science. the historical development of prime movers. law of demand. definitions. Capitalism. Abuja K. credit creation. Science as agent of social change. Integration of Science. the birth and growth of different branches of Engineering. marginal utility theory. wages. macro economic approach. transport and power engineering. progress in steel making. 3.

Declaration and initialisation of structure variables. crosslinked and network polymers. do-while.P. mainframe. filessequential and random files. operator precedence and associativity. homochain and hetero-atomic chain polymers. classification. input. Programming languages. structure of linear. Array of structures and nested structures. variables. synthetic. poly functional systems. keywords. assemblers. branched. copolymer.Tata McGrawHill POLYMER SCIENCE . Module 2 C Programming. use of pointers in arrays. Loop statements-for. polymerisability 388 . creating a data file. classification. parameter passing methods in C function. switch statements. single and multidimensional arrays. References 1. ladder. Fundamental data types. block schematic of personal computers. examples for natural. 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. unions. Compilers. nomenclature. Concept of software and hardware. Module 4 Pointers.Kannetkar Y. concept of pointers in C. Example programs using pointers. machine language. Programming in C Let us C Pointers in C Programming with C : : : : E Balaguruswamy Y. 3. break and continue statements. homo polymer. Decision statements-if. file type specification. identifiers. Example programs using structures. arithmetic expressions. syntax of C language. declaration of pointer variables.Gottfried. Kothamangalam COMPUTER PROGRAMMING P 303 3+1 Module 1 Computer fundamentals. inorganic and biopolymers. Module 3 Arrays & Structures.P. Introduction to PC operating systems. Flow charts and algorithms. Arguments and local variables. 4. function declaration and calling. concept of recursive functions. nested if. file operators. Structure of a C program.I P304 3+1 Module 1 Importance in everyday life.S. Simple exercise. assembly language and high level language. while. String and its initializations. character arrays and its initializations. Functions-concept. DOS and WINDOWS. Bi-functional systems. classification. output statements.Kannetkar Bryan. functionality of monomers. functions and structures. mini and microcomputers. compilation of C programs. Introduction to C programming language. Program development.

R. Kothamangalam Module 2 Number average. New Delhi. Polymer science and Technology. Fried. carbanions. control of molecular weight. Young and P. Wiley Interscience.R. copolymer equation. gelation. simple numerical problems to illustrate average molecular weight.carbocations. H. basic principles of the following methods: end group analysis.Rodrigues. SN2 and borderline mechanisms. inhibition. Cowie. “Text Book of Polymer Science”. Billmeyer. SN1. Ziegler. Blackie. Premamoy Ghosh. Lampe.J. z. Tata McGraw . free radical initiators. mechanism and kinetics of free radical. reactive intermediates in organic chemistry.W. 6. diene polymerization. Polymer Science and Technology of Plastics and Rubbers. inductive. ring opening polymerization. carbenes and nitrenes. molecular weight distribution. 1971. viscosity average.Natta catalysts. Module 2 Organic reaction mechanisms. Polymerisation techniques. kinetics. 2nd Ed. Introduction to Polymers. mechanism. 1991. London. vapour phase osmometry. J. 7. 1990. Allcock and F.. 389 .G. weight average. colligative property measurements. chain length and degree of polymerisation.W.Hill. Chapman & Hall. 1995 3.Lovell. Substitution and Elimination reactions: detailed study of SN1.Billmeyer. solution. monomer reactivity ratio. different types of copolymers. SNi. Prentice Hall. Mc Graw Hill. SN2. acids and bases. Prentice Hall 1981. Module 4 Basics of condensation polymerisation. cationic & anionic polymerization. viscometry and gel permeation chromatography. autoacceleration. Staudinger Index Module 3 Addition polymerization. “ Principles of Polymer systems”. F. bulk. introduction. 1984. ultracentrifugation. “Contemporary Polymer Chemistry”. 1970 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY P 305 3+1 Module 1 Chemical bonding and molecular structure. chain transfer. 1991. Textbook of Polymer Science.W. coordination polymerisation. 4. 8. electronic effects in organic molecules. Joel R. Copolymerization. NJ. light scattering. polydispersity index. Carother’s equation. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. emulsion and interfacial polymerisation References 1. mesomeric and hyperconjugation effects. suspension. free radicals.M. F.average molecular weights. osmometry. 2. Polymers: Chemistry and Physics of Modern Materials. Wiley international publishers. F.

Jerry March. Theory of simple bending. and E1cb mechanisms). concepts of dihedral angle. E2.Bars of varying cross . ELBS. New york. optical purity and enantiomeric excess. rotation about bonds.1992 2.sections – composite sections temperature stresses. Recent advances in NMR techniques. stereocentre. John Wiley & Sons. Ltd. New Delhi. solvent effects. geometrical isomerism. Rearrangement Reactions: common rearrangements in organic chemistry. Module 2 Shear force and bending moments -Cantilever-simply supported and overhanging beams-concentrated and U. problem solving approach. molecular representation. neighboring group participation. D. Module 4 Organic Spectroscopy: principles and applications of UV. Detailed study of elimination reactions (E1. NMR. R and S. conformational analysis of acyclic and cyclic molecules. ESR spectroscopic techniques for the structure elucidation of organic compounds.Bahl and Arun Bhal. definition and classification. I. circular and 1-sections.Macaulay's Method-moment area method.L. racemisation and methods of resolution. configurational nomenclature. Methods of determination of organic reaction mechanisms. 6th edition. SF and BM. References 1. New Delhi. stereo isomerism. substitution vs. Chand & Co. leaving group effects. determination of configuration. Advanced Organic Chemistry. configuration. 1996. torsional strain. L. conformation. Phase transfer catalysis and applications of crown ethers. elimination. D. B.S. 13C–NMR. E/Z notation. Principal stresses and planes-Mohr's circle representation of plane stress. Organic Chemistry.Double integration. 390 . rearrangement of carbocations. 1992 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING MP306 3+1+0 Module 1 Stress and strain .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 15th edition.conjugate beam method. Kothamangalam Nucleophilicity and basicity. Advanced Organic Chemistry. Textbook of Organic Chemistry. 4. chirality and optical activity. Catalysis by acid & bases. Module 3 Slope and deflection of simply supported beams and cantilevers.bending and shear stress distribution rectangular. 5th edition. interconversion of geometrical isomers. chiral synthesis. Morrison & Boyd. Relation between load. non-classical carbocations.Finar. IR. Prentice Hall. 1998 3.. loadings analytical method. S. Module 3 Isomerism of organic compounds: isomerism. 2 dimensional NMR spectroscopy. Lewis acid catalysis. optical rotatory dispersion and circular dichroism.

H. columns and column foundationprinciple of reinforced concrete. Solid Mechanics. Strength of Materials. 0+3 B. Khanna Publishers. Mc Graw Hill. 6. 4. Vazirani V. Close-coiled and open coiled spring. 7. Vol 1. Inc. 2. Kazimi S. 3.D.A. General description only of simple and compound steel. 7. M. gradually and suddenly applied load-impact loads. 391 . Identify the components of the given binary mixture. Prentice Hall of India. Purification (fractional crystallization.Newyork. Thin cyliders and jhick cylinders subjected to internal and external pressures. William A Nash. Vol 1. 3. Strength of Materials. liquidsolid and solid-solid) using chemical analysis and IIR and NMR spectral data. Ratwani N. ELBS. 5.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4. columns & footings (No problem expected) References 1. Ryder G. Longman’s Green& Company.power transmitted by shafts. 3... Bromination of amines.N. New Delhi. 2. Slabs. 2.butyl acetoacetate by the acetoacetatic ester condensation Synthesis of 3-nitrobenzoic acid from benzoic acid Nitration of aromatic hydrocarbons. 6.Van Nostrand company. Strength of Materials. Kothamangalam Module 4 Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts. ELBS. Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures. Side chain oxidation of aromatic hydrocarbons.S. Benzoylation of phenols... beams.compound pipes -wire wound pipesstrain energy-axial loads. Synthesis of ethyl n. New Deihi. 5. Arthur Morley. beams. Part 1. Analysis of Structures. 8. chromatography) and separation of the components of a binary organic mixture (liquid-liquid. Reinforcements detailing in R. Purification and characterization of organic compounds 1. Strength of Materials. Punmia B.M.P. Preparation of solid esters. Popov E. Organic synthesis 1. C. New Delhi. Module 5 Columns and sturts.short and long columns-Euler's theory-Ran kine's theory Eccentrically Loaded columns-column with initial curvature.P.leaf spring. Engineering Mechanics of solids.C. Checking the purity of the separated components on TLC plates. fractional distillation. CHEMISTRY LAB P 307 A.Lakshmi Publications. Timoshenko. Tata Mc Graw Hill.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam COMPUTER LAB P 308 1. Programs handling one-dimensional array. Familiarisation of DOS commands and WINDOWS. 0+3 392 . 7. Programs using pointers. 3. Simple C programs with control statements and loops. Functions having arguments. 10. Recursive functions. 8. 9. Programs handling multidimensional array 5. 11. A simple graphic program. Programs handling structures. 6. 2. Programs using a simple function. Programs involving files. 4.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 393 .

Sneddon. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitary constants and arbitary Functions . B. Kothamangalam MATHEMATICS . its mean and variance . difference proportion. Bali and Iyengar. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. Pearson Education Asia / PHI.The binomial distribution. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II). Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability . by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations . 5.Finding P.simple problems. Elements of Partial Differential Equations. Richard A Johnson.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers. Venkataraman. References 1. Engineering Mathematics Vol. II -3rd year Part A & B. 394 .fitting of binomial & Poisson distributions . National Publishing Company. Mc Graw Hill International Edn. 6. 7. Higher Engineering Mathematics. M. Ian N.simple problems in binomial.Linear Simultaneous eqns.normal distribution .Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. Poisson and normal distributions.properties of normal curve . Grewal. Pearson Education Asia. Advanced Engg. 3.K.inverse transforms .S. Erwin Kreyszig.simple applications in engineering problems.I. Laxmi Publications Ltd. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms .solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.standard normal curve . F and Chi square test – Level of significance .transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity . 2.III CMEP401 3+1 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected).its mean and variance . Hogg and Tanis. Khanna Publishers. 4.Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . Probability and statistical inferences. Mathematics.

Graw Hill Strostroup Nabajyothy Bjarne Charles Petzold. load test. abstract classes. Object Oriented Programming with C++ 5.. characteristics. DAO and ODBC. using references with dynamic memory allocations. protected. EMF equation. usage of virtual methods. in-line functions outside class definitions. BPB Cary Cornessl. active X concepts. basic principles of current transformers (no analysis) basic principles of servo stabilizer. Microsoft Press Yashwanth Kaneethkar. concepts of DLL. Data abstraction and OOP in C++ 2. C++ 4. Visual C++ Programming 7. selecting friend or member functions for operator overloading Module 3 Dynamic objects. declaring objects. Programming Windows 95 6. basic principles. field control. definition. Visual Basic from the group UP Gordenkeeth Wiley Eastern E. Kothamangalam OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING P 402 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. armature control. encapsulation and inheritance. extending classes. Module 2 Transformers: Transformer action.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. working. concepts of classes and objects. Tata Mc. Object Oriented Programming with C++ 3. 395 . Case study-C++. applications. Balaguruswamy.concept of motoring and generating action. characteristics. building classes. public. speed control. step up and step down transformer. calculation of efficiency. 280/12-0-12 V for inverters and rectifiers. virtual methods. member functions. multiple inheritance Module 2 Polymorphism. Inheritance and access control. DC generator. load test. visual programming concepts. Module 4 Concepts of Windows programming. load test. operator overloading. dynamic object allocation. constructors and destructors. Auto and three phase transformers. GUI. simulation using abstract classes. Graw Hill ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY P 403 3+1 Module 1 Basic Principles of Electric Machines. design of typical step down transformers like 280/6-0-6V. member access control-private. overloading methods. fundamentals of MFC. Tata Mc. 230/9-0-9 V. DC motor. References 1.

simple manometer. laminar and turbulent flow. venturimeter. Pascal’s law. and lithium ion batteries. isothermal and adiabatic flow. nickel metal hydride. real fluid. characteristics of nickel cadmium. rotameter. measurement of fluid flow. rotational and irrotational flow. Electrical Technology Electrical Machines Electrical Design Estimating And Costing Electrical machines and Power systems Electric Engineers Hand Book B. lithium batteries. density. orificemeter.L. bourden pressure gauge. uniform and non uniform flow. 4. viscosity.B. Module 3 Centrifugal pumps-types of casings. ideal fluid. types. cavitation. pressure. working and characteristics only (no analysis). constructional features. block schematic of UPS. applications& specifications of stepper motors. NPSH. battery charging circuits. Module 2 Fluid flow phenomena-classification of flow.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. used for pagers and cellular phones. work done. discharge. indicator diagram.K. Maintenance of batteries. capillarity. power required. steady and unsteady state flow. Ampere hour rating of batteries. working of tacho generators. 396 . construction working. piezometer. differential manometer. specifications chargeable batteries. 2. Kothamangalam Module 3 A C Machines. criteria for selection of motors. measurement of fluid pressure. Rajput K. starting of induction motors. charging and discharging characteristics. Module 5 Batteries: Dry cells. typical applications. efficiency. constructional features. Basic principles of operation of synchronous and induction motor characteristics (no analysis). construction of button cells. Fink CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . discharge. References 1. slip. fields of applications. 3. AC&DC contactors. Bernoulli’s theorem. secondary cells. stepper motor. Reynolds number. priming. compressibility.I P 404 3+1 Module 1 Fluids-nature of fluids. Raina & Bhattacharya Vincent Del Toro Donald G.Thereja R. electromagnetic relays. starters. Module 4 Special Machines AC&DC servo motors. 5. surface tension. universal motors. critical velocity. Reciprocating pumps. single phase induction motor. characteristic curves. physical properties of fluids. pitot tube. piping system. synchros constructional features. concept of UPS. specific weight. lead acid cells. velocity diagrams.

entrance and exit effects. first law applied to non flow process. work function. enthalpy. shear rate dependent fluids. Introduction to chemical engineering thermodynamics. true stress. storage modulus. induction time. hysteresis. statistical mechanical theory. intensive and extensive properties. viscoelastic materials. Gibb’s free energy.temperature equivalence principle.fundamental concepts and definitions. Module 4 Newtonian fluids and non-Newtonian fluids. true strain. rheopexy. compression modulus.K Modi POLYMER PHYSICS P405 3+1 Module 1 Stress. thermoelastic experiment. stress. New Delhi 3. Fluid Mechanics. proportionality limit Module 2 Mechanical models. fugacity and activity of pure fluids. viscous fluid.N Modi 5. Maxwell. Kelvin-Plank statement. difference in the response of elastic solid. S. energy driven and entropy driven elasticity. time. Burger.strain curves.term and long. Module 3 Rubber elasticity. types of thermodynamic systems and properties. rheological measurements. engineering stress. zeroth law of thermodynamics. Voigt. modulus. Fluid Mechanics. Young’s modulus. scorch time. plasticity retention index. Jagadish Lal 4. secant modulus. Hydraulics and Fluid mechanics. generalised equations for these models. strain. compliance. P. oscillating disc rheometers. cone and 397 . simple numerical problems based on these principles. Gough-Joule effect. Clausius statement. Maxwell’s equations. time dependent fluids. third law of thermodynamics. References 1. loss modulus. thermodynamic treatment of rubbers.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. short. closed. Boltzmann superposition principle. Nag 2. engineering strain. psuedoplasticity. open and isolated systems. bulk modulus. formulation of first law. dilatancy. factors affecting viscoelasticity. dashpot. viscous fluid and viscoelastic materials under static and dynamic conditions. tangent modulus. dynamic mechanical properties. specific heat. spring. molecular requirements of rubber-like elasticity. Tata McGrawHill publishing company. Maxwell-Weichert. Newton’s law. Power law. Hooke’s Law.term properties. Rabinowitsch correction. second law of thermodynamics. curing characteristics. heat capacity. Kothamangalam Module 4 Thermodynamics. cure time.M Smith. elastic solid. entropy changes and irreversibility. Deborah number. capillary rheometer. GibbsDuhem equation. Poisson’s ratio. damping. plasticity. Clapyeron equation. tan δ. thixotropy. Engineering Thermodynamics. J. path functions and state functions. equations for creep and stress relaxation.

supermolecular structures. R. unit cells. D. clarity. A. lower critical solution temperature (LCST). Polymer Science and Engineering. polymer single crystals.V. Mooney viscometer. Haufman and J. kinetic. copolymers. shark skin. cross linking reactions. A. free volume. draw down. Viscoelastic Properties of Polymers. power factor. stabilisation to prevent degradation. dielectric loss. H. polymorphism. Properties & structure of polymers. Brydson. aminolysis. Introduction to Polymer science and Technology. primitive cell. elastic turbulence. J. capacitance. Falcetta. Flow Properties of Polymer Melts POLYMER SCIENCE . 6. and thermodynamic views of glass transition.J. 398 . elastic effects in polymer melt flow. polymer analogous reactions. New York. first order and second order transitions. terms and definitions. Williams. ozone. effect of additives on electrical properties of polymers. John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1971 4. Ferry. reactivity of functional groups. Structured Polymer Properties. Tobolsky. Module 4 Effect of polymer structure on dielectric constant. micro-organism. heat.Samuels. Newyork1978 2. S P E Text Book. acidolysis. addition and substitution reactions. chain end and random degradation. degree of crystallinity. Module 3 Chemical reactivity of linear and crosslinked polymers. molecular motion. dissipation factor and loss factor. lamellae. theta conditions. hydrogenation. crystalline state. melt flow index. melt fracture. Module 2 Polymer solutions. spherulites. degradation by oxygen.J. X-ray diffraction. Kothamangalam plate viscometer. J. thermodynamic view of miscibility. secondary transitions. David J. UV light. linear and cyclic arrangement. prediction of molar polarization and effective dipole moment. die swell. Hildebrand approach. concentration regimes in polymer solutions. Tm. polymer bound reagents. factors influencing glass transition temperature. John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1960. types of solutions. John Wiley & Sons. Bravais lattices. Tg. 5.F. factors affecting Tg. crystal systems. crazing. effect of polymer structure on optical properties. References 1. 1974. Maclaren and Sons.II P 406 3+1 Module 1 Amorphous state. Flory Huggins theory. factors affecting crystallinity. haze. hydrolysis. weathering.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. upper critical solution temperature (UCST). John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1997 3. fringed micelle model. transparency.

Quantitative estimation of the following monomers: Aniline. John Wiley & Sons.C.W. formaldehyd.C and Load test on DC generator. Van Krevelen And P. Mark Ed. Vt. Second Edition. Hoftyzen.Ward & D.. Polystyrene. 399 .M. Acadamic press.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 6. ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB P 408 0+3 A total of 8 experiments (4 from Group A and 4 from Group B) out of 16 suggested below may be done in the laboratory. Phenol. Paul C. Fundamentals of Polymer Science. Jozef. Coleman. 4. Ulf W. 1995. Ethyl Acetate. Marcel Dekker Inc. Prediction Of Polymer Properties. Kothamangalam transmittance. 2. J. 7. Chapman & Hall. Load test on 3-phase alternator – regulation at different power factor – Demonstration of terminal voltage control. USA. 4.W. D. ed. 6. Newyork. Load test on 3-phase slip ring induction motor. Determination of molecular weight by viscosity method. 3. 1982. Polymer Physics. gloss. Polyacrylamide. Technomic Publishing Co. Williston. An Introduction to the Mechanical Properties of Solid Polymers. 1990. “Properties Of Polymer.Hadley. Urea-Formaldehyde and MelamineFormaldehyde. 8. 2. Synthesis of the following Polymers: Polymethyl methacrylate.J. England.A. 3. acrylonitrile. Physical Properties Of Polymers Hand Book. 1994. reflectance. I. Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin (Novolak and Resol). POLYMER PREPARATION AND CHARACTERISATION LAB P407 0+3 1. Newyork. Load test on single phase transformer.E. prediction of refractive indices of polymers by group contributions. 1995. Lancaster. Acetone. Electrical properties of polymers. 5. 1. 1996.. 2. Polyurethanes and glyptal Resins. Load test on 3-phase cage induction motor.AIP.Bicerano. 7. Chichester. Inc. urea. Load test on DC shunt motor. GROUP A O. methyl – methacrylate. Gedde. 3. glycol. Regenerated Cellulose. 3rd Edition Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company Amsterdam – Oxford – Newyork. 5.Seanor. 1993. D. Load test on Single phase induction motor. Painter and Michael M. References 1.

Study of SCR – assemble single phase controlled rectifier – study phase control. 7. OR.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 6. Study of logic gates – AND. Half-wave and full-wave rectifier – study of wave forms and regulations. integrator. INVERTER. Half adder and full adder using NAND gates. Operational amplifier circuit – adder. 5. Characteristics of diode and Zener diode. NAND. Kothamangalam GROUP B 1. NOR. 3. 400 . 8. 2. 4. Transistor biasing – assemble CE amplifier – study input and output Waveforms. Assemble RC phase shift oscillator – study waveforms.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 401 .

Tulsian & Vishal Pandey. 7. 2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Balanced T.Residues. Dr.Grewal.P. Kanna Publishers. P.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series. Dr. References 1.Duality in L. Ervin Kreyszig. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerative only) – Big-M method. 3. Wiley Eastern limited. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method .P.S.IV CMEP501 3+1 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem. convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms. shifting property. G. B.Isaac & A Somasundaram.T. PHI. Kanna Publishers. 5. S Arumugam. Quanttilative techniques Theory & Problems.M.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Students Vol. Kothamangalam MATHEMATICS . Churchill and Brown. Complex variables and applications. Scitech publications T. 9. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science. Engineering Mathematics Vol. Advanced Mathematics for Engg. 4.Narayanan. 402 . Operations research. Dr. two phase method .Pillai.Ramanaigh & S.K. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method.S.Grewal. A. B.zeros and singularities.Runga – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method. 6. 8.K. III.P. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering. III. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform. McGraw-Hill. Panneer Selvam. Higher Engineering Mathematics. M.Venkitaraman. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method .properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle.S.C. Pearson Education Asia. National Publishing Company.Vishwananthan printers & publishers.

Sieder Tate equation. individual and overall heat transfer coefficients. steady state conduction through single resistance and compound resistances in series.Hill publishing company. Tata McGraw. 2-4 exchanger. capacity. References 1. heat transfer coefficients in shell and tube heat exchangers. Module 2 Convection-natural and forced convection.II P502 3+1 Module 1 Modes of heat transfer-conduction and Fourier law. thermal conductivity. Graetz number. heat flow through a cylinder. 12 exchanger. extended surface equipment. Unit operations in chemical engineering. Module 3 Heat exchange equipments-double pipe heat exchangers. enthalpy balances in heat exchangers. Kothamangalam CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . New Delhi. Mc Cabe & Smith 3. evaluation of heat transfer coefficients. factors influencing heat transfer coefficients. analogy between heat and momentum transfer. Diirhring’s rule. unsteady state heat conduction.Hill publishing company. Peclet number. Heat transmission. kettle type boilers. multiple effect evaporators. single pass 1-1 exchanger. condensers. shell and tube condensers. Introduction to chemical engineering. parallel and counter flow heat exchanger. calculation of heat transfer area. shell and tube heat exchangers. significance of Prandtl number. Mc Dams. resistance form of overall coefficients. plate type exchangers. Tata McGraw . evaluation of heat transfer coefficients. calculation of overall coefficients from individual coefficients. Nusselt number. economy. New Delhi. enthalpy balances for single effect evaporators. equation for one dimensional conduction. co-current and counter current flows. logarithmic mean temperature difference. single effect evaporators.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Badger 2. Tata McGraw-Hill publishing company. Module 4 Evaporation-Types of evaporators. temperature pattern in multipass exchangers. Coulburn equation. boiling point elevation. fouling factors. 403 . methods of feeding. Reynolds’s and Colburn analogies. Regimes of heat transfer in fluids. New Delhi. correction of LMTD for crossflow. performance of evaporators.

DPNR.SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY P 503 3+1 Module 1 Advantages and disadvantages of plastics. classes of liquid elastomers. PTFE. polymerisation. London. Different curing systems. chemical and physical aspects. nitrosourethane.1973. BR. PF. PMMA and PAN Module 3 Monomer preparation. polymerisation. cross linked and chlorinated PE. anti degradants. structure property relationship. vulcanisation techniques. oxidation and ageing. powdered rubber. microwave curing. Brydson. PC. Module 2 Vulcanisation. oximes. PVF. properties and application of PU. polyvinylacetate. SBR. polyvinilidine chloride. molten salt bath. 2. liquid rubber. 3. polyacetal. press cure. Saunders. LNR. conventional and sulphur less cure. induction time. PVA. Various forms of natural rubber. RUBBERS . autoclave. monomer preparation. structure. chemical formula. SAN. Newnes Butterworths. HDPE. chemical reactivity. “ Plastic materials”. diamines. drum curing. NBR-synthesis of monomers. “Organic Polymer Chemistry. Encyclopaedia of Polymer Science and Technology. fluidised bed. radiation. 404 .J. 66. sheet. cold and hot water.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. molecular weight distribution. EV. Module 3 IR. resol. Chapman and Hall “.A. strength of rubbers. chemical properties. K.SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY P 504 3+1 Module 1 Natural rubber. crepe. crumb. J. epoxies. sulphur monochloride. curing characteristics such as scorch time. semi EV. hot air. batch and continuous vulcanisation. source. metal oxide. 6. sulphur. telechilic polymers. electrical and oxidation properties. phenolic resins. MF and UF Module 4 Monomer preparation. 612 and polyacrylamide References 1. novolac. polyester. properties and application of PVC. polymerisation. polymerisation. crosslinking by different methods. crystallisation. polymerisation. cure time. properties and application of nylon-5. Kothamangalam PLASTICS . mechanism of crosslinking by different crosslinking agents. peroxides. assessment of state of cure. SP rubber. IIR. properties and application of LDPE. PP and PS Module 2 Monomer preparation. ABS. diazo esters.

Brownian motion. fabric proofing and coating. polyvinylether elastomers. J. stability and destabilisation. crosslinking. 3.S. preservation. significance of specification limits. properties and application of the following rubbers. A. London. latex compounding. compounding of latex. VFA number. 2. thermoplastic rubbers. stabilisers. polyurethane. principles of latex compounding. heated formers. synthetic lattices and their blends. vulcanising agents. Ethylene based rubbers. Kothamangalam different types of CR. KOH number. compare the oxidation properties of saturated and unsaturated rubbers. particle size and distribution. antiozonant. preparation of dispersions and emulsions. surface tension.A. zeta potential. References 1. coir foam. coagulum content. pH. degradation leading to acid formation. I-IV) Applied Science Publishers. silicone rubbers. Latex concentration methods. electrical properties of colloidal system. Developments in Rubber Technology (Vol. polycarbonate rubbers. latex treated rugs and carpet backing. vulcanisation. coagulant dipping. dry rubber content. nitrosofluoro elastomers. mechanical stability time. thickening agents. 405 . 1988. a comparison. volatile fatty acids. antioxidants. poly(thiocarbonyl fluoride) and related elastomers. concentrated latex. polysulphide rubber. total solids. 4. preparation. surface treatments. and other miscellaneous additives. straight dipping. Rubber Chemistry. halogenation of IIR. 1987. accelerators. deammoniation of latex. latex bonded fibrous structures. viscosity-concentration relationship. Lee. M. J. surface free energy and wetting behaviour. synthesis of polymers. zinc oxide stability. spreading. stability tests. Van Nostrand Reinhold. fillers. latex application to paper. special ingredients. sludge content. total alkalinity. thermal movement of molecules. allied Science publishers. Rubber Technology. Module 4 Monomers. characterisation.Whelan and K. impregnation. chlorosulphonated polymers. Dipping Methods. oil resistant rubbers. coacervation. Brydson. 1978. redox potential changes. dipping with porous formers.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. test methods. Acrylic rubbers. polyalkenamers. Module 3 Manufacture of rubber goods from lattices and from solid elastomers. structure. extraction of surface soluble materials.Morton. Module 2 Fundamental latex characteristics. antioxidants. fluorine containing rubbers. dispersing and emulsifying agents. LATEX TECHNOLOGY P 505 3+1 Module 1 Natural latex. Brydson. Rubber Materials and Their Compounds Elsevier. polynorbornene.A. drying. phosphonitrillic elastomers. Rubber textile composite products.

protective coatings. principles of mixing. fillers.R. dispersive and distributive mixing. positive and semipositive. London 2. D. manufacture of rubber thread. Mausser. and other special additives. types-flash. compounding for specific applications. washing. tackifying agents. antistatic agents. Inc. Kothamangalam manufacture of dipped goods like rubber band. Vol I&II. colorants.S. factors to be considered for compound development. retarders. Pub. compression moulding cycle. merits and demerits of gelling systems. flame retardants. latex cement and adhesives. gelling. V 25. internal mixers. 1987 4. High Polymer Latices. latex paints. Maclaren & Sons. advantages. Dipped goods. compounding. medical. use of latex in roads rubberisation. equipment for moulding of thermoplastics. moulding of thermosets and rubber. gelling systems. typical latex compounds for foam production. different methods. of Rubber Developments. Vanderblit Latex Handbook. vulcanisation. blowing agents. Madge. formulation of a mix. mastication. Banbury mixing.Vanderbilt Co.12-14-1972 POLYMER PROCESSING . troubleshooting. 1982 3. automatic compression moulding.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.I P 506 3+1 Module 1 Compounding ingredients. dipped fabric gloves.A.T. surgeons gloves. C.. use of porous moulds in casting. Brabender plasticorder. 406 . Maclaren & Sons Ltd. resistance. Blackley. 3rd edition. vulcanizing agents. and drying. Continuous foam production. Latex casting. activators. Module 2 Compound development. UV absorbers. extenders. pp. plasticisers. antiozonants. weather. liquid resistance. prophylactics. balloon. nipples. peptiser. production of hollow articles. mechanical frothing by beating. Transfer moulding. ammonia content of latex. fragrances. Module 4 Latex foam processing methods. factice. J. stabilizers. comparison between open mill and internal mixer. ozone resistance. Module 3 Compounding. master batching. principles. transfer moulding cycle. heat resistance. U. two-roll mill mixing. bonding agents. antioxidants. References 1. ermeability. Module 4 Plastics processing techniques. mould release agents. low temperature resistance. household gloves. compression moulding. radiation resistance. electrical applications and opticalapplications. continuous mixing. Latex Foam Rubber. accelerators. chewing gum. oil resistance. solid articles.

References 1. IR. Identification of Rubbers: NR. Polymer Engg. Ash content. Chere.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. CR. Rubber hydrocarbon content of NR. general mould design POLYMER ANALYSIS LAB P 508 0+3 1. BR. inc. Analysis of Polymer Compounds: Iodine value of rubber compounds. Dirt content. Injection moulding hand book. Specification tests for field latex Viscosity. D. 4. nitrogen content. Progelhof James. L. Specification tests for preserved latex Ammonia content. Understanding of Injection moulding Tech. Herbert Recs. Estimation of Fe.. Marcel Dekker. Thiokol. P0. PF. Richard C. Hand book of applied Polymer Processing Tech. Identification of Thermoplastic Elastomers: SIS. Free sulphur content. PVA. 4. Copper and manganese content. troubleshooting. 2. IIR. ZnO stability. SBS. Magnesium content. NY 1996. Mechanical stability time. PS. . SEBS. NBR. SPECIFICATION TESTS LAB P 507 0+3 1. PVC. Heat stability time. 3. Specification tests for dry rubber Volatile matter. Estimation of Polymers: Acrylonitrile content of NBR. PP. density. 5. Hytrel. SBR. Principles. 3. Rosato Kluwer. consideration.Academic Publishers Boston 2nd edtion 1995. Identification of Plastics: PE. Munich 1994. Silica content. Total inorganic content. Charemisinoff & P. Dry rubber content. Polyester. Estimation of Mn. 407 . Estimation of Cu. Silicone. theoretical and design consideration. Total solid content. Hanser Publisher Munich 1993 3. PRI. Volatile fatty acid number. Coagulum content. KOH number. Hypalon. pH 2. Chlorine content of CR. Carbon black content. UF. Hanser Pub.N.P.. Sludge content. 2.V. Throne. Kothamangalam limitations. N. EPDM. MF.

Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 408 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

methods of eliminating fatigue cause. non-money incentives.S. determination of economic order quantity and recorder level.Luffthans ‘Organisational Behavior’ (TMH) P. systems of job evaluation. joint stock. labour welfare and social security. store techniques. functions of management. motivating. 7. Formation of companies.Hersey and Ken Blanchard ‘Management of Organisational Behavior’ (PHI) E. 6.Buffa ’Modern Production Management’ E. organising. fatigue. planning. types of shares and debentures. References 1. store room registers and records. despatching and follow up. product life cycle strategy.B. 3. proprietary. Module 4 Marketing Management.‘Essentials of Management’ (TMH) F. 4. trade mark and copy rights. Application of patents. importance. partnership. Organisational structure line. controlling and coordinating.Sinha & R. workers participation in management. primary wage systems. trade unions. methods of settlement. Wages and incentives. Module 3 Production Management. marketing channels inventory controls. effect of industrial disputes. incentive plans. batch and mass production. selection and training of workers.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. scheduling. 2. Kothamangalam PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT P 601 3+1 Module 1 Evolution of scientific management. marketing planning. product. merit rating plans.S. 5. new product development cycle strategy. & Management’ 409 . recruitment. time rate and piece rate systems of wage payment. sale of patent rights. objectives and functions of personnel management. profit sharing. directing. scope and objective. store room layout. routing.K. staffing. private sector. objectives and principles of job evaluation. co-partnership. span of control delegation. Module 2 Personnel management and Industrial relations. private limited and public limited companies. planning and control. organisational structure of various departments. psychological attitude to work and working conditions. industrial psychology. determination of economic lot size in batch production.Choudhary ’Marketing Management’ A. collective bargaining. function of production control. competitive marketing strategy. public sector and cooperative sector. communicating. staff and functional relationship. locating store. Koontzand O’ Dennel.Sinha ’Project Engg. Job evaluation and merit rating.Buffa ’Operations Management’ O. marketing Vs selling. production control in mass production. authority and responsibility. raising of capital shares.

Module 4 Definition of reliability. Mc-Graw Hill.J. dodge roming plans. Engineering Manufacture and Statical Quality Control. Inc. A. X2 distribution. determination of revised control limits.C. AOQL in sampling. total quality control.” Statistical Quality Control” 8. 1982 4. determination of probability of acceptance by these sampling plans. f-tests and properties. Delhi. 1952 5. quality circles. Process control: control charts. F-distribution. Organisation of a Q. construction. economics of quality. standard sampling plans. cost of production. Gupta And Kapoor. NP. Quality Control Handbook (TMH) 7. test for paired data. large and small samples. QC curves. Uchart. failure rate. 6.Burr.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Applied statistics 410 . References 1. curves for acceptance. zero defect. types of control charts for variables and attributes. estimating the mean value and variance.C. difference between means and standard deviations. Statistical quality Control. MIL. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics. 1975 2. proportions. P-chart. plan. computer aided inspection. Inc. Quality Control and Industrial Statistics.. Module 2 Concepts of inspection. New York. operating characteristics. sampling plans. tdistribution. Richard. use and significance of control charts. test of hypothesis for mean.L. Q-chart. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING STATISTICS & QUALITY CONTROL P 602 3+1 Module 1 Population and sampling. Mc Graw Hill. quality costs. Grant. Concepts of AQL.C. mean time between failures. department. I. E. 1975 3. contingency table. Engineering Statics and Quality Control. Engene. LTPD.W.Duncon. An Introduction to Quality Control and Reliability. STD. quality assurance. reliability tests. failure cycle of products. confidence intervals.Gupta. design of sampling for stipulated producers risk and consumers risk. bathtub curve. Sigmund Halpern. quality rating system. R. factors contributing to reliability of products. quality vs. Granth L. goodness of fit and independence. Irwin. Q. Khanna Publishers. Testing of hypotheses for large samples. random sampling. quality control. difference between means. types of acceptance. continuous and sequential sampling plans. maintainability. sampling risks. 3 control limits.chart. Gupta and Kapoor. r-chart. 9. means. Testing of hypothesis for small samples. choice of sample size for estimation. Education. LOSD. Training aids. Module 3 Acceptance sample.

heat transfer in drying. batch dryers. equipments for drying. New Delhi. multicomponent systems. ideal liquid solutions. Unit operations in chemical engineering. boiling-point diagrams. continuous contact equipment. mass. principles of drying. Applications of molecular diffusion. Fick’s law. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited. feed plate location. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited. Raoult’s law and Henry’s law. number of plates by graphical construction. Mc Cabe & Smith. optimum reflux. References 1. material balance in absorption. solubility of gas in liquid. two component systems. properties of tower packing. tower construction. feed quality and feed line. relative volatility. minimum reflux. mass transfer in drying.III P 603 3+1 Module 1 Distillation. equilibrium moisture content. packed columns. material and enthalpy balances in drying. rotary dryers. total reflux. 2. tunnel dryers. Module 3 Drying. Dalton’s law. minimum liquid-gas ratio. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited. choice of solvent. calculation of the number of theoretical plates by Mc-Cabe Thiele method. construction of fractionating column. Introduction to Chemical Engineering. absorption factor. molecular diffusion in gases and liquids. plate efficiency. constant drying rate period. New Delhi. heat and momentum transfer analogies. equilibrium diagrams. types of tower packing. time of drying. diffusivity of liquids and gases. absorption equipment. bound. counter current flow. steady state diffusion of A through stagnant B and equimolar counter diffusion in binary gases and liquids. rate of batch drying. Kothamangalam CHEMICAL ENGINEERING .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Badger 3. factors affecting the constant drying rate period. tray towers. vapour liquid equilibrium. batch drying. Module 2 Molecular diffusion. non ideal liquid solutions. New Delhi. mass transfer coefficient. falling rate period. unbound and free water. Treyball 411 . rate of drying curve. Mass transfer Operations. Module 4 Gas absorption. rectification. critical moisture content.

7 7. 1991.Galin and M. biological responses to implants.”Principles of protein structure “. 3. nucleic acids.. digestive system. algmater elastomers. “Principles of Biochemistry. adhesives. 4. Module 4 Chemistry of peptides. Ed. inflammation and wound healing. denture reliners. biocompatibility. Hand book of Silicone rubber fabrication. New York 1000. starch and cellulose. Eds. orthopaedics. cleaning and disinfection. restorative materials. 6. mouth protectors. crown and bridge resins. and ICI Biological products Business. manufacture. silicone implants. chemical modifications of cellulose. absorption and desorption. polymer membranes. Ruben Ed. DNA. 8. dental applications.A. Shulz and Bhirmer . Lehninger. permanent implants for function. Functional Monomers. Yocum and E. denture base. cardio vascular. 412 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. kinn system. plastic teeth. regenerated cellulose. implant design and applications. RNA. chemistry of polysaccharides.Chapter 3.H. Nyquist. viscose rayon and cuprammonium rayon References 1. types of soft lenses. polymeric blood. John Wiley and Sons. polyelectrolyte based restorative sealants. New York. Soft compact Lenses clinical and applied Technology. Inc. nervous system.NewYork. hydrogels. Mark (Ed). Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. 1978..1973. Kothamangalam BIO MEDICAL & BIO POLYMERS P 604 3+1 Module 1 Biomaterials.. Encyclopedia of polymer science and engineering.NewYork. blood clotting system. Comprehensive Polymer Science Vol. soft lenses. (Ed) David Byrom. “Bio-Material” Macmillan Publishers Ltd. orbital (corneal and lens prosthesis) permanent implant for cosmoses. other applications of engineered material in clinical practices. Galin and M. respiratory patches and tubes. hard lenses. M. John Wiley and Sons New York. Wilfred Lynch. structural organisation in proteins. Module 2 Biomedical applications of polymers. equilibrium swelling.Inc.F. agar. oxygen permeability. H.PP 299-487 2. R.Academic Press. 1989.B. structure. genitourinary system. gas permeable lenses. polypeptides and proteins. polymer skin. Soft contact lenses:Clinical and Applied Technology. poly (vinyl pyrollidone) Module 3 Contact lenses.Marcel Dekker Inc. flexible lenses.John Wiley and sons. 450 west 33 rd Street. Volume 1. maxillofacial prosthetic materials.Ruben.1978. 5. silicone polymer implants. stabilisation. dental impression and duplicating materials.. synthetic approach to polypeptides and proteins.

thermoplastic styrene block copolymers. blend characterisation techniques. New York 1983. Module 3 Introduction.51(1971) 5. hand lay up. Stephense. (Edn) Plenum. thermoplasic 1. 2. O. rubber plastic blends. A. reinforcements (glass. physical and functional properties.Olabisi. matrices and fibres. morphology.K. short fibre and continuous fibre composites. polyester.Alliger. polymeric binders for rocket propellants. resins (polyester. Inc. carbon. properties of blends prepared by dynamic vulcanization. and H. References 1. Kothamangalam POLYMER BLENDS & COMPOSITES P605 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. polyester thermoplastic elastomers. trans 1. analysis of short fibre composites. Paul S. applications. critical fibre length. and M. injection moulding. 413 .C.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. pull-out strength. polymerfibre interface. resin transfer moulding. morphology. G.2-polybutadiene. characterization of interfacial bond strength. rule of mixtures. moulding process. pressure bag moulding. New york. polymer impregnated concretes. Module 2 Structure-property relationship.. Rubber world. pultrusion. basic structure.4polyisoprene. effect of coupling and bonding agents. commercial grades. copolymer effect. Hand book of Elastomers. Bhowmic. polyamide 1. vacuum bag moulding. 1978 4. RRIM. ionic thermoplastic elastomers. Goettler inc. aramid. I. Module 4 Introduction. applications. the role of the polymeric matrix in the processing and structural prpperties of copmposite materials (J C Sferis and L. particulate and fibre filled composites. Shaw. technological application. etal. Markel Dekker. New York. compression moulding. epoxies. preparation of polymer blends. 1979 3. spray up. contact moulding. thermodynamic criteria for polymer miscibility. specific interactions. New York. nylon. analysis of long fibre composites. phenolics).W. matched die moulding. manufacture. phase diagram. factors influencing the performance of composites. New Developments and Technology (Eds). Robeson. polymer concrete. 164930. thermoplastic polyurethane elastomers. nucleation and growth. Polymer-polymer Miscibility Academic Press.T.Nicolars. filament winding. cellulosics). Newman (Ed) ‘Polymer Blends’” Academic Press. co-injection moulding. silicone based thermoplastic elastomers.2-elastomers. spinoidal decomposition. phase morphology. phase separation.

manufacturing methods. 2. 2nd edtion 1995. 4. Throne. process controls for blow moulding machine. cavity lay-out. shrinkage. Society of the plastic Industries Chapman & Hall NY 1991. cables.II P 606 3+1 Module 1 Injection moulding. flat film. blistering. types of powder coating. hot strength. definition. screw design. types of calenders and strainer. Berlin Plastics Engineering. Stevens and J. manufacturing of pipes. moulds. metering. Technology of Thermoforming. principle. embosser. clamping unit. Module 4 Rotational moulding. Thermoforming. James L. Handbook. Rosato. elements of plasticating process. calendering. process and product controls. filaments. heat balance. sags. Rosato & D. types of extruders. process variables. computer operation. 3. process description. stretching. Hanser. crowning. injection & stretch blow moulding. blown films. D. reaction injection moulding Module 2 Extrusion. lamination. extrusion of elastomers Module 3 Blow moulding. References 1. Covas. types of machines. extrusion heads. heating cycle. machinery powder coating. ancillary equipment. winder. moulding cycle. 2-plate and 3-plate moulds. extrusion blow moulding. setting up of mould. trimming operations. M. elastic properties and die swell. terminology. methods of forming. materials. concept. types of injection unit.J. application methods. types of dies.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. wire coating. Publisher Munmich 1996. process control variables. Kothamangalam POLYMER PROCESSING . Chapman & Hall UK. die design.V. sheets.V. screw design. trouble shooting of injection moulding. take off-systems. classification of screw.A. welding and assembling of plastics. classification of machine hydraulics. process control. classification of moulds. 414 . extrusion profiles. Extruder principle and operation. part design. Blow moulding Hand book. terminology. finishing and machining of plastics. single screw and twin-screw extruders. basis. single and multi layer. different types of gates. Edited by Michael L. heating of sheet. thermoforming machinery. Hanser Published 1998. cooling and trimming the parts. joining.

surgeons’ gloves. 8. 415 . CV and LV rubber 7. latex thread and articles by casting. phase separation. 4. slurry and emulsions 2. Blending of NR with SBR. Preparation and characterisation of thermoplastic elastomers from rubber-plastic blends. man made hose. Work practice in the production of latex foam 9. homogenisation and mixing using a laboratory mill Preparation of micro cellular sheet. 4. 0+3 Determination of Cure time. 12. Hand Lay up technique and Compression Moulding. Preparation of SP. finger caps. balloons. Creaming of NR latex. solid tyre. Preparation of dispersion. 5. 10. sponge. band formation. 9. Work practice in the production of bonded coir PRODUCT MANUFACTURING LAB P 608 1. Work Practice in calendaring. Latex impregnation in textiles 6. Effect of mastication time on plasticity/ viscosity Work practice in mastication. Preparation of fibre filled composites. 3. Heat sensitized dipping. teats. 11. LCST measurements. 6. 3. rotational moulding and extrusion Compounding of PVC on two roll mill Visit to factories manufacturing tyres and non tyre products. tea mat. eraser and oil seal. Preparation of latex based adhesives 8. play ball. a) Miscible binary system (solution and melt mixing) b) Immiscible binary system (solution and melt mixing) c) Compatibilised binary system (solution and melt mixing) Preparation of miscible polymer blends. solvent based adhesives. 5. injection bottle cap. Manufacture of rubber bands. 2. V-strap. BR and EPDM. household gloves. 7. injection moulding.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam LATEX PRODUCTS LAB P 607 0+3 1.

Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 416 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

R. cratering. flow coating. Lambourne. Fluoropolymers. roller coating. solvent properties. brushing. Kothamangalam PAINT TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . appliance finishes. additive colour mixing.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. paint preparation. nondestructive methods. acrylics. acrylic paints. internal stresses. “ Paint and Surface Coatings-Theory and Practice” Ellis Horwood Chichester 1987 417 . Swaraj Paul. pigment volume concentration (PVC). Mechanical properties and optical properties of coatings. formaldehyde based resins. oil. factors affecting coating properties. different methods used for film preparation. properties such as floating. solvents. effect of rheological behaviour on paint performance. different types. chemical conversion treatments. physical drying. silicones. refraction. different types. flame retardance. marine coatings. thermodynamics of adhesion. References 1. diffraction. automotive finishes. specular gloss. interfacial tension. chemical drying. oxidative drying. destructive methods. silking. paint application. foaming. hiding power. pigment properties. selection. slip resistance and storage stability. pigments. driers. aircraft finishes. ageing properties. emulsion. bloom gloss. chemiphoretic deposition.I) P 701-1 2+1 Module 1 Reflection. epoxy coatings. coil coatings. vinyl resins. dispersion and colour matching of pigments. dilutents. gloss. can coatings. surface uniformity. spray painting. factors affecting pigment dispersion. oil and alkyd paints. surface cleaning methods. components of paints. hydrocarbon resins. electro deposition. film thickness. dip coating. additives affecting viscosity. “ Surface coating: Science and Technology” Wiley. Classification based on application. Module 3 Mechanism of film formation. Module 2 Classification based on polymeric resin. barrier properties. living micro organisms. polyurethanes.Interscience 1985 2. formulation. skinning. factors affecting adhesive bond. extenders. resins. chlorinated rubbers. preparation of pigment dispersion. chromaticity diagrams for colour measurements. film density. Module 4 Adhesion properties of coatings. manufacture. colour science. chemical reactions.

process states. E-commerce.I) P 701-2 2+1 Module 1 Data Structures. 418 . II edition. 4. 2. application of stacks. uses of computer networks. 1984. E-commerce framework. fundamental concepts of cryptosystems. 1985. sequential searching. Mc Graw Hill. 3. defining the problem. seek optimization.Peterson. network hardware & software. HTML. DHTML. network topologies. queues. applications. 1998. walkthroughs and inspections. An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications. detailed design consideration.Sorenson. binary searching. sorting techniques. circularly and doubly linked list. searching techniques. modules and modularization criteria. introduction. computer security. development process. linked linear list. planning. Mc Graw Hill. introduction. developing a solution strategy. operations.. applications in business. II edition. 5. software cost factors. exchange sort.Detail. design guidelines. introduction to dream weaver. job and process scheduling. real time and distributed system design. interrupt processing. Jean-Paul Tremblay& Paul. Richard Fairley. Mc Graw Hill.M. 1985. generation and history of operating systems. James. Software Engineering.G. front page. introduction. cost estimation techniques. disk scheduling. Addison Wesley Publication Company. storage structures for arrays. An Introduction to Operating Systems. Module 2 Operating systems. reference models. design notations and techniques. Module 4 Software design concepts. examples of network. Module 3 Software engineering. software cost estimation. transition. Harvey. Pressman R. rotational optimization. introduction. importance of software. organizational structure. multi programming and time sharing concepts. introduction. Abraham Silberschatz. References 1. test plans. milestone. 1987. PCB.S. internet programming. staffing level estimation. stacks.L. Operating System Concepts. Computer networks. pointers and linked allocations. Addison Wesley Publication Company. selection sort. Software Engineering Concepts.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. bubble sort. fundamental design concepts. Kothamangalam INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . planning and cost estimation.

significance of economic analysis in business decisions. 419 . Varshney & K. inspection. crosby. full cost pricing. preparing of feasibility report. break even chart. human component. References 1. Elasticity of supply.I) P 701-4 2+1 Module 1 Basic concepts. present value comparison. appraisal process. pricing in practice. plant layout. demand and supply analysis. methods study. Market price. cost benefit analysis. Module 3 Capital budgeting. determinants of demand. Khanna. R. service and product quality. productivity. role of work study. process layout. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE . method of appraising project Profitability. 3. rating concept and systems. pricing decisions. production. break even analysis. situations demand. pay back period. allowances. break even point.Industrial Engineeering and Management. & Nordhaus. Demand forecasting. Maheswari-Managerial Economics-S Chand and Co.P. marginal cost. quality control. work measurement. pricing for a rate of return. evolution of total quality management. need for capital budgeting. human factor. marginal cost pricing. customer orientation. managerial uses of break even analysis. product layout and combination layout. Module 2 Cost analysis. bid pricing. financial feasibility. Elasticity of demand. cost output relationship in the short run and the long run. technical feasibility. equilibrium of the firm. Module 4 Work study. factors governing plant location. fixed cost. definition and scope of study of the subject. variable cost. Law of supply. stop watch time study. TQM system. taguchi. objectives and procedure. law of demand. pricing decisions. O. D-Economics-Mc'Grawhill-1992 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT & RELIABILITY ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE .I) P701-3 2+1 Module 1 Nature and scope of engineering economics. work sampling.Dhanpatrai PublicationsNew Delhi-1998 2. definitions of quality. L.L. Samuelson P.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. objectives of a good plant layout. deming. principles of motion economy. W. juran. factors affecting productivity. rate of return. SIMO chart. ishikawa theories. basic assumptions. A. economic and commercial feasibility. statutory price fixation in India.

1993. Kogan page Ltd. Joel E.. 6σ. meantime between failures. ISO 9000. 4.. documentation. 1999. I. factors contributing to mean maintenance time. Srinath L. Reliability Theory and Practice. probabilistic nature of failures. quality planning. weibull model. POKAYOKE. USA. Printice Hall. data based approach. CPK. Balagurusamy E. periodic condition monitoring. statistical tools. team development. John Wiley & Sons. Total Quality Management. brake system in automobiles and aircraft. participation style. Addison – Wesley. Practical Reliability Engineering 2edn. structure. team work. 2nd edn. QFD.. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. fault diagnosis. designing for quality. New Delhi. Ly\td. routine testing for unrevealed faults. procedure. Module 3 Human dimension & system development in TQM. Tata McGrew Hill Pub. 2nd edn. quality circle. parallel and mixed configurations. 1993. on-condition maintenance. motivational aspect. Reliability Engineering. process capability. introduction. (MMT). 5. 3.. Samuel K Ho. Rose. Co. Bazovsky. USA. QS 9000. 7. improvement.. Patrick P. TQM – An integrated approach. redundancy. Englewood Cliffs. ISO 14000. factors contributing to mean down time (MDT). Introduction to Reliability and Quality Engineering... New Jersey. 1996. electronic equipollents. choice of maintenance strategy. Reliability Engineering. References 1. 1961.S. New Delhi. New Delhi – 1975. Kogan page Ltd. continuous condition monitoring. system reliability. Kothamangalam Module 2 Quality planning & techniques. 8. Maintainability. 2. TQM mind set. continuous improvement techniques. meantime to failure. certification. 1985. 6. TQM. information system. bench marking. TQM road map.. 1984.. goal setting. clauses. Module 4 Reliability. reliability in design. 2nd edn. economics of maintenance. 420 . deming wheel. change management.. FMEA.. Affiliated East West Press. 7QC tools. John Bank. hazard rate. case studies of aircraft engines. Inc.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. hazard models. series. O’ Connor.T. 5S. mean time to repair (MTTR). manufacturing for quality. mean failure rate. definition. process control. John Bentley.

concept of project. entrepreneurship. determination of economic life. methods of providing for depreciation.Riggs Hiegel Mc Cornic. return of investment. References 1. methods of allocation of overhead costs. 421 . 5. types of material handling equipment. humidity. principles of motion economy. principles of costing. means of raising capital. finance and capital requirements. manufacture Vs purchase. replacement of equipment. Module 3 Maintenance and replacement.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 4 Methods Engineering. standardization. critical examination. development of design. Design Time and Motion Study Operations Management Value Engineering Methods Engineering System Analysis and Project Management J. noise. plant layout and material handling. types of investment. capital budgeting. Barnes R. foreign exchange regulations. evolution of modern concepts. physical facilities. project development cycle. source of finance.L. temperature. preinvestment analysis. layout. trading profit and loss account. investment proposals. functions of an industrial engineer. simplification. field of application. industrial waste disposal-principles of material handling. Miles L. product development. construction. 6.J. ventilation. import-export status. testing. economic aspect. constructional details. value engineering. Production System Production Control Human Factors in Engg. preventive and breakdown maintenance. technical collaborations. Module 2 Product development and research. comparison of flowchart. cash flow statements. 4.D. marketing survey and strategies. Krick Cleand &king. SIMO chart. E. price fixation. 8. 3. selection of materials and processes. experimentation. design function. objectives of design. dust. Buffa E. balance sheet. Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING P 702 2+1 Module 1 Introduction.M. criteria for selection of equipment. element of double entry book keeping. determination of standard time and allowances.S. building design. government regulations. product and process. micro motion study and Therblings. 7. selection of factory site. prototype production. accounting and costing. use of time study data. availability of resources. human factors in design. selection and application. analysis of work methods using different types of process charts and flow diagrams. trial balance. project environments. environmental control like lighting. 2.

types. capstan and turret lathe.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. types. electron beam machining. M. ultrasonic laser machining. surface roughness. part programming. types. sine bars. autocollimator. difference. no gauges. N. S. specification. grinding. single spindle and multispindle types. open and closed loop control system. types. planning. specifications. Module 3 Special machining. operations only. types.K. super finishing. manual part programming technique and computer aided part programming technique. go.A. absolute and incremental position control. Kothamangalam PRODUCTION ENGINEERING P 703 3+1 Module 1 Lathe. electro chemical machining. classification of measuring instruments. Chapman. classification. specification. terms. References 1. 9th Edition. Hastle Hurst. measurement. height gauge. operations. analogy and digital control system. Workshop Technology. honing. operations. specifications. Manufacturing Technology. electro plating. Vol. grade and structure of grinding wheel. types. planning machine. electrical discharge machining. I. gauges. I & II Media 422 . plasma arc machining. Module 4 Transfer machines. parts of double housing. parts of center lathe. Module 2 Shaping. twist drill nomenclature. parts. girt. single point tool nomenclature accessories and attachment. W. operations table drive mechanism only. bonding process. II & III. milling. Vol. Elements of Workshop Technology promoters and Publishers. boring. abrasives. metal spraying.C. symbols. machines. operations.3 3. measurement principles.J. components. abrasive jet machining. Hajra Choudry. fine finishing. chemical machining. buffing. drilling. types of lathe specification. parts of standard shaper. types. 2. specifications. 1999. slip gauges. automatic lathe.

Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. New Delhi 3. Introduction to chemical engineering. 7. Process instrumentation. Chemical engineer’s Handbook. optical pyrometer. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. reaction rate. Dalton’s law. pneumatic and electronic controllers. basic principles and transfer functions. Anderson & Wenzel. well type and inclined types. leaching. semi batch reactor. Process control. Patranabis. Kothamangalam CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . New Delhi 423 . distillation and absorption. mercury thermometer. collision theory and transition state theory. variables affecting the rate of reaction. barometer. concept of limiting and excess reactants. Coughnour & Koppel.thermometers. manometers. Pressure measurement. mixed reactor Module 4 Process calculations-methods of expressing composition of mixture of solids. liquid level and mixing process Module 2 Temperature measurement-different methods like electrical. first order systems. diaphragms. evaporation. References 1. integral and differential method of data analysis. Arrhenius law. proportional derivative control. U-tube. bimetallic and resistance thermometers. New Delhi. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. ideal gas law. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. bellows. thermocouple. types. New Delhi 4. open and closed loop systems. bourden tube. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. New Delhi 6. Bhatt & Vora 2.IV P 704 3+1 Module 1 Process control-controllers.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Perry. liquids and gases. Process system analysis and control. New Delhi. material balance problems involving mixing. ideal batch reactor. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. Stochiometry. Amagat’s law. New Delhi 5. molecularity and order of a reaction. Chemical reaction engineering. Module 3 Chemical reaction engineering-classification of chemical reactions and reactors. contact and noncontact methods.liquid filled. proportional integral derivative controller. Levenspiel. proportional integral controller. Patranabis.

diaphragms. aircraft tyres. different styles and construction. tyre mould design. noise level. radial force variation. bicycle tyre. bias. 1971. Tyre Technology. sliding mechanism. traction forces on dry. non-uniformity dimensional variations. quality control tests.two wheeler. Samuel K. autoform. BIS standards for tyres. tyre forces on dry and wet road surface. basic functions. OTR tyre. mechanism of noise generation. relative merits and demerits. steel. force variations. tyre construction analysis.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. flatspotting. green tyre design principles. car tyres. radial and tubeless tyres. Solid tyres. Kothamangalam TYRE TECHNOLOGY P705 3+1 Module 1 History on the design and development of tyres. steering control and self aligning torque. cornering coefficient aligning torque coefficient. tubes and flaps. US Govt. mileage. pneumatic resilience effect. Mechanics of pneumatic Tires. tyre sizing. effect of tread pattern. vibration and noise reduction. ice. rubber friction. curing presses. wheel and plunger tests. concave tyres. foot print pressure distribution. tyre reinforcement materials (textile. bead winding machine. manufacture of tyre treads. Clark. its geometry. tyre noise. endurance test. OTR tyres. cycle tyres. tyre stresses and deformation. tyre wear. X-ray holography. principles of designing formulations for various rubber components. breaking and traction of tyres. automotive tubes. type balance. bladders. lateral force variation concentricity and ply steer. tyre curing methods. 1989. 2. curing bags. green tyre treatments. glass. current status of tyre industry in India and its future prospects. printing office. Tom French. various factors affecting friction and sliding. tyre friction contribution to driving control. rolling resistance. fatigue resistance. evaluations. Module 2 Cord-rubber composites. References 1. bagomatic. airbag. snow and irregular pavements. beads. National Bureau of standards. patographing. bias belted. Monograph. tyre flaws and separations. different components of a tyre. load carrying. textile treatment (RFL dip). Module 3 Manufacturing techniques of various tyres . autoclave. winter tyres. Module 4 Measurement of tyre properties. the tyre function as a spring. truck tyres. aramid). wet. bias cutters. compounding techniques. different types of tyres. noise measurements. contribution to road adhesion. load sensitivity and load transfer sensitivity. cycle tubes. force and moment characteristics. post cure inflation. sidewalls. dimension and size-static and loaded. failure mechanism of cord reinforced rubber. Adam Hilger. bias belted. traction. different types of tyre building machines. methods of building green tyres for bias. tube and tubeless tyres-basic features. their components. criteria of selection. radial. mechanics of tyre pavement interaction. 424 . New York. functions of a pneumatic tyre.

flexural strength. use of mass spectrometry. arc resistance. power factor. Good year Tire and Rubber Company. impact.P. functional group analysis. 4. haze. Mechanics of Tire. surface resistivity. hardness.J. Physical testing of Rubber. Akron. heat deflection temperature. abrasion resistance. 1978. ASTM.36. preparation and conditioning of test pieces. Amiki. TEM. loss factor. 4. BIS. dielectric constant.Brown. IR. tensile strength. stress-strain behaviour in tension. H1. gloss. Testing of Plastics ASTM Manual 35. SEM. TGA. thermal conductivity. neutron diffraction in polymer characterization. 4th edition. Robecchi. vicat softening point. Milano. Module 3 Principle and use of DTA. dissipation factor. determination of Tg. stress relaxation. volume resistivity. Kovac. tear strength. FDA. Academic Press.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. optical microscopy. refractive index. ESR. 2 Vols. F. ageing. E. Charpy. 197 POLYMER TESTING P706 3+1 Module 1 Standards organizations. Pirelli. electron diffraction. short term testing. heat build. corona resistance. gas chromatography. 2. L. Tm. DMA and TMA. tacticity analysis. X-ray diffraction. Module 2 Chemical analysis of polymers.up. Tire Technology. BS. resilience. long term testing. R. DIN. transparency. C13. New York 1984 Vishu Shah. DSC. Kothamangalam 3. creep. Izod. flammability. heat of fusion. compressive strength. NMR spectroscopy. References 1. 3. compression and shear.37 BIS and TST Manual 425 . Module 4 Analysis of dielectric strength.

0+3 0+3 426 . Falling dart impact strength 7. Izod and Charpy impact strength 6. Simple distillation 6. Tear strength 5. Rebound resilience 10. Single tank system 5. Compression strength 3. Characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump 9. Fluid flow measurement using orificemeter 2. Characteristic curves of a reciprocating pump 10. Tensile strength 2. Flexural strength 4. Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem 4. Reynolds’s experiment 7. Dynamics of thermometer 8. Shore Hardness 8. Abrasion resistance 9. Fluid flow measurement using venturimeter 3. Kothamangalam POLYMER TESTING LAB P707 Testing of mechanical properties of plastics and rubbers 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Flex resistance CHEMICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY P 708 1. Kinetics of hydrolysis of ethyl acetate.

Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 427 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

polymer/ metal interface. service life prediction. Kothamangalam ADHESIVE TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . high energy surface. selection of joint detail. structural adhesives in aerospace. adhesives in building construction. types of joints. Skiests (Ed). primers. hot melt adhesives. lignin based resin. Module 3 Hardening by solvent or dispersing medium removal. adhesive joint strength. joint design criteria. strength of adhesion. effect of joint geometry. non destructive testing. di isocyanates. References 1. Butterworths 1984 3. secondary force interactions. welding of plastics. environmental attack. immiscible substrates with interphase formation via chemical reaction. thermodynamics of adhesive. phenolic resins. 1990 2.II) P801-1 3+1 Module 1 Bond types. chemical treatments. engineering properties of adhesives.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. mechanism of adhesion. measure of adhesion. acid base consideration. non-hardening adhesives. immiscible planar substrates. acrylic. chemically roughened substrates. hardening by chemical reaction. adhesives in automobile industry. interface. pressure sensitive adhesives. fracture mechanics of adhesive joints. donor-acceptor interactions. plasma treatments. Handbook of Adhesives. surface treatment. effect of temperature. adhesives from natural sources. Module 4 Stresses. conductive. solvent. rubber based adhesives. introduction. electronic theory. setting. anaerobic. polyvinylalcohols. dynamic and static fatigue. rheology of adhesion Module 2 Low energy surface. III edition. polyvinylacetates. mechanically roughened substrates. work of adhesion. Marcel Dekker 1983. hardening by cooling. mechanical interlocking. test methods. role of localized energy dissipation diffusion theory. primary force interaction. adhesives in electrical industry. adsorption theory. TPE based adhesives. cyanoacrylate. Handbook of Adhesives. contact angle. epoxides. tannin formaldehyde resin. Shields. solvent cleaning. 428 . Pizzi (Ed) Wood Adhesives. Chemistry and Technology. standard test methods. mechanical abrasion. Van Nostrand Reinhold.

sealing. 429 . package. PE. PVA. Tata McGraw – Hill publishing Co.. polyesters. pallet & stretch wrapping. EVA. flexible packaging products. Plastics in packaging. design of molded cushioning systems. multi layer film & sheet coatings. other cushioning materials & distribution packaging. polystyrene & other foams systems cushioning. packaging hazards and their controls. aseptic thermoforming. twin sheet & melt to mould thermoforming. compression & transfer moulding. sterilization systems and health care products. PVDC. PV Alcohol. Hanser publications – Munich 2. shrink wrapping. Module 2 Conversion process. packaging as a system. laminations & co extrusions. rotary thermoforming. major packaging plastics. case histories. film and flexible packaging. advantages & disadvantages of moulding foams. environmental considerations. Module 3 Extrusion.II) P 801-2 3+1 Module 1 Introduction to plastics packaging. design. Kothamangalam PLASTICS PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . PC ionomers & fluoro polymers. stretch and shrink wrap. extrusion. blow moulding. energy requirement for conversion. PVC. distribution hazards. thermoforming packages. Susan E. decoration process. Altalye. injection moulding. PS. barrier. extrusion. pouching. PP. References 1. position & thermoforming & wrap forming. thermoforming moulds. variations in thermoforming and solid phase pressure forming.S. advantages of flexible packaging. labeling & pigmenting. printing. advantages of plastic packaging.M. PA. thermoforming fill real. A. relation criteria for packaging materials. lamination. metallizing. introduction. moulded and rigid packages. cast film & sheet. packaging legislation and regulation. testing plastic packages. vinylacetate. packaging equipment checklist. skin packaging. migration & compatibility. plastic pallets. evaluation of seals in flexible packages. special requirements of food and medical packaging. Ltd. elements. functions of packaging. Seleke.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. approach. specialized packaging for food products Module 4 Thermoformed. New Delhi. plasma barrier coatings. scrabbles. drums & other shipping containers. blown film. Understanding plastic packaging Technology. sealing methods.

capacity factors. Mcgraw Hill Book Co. merits and demerits. elasticity of demand and supply. balance sheet. “Process Engineering Economics”. merit rating. Peter And Timmerhaus. Module 3 Economics of selecting alternates.E. cost analysis. concept of marking. amoritation. concepts recruitment.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Keynesian employment theory. earnings. economic balance. 3. managerial functions.Y) 2. capital requirements for completed plan. present worth method. equation for economic studies and equivalence. F. Jelam. economic balance in batch operation. annual cost methods. type of organization. maintenance. time element. income statement. accounting. 430 . Schwyer H. cyclic operations and multiple equipment units. selection and training and development. cost indices. personnel management. profits and returns. Concept of management... Module 4 Micro economics. References 1. equivalence. business cycle. “Plant Design And Economics For Chemical Engineers. depreciation. demand forecasting methods. Beep micro economics. reserach.F. equivalent alternate. economic analysis. (N. Module 2 Capital requirements for process plants. sales forecasting. “Cost And Optimisation Engineering “. labor management of relations. Kothamangalam PROCESS ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE . service facilities. equipment costs. advanced techniques in management. cash flow analysis. accidents. principles. concept of industrial relations. rate of return and payment time. depletion. job evaluation. cost. variable costs. capital recovery. multiplier and accelerator. scientific management. product cycle. need. causes and prevention. economic production charts. fixed costs.II) P 801-3 3+1 Module 1 Value of money. national income.. fatigue.

volumetric and mass flow rate. P. Coughanowr D. response of first order systems in series. Process Control. transfer functions. temperature pressure. Process Systems Analysis and Control McGraw Hill.M. pH and concentration. interacting and non interacting types. response to step. second order system. first order systems in series. Harriot. examples. Kothamangalam PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION (ELECTIVE . stability criterion. signal flow graph techniques. Module 3 Control system. response of second order systems to step. block diagram.P. digital computer applications. Eckman. Tata McGraw Hill. 3. 431 . D. 2. References 1. principles of pneumatic and electronic controllers. tuning of controller settings.II) P 801-4 3+1 Module 1 Principles of measurement and classification of process control instruments.. viscosity and consistency. development of block diagram for feed back control systems. examples. liquid level. bode stability criterion. fluid density and specific gravity. Wiley 1978. humidity composition by physical and thermal properties and spectroscopy. New Delhi 1977. first order systems. heat exchangers and distillation columns. Process dynamics and applications. electrical and thermal conductivity. transportation lag. introduction to PLC programming and DCS. microprocessors and computer control of chemical processes. Module 2 Transient response of open loop systems. Module 4 Introduction to frequency response of closed loop systems.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. fluid flow. Niquist diagram. Industrial Instrumentation. dynamics and control of chemical reactors. impulse and sinusoidal forcing functions. transfer function for controllers and final control element. New York.R. servo and regulator problems. impulse and sinusoidal inputs transient response of chemical reactor. feedback characteristics of control systems. and Koppel L. concept of stability ROUTH test for stability.

Jr. benefits of CAPP. computer controls in NC. 1987 2. “ Computer aided Design and Manufacturing” Ellis Horwood Ltd England 1980 432 .T. non contract inspection methods. NC motion control system. tape coding and format. References 1.”CAD/CAM”. retrieval type process planning system. Besent C. conceteration. computer assisted part programming. manufacturing systems.C.). solid modeling finite element modeling. graphic terminal. contract inspection methods.C. Groover.T. NC co ordinate system. digitizing. the macro statement in ATP. punched tape in NC. integration of CAQC with CAD/ CAM manufacturing systems. planning function. secondary storage.. part classification and coding. NC procedure. computer integrated manufacturing systems. process control strategies. computer numerical control. input-output devices in CAD. manual part programming. distributed control versus central control. material handling system. manual data input. operator input devices. generative process planning system. patterns. part families. application of computers for design. direct numerical control. combined DNC/CNC systems. groups. computer aided process planning. Kothamangalam COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN & MANUFACTURE P 802 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. data base structure and content. Zimmers. creating manufacture database. basic components of NC system. machine cells benefits of G. voice NC programming. G. machine tools and related equipment. Functions of graphic package. human labour in the manufacturing system. adaptive control machining systems. computer generated time standards. NC part programming. economics of NC. direct digital control. automate dimensioning. on line calculation capabilities. introduction. Module 2 Conventional memorial control (NC). NC programming with interactive graphics. Module 3 Structural modes of manufacturing process. local coordinates. surface modeling. problems with conventional NC.. CIMS benefits.M. Module 4 Group technology (G. the ATP language. layering.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. M.T. introduction. optical and non optical. Prentice Hall of India. computer aided quality control. constructing the geometry. plotters and other output devices. 3D transformations. 2D transformations. technology in Q. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing. machinability data systems. supervisory computer control.B. computer in Q. wire-frame modeling. design work station. applications of NC. computer aided testing. NC controller technology..P. design process. E. benefits of CAD.

use of animal and mineral fibres. cellulose acetate. definition of various textile terms. strength. Module 3 Man made fibres. units of measurements. air permeability. brief idea about spinning of cotton yarns and blends. jute. linen. Sadov et al. conversion from one system to another. 1971 5. properties of yarns. Wiley – Interscience. evenness. thermal properties. kevlar. saran. fibre spinning. banana. F.” Man Made Fibres. fabrics. fatigue. methods of investigating fibre structure. properties and testing of viscose rayon. drawing of fibres. fabric properties such as strength. abrasion.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. concept of order in fibres and polymers. relation between fibre properties and structure. Newness. present status and future prospects. brief idea about the construction. tex.B. physical structure of fibre forming polymers. electrical properties. lacing. “Chemical technology of fibres and Material” Mir Publishers.” Applied Sciences” 1982 3. “Text Book of Polymer Science”. yarn properties such as count appearance. crystallinity and orientation. bonding and weaving. silk. 6. denier. spandex. chemical composition. Wake and D. poly vinyl alcohol. fibre dimensions. Evans. sisal. Moscow 1978 433 . twist. friction. polymer products containing fibres. uses of vegetable fibres such as cotton. 1980 2. bursting strength. cover factor. chemical composition. dynamic mechanical properties and their importance. Module 4 Yarn and textile production from fibres. knitting.Wooton. U. polyester. Textile reinforcement of Elastomers. nomex. Moncrief. References 1. nylon 66 and nylon 6. properties. acrylic. flax.Billmeyer. geometry of weaves. Booths. felting. abrasion resistance. carbon fibre. definition of fibre. Butterworths. coir. detailed study of fibre properties such as mechanical properties. production. pineapple. optical properties and fibre friction.W. Module 2 Fibres used in polymer industry. Kothamangalam FIBRE TECHNOLOGY P 803 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. steel wire. “ Textile Testing”. finishing and dyeing. yarn numbering system.types and sources. metallic fibres.K.” House technology” Applied Science Publishes 1979 4. moisture absorption. use of fibres in the rubber and plastic industry. fibre manufacturing industries in India.

(eds) Ann 3. SPI coding. plastics identification. solvent extraction. resources of polymers. household waste.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. enzymatic digestion. Module 2 Bio-degradation of polymers. burning of polymers. intracellular biodegradation. ceramics and metals. crushing and separation. specific recycling techniques. sorting and segregation of waste. biopolyesters. recoverable material. Kothamangalam POLYMERS & ENVIRONMENT P 804 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. industrial sector. physical factors affecting the activity of enzymes. introduction. Recycling of plastic materials (Ed) Francesco Paolo La Mantia. drawbacks. processing of mixed plastics waste. environmental pollution. thermal degradation. Development of starch based polymers. Marcel Dekkar. chemical degradation initiates biodegradation. PE films. comparison of the impact on environment by polymers and other materials. properties. mixing and processing References 1. PET films Module 4 Secondary recycling. enzyme mechanism. Huang. reclaimator process. equipments for primary recycling. non. recycling of rubber. WTR. hydrolytic degradation. soil burial test. New York. assessment. biodegradation. primary recycling. synthesis. 4. Plastics Waste Management (ed) Nabil Mustafa. hydrolysis of synthetic biodegradable polymers. awareness program. difficulty in recycling of rubber products. environmental degradation Module 3 Need for recycling of plastics from urban solid wastes. recycling and plastics waste management. PP battery case. hydrolytic treatment. disposal of residuals. waste composition. advantages of reclaimed rubber in cost. Degradable polymers. Marcel Dekker. polymer production and consumption. plastics wastes containing paper. extra cellular biodegradation.biodegradability of polymers. comparison of total energy costs for product manufacture based on polymers. TPO based materials. enzyme specificity. 434 . manufacture of master batch. degradation. isolation. 2. enzymes. New York. Chem Tee Publishing. Christine Albertsson and Samuel J. remedy for environmental problem by polymers. enzyme nomenclature. use of recyclable plastics in motor vehicles.

pump pressure. moulded and cut gears. aesthetic design. principles of vibration. DuBois 3. gate size and location. rubber. couplings. plastic bearings. moulded-in-inserts. different types. snap fitting. functional design. design for stiffness. rubber bearings. hoses. hinges. design. fatigue factor. designers checklist. rubber seals. ribs. functional surfaces and lettering. multi degrees of freedom. undamped vibration. vibration isolation. safety factor. two degrees of freedom. natural frequency. forced vibrations. damped vibrations. design of static and dynamic seals. endurance limit. wall thickness. pipes.S Levy & J. working stress. rubber mountings. Kothamangalam POLYMER PRODUCT DESIGN P 805 3+ 1 Module 1 Steps in product design. effects of cyclic loading. References 1. damping. weld lines. plastic threads. backlash and working clearance. inside and outside corners. Module 4 Hysteresis. electrical use. simple harmonic motion. Plastic Products Design Engg. Module 3 Plastic gears. design of beams and plates. critical damping. energy absorption. safe stress.Dym Freakly and Payne “Theory and Practice of engineering With Rubber” Applied Science. cables.B. system with single degree of freedom. tapers. dynamic isolation and transmissibility. dimensions and specifications. manholes. welding. design of rubber products in automobiles. draft angles. sports goods. beltings. effect of fillers on properties and performance. aviation.metal components.Edward Miller 2. structural design of products under static and dynamic loads. H. frequency of damped vibrations. undercuts. Product Design With Plastics J. isolation of shock and transient vibrations. tolerances. optical use Module 2 Design features of products. glossary of gearing terms. lubricants. joints.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. London. combination of simple harmonic motion. octave rules.to. advantages and disadvantages. 1978 435 . beats. stress concentration. Handbook . footwear. periodic motion. marine fields. rubber bridge bearings . external loading. blind holes. materials. Plastic Products Design Handbook . pressure rating calculation. basic configurations. logarithmic decrements. frictional properties. coulomb and solid damping.

Mark. photo conducting polymers.Mort & G. Kothamangalam SPECIALITY POLYMERS P 806 3+1 Module 1 High temperature and fire resistant polymers. hydrophilicity. Bueche. 2. insulating properties of polymers. 1962. 1985. physical properties and applications. 1993 6. ionomers with polyaromatic backbones. Wiley. Elsevier. New York. ionomers based on PTFE. types. 1989. Plastics for Electronics. ionomers based on polyethylene.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. J. inorganic ionic polymers.Liepins. Module 2 Electrical and electronic properties of polymers. polysulphones. F. heterocyclic polymers. Applied Science. Module 4 Liquid crystalline polymers. Encyclopedia of polymer Science & Engineering. Wiley Interscience. inorganic polymers. structure. H. conducting mechanisms.Goosey. organometallic polymers. polyparaphenylene polypyrrole. ion exchange.T. photoresists for semi conductor fabrication. improving low performance polymers for high temperature use. synthesis. Specialty Polymers. Dekker. elastomeric ionomers. Dyson. polyamides. 1998. nitrogen and boron. Marcel 5. polyketones. John Wiley & Sons. aromatic polymers. Hanser Publications. New York. (Ed). 2nd edition.Pfister. polyelectrolytes for ion exchange. polyesters. References 1. Module 3 Ionic polymers. 4. New York.W. 8. 7. applications. polymers for low fire hazards. polymers for high temperature resistance. Matrin. 2nd edition. polyelectrolyte complexes. Electronic properties of polymers. Physical properties of polymers. Salil. optical fibre telecommunication cables. Manas Chanda. C. eds.Roy. polyacetylene. Munich 1987. ionomers based on polystyrene.K. organometallic polymers. R. polyphenylene sulphide. Electrical Properties of Polymers. Chapman & Hall. polymers in non-linear optics. polyelectrolytes based on carboxylates. polymers with integral ions. fluoropolymers.Ku & R. polysiloxanes and metal chelate polymers. conducting polymers. 3. Plastics Technology Hand book. polymers with piezoelectric.F. pyroelectric and ferromagnetic properties. polymers containing phosphorous. 436 .

Kothamangalam CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY LAB P807 Determination of the following parameters 1. Flash point and fire point PROJECT & SEMINAR P 808 0+3 Each student has to undertake a short project under the supervision of a guide. Acid value of oils 2. A consolidated report of the project work in the form of a dissertation has to be submitted after the completion of the work. The candidate has to present the project report. BOD and COD of water 8. aptitude. The assessment of the project work will be based on the day-to-day performance of the student. 437 . Available chlorine content in bleaching powder 9. Saponification value of oils 4. Dissolved oxygen in water 7. seminar paper and educational tour report for this examination. sincerity. the quality & content of the project report and seminar & viva-voce.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Hardness of water 6. knowledge. Preparation and analysis of soap 10. Sucrose content of sugar 5. Iodine value of oils 3. 0+3 VIVA VOCE P 809 A viva-voce will be conducted as a part of the university examination to assess the student’s overall ability and knowledge in the field of Polymer Engineering and allied subjects.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.TECH. Kothamangalam B. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING BRANCH 438 .

Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 439 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Module 4 Discrete Numeric Functions & generating Functions. connectives – Well formed formulas – Tautologies. A first look at Graph Theory . Recurrence relations – Manipulations of Numeric functions – generating functions – Recurrence – relations – Linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients – Homogenious solutions – Particular solutions – Total solutions – solutions by the method of generating functions. Pearson Education Asia.John Clark & Derek Allan Holton.Duality law Tautological implications – Normal forms – the theory of inference for the statement.Bernard Kolman. 2.Lieu. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . subgraphs.L. McGraw Hill. Multigraph and Weighted graph – Trees – spanning trees. Sharon Cutler Ross. Elements of Discrete Mathematics . Equivalence of formulas . Manohar. Module 5 Graph Theory: Basic concept of graphs. Robert C.William Stallings. Allied Publishers. Trembly. Cycles.C. Theorem proving – the predicate calculus – Inference Theory of the predicate calculus. connected graphs. Discrete Mathematics . Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science . McGraw Hill.J. Relations & Functions – Properties of binary relations – Equivalence relations and partitions – Functions and pigeon hole principle.P. 440 . 3. Module 2 Number Theory: Prime and relatively prime numbers – modular arithmetic – Fermat’s and Euler’s theorems – testing for primability – Euclids algorithm – discrete logarithms. References 1. Bushy. 6.Richard Johnsoubaugh (Pearson Education Asia) 4. Calculus – validity . Module 3 Algebraic systems – general properties – Lattices as a partially ordered set – some properties of lattices – lattices as algebraic systems – sub lattices – direct product – homomorphism – some special lattices. 5. Paths. Discrete Mathematical Structures . R. Consistency.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.II RT301 3+1+0 Module 1 Mathematical Logic – Statements. Cryptography and network security principles and practice .

2nd Edition – S. The integrity factor – examples – Initial conditions in elements Geometrical Interpretation of derivation. Vikas Publications 441 . stability.The resistance. Kothamangalam ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS T 302 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: . Thevenins and Norton’s theorems – proof and examples. Network Analysis – M. Theorem – Super position.N. Module 2 First order differential equations – solutions. Waveform Synthesis – Initial and final value – Convolution as a summation Module 4 Impedance function – Concept of Computer frequency. Transform of signal waveforms – Shifted unit sep function – Ramp and Impulse function. Guillemin – John Wiley & Sons Network Analysis and synthesis – Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons Basic Network Theory – Paul M. Introductory Circuit Theory – Errist A. Duality State variable analysis. Van Valkenburg – PHI References 1. Examples. Transform Impedance and transform circuits. 4. Dot convention for coupled circuits. Loop variable analysis. E. Initial State of a network. Topological description of networks. 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. capacitance and inductance parameters. Two port parameters – two port variable – short circuit admittance parameters – open circuit impedance parameters – transmission parameters – hybrid parameters – parallel connection of two port networks. 3. Pole – zero plot – domain behavior.Sivanadam. Evaluating initial conditions. Module 5 Network functions – Terminal pairs – one port and two port networks – Ladder networks – General networks. Time constants. Text Book 1. The Laplace Transformation – Basic theorems – examples. series and parallel combinations of elements. Pole – zero locations for transfer functions. Chirlian – Mc Graw Hill Electric Circuit Analysis. reciprocity. Module 3 Second order equations – internal excitation. Poles and zeros. The network equations. Active element conventions.Kirchoff’s laws – source transformations.

operators. Frequency Response.Pseudocode. 7805. expressions.Structured . Simple Bootstrap sweep generators. LCD.Top down and bottom up approaches . Pearson Education. 2. Photodiode. 442 .Millman and Halkias. data types. SCR. 7905. Clamping. Pulse Digital and Switching wave forms . opto coupler.Algorithms . Bistable and Monostable Multivibrators – Sweep generators. McGraw Hill.Boylsted & Neshelsky. Photo transistor.Flowchart . PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING RT 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Problem solving with digital Computer . Module 3 Oscillators – Concept of feed back – Transistorised phase shift oscillator – wein bridge Oscillator – Hartley Oscillator – Colpits Oscillator (Operation and Expression for frequency) Module 4 Clipping. Kothamangalam SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS RT 303 2+1+0 Module 1 Transistor – Biasing – Stability – Thermal runaway. LM317 – LED.Object Oriented . Differentiation – Astable. Seven segment display. examples Module2 C fundamentals: . UJT (basic concepts only). Module 2 FET. Transistor As an amplifier – RC coupled amplifier.Identifiers. Integration. FET amplifier – MOSFET. keywords. data Input and Output statements. simple programming in C. References 1. 3.Steps in Computer programming Features of a good program . depletion and enhancement type – source drain characteristics and transfer characteristics. Module 5 Power supplies & Special semi conductor devices – Regulator power supplies – IC regulated Power supplies. TRIAC. Integrated Electronics .Millman and Taub. Gain Bandwidth relation – Cascading of transistors – cascade Darlington pair – emitter follower.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Electronics Devices & Circuits . DIAC.Modular Programming .

Programming with C . CBS publishers Using C in Program Design . 7. Responsibility. Tata McGraw Hill References 1.while.Operations on pointers .. Computer Programming in C . Gottfried.Stephen C. Iling W. Definition and functions of management Authority. 3. Delegation and Span of control. for. Bangalore Mastering Turbo C . structures & unions . PBP 9. Command line arguments. Module 2 Procedure for ISO and ISI certification – Design. 6. 4. Module4 Structured data types: Single dimensional arrays . 5. C Programming . passing pointers to a functions. Ltd. Kochan. Module 5 Pointers & files . do . Kothamangalam Module 3 Control statements & Functions: If .A Modern Approach .Yeaswanth Khanetkar. Job evaluation and merit rating. Evolution of management theory. PHI HUMANITIES RT 305 PART A: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Module 1 Scientific Management.Byron S. 2+1+0 443 .Program for bubble sort. BPB Programming in C . Functions .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Declaration. Prism Books Pvt.else. 2. strings. while.W. Norton & Company 10.Opening & Closing a file Creating & Processing a file. Newyork Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ .Ronald Leach. nested loops.multidimensional arrays. Gilbreth. Pearson Eduacation Let us C .Yeaswanth Khanetkar. Wiley Eastern Ltd.Accessing array elements using pointers .K.parameter passing .N.Ashok N. Contributions of Taylor.Micheal Schneider. PHI Programming with ANSI and Turbo C . switch.Kerninghan & Ritchie. Development and implementation of re-engineering .Bootle. Text 1. Gantt.void functions Recursion – Macros. Pointers in C .Andrew C Staugaard Jr. Kamthan. Emerson.Inspection – SQC control charts – quality assurance – TQM – ZERO defects. Types of structures of Organisation – Types of Business firms. break & continue statements. 8. Wages – Types of incentives. BPB Publications Programming and Problem Solving with PASCAL .

Module 5 The tax frame work – Direct and indirect taxes – impact and incidence – progressive and regressive – functions of the tax system – Black money – magnitude and consequences – Public debt – Debt position of the Central and State Governments – Deficit financing – revenue deficit and fiscal deficit – Problems associated with deficit financing. development financial institutions – IDBI. DIGITAL ELECTRONICS T 306 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of number Systems – Binary. functions – commercial banking system.Industrial pattern .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2. Self complementing. Switching function. Agarwal .Ruddar Datt. Module 2 Combinational logic circuits – adder – half and full. Design with NAND and NOR gates. Multiplexers. Implementation of logic functions using multiplexers and decoders. Decoders. Freeman and Gilbert.N. Comparators. Insurance companies – The stock market – functions – Recent trends. Carry save adder. Chand and Company Ltd. Indian Economy .Mazda. 4. Quine – Mc Clauskey method. Sum of Product. SIDBI. IRBI – Investment institutions – UTI. Serial & Parallel adders. laws and theorems. Encoders. S. Binary codes – BCD. Karnaugh map. Hexadecimal – Conversion. Octal. Alphanumeric codes Boolean Algebra – Postulates. Logic gates. Realization using logic gates. Management . Module 4 Indian Industries .Stoner. ECL & IIL logic (Brief 444 . Kothamangalam PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS Module 3 The Indian financial system – Reserve bank of India. tri-state gates. subtractor – half and full. profitability of public sector banks. TTL NAND – analysis – characteristics. ICICI.Indian Economy Problems of Development and Planning. Product of Sum. open collector gate. Wishwa Prakashan. Look ahead carry adder. switching circuits. 3. Excess – 3 and Gray code. BCD adder. Completely and incompletely specified functions.structural transformation – industrial growth – inadequacies of the programme of industrialization – large and small scale industries – industrial sickness and Government policy – industrial labour – influence of trade unions. Pearson Education. Module 3 Logic families – positive and negative logic. A. simplification – rules. References 1. Engineering Managemt . Demultiplexers.

applications. 4. Kime. Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals.) 445 . flip flops – SR. Characteristics. Kothamangalam explanation only). Binary counters – Asynchronous and Synchronous – Design. 2nd Edn. CMOS – Inverter. Digital Logic – Applications and Design . (use of files directories. JK. Conversion of one type of flip flop to another.Yarbrough. Familiarization of operating system-DOS. properties. Ring counter. NAND. Up-Down counters. Memory etc. Processor. MS Access. compilers.PHI 2002 2. Windows etc.Floyd. Familiarization with word processing packages like MS Excel. Peripherals.B. Pearson Education. Master slave. Programmable ROMs. McGraw Hill. Module 5 Shift registers – SISO. 2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.) 3. decade. Somanathan Nair . References 1. PLD – PLA and PAL. external commands. applications. Truth table and Excitation table. NOR. RAM – basic structure. static and dynamic RAM.Vikas Thomson Learning C PROGRAMMING LAB T 307 0+0+4 1. 3. Memories – ROM. Module 4 Sequential logic Circuits – classification. 8th Edition . Comparison of logic families. . Programming experiments in C to cover control structures-functions-arraysStructures-pointers and files. Text Book 1.organization of a ROM.John. EEPROM. Typical counter IC’s. Digital Electronics and Logic Design . 2.M. EPROM. PISO. Digital Integrated Electronics . Familiarization with computer system. T. PIPO. Digital Fundamentals. file manager. control panel etc.Taub and Shilling. Typical IC’s. MS PowerPoint and MS Word.Morris Mano & Charles R. (Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT304 can be included. internal commands. D. universal shift register. Pearson Education. Johnson Counter. SIPO. program manager.

Design of a single stage RC coupled amplifier.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.series regulator. RC Phase shift oscillator. 7. Full wave& Bridge 3. Simple sweep circuits. 5. 2. 8. Simple regulator circuits. UJT. RC differentiator and Integrator. 6. Design of clipping. Design of Astable multivibrator for specified time period sharpening edges. Characteristics – Diode. FET. Input & Output Impedances. Kothamangalam ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB T308 0+0+4 1. Rectifiers with filters. clamping. Determination of parameters. Wave shaping. Transistor. Zener Diode. Determination of Bandwidth. Wein bridge oscillator. 446 .Half Wave. 4.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 447 .

its mean and variance . Module 2 Partial Differential Equations . poisson and normal distributions. Venkataraman. by the method of variation of parameters –Cauchy’s equations.Sneddon.McGrawhill International Edn.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficients .standard normal curve .simple problems in binomial.Finding P.properties of normal curve .B.Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms .Linear Simultaneous eqns. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: .simple problems.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions .its mean and variance .II -3rd year Part A & B . 4. Engineering Mathematics Vol. Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability .S.inverse transforms . Advanced Engg.simple applications in engineering problems.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity .poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . difference of proportions.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. 6. Elements of Partial Differential Equations . Laxmi Publications Ltd. Pearson Education Asia 448 .. Higher Engineering Mathematics . Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance.I. Pearson Education Asia / PHI 5.M. single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected) References 1.The binomial distribution. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis.fitting of binomial & poisson distributions normal distribution .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig.Ian N. Khanna Publishers 2. Grewal. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson. Wiley Eastern Ltd. National Publishing Company 3. F and Chi square test – Level of significance . A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar.K. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .

6.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.A.Kakde and U.H. tree sort. Records. traversal.Coreman-PHI Fundementals of Data Structures in C++ . Polynomial representation & addition using arrays. applications Hashing. Interpolation search References 1.. Vikas Thomson Learning.Tanenbaum. Collision resolution Dynamic memory management.Hashing functions. Kothamangalam DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS T402 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction. Doubly linked list. et. 4. 5. al. Data Structures and Program design in C .Robert L Kruse. TMH Data Structures in C & C++ . bubble sort. quick sort & merge sort Sequential search. radix sort. Algorithms-Analysis of algorithms.. Module 5 Selection sort.Deshpande-ISTE Learning material Data Structures and Algorithms in C++. 2. Big O notation. Pearson Education Classic Data Structures – Samanta. Circular linked list. Balanced trees-AVL Trees & B Trees (basic idea only) Module 4 Graphs –representation. Time & Space Complexity.Galgotia Algorithms + Datastructures = Program. deletion. Data structures. 8. 7.Linked stacks and queues. need for balancing.. Priority queue & D queue. et. binary search.NiklausWirth. Sparse matrix representation & addition using arrays. heap sort. Polynomial representation using linked list Module 3 Trees-basic terminology-binary tree-binary search tree-insertion.G. Introduction to Data Structures with Applications . Pearson Education Introduction to Algorithms – Thomas. PHI 449 . 3. PHI Data Structures and Algorithms – O. traversal. Stacks & QueuesSequential Implementation. Complexity calculation of simple algorithms. Module 2 Linked lists.al.Adam Drozdek. search.Tremblay & Sorenson. insertion sort.Horrowits and Sahni. applications. Storage allocation and compaction. Basic data structures-Arrays. 9. Circular queue.

Non-ideal Op Amp . .Ramakant A.I & II order filters – low pass.Successive approximation.Jacob Millman & Arvin Grabel. Dual slope. band pass. bias current.Botkar. frequency response. circuit stability and slew rate.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. band width. OP-AMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits.K. lock range and capture range.R.Coughlin and Driscoll.finite open loop gain. Electronics Circuits . three terminal voltage regulators. Module 5 PLL: Operating principle. Khanna Publishers. Ideal Op Ampcharacteristics. Inverting. Module 2 Active Filters: Butterworth and Chebyshev filters. Flash converters (parallel). Multivibrators. Module 3 D/A converters. Instrumentation Amplifiers. 3. OP-AMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits. V to I and I to V converters. high pass. filter design. A/D converters. Pearson Education.Gayakwad. dual tracking and switching regulators. CMRR.Weighted resistor.Schlling and Charles Belove 450 . IC power amplifiers. applications of PLL. Comparators. References 1. 5. R-2R networks. Differential Amplifiers. 6th Edn. Analog multipliers. Signal generators. . McGraw Hill. 6.monolithic waveform generators. Oscillators. Precision rectifiers.voltage references. Hybrid converters . Integrating ADC. offset voltage.Sedra & Smith. LM 565 and its applications. Kothamangalam LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS & APPLICATIONS T 403 2+1+0 Module 1 Operational Amplifiers – Block diagram. Module 4 Voltage regulators. Pearson Education 2. Integrator. negative voltage regulators. block diagram of linear voltage regulators. building blocks of PLL. Microelectronics . Equivalent circuit. 4rd Edn. Waveform generators. drift. Integrated Circuits . Non Inverting Amplifier. Oxford University Press 4. band reject. Microelectronics Circuits . voltage regulator ICs and their design.Donald L.

DivisionRestoring & non. CPU-Memory connection. Booth’s algorithm. I/O Module. Vranesic & Zaky. examples Instruction types – Arithmetic. Memory system considerations. I/O Processor. High speed techniques-Cache memory. I/O techniques-Programmed I/O. Computer Organization & Design-Pal Chaudhari. Operating system. Registers. DMA Standard I/O interfaces: RS 232 C. Indirect and Implicit addressing. Computer Organization & Architecture -William Stallings. Memory Hierarchy. 5. SCSI References 1. I/O and Machine control Instructions. Arithmetic-Review of addition & subtraction techniques. Kothamangalam COMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE T 404 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Organization & Architecture. Pearson Education. GPIB. PHI 451 . Programming & Applications – Ramesh S Gaonkar. Associative memory. Layered view of a computer system. Horizonal & vertical microprogramming. Direct. Addressing modes. Penram International 2. Microprocessor Architecture. Mc Graw Hill 4. Virtual memory-paging. Hardwired and micro programmed control units. Instruction formats. Branch. examples (Assembly language programming not intended) Module 3 CPU organization. Instruction cycle. Stack.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Functions & Structure. Computer System Architecture-Morris Mano. Immediate. Computer Organization-Hamacher. Memory interleaving.Restoring division Module 4 Memory Organization. characteristics. Machine cycles Module 2 Instruction set Instruction set of 8085. Pearson Education. Signals. Processor Organization-Single bus and 2 bus organization. Logic. Functional Units of a computer. Data transfer. Interconnection structures. execution of a complete instruction. Carry look ahead & Carry save addition. Multiplication-array multiplier. Addressing modes-Register. Module 5 I/O Organization. Review of basic operational concepts like CPU registers. Sequencing. Interrupt. Interrupt driven I/O. Internal architecture of a typical 8-bit Microprocessor (Intel 8085). 3.

5.Region of convergence and properties.Discrete-Time Fourier series.Random processes through LTI systems. Introduction to random process. Moments.Singularity functions (impulse and step functions).existence conditions.) Significance of poles & zeros.Pearson Edn.Causality linearityStability.Application of Laplace transform for the analysis of continuous time LTI system (stability etc. Signals and Systems: Farooq Husain.time-invariance.Pearson Edn. 452 ..Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.function of a random variable. wide-sense stationarity.John Wiley.Z-Transform .Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (including DFT) and properties.V.concept of random variable.Laplace Transform and its inverse: Definition. Module 5 Random Signals .existence.Complex exponentials.Independence of a random variable. Discrete form of special functions.Parseval’s theorem. Adaptive signal processing: W Bernad.Z-Transform and its inverse: Definition. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations).power spectral density White noise. 4.Introduction to probability.Tata Mc Graw Hill.Region of Convergence and properties.Umesh pub.probability density and distribution functions. Module 2 Fourier Analysis of Continuous Time Signals and Systems . Kothamangalam SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LTA 405 2+1+0 Module 1 Dynamic Representation of Systems . References 1.Significance of poles and zeros. Auto and cross correlation. Discrete convolution and its properties. Sampling Theorem.Willsky Alan. S.Fourier Transform and properties.Application of ZTransform for the analysis of Discrete time LTI systems. Special Signals. 3.convolution Integral. Module 4 Laplace Transform . Module 3 Fourier Analysis of Discrete Time Signals & Systems . Signals and Systems: Oppenheim Alan. Bayes Theorem. Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation. 2. Communication Systems: Haykin Simon.Frequency response of LTI systems.Systems Attributes.Fourier Series. Frequency response of discrete time LTI systems. Signals and Systems: I J Nagrarth.

Virtual base classes.S.Basic concepts and terminology-C++ and object oriented programming C++ Programming basics. 453 . Functions. loops and decisions Module 2 Structures. exceptions and exceptions handling.Structure specifier. Inheritance. 7.Wang. Pearson Education Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Barkakati. Vikas Publishing. 4. References 1. Pearson Education C++ for You++: Maria Litwin & Garry Litwin. Pearson Education. 3. Object Oriented Programming in C++: Robert Lafore.Definition. Module 5 Advanced OO concepts. Kothamangalam OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++ T 406 3+1+0 Module 1 Need for OOP. constructors and destructors Arrays. nested structures.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Templates. 5. standard library design. Galgotia Publications C++ Programming language: Bjarne Stroustrup. Variables and storage classes Module 3 Objects and classes –creation and usage. structures and classes. 6. arrays of objects Module 4 Operator overloading. Standard C++ with Object Oriented Programming: Paul. Vikas Publishing Object Oriented Programming Using C++: Ira Pohl. virtual functions. Function overloading. Arrays as class members.Declarations. Virtual destructors.iterations and sequences. accessing. Classification of inheritance. member functions. accessing. argument passing. definition. Polymorphism-Run time and compile time polymorphism. 2.Characteristics of Object Oriented Language. PHI C++ Primer: Lippman and Zajoie.

Operational amplifiers. Desk Calculator example. Strings. Filters. 454 . Summing amplifiers. 4. 2. Arithmetic Circuits. standard containers. Inverting and non-inverting amplifiers. 6. 4-bit adder/subtractor. 9. IC power amplifier 13. Counters. Full adder. Stack. Queues. T. 2. 5.synchronous and asynchronous. using flip-flops. PLL 14. Triangular and square wave generators using OP-AMPs. Realization of RS. HP and BP.Half adder. 5. 3. 10. Notch Filter. Simple sorting and searching techniques. Realization of logic circuits using TTL and CMOS NAND/NOR gates. Streams Using a Debugger 0+0+4 (Any experiment based on the syllabus of T 402 can be substituted. derived classes Templates Standard Library. JK and Master-Slave Flip-flops using gates and study of flip-flop ICs. VCO. Name spaces and Exceptions Programming with Multiple files Using classes. 8. algorithms. 11.) Simple experiments based on the syllabus of T 402 . fold back protection. Weinbridge Oscillator.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 0+0+4 Characteristics of TTL and CMOS gates. Kothamangalam C++ & DATA STRUCTURES LAB T 407 Using C++ Modern Compiler 1. 7. Trees. 4.LP. 6.Arrays. Ring Counter and Johnson Counter. Shift Registers. D.Measurement of parameters. 12. 3. INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB T 408 1. 7. IC Voltage regulator.

Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 455 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Arrival pattern . Module 4 LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM Graphical solution of LPP.optimum solution by Modi method .first and second order derivatives using forward and backward formula .Gauss Seidal method.Ervin Kreyszig.The Markovian model M/M/1/$.Richard Bronson.Approximate solution of equations – Horner’s method solutions of linear simultaneous equations .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. M/M/1/N .δ .S. Khanna Publishers.E . 4. 3.Chand & Co. Hira.K. B.solution of LPP method .numerical integration . National Publishing Co.Assignment problem .Panneer Selvam. Gupta & D.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula . Operations Research .service pattern . S. Operations research .K.Newton’s method .numerical differenciation . 456 .S.Dr. .trapizoidal rule Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules.general problem .IV RT 501 3+1+0 Module 1 QUEUEING THEORY General Concepts .M. Module 3 FINITE DIFFERENCES Meaning of operators – ∆. Module 2 NUMERICAL METHODS Introduction .. Higher Engg.Big M method – duality in LPP. 2. Wiley Eastern Ltd.solution of algebraic and transcendental equations .Bisection method .Langrange’s and Newton’s divided difference interpolation formula . Venkataraman. Grewal.Method of false position . Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Operations research Schaum’s Outline Series .initial basic feasible solution -Vogel’s approximation method .steady state solutions – Little’s formula.P. PHI Numerical Methods in Science & Engg. Ltd Advanced Engg Mathematics . 6. Mathematics . using simplex Module 5 TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM Balanced transportation problem .Hungerian techniques References 1.Queue disciplines .Iterative methods of solution-Jacobi’s method . 5. µ .

5. distributed O. Basic concepts and terminology. ClientServer architecture. Brief study of memory management in UNIX. Modern Operating System . Directory structure. Brief study of file management in Unix and Win 2000. 2. win 2000 cluster server. File allocation. hierarchy. C-SCAN. Distributed Process management. Linux. multithreading.Tannenbaum. Pearson Edn. Thomson Publications. Guide to Operating Systems.Flynn.S.S – multiprogramming. evolution of O. comparison of Network and distributed O. Multiprocessing. LIFO. John Wiley.Michel Parmer & Michel Walters. description. UNIX overview. Module 2 Process Management Process – states. 4. O. PHI Understanding Operating System . (basic idea only). Disk scheduling policies and algorithms – RSS. model. deadlock. System Programming and Operating System . critical section. FSCAN etc. Paging. Vikas Thomson Learning 457 . Distributed message passing – RPC. Process synchronization – interacting processes. co-ordinating processes.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. scheduling. McHoes. Model of I/O organization. semaphores. 2. Operating Systems . References 1. Module 4 I/O and File Management Design issues. time sharing.S. Kothamangalam OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTS T 502 4+1+0 Module 1 Introduction O. Pearson Edn. Processes and Threads. PRI. Disk cache. file system architecture.Nutt. 3.Dhamdhere.S. SCAN. process hierarchy. Techniques. TMH. . Clustering – cluster computer architecture. Windows – 2000 overview. Text Books 1. File management systems. Multithreading. Operating system Concepts . Disadvantages.S. SSTF. Module5 Distributed Systems Advantages. FIFO. scheduling strategies. Partitioning. microkernel. Virtual memory – hardware and software support.Silber Schatz. Objectives and functions. Module 3 Memory Management Memory management requirements.S etc. 4th Edition . Different types of O. file organization and access. Segmentation. Brief study of process management in UNIX and Win 2000. scheduler organization. Operating systems.William Stallings. sharing and security. real time. multiprocessing. Distributed memory management. Win 2000 and Solaris.

Data definition with SQL. Module 2 Structure of relational databases – relational databases – relational algebra.tuple relational calculus.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.C.Referential integrity – Functional DependencyNormalization using Functional Dependencies.Schedules and Recoverability. Desai 458 .Data modeling . Elizabeth O’Neil 4. insert.Entity Relationship Model.Concurrency Control. Database System Concepts .Bibin C.Cursor in PL/SQL Module 4 Database Design– Design guidelines– Relational database design – Integrity Constraints – Domain Constraints.Henry F Korth.Query Processing – semijoin -Concurrency Control and Recovery.Serializability of Schedules-Query processing and Optimization.Hierarchical and object oriented models-Data Modeling using the Entity Relationship Model. Boyce Codd Normal Form– Multivalued Dependencies and Forth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form – Pitfalls in Relational Database Design. Relational – Network. Text Book 1. Programming and Performance – Patrick O’Neil.Pearson Education Asia References 1..Date (7th Edition) Pearson Education Asia 3.Purpose of database systems-Components of DBMS – DBMS Architecture and Data Independence. Normal forms based on primary keys. 2. An Introduction to Database Systems .-assertions – triggers. Oracle case study: The basic structure of the oracle system – database structure and its manipulation in oracle. delete and update statements in SQL – views – data manipulation with SQL Module 3 Introduction to Transaction Processing.storage organization in oracle.Elmasri and Navathe (3rd Edition). Fundamentals of Database System . Abraham Silbershatz .Transaction and System ConceptsDesirable properties of Transactions.Programming in PL/SQL.Different Types.Data Fragmentation. Mc Graw Hill 2nd edition.general definitions of Second and Third Normal Forms. Replication and Allocation Techniques. Database Principles. Kothamangalam DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS RT503 3+1+0 Module 1 Basic Concepts .J. Module 5 Distributed databases: Distributed Database Concepts. An Introduction to Database Systems .

Physical address calculation. 8086 memory organization. address decoding. applications. ready and wait states. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming. flags. MASM. Minimum mode and Maximum mode. References 1. Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSORS T 504 3+1+0 Module 1 Evolution of 8086 family of microprocessors – 8088 to Itanium. Classification of instructions – Data transfer. Microprocessors and Interfacing . Pearson Education Asia 2. Program control instructions. Module 4 Comparative study of the features of the 8086. TMH 459 . 8237 – DMA controller. Internal architecture of 8086. timing diagram. 8086 and 8088. 80286. Registers. Architecture. Arithmetic and Logic instructions. Pentium. TASM etc. 6th Edn – Barry B Bray. 80486. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming. The Intel Microprocessors 8086/8088. Pearson Education. Pentium III and Pentium IV Processors. Pentium Pro. Programming and Interfacing. 80486. Pentium. keyboard. PHI 5. Programming model. 8279 – Programmable keyboard and display interface. Simple programs in 8086 Assembly language.Peter Abel. Hall.The 8086/8088 Family. 80386.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Architecture. Pentium III and Pentium IV processors. Module 2 Instruction set. bus timing – read and write. 4. Pentium II.Liu & Gibson – PHI. The 80X86 family. Introduction to Micro controllers – architecture. 80186/80188.Douglas V. Module 5 Study of Peripheral chips 8255 – Programmable peripheral interface 8251 . 80386. Addressing modes. 3.Roy & Bhurchandi. 7-segment display and ADC with the Microprocessors. Programming & Design. Memory Addressing. Pentium II. Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals. Program Development Tools – DEBUG.USART 8259 – Programmable interrupt controller. block diagram. Micro computer Systems . Module 3 8086 hardware design – bus buffering and latching. 80286. segmented memory. 8086 Memory interface. 3rd Edn .John Uffenbeck. 8254 – Programmable Interval Timer Brief study of interfacing of Stepper motor. TMH 6.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Recursive Decent parser – Shift reduce parser. Module 2 Introduction to Compilers Compilers and Translators – Structure of a compiler – lexical analysis – syntax analysis – context free grammars – basic parsing techniques. Kothamangalam LANGUAGE PROCESSORS RT 505 3+1+0 Module 1 Assembler Overview of the assembly process.Design of two pass assembler.Procedure calls – Code optimization – Optimization transformations – Local optimization and global optimization – Compiler writing tools – Incremental Compilers Module 5 Loaders and Linkers Loading – Program relocatability – linking – various loading schemes – linkage editing – Design of linkage editor – dynamic loading – overlays – dynamic linking. Compilers – Principles Techniques And Tools – Aho.Macro Assembler. Module 3 Storage allocation Data descriptors.top down and bottom up parsing (brief idea only).schematics for Macro expansion – Design of a Macro pre-processor . Beck.Macros – Macro definition and usage. Text Books 1. System Programming and Operating Systems – Dhamdhere Mc Graw Hill 2.Leland L. Module 4 Compilation of Control Structures Control transfer. 2. 3. System Software – An Introduction to Systems Programming . Ullman Narosa Publications. Ullman. Addison Wesley. Principles of Compiler Design . Systems programming . Sethi. References 1.Donovan. Graw Hill.V.Static and Dynamic storage allocation – Storage allocation and access in block structured programming languages – Array allocation and accessCompilation of expressions – Handling operator priorities – Intermediate code forms for expressions –code generator..Aho A.Conditional and Iterative constructs. Pearson Education Asia 460 .Single pass assembler. Mc.

Taub & Schilling Mc Graw Hill. Transmission modeSimplex . Tanenbaum. Mc Graw Hill. PHI 8. Pearson Education Asia 9.Kennedy.ASK.Vijay K. 3. PWM. Communication Engineering .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Front end Processor – Transmission media – Guided media – Twisted pair cable. Data and Computer Communication . PM. Module 3 Digital data transmission – Serial. Ltd.Channel capacity . Parallel. 4.A. Principles of Communication System . Kothamangalam DATA COMMUNICATION RT 506 2+1+0 Module 1 Communication concepts – Analog modulation – Various schemes – AM. Computer Networks . fibre optic cable. coaxial cable. Electronic communication system . Noise. packet. PSK. Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems – B.Half duplex – Full duplex. Asynchronous and Isochronous transmission.Fred Halsall Pearson Education Asia 5. Components of computer communication – Concentrators . PPM – Generation of various modulated waves (Block diagram only) –Digital Pulse modulation (PCM). 7. GSM service and GSM system architecture.different types of noise – Basic Principles of Switching (circuit. DPSK .S. Synchronous. Module 5 Terminal handling – Point to point.Analog pulse modulation – PAM.Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) – Time Division Multiplexing (TDM). Kumar.William Stallings. Data Communication. Multidrop lines. Module 2 Multiplexing . FM –Sampling theorem . message switching) Module 4 Error detection and Correcting codes: Hamming code – Block codes and convolution codes – ARQ techniques – Transmission codes – Baudot – EBCDIC and ASCII codes – Barcodes. Principles & Application of GSM .A. 2. Umesh Publications 461 . References 1.Shannon`s Theorem. FSK. Synchronous Time Division Multiplexing –Statistical time Division multiplexing – Key Techniques .P Lathi Prism Books Pvt. Garg Pearson Education Asia 6. Computer Networks & Open Systems . Introduction to Data Communications & Networking – Behurouz & Forozan Mc Graw Hill.

f. 0+0+3 0+0+3 462 . Foxpro or the latest packages) 8. IBM PC Assembly language programming using MASM/TASM. Study of 8 bit /16 bit microprocessor kit. 3. Creation. Exercise in Pay Roll. Assembly language programming with 8 bit /16 bit Microprocessor kit. Kothamangalam DBMS LAB T 507 Experiments for performing the following: 1. Keyboard interfacing. Administration. Library Management using the packages. Data Acquisition Board. views. 3. (Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT 503 can be substituted) MICROPROCESSOR LAB T 508 1. Serial communication. LED moving graphic display board. indexes. Natural Language Support 5. e. Relational Operations. Interfacing experiments such as: a. Use of Link Libraries. Stepper motor control. 2. ODBC Interface 7. d. Importing and Exporting Data. Queries. Inventory Management. 4. Updating. Trigger 2. DAC/ADC interface. b. c. Deletion of tables. Exposure to Data Base management packages (Preferably on 4 GLs like ORACLE/INTEGRA/SYBASE. reports. 6. Video display board.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. g. 4.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 463 .

Projects preparation. Kothamangalam PROJECT MANAGEMENT T601 3+1+0 Module 1 PROJECT PLANNING Overview – Capital expenditure . Module 5 CONCEPTS IN SAMPLING Sampling designs and schemes – Errors in sampling – Simple random sample – stratified random sample – Cluster sample. Quality assurance and TQM – Jain & Chitale – Khanna Publishers 464 . Besterfield – Pearson Education 5. Project Management . REVIEW: Performance of Evaluation – Abaudonment Analysis – Behavioral issues in Project Management Module 4 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT Quality systems – ISO 9000 series – ISI – Benchmarking – Quality Function development (QFD) – Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – ISO 14000. References 1.Pearson Education 4. Quality control and Improvement – Amitava Mitra – Pearson Education 6. Sample size destination – Estimating population mean – Estimating population proportion. Implementation & Review . Selection. Budgeting & Implementation – Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2. Apprisal.Phases of capital budgeting – Project development cycle – 7-s of project management – Requirements of a project manager – Forms of project organization.Financial Analysis – Risk Analysis – Social cost Benefit Analysis. Total Quality Management – Dale H. Module 3 CONTROL OF PROJECT Control Systems – Control of major constraints – Project management software & information systems. PROJECTS – Planning. Analysis. Module 2 PROJECT ANALYSIS Market Analysis – Technical Analysis .Harvey Maylor .Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

matrics.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Code Reading . Pearson Education Asia 4.Error removal efficiency.project monitoring plans .Symbolic execution .Information Hiding Programming style .Ian Sommervilla.Shari Lawrence. Software Engineering Theory and Practice.coupling cohesion – structured design methodology . PHI 5.Functional and Structured Testing . Kothamangalam SOFTWARE ENGINEERING RT 602 2+1+ 0 Module 1 Introduction to Software engineering Introduction – Software and software Engg. Software Engineering .Testing Process Comparison of Verification and Validation Techniques . An integrated approach to Software Engineering .Internal Documentation – Verification .Problem Analysis . Module 5 Testing Testing fundamentals .verification .. Tata McGraw Hill 2. Pressman.Proving Correctness . PHI 465 .time sheets – reviews – cost schedule – milestone graph – risk management. Module 4 Coding Top-down and Bottom-up .Structured Programming . Pearson Education 3. Fundamentals of Software Engineering –Rajib Mall.Roger S. Module 3 System Design Design Principles – Problem partitioning and hierarchy – abstraction – modularity – top down and bottom_up – strategies – module level concepts . Fundamentals of Software Engineering – Carlo Ghezzi.Code inspections – Unit testing.validation .Reliability assessment Programmer Productivity .Phases in software developmentSoftware development process models-Role of Management in software development –Role of Matrics and measurement –Software requirement specification(SRS) . Mehdi Jazayeri. Narosa Publication References 1. Module 2 Project Planning Cost Estimation – Uncertainties – models – COCOMO model – Project scheduling – average duration estimation – Project scheduling and milestones – staffing and personal plan – Rayleigh curve – personnel plan – team structure – software configuration – management plans – quality assurance plans – verification and validation – inspections and reviews . Text Book 1.Static Analysis . Software Engineering .Pankaj Jalote.

Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters .Quantization effects in the Computation of the DFT.PCM DSP chips.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 2.PHI Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis.Co-efficient quantization error.channel vecoder. Module 2 Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters.Radar signal processing.a general study.lattice design-Fourier Series method.Impulse Invariant Transformation. Digital signal processing: Ifechor.sub band coding.Butterworth design.Multiplication in Fixed Point arithmetic Floating point numbers.Overflow limit cycle Oscillations .Signal FlowgraphBasic Network structure for IIR filter.cascade . decimation – in time and Frequency . Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters.hammingBlackman. Module 3 Discrete fourier Transform: Properties-Circular convolution.quantization errors in FFT algorithms.Pearson edn.Block floating point numbers. Module 4 Finite word length effects in digital filters: Introduction.speech analysisspeech coding.Number Representation Fixed Point.Linear Convolution using DFT. 4.hanning.Cascade. Realization of FIR. Desecrate time signal processing Oppenhiem.FFT algorithms – General Computation using Radix 2 algorithm.quantization .Two’s . Introduction .Sign-Magnitude .effects due to truncation and rounding. Kothamangalam DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LTA 603 3+1+0 Module1 Review of signals and systems.Finite Word Length Effects in FIR Digital Filters. 466 .digital processing of audio signals. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu.zero-input limit cycle Oscillations .Input quantization error Product quantization error .relation between Z.truncationrounding . 5. 3.Fast Fourier Transform.Scaling.Kaiser windows.Direct.Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters . Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer.triangular or barlett windows.advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing.complement forms Addition of two fixed point numbers. Module 5 Applications of digital signal processing: Speech Processing.One’s-complement.Transform and DFT. References 1.DSP based measurements systems.Scitech Pub.using windows-rectangular. Equi ripple FIR design. 6.Pearson edn.Chebyshev designdesign based on numerical solutions of differential equations.Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters.Quantization in Floating Point realization IIR digital filters .homomorphic vecoder.Parallel Forms.

Kothamangalam COMPUTER NETWORKS RT 604 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: . Module 5 Application Layer: -Domain name system – DNS name space – Resource records – Name servers – operation of DNS . Antonakos. 4. Hub. Computer Networks (Fourth Edition): Andrew S. Pearson Education 6. LAN Protocols: .Flooding . Prentice-Hall India 3.Components – Error correction – Network topology – Piconet and scatternet – L2CAP layers – Communication in Bluetooth networks References 1. Mansfield Jr. Bluetooth .Link state routing – Distance vector routing – Multicasting – Link state multicasting – Distance vector multicasting Congestion Control Algorithms – General principles – Packet discarding – Choke packets .Sliding window protocols.Transport Service . Forouzan. Communication Networks: Leon. Gateways..Design issues-Error Detection and correction – Elementary Data link protocols. Widjaja Tata McGraw Hill. Cable Modem.Mobile telephone systems. Multiple access protocols – ALOHA – Pure ALOHA – Slotted ALOHA – Carrier Sense Multiple Access protocols – persistent and non-persistent CSMA – CSMA with collision detection – IEEE 802. Introduction to Data Communications and Networking: Behrouz. McGraw Hill 467 . Bridges.Static & Dynamic channel allocation in LAN’s and WAN’s. Computer Networking: James F Kurose & Keith W Ross.Electronic Mail – MIME Mobile networks: .Congestion prevention policies – Traffic shaping – Leaky bucket algorithm – Flow specifications – jitter control Module 4 Transport Layer: .3 standards for LAN Module 3 Network layer: -Virtual Circuits.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. James L. (Harcourt India) 5. Routing Algorithm – Optimality principle .Low earth orbit satellites– Satellite v/s Fiber Module 2 Data Link Layer: .Tanenbaum. . Garcia.Flow Based Routing . Computer Networks (Second Edition): Larry L Peterson & Bruce S Davie. Physical Layer: . Pearson Education Asia/ PHI 2.Transmission Media– ISDN system Architecture – Communication Satellites – geostationary satellites .Elements of transport protocols – Internet Transfer Protocols UDP and TCP – ATM – Principle characteristics. Routers. An Introduction to computer networking: Kenneth C.ISO-OSI Reference Model – TCP/IP Reference Model – Comparison Network hardware-Repeaters. Datagrams.Medium Earth Orbit Satellites.

Java Script – variables. PUT.Security features for applets . Java Script. Email: Working of SMTP and POP protocols (Overview only).using the structured graphics – ActiveX Control. GET. DELETE. document object model. Inline style sheets. Module 3 Java programming – Features of Java. Creating GUI with AWT and Swing – -JDK1. Datagrams. Dynamic updating of pages with JAVA Script.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Internet and World Wide Web – How to program . Kothamangalam NETWORK COMPUTING RT 605 3+1+0 Module 1 HTML Documents Basic Tags for Font & Paragraph Formatting Lists. Arithmetic operations – message boxes. Embedded style sheets.1 event model Module 4 Network Programming with Java . variables and classes – Interfaces . Pearson Education Asia 2. image Maps Cascading Style Sheets Style Element. HTML. CGI . Perl. RMI (Structure and Working of a simple RMI Program only) Module 5 HTTP Protocol working – HTTP methods. Creating & using classes in Java – Static classes – Inheritance – Final methods. BPB 468 .Features of Java – Applets & Application – Life cycle of applets .5 1. Tables. Deitel & Nieto. Basic working of a CGI supported web server – Simple CGI program in C to validate user name & Password. Frames. DIV & SPAN Tags.Inter applet communication – Threads & Thread synchronization – TCP/IP Programming with Java – Iterative & Concurrent servers.Nested classes – Inner classes – Anonymous Inner classes – Exception handling – Creating & using exceptions.Deitel. External Style sheets.2. HEAD Server side scripting – HTML Forms & CGI – GET & POST. control statements.Evan Bayross. CLASS Attribute. Arrays. IP multicasting. Multithreaded programs and thread synchronization. POST. Module 2 Dynamic HTML Pages Client side scripting . Embedding ActiveX controls . creating and using packages. event handling. Text Books Module 1. functions. DHTML. Absolute and relative positioning of elements.

The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition . CD-RW. Computer Networks . slots and connectors-Add-on cards-Power supply– SMPS. Kothamangalam Module 3.Sectors – Disk formatting – partitioning Hard disk features – Hard disk data transfer modes –Programmed I/O – Direct memory access – Ultra DMA – Data addressing – Standard CHS addressing – Extended CHS addressing – Logical Block Addressing. 2/e .5 1.Joseph Weber. Module 3 Optical Storage CD ROM. virtual. Java 2 Complete reference . PHI 4.64 KB Limits – 640 KB barrier – Logical.Disk Physical specification & operations – Disk magnetic properties – Cylinders – Clusters – Hard disks – Hard disk drive operation – Magnetic data storage . CDROM.RAID – Holographic storage. CD Technology. segmented.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. TCP/IP Protocol suite. USB.Arnold. PHI/ Pearson Education Asia References 1.function & operations. PCI. TMH PERSONAL COMPUTER HARDWARE T 606 4+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to PC Hardware components – study of motherboards –Different types of ports. Hard Disk Interfaces – IDE. Module 2 Storage Devices Floppy – Floppy Disk Controller .Flat memory model – Advanced memory technologies. ATA – Communication ports – Serial – Parallel port – Keyboard / Mouse Interface connectors. Gosling. AGP. Sector layout. Unix Network Programming . PCMCIA. Holmes.Buffers – Interface – Magneto optical drives – WORM devices – DVD. CD-R. Tata McGraw Hill 2. EIDE. 469 .data transfer rate – Access time – Constant linear velocity – constant angular velocity .4.Stevens W Richard. Module 5 Bus Structures ISA. drive specifications. Module 4 Memory Management in PC Parity – ECC – Static & Dynamic RAM – Memory Addressing – Segmented addressing . Pearson Education Asia 3. Using Java 2 Platform . PHI 2.Tenanbaum. Forouzan. Schildt.Behrouz A.Herbert. linear and physical memory addresses – Extended and Expanded memory – Cache memory – Video memory – HMA .

Techmedia Publications 3. Bottom Up and Top Down Parser. PC Hardware Complete Reference . 5. 7. 2. implementation of simple protocols (Any experiment according to the syllabus of T 502 and RT 505 can be substituted. Macro processor module binder (with limited Instruction set) Lexical analyzer.Messmer. Pearson Education 4. S. Wiley 5. 8. 0+0+3 Symbol table construction Single pass and two pass assembler. Generation of code for linkers & loaders.) MINI PROJECT T608 0+0+3 The aim of the mini project is to prepare the students for the final year project. Troubleshooting and Repairing Your PC . Basic exercises in Processor Management – concurrent processing – memory management – implementation of shared memory and semaphores for process synchronization – device management – dead lock handling. The Indispensable PC Hardware Book . Kothamangalam References 1. Code generation. 6. Kataria SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING LAB T607 1. 3.Scott Mueller.Peter Norton.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Corey Candler. 470 . Inside the PC (8th Edition) . IBM PC Assembly Language Programming .Abel. Upgrading and repairing PC’s (4th edition) . Study on UNIX: UNIX Shell Programming.Dr. The topic for the mini project should be simple as compared to the main project. PC Upgrading Maintenance & Trouble shooting guide . Tata McGraw Hill 2. PHI 7.Craig Zacker & John Rourke. but should cover all the aspects of a complete project. 4. Pearson Education 6. Chauhan. K.

Kothamangalam SEVENTH SEMESTER 471 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Advanced Object Modeling: aggregation – abstract classes – generalization as extension and restriction – multiple inheritance – metadata – candidate keys – constraints Module 2 Dynamic modeling: Events and states – Operations – Nested state diagrams – Concurrency – Advanced dynamic modeling concepts – A sample dynamic model – Relationship of Object and Dynamic models. Pearson Education Asia 2.Berno Bruegge. Implementation model and Test Model-Unified Modeling Language (UML). Handling of global resources.Identifying concurrencyallocating subsystems to processors and tasks. Pearson Education Asia References 1. Module 3 Analysis: Analysis in object modeling. models. Object Oriented Modeling and Design -JamesRumbaugh.Ivan Jacobson.Notations. Kothamangalam OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGN RT 701 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: object oriented development-modeling concepts – object oriented methodology – models – object oriented themes-Object Modeling– links and associations – advanced links and association concepts – generalization and inheritance . Adding operations. requirement model. Object Oriented Software Engineering . Pearson Education Asia 472 .Specifying operations – Constraints – A sample functional model – Relation of functional to Object and Dynamic models. Jacobson Methodology. Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications .Grady Booch. Design model.Iterating the analysis System Design: Breaking system into subsystems . Allen H. Functional modeling: Functional models – Data Flow Diagrams . managing of data stores.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. concepts.Design of association – Object representation – Physical packaging – Documenting design decisions-Comparison of methodologies Module 5 Other Models: Booch’s Methodology. dynamic modeling and functional modeling. Text Books 1. actors and use-cases. Prentice Hall India 2.handling boundary conditions-Common Architectural Frameworks Module 4 Object Design: Overview of Object design – Combining the three models – Designing algorithms – Design optimization – Implementation of control – Adjustment of inheritance . Dutoit. Object Oriented Software Engineering .architecture. Analysis Model.grouping constructs – a sample object model.

Module 3 3D Graphics: 3D display methods.H.Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Pearson . Application of raster scan graphics. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics – William . Text Book 1. Clipping – Line clipping – Polygon Clipping. Robert . Video Display Devices. Succeeding with the Booch OMT Methods -A practical approach . H. Module 5 Advanced Technologies: Fractals – Classification of Fractals – Self-Squaring Fractals. COMPUTER GRAPHICS RT 702 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Computer Graphics: Basic concepts in Computer Graphics – Applications of Computer Graphics. Module 2 2D Graphics: Line drawing algorithms – DDA. UML and C++ practical guide to Object Oriented development . A. 3D Transformations.Richard C. Object Oriented Analysis and Design using UML . Addison Wesley 5. Gouraud Shading. Morphing.Lee & William. Srimathi. Computer Graphics (C version) Education Asia) References 1. Interactive Graphics system – Raster scan and Random scan systems – Generating a raster image.Buffer Method. Windowing. Computer Graphics.2D Transformations. Module 4 3D Rendering: Three-Dimensional Viewing-Projections.Raster Animation. Display processors – Display files – graphical input & output devices. Visible Surface Detection – Classification of Visible surface detection algorithms – Back-face Detection. McGraw Hill edition 473 .Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Prentice Hall of India) 2.N. Animation. Bresenham’s – Bresenham’s Circle drawing algorithm .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Ray-Tracing Methods.Lockheed Martin. 3D Object Representation – Polygon Surfaces – Quadratic surfaces – Spline Representations – Bezier Curves and Surfaces – BSpline Curves and Surfaces. Krishnamoorthy 4. Kothamangalam 3. Sproull (second edition).F. Newman. Sriram. Prentice Hall India. Surface Rendering Methods-Basic illumination Models – Polygon–rendering Methods. Clipping. Depth. Scan-line Method.

Block diagram of a typical transceiver. CDMA. Cell splitting. ISDN-Protocol. Frequency reuse. TMH.Roddy & Coolen 3. Mobile Communications . GPS (Basic idea only) Module 4 Mobile Communication Mobile communication services. . B-ISDN. 474 .Kennedy 2. Call processing. Fibre types. Electronic Communications. Satellite classifications.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.D. Multiple accessing – FDMA. Prentice Hall of India multimedia 5. Module 3 Satellite Communication Satellite orbits. Concepts – Cells. Analog Vs Digital Microwave. Hughes (second edition in C). 4th Edn Wayne Tomasi. Analog and Digital Cellular Telephones. References 1. Schildt. Cellular telephone. .Roy A Plastack & Gordon Kally (Schanmi Series McGraw Hill edition) MODERN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS T 703 3+1+0 Module 1 Optical Fibre communication Advantages. Feiner. Fundamentals of Computer graphics & . Spacing. Repeater. Light sources. Addison Wesley 4. TDMA. VanDam. 4th Edition.Foley. Fundamentals Through Advanced. Text Book 1. Electronic Communication Systems. Geostationary satellites. Pearson Education. Satellite Radio Navigation. Computer Graphics . Protocols and Applications. Segmentation and Dualisation. Mukherjee. Architecture. Pearson Education. Computer Graphics Principles & Practice . Module 2 Microwave communication Advantages. Receiver (block diagram only) Microwave terminal station – transmitter and receiver. Frequency allocation. System block diagram. Tata McGraw Hill 6. 4th Edition. Kothamangalam 3.Herbert.Architecture. Fibre configurations. Cable losses. Call system layout. Acceptance angle and acceptance cone. Frequency modulated microwave radio system – Transmitter. ATM Blue tooth Technology WAP and WWW. Disadvantages. Java 2 complete reference . Cable configurations.Jochen Schiller. Interference. Light detectors. P. PHI. Module 5 Advanced Concepts Concepts of Wireless LAN. PCSS Mobile telephone system. Electronic Communication Systems. Satellite uplink and down link models (block diagram only). Light propagation through optical fibre. Earth station. path characteristics – fading.

Fractal and Wavelet Compressions . Kothamangalam 4.Simon J. Sams 7.Tay Van Ghan – Osborne Tata Mcgraw Hill 4. Multimedia Programming Objects.Image .Frank R Dungan. Transform classes. Virtual Reality . Multimedia in Action . software applications and software environments.Problems related to programming . Sasnett.Composition. 3rd Edition .Hyper text .Mathew E.James E. Digital Video Interactive. 3.Future multimedia. Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions. Multimedia Computing . (basic ideas only) Module 3 MULTIMEDIA ENVIRONMENTS The Compact Disc family. JPEG. Database integration.Standards .Winn L.Ralf Steinmentz and Klara Nahrstedt.Basic tools Authoring tools.Capture and Playback techniques. .Image types . Rosch. QuickTime.J. Addison wesley 10. Communications andApplications. Gibbs.Techniques realistic image synthesis.Palikom. digital audio. Multimedia Bible .Desktop video conferencing .Peter Jellam. Skibbe. Optimizing your Multimedia PC .Analog & Digital video ..Memory storage . Format classes and Component classes .Comdex 6. music and animation . 9. Susan Lafe Meister . Multimedia: Computing.Sound . VikasThomson Learning MULTIMEDIA TECHNIQUES T 704 2+1+0 Module 1 INTRODUCTION Definition of multimedia.Animation . RLE. Module 5 ADVANCED MULTIMEDIA Moving pictures . Authoring Interactive multimedia . hardware. Shuman.Media Types . Pearson Education. MPEG . Environments & Framework. Dionysios C. Multimedia Power Tools .Sound cards . Vikas Publication 8. Integrated Multimedia Systems .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. References 1.Analog and digital video. Multimedia making it work .L. multimedia. CD-interactive. Hodger & Russel M.Full motion digital video . Media classes. Module 4 MULTIMEDIA PROGRAMMING Framework: Overview. The communication Wall Overview 475 . Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. Module 2 BUILDING BLOCKS Text . Electronic Communication systems. Random house Electronic Pub. Synchronisation.Video capture techniques .Image file types .Arch C Luther 5.multimedia networks . Interaction.) 2.Image compression.

Java Server pages .Steven Holzner.Reading & setting Properties of JavaBeans – Connecting forms & bean properties – Serialized beans – declaring variables & methods in pages – scriptlets – conditionals.bound and constrained properties .Joseph L. XML and JavaBeans Programming Black Book . loops & execution handling in JSPs with scriptlets – Accessing beans via scriptlets. Prentice Hall of India 2. Entity beans – Features (Basics of developing and using entity beans) References Module1. XML by Example: Building Ecommerce applications .XML.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.CDATA section Module 2 Document Type declarations – Creating XML DTDs – Element type declaration – Attribute List Declaration – Attribute types – Attribute defaults – Displaying XML Data in HTML browser as HTML tables – Storing XML data in HTML document – Converting XML to HTML with XSL minimalist XSL style sheets – XML applications Module 3 Java Beans: Features – Designing Java Beans – Creating and using properties – Induced . Weber. Module 4 JSPs . Using JAVA 2 Platform Special Edition .Larne Pekowsky – Pearson Education Asia 476 . Module 5 EJB – Basics of EJB – Types of Beans – Development of Session Beans – Steps – Creating & Implementing Interfaces – Writing Deployment descriptors – Packaging and deploying bean .using and creating events – Introspection – creating & using Beanlnfo clauses – customization – providing custom property editors and GUI interfaces. XML as a subset of SGML – XML Vs HTML – Views of an XML document – simple XML documents – Starting & Ending of Tags – Attributes of Tags – Entity References – Comments . Java 2. Swing. Pearson Module 3 1. Wiley Dreamtech Module 4 1.Sean Education Asia McGrath.Creating simple JSP Pages – templating – Request time expression – Request & Response objects – Reading parameter values – Using Javabeans in JSPs . Kothamangalam WEB TECHNOLOGIES RT 705 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to SGML – features . 2 1.using the bean from a client – Development of stateful session bean. AWT.

Mastering Enterprise Java Beans and the Java 2 Platforms.Floyd Marinescu Additional Reference 1. 3. Note New Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. Enterprise Edition EdRoman (WILEY computer publishing) 2. Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course. Module 2 Constrained multivariable optimization Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions – Convex programming problem – Quadratic programming. IDG Books India Module 5 1.Barry Burd. 6. EJB Design Patterns . CMELRPTA 706-01 T 706-02 RT 706-03 RT 706-04 RT 706-05 RT 706-06 T 706-07 Optimization Techniques Digital Image Processing Principles of real time systems Windows Programming Mobile Computing Software Architecture Optical Communication 3+1+0 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . Internet & Web Technologies . Module 3 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.I) CMELRPTA 706-1 3+1+0 Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method. 477 . 5. TMH ELECTIVE -I T 706 LIST OF ELECTIVE SUBJECTS 1. 7.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Raj Kamal. 2. Kothamangalam 2. JSP: Java server pages . 4.

Relations between histogram and image. Chandrupatla. Display aperture and interpolation. References 1. Ltd.F. The Fourier and Z-Transform of Multi dimensional Sequences. noise modeling. Module 5 Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems. Applications. Point operations and the histogram. Convolution filtering – Dimension sampling. Principles of Operations Research for Management . Practical limitation in sampling and construction. 478 . System identification. Abbreviation in an imaging system.H. Grey level interpolation. Optics and System analysis. 2. Optimization theory and application . Uses. Operation Research an introduction . Introduction to algebraic operations.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Budnick. Reconstruction of images from its samples.S. A. Types of Image Digitisers. Mojena. Approaches and models. Spatial transformation. T. Truncation. 4. processing sequence the gray level histogram. Irwin. Digital image processing in practice. Non rectangular grid sampling. Richard D. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering . geometric operations. DTF from degraded image spectrum. Diffraction limited optical systems. mixed integer programming problems. Digitalizing images. Nyquist rate. Module 3 Convolution operation. Geometric operations. Characteristics of an image digitiser. Moire effect and flat field response. D. Taha. New Age International P. applications.S. D. Linear point operations. Applications of point operations. R. 3.A. DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING T 706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Digital Image Processing. McLeavey. linear filtering theory – Harmonic signals and complex signal analysis. Software organization. Uses of histograms.R. Kothamangalam Module 4 Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. Pearson Education Asia. Super resolution. Rao. S. INC. Image processing software. Belegundu. Computing data. Applications of digital filtering some useful functions. Module 2 Point operations. Eastern Economy Edition. Applications of Digital image processing – Image restoration. Introduction to histograms. Aliasing and foldover frequencies. Module 4 Processing sampled data.

stop and go multiloop. information. 4. NMR 479 .packing algorithm. Jain. co-routines. soft real time systems.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Measurement and classification size. Prentice Hall. 6. Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition. cause of failure. token . real time computer. interrupt driven systems – sporadic.Kenneth R. Classification 3 dimensional image processing optical sectioning. Aperiodic. Region growing techniques – Segmented image structure. Feature selection. time. integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems. Thomson Learning PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Prentice Hall of India. task control block . rate monotonic deferred server. Analysis & Machine Vision –Sonka. Hlavac & Boyle. synchronization in software. next-fit. hybrid systems. definition of real time systems – real time systems. Gradient optical threshold selection. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing. redundancy – hardware. fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware. Introducing Digital Image Processing. polled bus. 5. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems. 2. Stereoscopic image display – shaded surface display. network architecture issues. bin.Hard real time systems. Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies. fault detection and containment. References 1. Discrete Time Signal Processing.Jensen J. Pearson Education 3.Anil K. hierarchal.R. buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling. Image Processing. Digital Image Processing – Rafael C Gonzalez & Richard E Woods. software. Prentice Hall. embedded systems . protocols – contention – based.task status. task classes – Periodic. shape. Optimal threshold selection. CAT Stereo – Metric ranging. Prentice Hall of India. fixed rate systems. critical. IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm. real time design issues.Oppenheim and Schafer. Castleman. fault types. EDF. Measurements. Gradient based methods. scheduling – uniprocessor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic.I) RT706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems. round robin. Kothamangalam Module 5 Image Segmentation by Thresholding.based. myopic offline. Digital Image Processing. Non-critical.

Option Boxes – Frames . buttons . transient faults. master chain model. Shini (M?C Graw Hill) Reference 1. blurring. labels.Event Driven Programming – Languages that support Windows Programming – Visual Basic – Java – Visual C++ Visual Basic Programming: Basic Language features – Variables. fault latency.C. Comboboxes. data types. characteristics.File. Real Time Systems. ellipses. Transaction. Timer. control statements – Forms – Creating and Using basic Controls – text boxes. Checkboxes. Frames. Progessbar.Event handling procedures – Properties Window – Common properties for Controls. Drive and Directory List boxes .setting colors Drawing text. main memory databases.I) R706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction -Concepts of Windows Programming. Real Time Systems . Flexgrid Control. Tree View Control.RichTextBox.Philip Laplante (IEEE) WINDOWS PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE . Module 5 Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics.M Krishna. Common dialog Controls – Font. Scrollbars. Message boxes Module 2 Visual Basic Programming (Contd) Standard Controls – List boxes. Databases for hard real time systems. lines. constants. Text Book 1. circles – plotting points –Filling figures with colors and patterns – Using clipboards to transfer images between applications Printing graphics and text – Creating animations with Picture clip control applying image effects – stretching. picture box. sweeping – Using the Multimedia Control – Handling multimedia Errors 480 . combinational model. Disk schedule algorithms. Kothamangalam clusters. Design & Analysis .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kang G. software error models. Image box. egraving. maintaining serialization constituency. File. arcs. Shape controls. Real time databases.MDI and SDI interfaces – Menus Module 3 ActiveX controls . embossing. Print Dialogs – Creating Custom activex controls – Creating Events and properties for ActiveX controls. flipping. List view Control. Module 4 Graphics and Multimedia – Drawing Graphics in Windows .

Addressing. deleting and updating records – Using the Data Control – Using the ADO Data Control Using Windows API: Using DLL Procedures in Visual Basic – Declare statement – Handling C++ and Windows Data types – Playing sound with API funtions – Capturing Images from the screen – Handling mouse outside Applications window – Making an ‘always on top’ window. Snooping TCP.Reference Model. References 1. LEO. Functions. Types. Multi carrier modulation. 4. 481 .Goals.I) R706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . 802.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Applications and Protocol. 3. Cellular systems. RDO and ADO for accessing databases – Creating tables.Short History. Traditional TCP.Satellite Systems-GEO. Digital Audio BroadcastingMultimedia Object Transfer Protocol. Kothamangalam Module 5 Database Access – Using DAO. Reference Model. Dynamic Host configuring protocol. Registration.Mobile IP. Mobile telephone systemsSimplified Reference model. Reverse Tunneling. Broadcast Systems-Broadcast transmission. Handover. Optimization. Visual Basic 6 Programming Black Book Programming Windows fifth Edition Visual Basic Visual Basic Using Visual Basic Steven Holzner (Dreamtech Press) Charles Petzlod (Microsoft Press) Ivan Petrosaus (BPB) Garry Cornell (BPB) Resselman (PHI) MOBILE COMPUTING (ELECTIVE . 2. Dynamic source routing.16. Location Management. Module 3 Wireless LAN and ATM . IP packet delivery. Frame structure. Indirect TCP. handover scenarios. Requirements. Access Point Control Protocol (APCP). Hierarchical Algorithms. Requirements. MEO. Comparison between 802. Infrastructure and ad hoc networks. DSDV.Architecture.11. Advertisement and discovery. Module 2 Wireless Communication Systems -Telecommunication Systems-GSM & DECTArchitecture and Protocols. Tunneling and Encapsulation. 5. Transmission. Module 4 Mobile Network and Transport Layers .Bluetooth. Mobile TCP. Radio Access Layer. Wireless ATM.Infra red and Radio Transmission. Ad hoc networks – Routing. Layers. inserting. Digital Video Broadcasting.11 and 802.Services. IPv6.

Protocols-Datagram. Computer Networks – Andrew S. Communication Networks -Fundamental Concepts and Key Architectures LeonGarcia & Indra Widjaja.Features. WWW.-Wireless Application Environment-WML. PHI 2. Layered systems – Repositories – Interpreters – Process control – Heterogeneous Architectures.Wireless Telephony Application. Script. Module 5 Tools for architectural design – Unicon – Exploiting style in architectural design environments – Architectural interconnection Reference 1. Text Book 1. Session. Transaction.Architecture. Module 2 Shared Information Systems – Integration in software Development Environment – Integration in the design of Buildings – Architectural structures for based information systems Module 3 Guidance for user interface architecture Artificial design space – Formal models and specifications-The value of architectural formalism – Formalizing the architecture of a specific system – Formalizing the architectural style – Formalizing an architectural design space Module 4 Linguistic issues . Tata McGraw Hill SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE (ELECTIVE . Tanenbaum. implicit invocation.Requirements for architecture – Description languages – first class connectors – Adding implicit invocation to factorial processing languages.Mary Shaw. David Garlan. Usage of HTML.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. WWW system architecture. PHI 482 . Software Architecture – perspectives on an emerging discipline. Preason Education Asia References 1.HTTP. Mobile Communications – Jochen Schiller.I) R706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Software architecture – Architectural styles – pipes and filters –data abstract and object oriented organization – Event based. Kothamangalam Module 5 Wireless Application Protocol & World Wide Web WAP.

Fibre Optic Communication – D C Agarwal. 3. Mc Graw Hill. Optical Fibre Communications. injection laser diode structures – comparison of LED and ILD. losses in fibres. Optical Communication Systems – Gowar.Senior.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. PHI. Bit error Rate performance. .refractive index profiles. Transmission link analysis. Module 5 Classification of light wave systems – linear systems: Intensity modulated Direct Detection (IMDD) and coherent systems. 4. Optical amplifiers (OAs): Need for OAs. Narosa Publishing. Module 4 Optical communication systems: Direct detection and heterodyne receivers. Avalanche photo diodes. EDFA). References 1. Optical Fibre Communications. 4th Edition. Introduction to solitons –Solitons communications using lumped amplifiers. Mode characteristics and cut off conditions (mathematical derivations required). Optical sources : Light Emitting diodes – LED structures – surface and edge emitters. 5. PHI 483 . MCVD technique for fibre fabrication. Comparison of performance. material and wave guide dispersion. PN Photo detectors. SNR. Non linear systems. 6. 2.Palais. FBA. scattering and radiation losses. fibre amplifiers (FRA. Optical Communication Components & Systems – Franz & Jain. advantage of coherent optical communications. point to point links – system consideration – link power budget and rise time budget.Joseph C. Principles of operations of various OAs – SLAs. construction. Fiber Optic Communications. Module 2 Signal distortion in fibres – Intra model and inter model distortion – group delay . Kothamangalam OPTICAL COMMUNICATION T 706-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Optical fibres: Graded index and step index fibres. Optical digital communications.Gerd Keiser.attenuation. Module 3 Optical Detectors: PN junction photo diodes. absorption. characteristics and properties. Comparison of performance. numerical aperture propagation of optical beams in fibres. mono and hetero structures – internal – quantum efficiency . Pearson Education. Wheeler Pub.

and submit a report of the project work to the department. Point plotting b. Study of transmission media – coaxial cables – Types-Hubs-Bridges-RepeatersRouters-Gateways –Switches 7. PROJECT & SEMINAR T 709/ T 808 0+0+3 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. DFT Implementation using software simulation (MATLAB/ SIMULINK) 6. Programs for a. 484 . Simple network programming experiments in Java. reflect the state of the art technology. Curves 2. FFT. Familiarization of latest multimedia development tools. 4. On completion of the project work in the 8th semester. services and applications 9. 4. In addition to the seminar. Hidden line elimination f. the students shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s). Analog optical communication experiments based on optical communication kits / benches 2. Web page design with HTML 3. Multimedia development using PowerPoint. The paper should. Design of digital filters (software simulation using MATLAB/ SIMULINK) 5. Transformations e. Report should be submitted to the department. Kothamangalam MULTIMEDIA LAB T 707 1. Digital optical communication experiments based on optical communication kits / benches 3.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. in general. Adobe Photoshop. Line and Polygon clipping d. Digital communication experiments based on trainer kits. 0+0+3 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LAB T 708 0+0+3 1. Study of modems-NIC-Cable connectors and their usages 8. Line and circle drawing c. 3D Studio. each student shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. Study of Internet-accessing.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 485 .

Kothamangalam SECURITY IN COMPUTING RT 801 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction: Security basics – Aspects of network security – Attacks – Different types – Hackers – Crackers – Common intrusion techniques –Trojan Horse.Security issues – SQL security DAC based on granting & revoking privileges – MAC 4 multilevel security – Statistical database security. WINDOWS 2000 Module 3 Cryptography: Basic Encryption & Decryption – Transposition & substitution ciphers – Caesar substitution – Polyalphabetic substitutions – Crypt analysis – Symmetric key algorithms – Fiestel Networks – Confusion – Diffusion – DES Algorithm – Strength of DES – Comparison & important features of modern symmetric key algorithms – Public key cryptosystems – The RSA Algorithm – Diffice Hellman key exchange – comparison of RSA & DES – Message Authentication & Hash functions – Digital signature Module 4 Network & Application Security: Kerberos – X509 Authentication service – IP security Architecture – Secure socket layer – Electronic mail security – Pretty Good privacy – S/MIME – secure Electronic Transactions – Firewalls .Security mechanisms in JAVA platform – Applet security – Security policy and SecurityManager..Andrew S. access control and remote execution in UNIX.Security breaches – Concept of a hole .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Tanenbaum. Prentice Hall of India Module3 1. Module 2 OS Security – Protection Mechanisms –Authentication & Access control – Discretionary and Mandatory access control – Authentication mechanisms – Official levels of computer security (DoD) . Modern operating System . Information theory coding and cryptography . Pearson Education Asia Module2 1.William Stallings. Pearson Education Asia 2. Pearson Education Asia 2. Worm – Security services and mechanisms. Network Security Essentials Applications & Standards . Using JAVA 2 platform . Cryptography and network security principles and practice .Ranjan Bose. TMH 486 .William S. Weber. Text Books Module1. Virus.Types of a holes – Study of the security features for authentication. Module 5 Database Security: . 4 1.Joseph L.

Classical and systems approach to organization.Rich Helton. Management and Systems. Leadership Styles. Managerial Grid. Tasks and functions of Management. Decision assisting Information systems – MIS. Kothamangalam Module 4. Management and organizational behaviour. NCC Blackwell Manchester Oxford 7. Organizational Effectiveness. EIS. Knowledge based decision support – Basic concepts only. (Brief study only) Module 4 ERP. Implementing IPv6 . John wiles Designing Security Architecture Solutions – Jay Ramachandran. ERP-modules. Vendors. Consultants and Users. Implementation Life cycle.O.Mark A.Marcus Gonsalvus. ERP & Related technologies. Factors affecting productivity. Introduction. ERP. Wiley Dreamtech Module 5 1. Management science and the Decision rule.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Security in Computing . Designing security Architecture Solutions . Concept of DSS. MIS. Conceptual system design.Sead Muftic. Basic concepts of Data Mining. 6. Organizational theory. Implementation and maintenance.5 1. 2. 5. Algorithms and Architecture . Data Warehousing and Knowledge Management.E. DSS. DSS.Sead Muftic. benefits. detailed system design. Module 3 Management Information systems.G. TMH Networking Technologies . Wiley Dreamtech 8. 3. Module 2 The management process and information needs. Future direction in ERP. Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network . Mastering JAVA security: Cryptography. Wiley dreamtech Firewalls Complete . General management system.Jaisal. John wiles References 1. Decision Support Tools. 487 . IDG Books INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND MANAGEMENT T 802 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction. Data Bank concept.Charles P. Automation of Decision making.Shea. Miller P. 4. market. EIS. Information systems for decision making. Pfleeger IEEE Computer Science Press Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network .Jay Ramachandran. Module 5 Decision Support Systems – Managers and decision making. Components. Galgotia Publication Security in Computer Operating System . Strategic and Project Planning for MIS.

Vikas Publishing E-COMMERCE T803 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce E-Commerce Framework.Commerce and World Wide Web – Internet Service Providers. Asynchronous Transfer Mode. PHI. Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce. Decision Support Systems And Intelligent systems . Ross & Claggett. Risk in Electronic Payment Systems. Technological Architecture for Internal Commerce. Designing Electronic Payment Systems.Bhushan Dewan. Smart Cards. Multimedia in E-Commerce. TMH Module 5 3. EDI-Legal.2&3 1. Internet based EDI.Murdick. Work-flow Automation and Coordination. customization and internal Commerce. Kothamangalam References Module 1. Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS). Module 5 Recent Trends in E-Commerce Marketing on the Internet. E-Commerce Consumer & Organization Applications. Credit card based Payment system. Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Aronson. Video Conferencing with Digital Videos. E. advantages of Data Warehouses. Security and Privacy Issues. Corporate Data Warehouses. Frame & Cell Relays. 4. Module 4 Intra Organizational E-Commerce Internal Information System. Text Book 1. Broad Band Telecommunication.Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston/Pearson Education 488 . Document Library. Module 3 Electronic Data Interchange EDI – Architecture. Advertising on the Internet. Credit Cards.Alexis Leon. Module 2 Electronic Payment Systems Types of Electronic Payment Systems. EDI and MIME. Managing Information Technology. Types of Digital Documents. EDI Gateways. Frontiers of Electronic Commerce . Value added Network. Pearson Education. Module 4 2. Information Systems for Modern Management . Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications. Enterprise Resource Planning.Efraim Turban. EDI standardization. Supply Chain Management. Application in Business. Online payment process. EDI Envelope for Message Transport. Jay E. Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System.

Module 5 Introduction to Prolog – Representing facts – Recursive search – Abstract data types – Alternative search strategies – Meta predicates.Heuristic for constraint satisfaction problem – Iterative deepening – Hill climbing – Simulated Annealing. Inference rules involving quantifiers. Searching strategies – Breadth first search. Artificial Intelligence .McGraw Hill Booq Company Module 5 3. E.Problems and problem spaces .Stuact Russell – Peter Narang. Uniform cost search. modus ponens. Module 2 Informed search. meta interpreters – semantic nets & frames in prolog.4 1.Commerce The cutting edge of Business . Bi-directional search – Constraint satisfaction search.3. .Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag / Pearson Education ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE RT 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Definitions – AI application areas – Example problems. Module 3 Game playing and knowledge structures – Games as search problem – Imperfect decisions – Evaluation functions – Alpha – Beta pruning – state of art game programs. Artificial Intelligence – A modern approach .2. Unification. Kothamangalam References 1.Rich E. Artificial Intelligence . Pearson Education Asia 489 . A* algorithm. DFS.George F Luger.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Introduction to frames and semantic nets. forward and backward chaining – Resolution. Pearson Education Asia Reference 1. An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence – Eugene Charniak & Drew McDermot. Text Books Module 1. Pearson Education Asia 2. Global Electronic Commerce – J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark 2.Problem characteristics – Problem solving by searching. Depth – Limited search. Heuristic functions – Inventing Heuristic functions . Matching and evaluation. Module 4 Knowledge and Reasoning – Review of representation and reasoning with Logic – Inference in first order logic.

Kothamangalam ELECTIVE . Beta functions Gamma function.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course. 7. unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. 2. 5. CMELRPTA 805-01 RT 805-02 T 805-03 RT 805-04 RT 805-05 RT 805-06 T 805-07 T 805-08 Advanced Mathematics Client Server Computing High Performance Computing Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems Distributed Computing User Interface Design Satellite & Mobile Communication Data Compression 3+1+0 ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . 4. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function.II) CMELRPTA 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. 8. Module 3 Gamma. 3.II T 805 List of elective subjects 1. Note: New Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions. 490 . 6.

Case study Novell Netware and Windows NT .Processor . .Cross Platform Computing Distributed Computing .Advantages and Disadvantages .B.Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. 2. Hoskins.Chand Advanced Engg. References Linear Integral Equation .Managing the interaction of client and server .Advantages and draw backs of multiple processor . John Wiley and Sons.Ram P.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 491 1.Allen C.Bernard Friedman. Kothamangalam Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations Classification of second order equations. Module 3 MULTITASKING Multi programming vs multitasking . S. Springer – Verlag Advanced Engg. Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics .uses .Building portable client server applications.James P. 7.Client Server Computing & Hetrogenous Computing . Khanna Publishers Generalized functions .Thilagavathy.processing queues . Pearson Edn.Request acceptance dispatching Execution of requests .Keener. Principles of Applied Mathematics . 5. Numerical methods . Academic Press.Threads .II) RT 805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 INTRODUCTION History .Client server interaction using message. Module 2 DESIGNS Fundamentals of client server design .Communications Techniques protocols & Client server interaction protocols Preparing applications for client server .semaphore implementations in NT & Netware.P. 3. Mathematics .Developing server applications . 9. Module 4 SYNCHRONIZATION Scheduling implementations .Client Server Databases.F.Gunavathy.Dass.Greenberge. New York A Course on Integral Equations .mutual exclusion .Optimizing applications for client server Example client server implementations . Module 5 COMMUNICATIONS Network communication .Child and parent processor .context switching pre emptive systems . K. Asia Numrical methods in Engg. S.S. K.semaphores .Kanwal.The costs of Client Server Computing .Chand & co CLIENT SERVER COMPUTING (ELECTIVE .Michael D. Mathematics . 6.K.critical sections .R. Addison Wesley.Server communication model.H. 4. John Wiley and sons 8.Grewal. &Science .Inter process communication .Pipkin.Kandasamy.

Loosely coupled and Tightly coupled multiprocessors .Interconnection networks .Data flow computers architectures . Galgotia.Kai Hwang & FayeA.H. Guide to Client Server Databases .David Vaskevitch.Classification of pipeline processors .Data driven computing and Languages . McGraw Hill References 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Instruction and Arithmetic pipelines – Design of Pipilined instruction unit-Prinnciples of Designing Pipeline ProcessorsInstruction prefetch and branch handling. HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING T 805-3 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to parallel processing .Trends towards parallel processing Parallelism in uniprocessor .Architecture of Cray-1. Rajaraman . Module 5 Dataflow computers . 5. BPB. Client Server Computing .Interconnection networks . Client Server Strategies . Developing Client Server Applications -W.V.SIMD array processors .PHI 492 .Static data flow computer -Dynamic data flow computer Data flow design alternatives.Process synchronisation mechanisms. Novell's Guide to Client-Server Application & Architecture .SIMD matrix multiplication-Parallel sorting on array processors . 3. Kothamangalam References 1. 2.Indian contribution to parallel processing.Linear pipelining .Parallel computer structures-Architecture classification schemes . 4.Cube interconnection networks Parallel algorithms for array processors .Joe Salemi. Module 4 Multiprocessor architectures and Programming .Associative array processing .General pipelines .Memory organization.Schqnk. Module 2 Principles of pipelining and vector processing . Text Book 1.Inman. Elements of Parallel computing .Briggs.Dawna Travis Dewire. Novell Press. Module 3 Array processors .Static vs dynamic networks .Language features to exploit parallelism . Computer Architecture & Parallel Processing .Dynamic pipelines .Jeffrey D. BPB. McGraw Hill.mesh connected networks .

4. Module 5 Basic I/O operations – the package TEXTIO – ASSERT statement – terminology and directory structure – simulation mechanics – synthesis mechanics – identifiers – data objects – data types – operators. 6. 493 .Kai Hwange & Douglas Degneot Mc Graw Hill Advanced computer Architecture . simple CSA statements. 5. Module 2 Basic language concepts simulation: signals – Entity architecture – concurrent statements – Constructing VHDL models using CSAs – delays. 7. Stone. Super Computers . Synthesis: language directed view – inference from within process – issues – signals vs. Parallel Computers. Addison Wesley. Synthesis: Interface from declarations. Module 4 Modeling structure: Describing structure – structural VHDL model – hierarchy. 3.Sharma. Arirban Basu. Architecture and Programming – Rajaraman & Murthy. Introductory VHDL . Kothamangalam 2. conditional signal assignment statements. Pearson Edn High Performance Computer Architecture . 8. Asok V. Fountain and Kacsuk. variables – latch vs. Asok K. Advanced Computing . Pearson Education Asia. flip flop – the wait statement – state machine. propagation delays and concurrency – waveforms and timing – signal values – shared signals – simulation model – synthesis model – Field Programmable Gate Arrays. Text Book 1. PHI ANALYSIS AND MODELING OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE .Sudhakar Yalamanchili.Joshi. and selected signal assignment statements.Modeling digital systems – events. abstraction and accuracy – generics – component instantiation and synthesis – the generate statement Subprograms: functions – procedures – sub program and operator overloading – packages and libraries.Vijay P.Role of hardware description language.Bhatkar.Sima. Module 3 Modeling behavior Simulation: The process construct – programming constructs – the wait statement – attributes – generating clocks and periodic waveforms – using signals – modeling state machines – constructing VHDL models – programming errors. Rajaraman .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Wiely arstern Parellel Processing for Super Computers & AI .II) RT 805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to VHDL: Digital system design .V.Harold S.

stub generation. replacement strategy. structure of shared memory space. Message passing – features. Module 2 Distributed file system File service components. Synchronization – clock synchronization. Module 3 Communication in distributed systems Client server communication.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. design issues.intention lists. DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING (ELECTIVE . importance of good design. Pearson Education Asia 2. Distributed shared memory – Architecture. Task assignment approach. interfaces. MACH. Threads – scheduling. mutual exclusion Module 4 Resource and Process management Features of scheduling algorithms. Distributed Operating Systems .Sinha.J Bhaskar. AMOBEAoverview. Deadlocks in distributed systems – detection and prevention. thrashing. design issues. PHI USER INTERFACE DESIGN (ELECTIVE .Zainalabedin Navabi. brief history – Graphical User Interface – Web User Interface – Principles of User interface design. implementation. Distributed Systems – Concepts and designing . McGraw Hill. other distributed file systems – AFS.II) RT 805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Importance of user interface – definition. centralized and distributed approaches. Process migration mechanisms. 494 . Jean Dellimore Tim Kindberg. messages.George Coulouris. References 1.II) RT805-5 3+1+0 Module I Introduction Introduction to Distributed Systems. VHDL primer . marshalling. Analysis and modeling of digital systems . Byzantine failures.Concepts and designing . CODA. Module 5 Consistency maintenance Transaction recovery – methods. Tenenbaum Pearson Education Asia 3. Network technologies and protocols – overview. Pearson Education Asia 2. Server management. load sharing. load balancing.Andrew S. Name services – SNS name service model. Distributed Operating Systems . K.Pradeep. event ordering. evolution. implementation techniques. RPC – model. Fault tolerance – failures. Sun Network File System – architecture and implementation. synchronizations. characteristics. Kothamangalam References 1. user requirements. design issues. Group communication.

Module 4 Windows and components Menus and navigation schemes. Carroll. interface building tools Interaction devices: keyboard and function keys . Frequency plan and reuse Transponders.ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow – visually pleasing composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis – presenting information simply and meaningfully – information retrieval on web – Statistical graphics – Technological considerations in Interface Design.Alan Cooper.pointing devices.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.screen meaning and purpose. Human Interaction speeds – Understanding Business function Module 3 Screen Designing Design goals . Importance of Human Characteristics. selection of windows. The Essentials of User Interface Design .speech recognition. relative power levelsTransmission path and path loss – power and link budget calculations – S/N ratiosaturation flux density and noise consideration – EIRP. Selection of device based and screen based controls . special purpose communication satellite. problems. Pearson Education Asia 2. digitization and generation – image and video displays – printers. Module 2 Multiple access Techniques. Module 5 Software tools Specification methods.uses.text and messages – icons and images – Multimedia – colours. 495 . The Essential Guide to User Interface Design – Wilbert O. organizing screen elements.orbits – Geosynchronous and sun synchronous orbits – Kepler laws – power systems and eclipses – station keeping – altitude control and stabilization. Human consideration.emerging trends in communication satellites. satellite launch vehicles. Wiley Dreamtech 2. choosing colours. Designing the User Interface – Ben Shneiderman. Wiley Dreamtech SATELLITE AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION T 805-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Satellite Communication – review of basic concepts . Satellite earth station. Text Books 1. Pearson Education Asia References 1. Galitz. Human Computer Interaction – John M. Kothamangalam Module 2 Design Process Human Interaction with computers.

Time hopping.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 3. channels and codes – components of compression system – issues – quantization – optimal and adaptive quantization. Electronics Communication 4th ed . Kothamangalam Module 3 Spread spectrum Communication – Direct Sequence or Pseudo noise. 2. Khanna Publishers. Module 3 Transform coding – orthogonal transformations – bit allocation – performance gain of transform coding – sub band coding – coding based on models of human perception (human auditory system and visual system) Module 4 Vector quantization – introduction – memoryless vector quantizers – llyod algorithm – vector quantization design – tree structured VQ – multistep VQ – product codes – grain/shape VQ – lattice VQ – feedback vector quantization – 496 . CDMA cellular radio network. 5. Module 2 Predictive coding – DPCM – linear prediction – adaptive prediction – delta modulation – adaptive delta modulation. References 1. AIN for mobile communications. Advanced intelligent network (AIN). Mobile and Personal Communication System and Services – Raj Pandya. Hybrid and Chirp spread spectrum systems. Module 5 Digital cellular systems – multiple access schemes – Global Systems for Mobile (GSM).D C Agarwal.TDMA-CDMA-Miscellaneous Mobile systems. Mc Graw Hill. Module 4 Mobile cellular communications – introduction – basic cellular systemperformance criteria – uniqueness of mobile radio environment – operation of cellular systems – elements of cellular radio system design – general description – Frequency reuse – co channel interference reduction factor – desired C/I from a normal case in an omni directional antenna systems – hand off mechanism – cell splitting – consideration of the components of cellular system. Applications of spread Spectrum. Intelligent cell concept.fixed rate Vs variable rate – lossless Vs lossy compression – sources. Mobile Communications Satellite (Theory and Applications) . Mc Graw Hill Satellite Communications . PHI Mobile Cellular Telecommunication -William C.Y Lee. Frequency hopping. PHI DATA COMPRESSION T 805-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – signal compression .Dennis Roody & John Coolen. 4.Tom Lodgdon.

Jean & Loup Gailly. Kothamangalam vector predictive quantization – vector tree and trellis coders – adaptive VQ – VQ for speech coding – VQ for image coding. marginal.S.M. Module 5 Compression standards – CELP standard for speech – JPEG standard for still images – ISO/MPEG standard for audio and video – introduction to fractal image compression – application of wavelet analysis in signal compression – data compression – review of entropy coding – Huffman. Kluwer Academic Publishers. Note New Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. ELECTIVE . 3. 2. digital Coding of Waveforms – Principle and /applications to Speech and Video. Wavelet Transforms – Introduction to Theory and Applications.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Digital Speech. Gray R. – Prentice Hall. Addison Wesley & Longman Inc. The Data compression book. Jayant N. Rao R. 2.M & Bopadikar A. units – entropy.III T 806 List of elective subjects 1. Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course. Nelson M. Gersho A. INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING T 806-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Information Theory: Concept of amount of information.M. 6. 5. information rate. channel capacity – redundancy and efficiency of a channel.. BPB publications. arithmetic and ziv – lempel coding. 3. Vector Quantization and Signal Compression. 8. 5. Solari S. runlength. References 1. 497 T 806-01 RT 806-02 RT 806-03 RT 806-04 RT 806-05 RT 806-06 RT 806-07 T 806-08 Information Theory and Coding Embedded Systems Neural Network Genetic Algorithm and Applications Advanced Networking Trends Data Processing and Analysis Techniques Bio metrics Fuzzy Systems 3+1+0 . Kondoz A.J. 7. conditional and joint entropies – relation among entropies – mutual information. 4. McGrawHill. John Wiley.S & Noll P. Digital Video/Audio Compression. 6. 4.

Shannon – Hartley theorem – band width – SNR trade off – capacity of a channel of infinite bandwidth .encoding – time and frequency domain approaches. Module 5 Convolutional codes ..Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 4 Cyclic codes – description – generator and parity check matrices – encoding of cyclic codes – syndrome computation and error detection. Diffie. public key cryptography. Error Control Coding Fundamental s and Application . Cryptography: Secret key Cryptography. coding efficiency and redundancy. P. noiseless. binary erasure channel (BEC). Wiley Eastern Ltd. Englewood Cliffs. 5. Communication Systems .Costello Prentice Hall Inc. Ltd. Bangalore. decoding of cyclic codes. References 1. 3. John Wiley & Sons Pvt. Huffman Coding. digital signatures. deterministic and noiseless channels – capacity of band limited Gaussian channels. ARQ schemes – performance of ARQ – Probability of error and throughput. 2. Sequential decoding – Stack Algorithm. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Kothamangalam symmetric channels – binary symmetric channel (BSC).Dr. 4.Hellman Public key distribution – RSA system. DES. block and stream ciphers. Mullick & Chatterjee.Shu Lin & Daniel J. Information and Coding Theory . optimum modulation systems. New Delhi. Module 2 Source coding: Instantaneous codes – construction of instantaneous codes – Kraft’s inequality. Reed Solomon codes. BCH codes.description and decoding.Simon Haykin. 498 . S. burst error correction –block and convolutional interleaving. Principles of Communication Systems . Module 3 Codes for error detection and correction -parity check coding – linear block codes – error detecting and correcting capabilities – generator and parity check matrices – standard array and syndrome decoding – Hamming codes – encoding and decoding. Tree and Trellis diagrams – Transfer function and minimum free distance – maximum likelihood decoding of convolutional codes – The Viterbi Algorithm. Principles of Digital Communication .Das. NJ. coding theorem – construction of basic source codes –Shannon –Fano Algorithm.Taub & Schilling. Sathya Narayana Probability Dynaram Publications. state.

Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers.artificial neuron . Smart Cards and the Cashless Society.Training algorithms. Communication devices. Kothamangalam EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Micro-Controller Architecture. Module 3 Embedded Communication System Serial Communication.activation functions . Simulation of a Process Control System. Voice-over-IP.Dreamtech Software Team. Types of Embedded Operating systems.Perception Representation .Training artificial neural networks . Handheld computers. Security in Embedded Systems. 499 . PC-to-PC Communication. Module 2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment Hardware Architecture. Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player. Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey. Embedded Process Control System.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Communication Interface Standards.Principles . Programming for Embedded Systems . Appliance Control using Jini. Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly Meet – Daniel W Lewis. Module 5 Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded Systems Networked Java-Enabled Information Appliances. Mobile Java Applications. Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System. Sending a Message over a Serial Link. System on a Chip (SOC). NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE -III) RT806-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . Biomedical Systems. Protocol Converter. Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development. Embedded System Development Process. Control System. Categories of Embedded System. Energy Meter Readings. Requirements of Embedded Systems. Embedded Operating systems.III) RT806-2 3+1+0 Module1 Overview of Embedded System Embedded System. Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics.Single layer & multilayer networks . Wiley Dreamtech Reference 1.Linear separability . Module 4 Real Time & Database Applications Real-Time Embedded Software Development.Learning . Text Book 1.

Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.0 .Local minima .Pay Y.Statistical Hopfield networks . Kothamangalam Module 2 Back Propagation .III) RT806-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Architecture-Altering Operations Introduction.Training the cohenen layer . 3.Recurrent networks .0 .Pre initialising the wright vectors . Transmembrane Segment Identification Problem using Architecture-Altering Operations for Iterations-Fibonacci Sequence. Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer .network configurations Network paralysis .applications Thermo dynamic systems .temporal instability. Neural Computing Theory & Practice .stability .Associative memory .Previous Work on Automated Analog Circuit Synthesis.Cauche training .Continous BAM .Philip D.Simon Haykins 2.Training algorithm .Implimentation.Bidirectional associative memories .Artificial specific heat methods .Using Architecture Altering Operations for Subroutines. Loops.On the origin of new function.Architecture-Altering operations for Subroutines -Automatically Defined Iterations.statistical properties . Module 2 Genetic Programming Problem Solver (GPPS) Elements of GPPS 1. Module 5 Hopfield nets . Recursion.Cart Centering.Chapman & Hall GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE .Boltzmann’s Training .Architecture classification .Application. Text Book 1. Module 4 Statistical methods . An Introduction to neural computing . References 1.Elements of GPPS 2. SelfOrganization of Hierarchies and Program Architecture . Previous Methods of Determining the Architecture of a Multi-Part Program .Adaptive resonance theory .Applications .H.Training the Grosbery layer Full counter propagation network . Neural Networks .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.0 Problems Illustrating GPPS 2. Module 3 Automated synthesis of analog electrical circuits Synthesis of a Low-pass Filter and High-pass Filter The Role of Crossover in Genetic Programming. Storage.Rotating the Tires on an Automobile – Boolean Parity Problem. Wasserman. Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks .0-Problems Illustrating GPPS 1. 500 .Time-Optimal Robot Control Problem Multi-Agent Problem .

VSAT . Gigabit Ethernet.applications in personnel communication. Module 3 ATM – ATM Principles – BISDN reference model – ATM layers – ATM adaption Layer – AAL1.Geo stationary satellites . (basic ideas only) Module 5 Wireless Lan – Infrared Vs Radio transmission – Infrastructure & ad hoc n/w – IEEE 802. Parallelization and Implementation Issues: Computer Time. Martin A. ADVANCED NETWORKING TRENDS (ELECTIVE – III) RT806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Ethernet Technology – Frame format – Interface Gap – CSMA/CD – 10 mbps Ethernet. Reference 1. Sonet frame structure Module 2 ISDN . Fast Ethernet.ISDN interface. AAL5 – ATM addressing – UNI Signaling – PNNI Signalling Module 4 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Satellite communication principles .Transmission channels .Security 501 . Module 5 Programmatic Motifs for molecular Biology Automatic Discovery of Protein Motifs –Programmatic Motifs and the Cellular Location Problem. Forrest H Bennett III.Parallelisation of Genetic Programming –Implementation Issues.block schematic of satellite earth station .VSAT networks . Koza. Wireless Ethernet – SONET – Sonet multiplexing. Kean. AAL2. AAL3/4. “ Genetic Programming III: Darwinian Invention and Problem Solving”. David Andre.System architecture .11 – Hiper Law – Bluetooth – Physical Layer – MAC layer – Networking .Definition . B-ISDN. Morgan Kaufmann.Protocol architecture . Johin R.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam Module 4 Evolvable Hardware Evolvable Hardware and Rapidly Re-configurable Field-Programmable Gate Arrays Discovery of cellular Automata Rules: Discovery of a Cellular Automata Rule for the Majority Classification Problem. 1999.

PHI Module 1. Kazmier (Tata McGraw Hill) 502 . DBMS Vs DM – DM Techniques. References 1.A. Pearson Education Asia DATA PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . Tata McGraw Hill 2.M. Philippakis & Leonard. Jr. Roy & D Ghosh Dastidar. Data Mining .) 4.E. Kothamangalam References Module 1 1. An introduction to Computer Networking .Jochen Schiller. COBOL programming . Structured COBOL .Kenneth C Mansfield. J.Pieter Adriaans.3 1. KDD Vs Data mining. Mobile Communication . Structured COBOL Programming.Selvi (Anuradha Agencies) 6. Communication Networks Fundamental Concepts & Key Architecture . Module 4 Data warehousing – Definition – Multidimentional datamodel – OLAP operation – Data warehouse architecture – Warehouse Server – Metadata – OLAP Engine.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 3 Processing of various file structures in COBOL Language – File description – Fixed Length Record – Statements – Sequential File with variable length record – Sorting and merging of files – Direct access files.K. Module 5 Data mining – Definitions. sections and paragraphs -Table writing .Jawei Han & Micheline Kamber (Morgan Kunfmann Pub.2.complete program in COBOL using various options verbs. SEARCH verb – Occurs depending clause – Sorting a Table.LeonGarcia – Widjaja. Antonakos. Issues and Challenges in DM – DM application areas. James L. Module 2 Table Handling – Occur clause – PERFORM verb – SET verb. S.Arun K Pujari (Universal Press) 3. Person Education Asia 5.III) RT806-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to COBOL programming -elements of COBOL divisions. Data mining Concepts and Techniques.. Tata McGraw Hill 2. Rajasekar & S. Data mining Techniques . Dolf Zantinge. statements-conditions and conditional statements.

set theoretic definitions on fuzzy sets.features – components – operation (steps) – competing iris scan technologies – strength and weakness Voice scan . Module 5 Biometrics Application – Biometric Solution Matrix-Bioprivacy-Comparison of privacy factor in different biometrics technologies . Raj Nanavati. BAPI) .Samir Nanavati.AFIS (automatic fingerprint Identification systems)-Behavieral Biometrics-Signature scan-Key stroke Scan. Basics of fuzzy sets membership function. complement.features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 4 Other physiological biometrics-Handscan-retina scan. intersection and union equality. Kothamangalam BIOMETRICS (ELECTIVE .Designing privacy sympathetie biometric systems-Biometric standards .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Biometrics -Identify Verification in a Networked World . The law of the excluded middle and law of contradiction on fuzzy sets. Michael Thieme. Extension of fuzzy sets concepts – type –2 and level 2 fuzzy sets – examples.WILEY-dreamtech FUZZY SYSTEMS T 806-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Fuzzy sets and systems.(BioAPI. support of a fuzzy set.features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 3 Iris scan . Properties of fuzzy sets operations (logical proof only). Module 2 Subsethood – basic definition based on membership functions. Reference 1.Biometric middleware. 503 . height – normalized fuzzy set. α – cuts (decomposition of a fuzzy set).III) RT806-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Benefits of biometric security – verification and identification – basic working of biometric matching – accuracy – false match rate – false nonmatch rate – failure to enroll rate – derived metrics – layered biometric solutions Module 2 Finger scan – features – components – operation (steps) – competing finger scan technologies – strength and weakness Facial scan .

symmetry. Bart Kosko . Fuzzy Engineering . Prentice Hall of India. a linguistic hedges. and max. contrast Intensification. Resolution form of a binary fuzzy relation. Familiarization of Internet Accessing and Trouble shooting Internet Programming with JAVA applets Web development with XML. Prentice Hall. SMC – 3. bounded sum – product. JAVA beans. JAVA script. 6. algebraic sum – product. References 1. fuzzy engineering – applications of fuzzy controls. 4. Implementation of Search Engine Web Development with JSP and EJB Familiarization to the latest web development tools 0+0+4 (Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT 605 and RT 705 can be substituted) 504 .T Lin & C. Kothamangalam Module 3 Operations on fuzzy sets – intersection. 3. vol.S George Lee. t -norms and t -conorms (s-norms) on fuzzy sets. Man & Cybernetics. IEEE Trans on Systems. Module 5 Further operations on fuzzy sets and proposed by Zadeh – concentration dilation.Klir and Yuan. Prentice Hall. No.. and min. Module 4 Fuzzy relation. Neural Fuzzy Systems . fuzzy algorithms.Earl Cox. – min. 4. transitivity. typical parameterized t – norms and s-norms (with simplified proof). case studies. pp 28-44 5. Extension principle and its applications.1. drastic sum product. compositions cylindric extension. Fuzzy Thinking. 6. INTERNET LAB T 807 1. 5. computation of the meaning of values of a linguistic variable.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Associated Press. 2. Operations on fuzzy relations – projection.Bart Kosko. Similarity relations – reflexivity. January 1973. max. 3. 2.Theory and Applications . Fuzzy Systems Hand Book .C. Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic.Hooper Collins Publications.

in general. Report should be submitted to the department. In addition to the seminar. VIVA VOCE T 809 A comprehensive viva voce examination will be conducted to assess the student’s overall knowledge in the specified field of Engineering. certified report of seminar. each student shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. The paper should. At the time of viva voce. 505 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. reflect the state of the art technology. the students shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s). Kothamangalam PROJECT & SEMINAR T 709 / T808 0+0+4 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. and submit a report of the project work to the department. mini project and project work are to be presented for evaluation. On completion of the project work in the 8th semester.

Kothamangalam B.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.TECH. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS APPLIED ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING BRANCH 506 .

Kothamangalam THIRD SEMESTER 507 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

trapezoidal ruleSimpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule.problems using Stirling’s formula.R. µ. Sin z. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Mathematics: Erwin Kreyzing.surface and volume integrals. Higher Engg. Module 5 Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences. E.scalar potential.Wiley Eastern.II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector differential calculus: Differentiation of vector functions.complex potential. 6. References 1. 4.harmonic and orthogonal properties.simple problems.National Pub.solutions of difference equations. Grewal. 5. δ . Numerical methods in Science and Engineering: M K Venkataraman. S. Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.simple problems. 508 .Schaum’s. 3.conservative field – identities .central differences. 2.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula.PHI.invariant property.Stoke’s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem.their physical meaning directional derivative .work done by a force along a path.application of Green’s theorem.scalar and vector fields. Advanced Engg. 1/z.divergence and curl of a vector function . Theory and Problems of Vector analysis: Murray Spiegel.conformal transformation of functions like Zn.gradient .Newton-Cote’s formula.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 2 Vector integral calculus: Line.Mc Graw Hill. Mathematics: B. Numerical integration.construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts. ez. Advanced Engineering Mathematics: Michael D Greenberg. Module 3 Function of complex variable: Definition of analytic function and singular pointsderivation of C.cross ratio.Khanna publishers. Numerical methods: S Balachandra Rao. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates. z + k2/z bilinear transformation.difference equations . Module 4 Finite differences: meaning of ∆. .simple problems. Pub.University Press.

E Van Valkenburg.C. Sudhakar & S P ShyamMohan Network and Systems -D Roy Chaudhary Network analysis and synthesis -Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons Engineering Circuit Analysis -W H Hayt & Jack Kennerly – Mc-Graw Hill ELECTRICAL TECHNONOGY LA 303 2+1+0 Module 1 D.Constant K low pass. Module 3 Fourier Analysis and Laplace transform . Module 5 Network Synthesis – Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real function – Synthesis of R. RC and LC driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms.Review of theorems-Laplace transform of important signal waveforms .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Module 2 Network theorems-Super position theorem. Module 4 Two-port Networks and Filters .impedance.C.C.Characteristics of ideal filtersImage impedance.Mesh and Node voltage Analysis – Coupled circuits – Dot conventions – Analysis of coupled circuits.Solution of network problems using Laplace transform. 4.Analysis of networks.DC&AC transients. Network analysis -M.Fourier analysis of periodic signalsTrignometric and exponential forms. Kothamangalam NETWORK THEORY LA 302 2+1+0 Module 1 Source transformation. – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency – Condition for maximum efficiency – Applications.O. 3.equilibrium equations.Millman's theorem. PHI Circuits and Networks – analysis & synthesis – A.Non periodic signals and Fourier transformsFrequency spectrum of periodic waveforms . 5.Maximum power transfer theoremTellegen’s theorem.High pass and Band pass filters-m-derived filters-Composite filters.Voltage and Current ratios of two .cut.set matrix-tie-set matrix. References 1. Passive filters as two port networks.port networks -Admittance. 2.Graph of a network -Trees. L.Thevenin’s theorem.Laplace Transform.Generator .Norton's theorem. 509 .Periodic functionsInitial value and final value Theorems.Reciprocity theorem .hybrid and transmission parameters of two port networks.co-trees -Incident matrix.

drift and resistance. – Basic principles of 3 phase tranformer – autotransformer – applications. and s.Raina & Bhattacharya Electrical Machines & Power systems: Vincent Del Toro SOLID STATE DEVICES LA 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Energy bands and charge carriers in semiconductors: energy bands.metalssemiconductors and insulators. applications and specifications of stepper motors – universal motors constructional features – typical applications – criteria for selection of motors – electromagnetic relays – contactors. Pearson Education Electrical Technology: H. 5. 4.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Rajput Electrical Design Estimating & Costing: K. Module 4 A.effect of temperature and doping on mobility.n-material and p-material.3 phase induction motors – rotating magnetic field – torque equation – slip – torque-slip characteristics – operating characteristics – starting of 3 phase induction motors – starters – single phase induction motors – constructional features – types – working and characteristics only (no analysis) – constructional features of synchronous machines – principle of operation of alternator – emf equation – regulation by emf and mmf method – principle of operation of synchronous motor – starting of synchronous motor.A C and D C servo motors – synchros – constructional features – working of a tachogenerator – stepper motors – construction.starter – 3 point and 4 point starters – torque equation – speed equation – speed torque – characteristics of shunt. Cotton Electrical Machines: R. test – applications – Design of step down transformers like 230/6-0-6V.direct and indirect semiconductors. Module 3 Transformers .transformer on no-load and load operation – phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – regulation – losses and efficiency – o. Kothamangalam Module 2 D C motor .EHPs. 3. working. Electrical & Electronic Technology: Hughes.B. References 1.intrinsic and extrinsic material.hall effect.charge carriers in semiconductors: electrons and holes. Module 5 Special Machines .C Machines . 2.carrier concentration: fermi level.temperature dependanceconductivity and mobility.c.K. 510 . series and compound motors – Losses – efficiency – Brake test – Swinburne’s test – speed control – field control – armature control – series parallel control – applications.c.

Shur.rectifier actionZener diodes: volt-ampere characteristics.amplification and switching.majority and minority carrier distributionterminal currents.C filter analysis.comparison. Module 4 Bipolar junction transistors: npn and pnp transistor action. Module 5 Field effect transistors: operation. Module 3 p-n junction diodes: volt-ampere characteristics.expression of voltage and current gain.PHI.zener and avalanche breakdown.volt-ampere characteristics.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.FET: operation.regulated power supplies: series and shuntdesign of regulated power supplies for specified output conditions.p-n junctions: contact potential.full wave and bridge rectifiers.MOS capacitance. Physics of semiconductor devices . Theory of Semiconductor devices .pinch off voltage.Varactor diodes.PHI.I LA 305 3+1+0 Module 1 Rectifiers and Power supplies: Half wave.S M Sze. 2.short circuit protection.equilibrium fermi levelsspace charge at junctions.Mc Graw Hill.workinganalysis and design.Pearson Education Microelectronic Devices .CECB and CC configurations. Module 2 Transistor as an amplifier: Transistor at low frequencies. Physics of semiconductor devices .Einstein relationcontinuity equation.Tata Mc Graw Hill. Kothamangalam Module 2 Diffusion of carriers.h parameter model analysis.transistor parameters from static characteristics. 511 .MOSFETS: n MOS and p MOS: comparisonenhancement and depletion types. 7.gate control.open circuited transistor. Semiconductor devices – Nagchoudhary.control of threshold voltage. 6.capacitance of p-n junctions.biasing in active region.current components at a junction: majority and minority carrier currents.IC regulated power supplies.Mc Graw Hill.input and output impedance. Solid state electronic devices .Tunnel diodes: tunneling phenomenavolt-ampere characteristics. 5. 3. References 1.Nagchaudhari.Photo diodes: detection principlelight emitting diodes. Pearson Education Integrated electronics – Millman and Halkias.derivation of diffusion constant D.current limiting.α and β gain factors. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS . 4.switching time.pinch off and saturation.Ben G Streetman.Karl Hess.schottky transistors.small signal model.photo transistors.emitter efficiency γ.characteristics.

break .interactive programming. Electronic devices and circuits: Boylsted & Nashelsky. 512 . COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LA 306 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C C fundamentals .RC integration . Module 4 RC Coupled amplifier: working.Tata Mc Graw Hill.gets and puts functions .for .astable multivibrator.bias stability.definition of stability factors.Data types constants .Mc Graw Hill.Automatic variables . 3.nested loops -if else switch.a brief overview .specifying argument .fixed bias.variables and arrays . Electronic Principles: Malvino.array and strings.declarations . Module 2 Control Statements While .phase and frequency response.Pearson Edn.working and applications.multi file programs. 4.passing arguments to a function .unions. Functions .processing an array .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.simple sweep circuit.derivation of stability factor for ICO variation.clamping.analysis and design.getchar – putchar.self bias circuits.data types .self referential structures .symbolic constants.The comma operator . 8.Data input and output .FET amplifier: biasing. Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias.PHI. Electronic devices and circuits: J B Gupta.Relational and Logical operators .DC and AC load lines.Pearson Edn. Structures and unions: defining a structure .user defined data types .function prototypes .The character set .go to statement.defining a function accesing a function . Electronic devices and applications: B Somanathan Nair. scanf. Electronic devices and circuits: Allen Mottershed.working and design .The conditional operator .passing structure to a function .passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional arrays . 2.processing a structure .Library functions .identifiers and keywords . Electronic devices: Floyd.UBS. Electronic devices and circuits: Bogart.Recursion.analysis and design. 7.bias compensationcompensation for ICO and VBE.differentiationtransistor as a switch.PHI.external variables . Kothamangalam Module 3 Transistor Biasing: operating point. References 1.expressions .collector to base bias.UJT.arithmetic operators . printf .do while . Module 5 Wave shaping circuits: clipping.S K Kataria & Sons Pub.continue . 5.statements . 6.Q point selection. Arrays: defining an array . Module 3 Program Structure Storage classes .

Kernighan & Ritche. The C programming language . series and compound motors 6. Programming in C . Pre-determination of regulation of the alternator by emf and mmf method. PHI. 513 . Load test on single phase induction motor.bit fields enumeration . and Load characteristics of D. 8. Load test on slipring induction motor. Theory and problems of programming with C.C. Kothamangalam Module 4 Pointers Fundamentals . 9. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C: Ashok N Kanthane. shunt.C. 2.C test on single-phase transformer. low level programming .passing functions to other functions. O.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Pearson Edn. 4. Pearson Edn. Text Book 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB LA 307 0+0+4 1.Balaguruswamy. 7.Gottfried. Programming Ansi C .command line parameters . Study of starting of three phase induction motors and load test on squirrel cage induction motor.pointer declaration . O. 2.creating a data file . 10. 12.processing a data file.register variables – bit wise operation . Programming Techniqes through C .pointers and multi dimensional arrays.operations on pointers .macros .passing pointers to a function .Venkateshmurthy. Load characteristics of D. Schaum's series. calculation of efficiency and regulation at different power factors. Swinburne’s test. Computer Programming . Study of stepper and servomotors.pointers and one dimensional arrays . 3. Load test on step-up/step-down transformer. Module 5 Data Files Opening and closing of a data file . 4. 5.Ram Kumar. References 1.the C pre-processor. 3. 11. 6. 5. Measurement of Electric power (single phase and three phase) and energy using wattmeter and energy meter. PHI.C.C and S.Rajaraman. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Study of star-delta connections.C. generators.

Diode. BFW10. 9.C. 8. 4. Design of Single stage RC coupled amplifier. Determination of Band width. 6. BC547. BC107. Design and testing of DC power supplies for specified output. clamping. Characteristics . 2. SZ6. 2N2646. 5. Design of Astable multi-vibrator for specified time period . Simulation of simple circuits using Spice. 0+0+4 Familiarization of CRO. 7. Design of FET amplifier. Wave shaping. Determination of Band width. Simple sweep circuit. Note Students may assemble the circuits of the experiments on a universal P. BC557. and verify the results in order to get soldering practice 514 . AF generator etc and Soldering practice.B. Kothamangalam BASIC ELECTRONICS LABORATORY A 308 1. 3. 1N4001. Determination of parameters.8. FET. DVM. UJT. Familiarization of data sheets of components – OA79.sharpening of edges. 10. Transistor.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Design of clipping. RC differentiator & Integrator.

Kothamangalam FOURTH SEMESTER 515 .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.

Laxmi Publications Ltd.Finding P.Linear Simultaneous eqns. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson.simple problems. Advanced Engg.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity .properties of normal curve . Pearson Education Asia / PHI. Pearson Education Asia.M.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions . Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability .K.S.poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution .Sneddon. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. Higher Engineering Mathematics .simple problems in binomial.fitting of binomial & poisson distributions normal distribution . References 1. Grewal. F and Chi square test – Level of significance .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 5.Ian N.II -3rd year Part A & B .Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. Khanna Publishers.Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . Wiley Eastern Ltd.inverse transforms .simple applications in engineering problems. single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected). 6. 516 . Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis.McGraw Hill. its mean and variance .B. poisson and normal distributions. difference of proportions. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar. 7.its mean and variance .The binomial distribution. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: . Module 2 Partial Differential Equations . Venkataraman. Elements of Partial Differential Equations .standard normal curve . 2.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . National Publishing Company 3. by the method of variation of parameters –Cauchys equations. Engineering Mathematics Vol..I. 4.

Digital electronics: D C Green.Full Adders .Open-Collector Gates – CMOS gates. Logic and computer design fundamentals: M Morris Mano. Multiplexers .Tristate Inverter .Synchronous Counters . Module 3 Arithmetic-Logic Units .Binary Subtraction .I LA403 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: communication systems – Modulation .decoder and encoder.Ripple Counters .Shift Registers .Algebraic Simplification .TTL Overview AND OR. Module 5 Registers and Counters .TTL Characteristics . Mc Graw Hill.theory517 . ROMs – PROMs and EPROMs .Edge-Triggered JK Master-slave Flip-Flop.AND gates . 4. COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING .Edge-Triggered D & T Flip-Flops .OR Gates .theory.Don’t-Care Conditions. Khanna Pub.Sum-of-Products method . Digital Logic and state machine design: Comer.RS Latches .TTL Circuits Digital Integrated Circuits .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 8.mathematical representationfrequency spectrum .Frequency modulation . References 1. Digital electronic principles and applications: A K Maini. Kothamangalam DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGN LA 402 3+1+0 Module 1 Gates –Inverter .power relation.2’sComplement Adder-Subtractor.need for modulationbandwidth.Karnaugh maps – Pairs – Quads . Module 4 Flip Flops .USB & LSB.NOT Gates .Half Adders . McGraw Hill.Modulo counters . 3. 7. Digital electronic principles: Malvino and Leach.Ring counters . Pearson Edn.RAMs.De Morgan’s Theorems NAND Gates – EXCLUSIVE .and Octets Karnaugh Simplifications .de-multiplexers . 5.signed Binary Numbers .Amplitude modulation . Digital Fundamentals: Floyd.Three-State Register. Pearson Edn.7400 Devices .Buffer Registers . 2.Binary Adders . A small TTL Memory. 6.NOR Gates .Controlled Shift Registers . PHI Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub and Shilling. Pearson Edn.OR gates .Boolean Relations . Fundamentals of digital circuits: A Anand Kumar.Level Clocking .Binary Addition . Module 2 Boolean Algebra and Karnaugh Maps . Oxford.D Latches .2’s Complement .

Module 4 Side band communication: Single side band transmission .explanation of components -r parameters in terms of h parameters -Tuned amplifiers -principle single tuned and double tuned amplifiers -frequency response -applications (no analysis) -multistage amplifiers -frequency response.block schematic.Solid state modulators circuit explanation.importance of IF .RF amplifiers .Phase modulation.Amstrong modulator.schematic explanation .suppression of carrier balanced modulator .Mixer circuits .two wire repeaters .circuit explanation . ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS . 2.Automatic gain control circuit . 5.block schematic explanation .block schematic of single line analog SLIC board . Module 5 Telephone Systems .sensitivity.Electronic telephone block schematic of a telephone set.block diagram .FM transmitter . 6.FM receivers .superheterodyne receiver .simple diode detector .Electronic private automatic branching exchange basic block schematic.filtering of unwanted sideband . Electronic Communication systems: George Kennedy.simple and delayed AGC .advantages of VSB in television.Power line communication: block schematic explanationFacsimile .varactor diode modulator.Frequency assignments .IF amplifiers . Modern communication Systems: Couch. 518 . Module 2 Radio transmitters: AM transmitter .amplitude limiting .transmitter and receiver responses .frequency spectrum. 4.FAX transmitter and receiver.pilot carrier receiver .selectivity.suppressed carrier receiver Vestigial side band transmission . Module 3 Radio receivers: Tuned radio frequency receiver. Telephony and Carrier current engineering: P N Das.II LA 404 3+1+0 Module1 High frequency equivalent circuit of a transistor. Kothamangalam mathematical representation.subscribers line interface circuit .circuit explanation.comparison of AM. Electronic and radio engineering: A P Mathur.phase discriminator. Hybrid pi model .FM demodulators: slope detectors.PM.Pearson Edn.image frequency rejection AM receivers .Mc Graw Hill.PHI.reactance modulator.SSB receivers .block schematic explanation .PHI. References 1. Electronic communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi.ratio detectors.FM.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 3.Telephone subscribers loop circuit . Electronic communication: Roody and Coolen.Pulse and tone signaling .

Complex exponentials. class B.Bistable multi-vibrator -analysis and design -different methods of triggering -commutating capacitor -Schmitt trigger -working -design.triggering .Frequency response of LTI systems. SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LTA 405 2+1+0 Module1 Dynamic Representation of Systems . 3.Causality .applications. voltage. Kothamangalam Module2 Feedback -different types -positive.Systems Attributes. Module 2 Fourier Analysis of Continuous Time Signals and Systems . 519 . tuned collector and Wien Bridge oscillators. 2.Fourier Series. Integrated electronics -Millman & Halkias. Discrete convolution and its properties. general form of oscillator circuit -working of Hartley.Singularity functions (impulse and step functions). Discrete form of special functions. Pearson Edn. Module 3 Oscillators -conditions for oscillation -analysis and design of RC phase shift oscillator.linearityStability. Mc Graw Hill Electronic principles -Malvino Electronic devices and circuits -Bugart Microelectronics Digital and Analogue -Botkar. series and shunt feedback -Feedback in amplifiers -its effect on amplifier performance -typical feedback arrangements -emitter follower . References 1.. Module 5 Large signal amplifier -harmonic distortion -analysis of class A. current. negative.design . Colpitt's. 5.darlington emitter follower -cascade amplifier (principles only) -difference amplifier. 4.applications .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Parseval’s theorem. Crystal. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations). Electronic devices and circuits -Boylsted & Neshelsky.Fourier Transform and properties. Sampling Theorem.convolution Integral. Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation. class C and class D amplifiers -complimentary and symmetry stage -sweep generators voltage and current sweeps -time base generators -linearisation -miller and bootstrap sweeps . Module 4 Mono-stable multi vibrator -analysis .time-invariance. Special Signals.

3.Application of Laplace transform for the analysis of continuous time LTI system (stability etc.Re-engineering.mean time between failures (MTBF). Module 2 Failure pattern and fitting curves: Graphical plots.existence conditions.existence. Moments. Communication Systems: Haykin Simon.basic concepts of sequencing.failure rate. Bayes Theorem.probability density and distribution functions. Signals and Systems: I J Nagrarth. Module 4 Laplace Transform . Module 4 Control charts in statistical quality control: statistical quality control advantagestypes of control charts.function of a random variable.Z-Transform .) Significance of poles & zeros.Zero defects. wide-sense stationarity. Signals and Systems: Oppenheim Alan.P chart. 4. Introduction to random process.failure. RELIABILITY AND HUMANITIES LA 406 2+1+0 Module 1 Concepts of reliability: Definition of reliability.Random processes through LTI systems.X and R chart.Pearson Edn.Introduction to probability.Weibull model.Tata Mc Graw Hill. References 1. 5.Application of ZTransform for the analysis of Discrete time LTI systems. Adaptive signal processing: W Bernad. Module 5 Random Signals .Independence of a random variable.Region of Convergence and properties. 2.Z-Transform and its inverse: Definition. Module 3 Manufacture for Quality and reliability: The need for prototype tests. S. 520 .Laplace Transform and its inverse: Definition.C chart.Umesh pub.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (including DFT) and properties.Linearly increasing hazard model.classification of failuresmeasures of reliability.Pearson Edn. Frequency response of discrete time LTI systems. Signals and Systems: Farooq Husain.concept of random variable.mean time to failure (MTTF).Hazard modelsConstant hazard models. Kothamangalam Module 3 Fourier Analysis of Discrete Time Signals & Systems .John Wiley.the quality standard.Region of convergence and properties.Willsky Alan. Auto and cross correlation.V.planning to achieve required quality.Discrete-Time Fourier series.Significance of poles and zeros.power spectral density White noise.Bath tub curves.

2. Familiarization of MS-DOS commands. SCR. pointers and files. 4. 0+0+4 521 . 11. functions.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Power amplifiers: Design of class A and class AB push pull stage – verification of power output. 3. Tuned amplifiers. Triac firing circuits. IC power amplifier. design of two stage RC coupled amplifier. polymorphism. 3. Kothamangalam Module 5 Human relations: Human Behavior. 3. 2. Schmitt trigger. Adobe Acrobat Reader. Industrial Engineering & Management: Banga and Sharma. 5. 2. 8. References 1. Design of bootstrap sweep generator. 7. arrays. classes. Reliability Engineering: A K Govil. Note New experiments may be added in accordance with subject LA 404 0+0+4 COMPUTER PRORAMMING LAB LA 408 Part 1 1. Feedback amplifier. Oscillators: Design of RC phase shift. structures. 6. operator & function overloading. Hartley & Colpitts oscillators. inheritance. Familiarization of Microsoft Word. Design of Mono-stable and bi-stable multi-vibrators. Design and testing of DC regulated power supplies (Fixed and variable). 9. 10. Microsoft Windows. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB LA 407 List of experiments 1.Scope of Industrial psychology-Theories of Motivation-Handling of workers grievances-Workers participation in managementIndustrial discipline-Industrial disputes-Industrial fatigue-Wages and incentives. Computer hardware familiarization. Reliability Engineering: L S Sreenath. Part 2 Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to cover control structures. Simulation of above circuits using PSPICE.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam FIFTH SEMESTER 522 .

B.K. Somasundaram. Kanna Publishers.Ramanaigh.Venkitaraman. G.Duality in L. Operations research . S.zeros and singularities. Engineering Mathematics Vol. 5.IV CMELPA501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem.P.Pillay. PHI.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method.Narayanan. M. 6. two phase method.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions.students Vol.P.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle. 4. Kanna Publishers. 9.Residues. Wiley Eastern limited. III.C.Grewal.T.K. A. Vishal Pandey. 523 . T. Complex variables and applications .P. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method .Dr. Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems . Pearson Education Asia.Dr.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method.P. 2.A .Isaac. References 1.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series. Scitech publications Advanced Mathematics for Engg.S. III -S Arumugam.Balanced T. 7. convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms.Tulsian. Kothamangalam ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Ervin Kreyszig. Higher Engineering Mathematics .Panneer Selvam.Grewal.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. shifting property.Vishwananthan printers & publishers. 3.S. 8. National Publishing company. B.Churchill and Brown.M. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science – Dr. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method .S.McGraw-Hill. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering . – Vogels approximation method – Modi method. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform.

MCT. GTO. S.Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase uncontrolled and controlled rectifiers with R. Module 2 AC to DC Converters . Power Semiconductor Circuits: Dewan.Step down.free wheeling effect.Operation and analysis of single phase integral cycle and phase controlled converters. PWM chips: SG3524 and TL 494. 6. BJTS. 5. Doradlla. Thyristors and Applications: Ramamoorthy. Module 3 AC to AC Voltage Converter .B. Pearson Edn.Characteristics.PWM & Square wave operation.step up and four quadrant converters operation. References 1. MOSFET and IGBT..voltage control . Wiley Eastern.History of development of Power Electronic devices. S. Galgotia Pub.VSI and CSI.Configuration of three phase controllers.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.power factor improvement methods for phase Controlled rectifiers. Module 4 DC to DC Converters .K. Module 5 DC to AC Converters . Thyristorised Power Controllers: Dubey. 1975.rating and specificationgate/base drive circuits-protection including cooling and application consideration of diodes. RL and back EMF load. 1987.Constructional features.filters.effect of source inductance.analysis and control with R. Applications and Design.Single phase and three phase bridge inverters. 2.Block schematic.Chopper classification. Power Electronics: Converter. John Wiley. Series and parallel operations of SCR. 4. Power Electronics: Rashid Muhammad. RL and EMF loadcurrent and voltage Commutation circuits.Harmonics and their reduction techniques. Power Electronics: Harish C Ray. R. 524 . and Satrughan A. Kothamangalam POWER ELECTRONICS LA 502 2+1+0 Module 1 Power semiconductor Devices .. Mohan Ned.SCRS. 3. John Wiley & Sons.Electromagnetic interference. G.

digital memory. Digital LCR meter.Audio generators.dual slop. phase. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques. Digital IC tester. New Delhi.Calibration. Dual beam and split beam. inductance and capacitance using bridges . Doeblin.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 525 . period. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements. N. Storage oscilloscope controls. 1997 2. 1994 References 1. digital . DSO applications Spectrum analyzer.Operation. Z axis modulation. Precision. Megger. ratio of two frequencies.J. Oscilloscope controlsmeasurements of voltage. vector impedance meter. RF generators.Rathore. Measurements errors. Oscilloscope time base. Q meter. Bombay. Digital Measurements Techniques. Digital measurement of time interval. pulse measurements. Digital storage oscilloscope . Standards of measurements. Accuracy. Sampling oscilloscope.A.1990. Significant figures. A. Resolution. Deflection amplifier..Delayed time base oscilloscope and controls Analog Storage oscilloscope. 2.S. D. Text Books 1. Frequency synthesizer.Hall of India Pvt. Wave form display. Analog to digital conversion and storage. Cooper and W. Function generators. DSO controls. Kothamangalam BASIC INSTRUMENTATION A503 3+1+0 Module 1 Generalized configuration of Instrumentation system: Definition of measuring parameters . Measurement Systems-Application and Design.Wheatstone. 3.D.. Distortion meter.Y. successive approximation types. Lissajous figures.D. frequency. 1995. Sweep frequency generators. N. Module 2 Measurement of resistance. Maxwell. Sensitivity.Ltd. Narosa Publishers. Pearson Education. Static and dynamic. Electronic multimeter. Module 3 Signal generators . Module 5 The cathode ray tube. Mc Graw Hill. frequency and phase. Module 4 Digital instruments: Digital voltmeter . Mechanical Measurement 5/e. Englewood Cliffs. Hay. Dual trace oscilloscope.Bell.analog conversion. oscilloscope probes. Beckwith. Special oscilloscopes . Pulse generators.Cooper. T.to. Schering bridges. vector voltmeter. Kelvin. Prentice .

device identificationvectored interrupts.VDUs.serial and parallel standards.semi conductor RAM memories.replacement algorithms.accessing I/O devices. Module 4 Input . Computer Org. References 1.multistage networksmessage passing architecture.control signals. 3.bus arbitrations.hardwired control.multiple memory modules and interleaving.plotters.micro programmed controls.multiplication.branch address modification. Mc Graw Hill.Stallings.cache memories -mapping functions .sequencing of control signals. H F Jordan.secondary memories. Kothamangalam COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURE LA504 2+1+0 Module 1 Basic structure of computer hardware and software.direct memory access (DMA)interrupts and interrupt handling.printers.PLAs.buses-scheduling.instruction execution cycle. Module 2 Control unit.different addressing modes.addressing methods and machine programming sequencing. Module 3 Memory organization.Booth’s algorithmfast multiplication.handling multiple devices.integer division.fast adders.daisy chaining.array processors. 526 .floating point numbers.standards.instruction setscomputer arithmetic logic design.disk drives. 2.pipeline architecture.pre fetching of micro instructions.micro instructions Micro program sequencing.Output organization. & Architecture. Pearson Education.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.dynamic memories.memory management units. Computer organization and Architecture – Hayes J P 5.interrupt nesting.interconnection. Pearson Edn.address translation-page tables .virtual memories. Computer Systems and Architecture – Vincent P Heuring.I/O interfaces.internal organizationbipolar and MOS devices. Computer organization – Hamacher C V. Computer organization and Design – Pal Choudhary 4.networks. Module 5 Introduction to parallel processing and architectureclassification.

4.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Switched capacitor integrator.voltage follower . Module 4 Filters and timers: LPF.equivalent circuit.Integrator and differentiator.FM detection. Module 5 Specialized ICs and applications: Voltage regulator ICs – 78XX and 79XX series317 variable regulators.intercom using LM 380.Wiely Eastern Publications.transfer curve .Switched capacitor filter.Pearson Education.using voltage reference.typical data sheet .Log amplifier.dual input balanced output and unbalanced output.regenerative (Schmitt trigger) comparators.8038 Function generator chip applications.Astable and monostable multivibrators.BPF. Integrated circuits: K R Botkar 527 .HPF.566 VCO chip.slew rate and its effect.AM demodulation.V/I converters and its applications .Antilog amplifierComparators: zero crossing.compensating networks . 5. Linear Integrated circuits: Roy Choudhary & Jain.1723 switching regulators. 3.FSK demodulation LM 380 power amplifier .concept of virtual ground.Notch and all pass filters. Module 3 Op amp applications. Kothamangalam LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LA 505 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Introduction to operational amplifiers – Basic differential amplifier .565 PLL .Voltage series feedback and voltage shunt feedback .Differential amplifiers with one op amp and 3 op amps.Peak detector circuit.RC phase shift and Wien bridge oscillators-Sample and hold circuit.open loop configurations .Subtractor. monostable multivibrator and its applications.frequency response of op amps .Phase locked loop(PLL) . References 1.PHI publications. Module 2 Op amp in closed loop configuration: Different feed back configurations.Triangular and sawtooth wave generators.Use of offset minimizing resistor (ROM) and its design. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ramakand Gaykwad.ideal op amp . Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: R F Coughlin.Op-amp parameters .Umesh Publications.Internal block schematic of op amp .Pin identificationpower supply requirements . 555 timers – Functional block diagram. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ravi Raj Dudeja.I order and II order filters. 2.PLL applications: Frequency multiplication and division.capture and lock range.Astable multivibrator.Summer.

2.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. galvanometric recorders. Transducers and Display Systems. servo recorders. Classification of displays. FM recording. Kothamangalam TRANSDUCERS AND RECORDING SYSTEMS A506 3+1+0 Module 1 Transducers . digital thermometers. Transducers and Instrumentation. Resistance temperature detectors .bimetalic thermometers. Module 4 Strain measurements: strain gauges . quartz thermometers. vapour pressure thermometers.semiconductor and optical strain gauges. 1990.principle. New Delhi 3. B S Sonde.definition and classification. selecting a transducer Temperature measurements: standards and calibration.Principle measurements using three wire and four wire bridge circuits. 1993. W. Ltd. direct recording. Beckwith: Mechanical Mesurements 5/e. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Practical Applications Module 5 Recorders: Strip chart recorders. solid state sensors. John Wiley and sons Inc. LEDs in direct and indirect bandgap materials. piezo-electric transducers. Variable capacitance transducers. Module 3 Displacement transducers: variable resistance transducers. Display devices.different types. Module 2 Termocouple . thermopiles. digital displacement transducers. 528 . types of thermocouples. D V S Murthy. N Y. Pearson Education 2. digital recorders. theory of liquid crystal display operation.F Riley and K G McConnel. LVDT . Mc Graw Hill. cathode ray tube. variable inductance transducers. temperature compensation. J W Dally.Application and Design. Instrumentation for Engineering Measurements. Liquid crystal displays. E A Doeblin. thermal expansion methods . Text Books 1. Measurements Systems . optical pyrometers. resistive. typical uses of LEDs. liquid in glass thermometers. Electrical transducers. industrial thermocouples. typical use of LCDs.. oscillographic recorders. magnetic recorders. fundamental laws. principle.Y. prentice Hall of India Pvt. reference junction considerations. New Delhi. strain gauge circuits. N.construction. electro mechanical recorders. advantages. 1979 References 1.. characteristics.

9. 13. slew rate. CMRR. Design and testing of ripple & synchronous counters using JK flip flops(7473. input offset current. PRBS generator. strain gauge. Instrumentation amplifier & differential amplifiers measurements 7.LM 723. 74190). thermocouple (2 expts) 9.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam DIGITAL IC LABORATORY LA 507 List of experiments 1. Counters using shift registers (Ring counter & Johnson counter). Study of Storage Oscilloscopes. 7476) 6. a. Op amp measurements: input offset voltage. Dual trace generator. 11. Logic design using decoders (74138). Sample and hold circuits & measurements of rise time and fall time 8. opto coupler (4N33) & Darlington arrays (ULN2803). 5. 6. 7. common mode input resistance. e. full power band width comparison of different classes of opamps (2 expts) 3. Logic design using multiplexers (74150). Voltage regulators. 12. Design of mono-shots using dedicated ICs (74123). Interfacing of TTL & electromagnetic relay using transistor. Design of half adder & full adder using gates. open loop gain. 8. 0+0+4 529 . CD4001) 2. Design of astable & mono-stable multi-vibrators using gates. Triggered linear sweep circuits 2. Multivibrators and Oscillators 4. Digital circuit simulation using electronic work bench/ similar working tools. 79XX family. multipliers. TTL & CMOS characteristics (7400. Op Amp basic circuits. Diode thermometer b. 14. ADC & DAC. MEASUREMENTS LAB A 508 1. Transducer measurements. Ics . pressure transducer. Logic family interconnection (TTL to CMOS & CMOS to TTL) 4. 3.78XX. FND542). 10. Subtractors. 15. 5. LVDT c. Note Any experiment related to LA402 may be added to the above list. d. Adders. Study of counter ICs (7490. (2expts). Design of 7 segment display circuits-static/dynamic (7447.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam SIXTH SEMESTER 530 .

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & ECONOMICS LA 601 PART A: Industrial Management Module 1 Modern concept of Management: Scientific management-Functions of management-Planning - Organising- Staffing – Directing – Motivating Communicating- Co-ordinating- Controlling - Organisational structures- Line, Line and staff and Functional relationships- Span of control- Delegation- Management by Objectives. Module 2 Personnel management: Objectives and functions of personnel managementRecruitment-Selection and training of workers- Labour Welfare- Industrial FatigueIndustrial disputes-Trade Unions- Quality circles. Formation of companies: Proprietory-Partnership-Joint stock companies- Public sector- Joint sector and Cooperative sector. Module 3 Marketing Management: Pricing- Promotion- Channels of distribution- Market research-Advertising. Production Management: Batch and mass productionInventory control- EOQ-Project planning by PERT/CPM- Construction of Network (Basic ideas only). PART B: Economics Module 4 Theory of demand and supply- Price mechanism- Factors of production- Land, labour, capital and organization- National income- Difficulties in estimationTaxation- Direct and indirect taxes- Progressive and regressive- Black moneyInflation-Causes and consequences. Module 5 Indian financial system- Reserve bank of India: Functions - Commercial banking system-Development financial institutions - IDBI- ICICI- SIDBI- IRBINABARD- Investment institutions – UTI - Insurance companies - Indian capital market- Stock market- Functions- Role of the public sector - PrivatisationMultinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Industrial Management Industrial Management Marketing Management Indian economy Modern economic theory O P Khanna, Dhanpat Rai Pub. K.K. Ahuja, Khanna Pub. Philip Kotler, PHI A.N. Agarwal, Wishwa Prakashan K.K Dewett, Shyam Lal charitable trust. 3+2+0

531

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS A602 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessorsarchitecture of 8085- pin configuration and functions – tristate bus concept generation of control signals - bus timings – de-multiplexing AD0-AD7 – flags memory decoding - interfacing of RAM and EPROM - I/O addressing - I/O mapped I/O - and memory mapped I/O schemes - instruction execution fetch/execute cycle - instruction timings and operation status. Module 2 Atmel AT89C51 microcontroller – features - pin configurations - internal block schematic - pin descriptions - PORT0, PORT1, PORT2, PORT3, idle & power down mode - power control register - program protection modes - flash programming & verification. Module 3 Memory organization - program memory - data memory - direct & indirect addressing area - Program status word - register banks - addressing modes instruction set – arithmetic - logical and data transfer instructions - Boolean instructions - program branching instructions - Programming examples. Module 4 Machine cycles – interrupts - interrupt sources - interrupt enable register - interrupt priority - interrupt control system - interrupt handling - single step operation - port bit latches and buffers - port structures and operation - accessing external memory – programming examples. Module 5 Timer0 & Timer1 - TMOD SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2, mode3 - TCON SFR serial interface - SCON SFR - mode0, mode1, mode2, mode3- block schematicsbaud rates- power on reset circuit- ONCE mode- on chip oscillator- external program & data memory timing diagrams- I/O port timings – programming examples. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Pearson Education. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala, Penram International Microprocessors and Architecture: Ramesh S Goankar Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck, PHI Web site of Atmel - www.atmel.com

532

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LTA 603 3+1+0 Module1 Review of signals and systems. Introduction - advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters - Signal FlowgraphBasic Network structure for IIR filter- Direct- Cascade- Parallel Forms. Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters- Butterworth design- Chebyshev designdesign based on numerical solutions of differential equations- Impulse Invariant Transformation. Module 2 Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters- Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters - Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters. Realization of FIR- cascade - lattice design-Fourier Series method- using windows-rectangular- triangular or Barlett windows – Hanning - HammingBlackman - Kaiser windows. Module 3 Discrete fourier Transform: Properties-Circular convolution- Linear Convolution using DFT- relation between Z- Transform and DFT- Fast Fourier Transform; decimation – in time and Frequency - FFT algorithms – General Computation using Radix 2 algorithm. Module 4 Finite word length effects in digital filters: Introduction- Number Representation Fixed Point- Sign-Magnitude - One’s-complement- Two’s - complement forms Addition of two fixed point numbers- Multiplication in Fixed Point arithmetic Floating point numbers- Block floating point numbers- quantization - truncationrounding - effects due to truncation and rounding- Input quantization error Product quantization error - Co-efficient quantization error- zero-input limit cycle Oscillations - Overflow limit cycle Oscillations - Scaling- Quantization in Floating Point realization IIR digital filters - Finite Word Length Effects in FIR Digital Filters- Quantization effects in the Computation of the DFT- quantization errors in FFT algorithms. Module 5 Applications of digital signal processing: Speech Processing- speech analysisspeech coding- sub band coding- channel vecoder- homomorphic vecoder- digital processing of audio signals- Radar signal processing- DSP based measurements systems. Equi ripple FIR design- PCM DSP chips- a general study. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Digital signal processing: Ifechor- Pearson edn. Desecrate time signal processing: Oppenhiem- Pearson edn. Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer- PHI Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu- Scitech Pub. 533

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION - I A604 2+1+0 Module 1 Functional descriptions of measuring Instruments-Functional elements of an Instrument, active and passive transducers, analog and digital modes of operation, null and deflection methods, static and dynamic characteristics. Module 2 Basic methods of force measurement- characteristics of elastic force transducers, resolution of vector forces and moments in to rectangular components Module 3 Torque measurement - torque measurement on rotating shafts, dynamometers, gyroscopic force and torque measurement, vibrating - wire force tranducers, strain gauge, feedback and optical methods. Module 4 Level measurement-float displacer, bubbler, capacitance, radioisotope and ultrasound type. Flow meters: Area flow meters, mass flow meters, positive displacement type and electric type flow meters. Module 5 Pressure measurement - Manometers, elastic types, bell gauges, electrical types. Vacuum measurement, differential pressure transmitters, sound pressure level measurement, accoustic intensity. References 1. Doebelin - Measurement systems - Application and Design-IVth ed.. MGL, 1990 2. Patranabis - Principles of Industrial Instrumentation - 2nd ed., TMH, 1996 3. James W.Dally - Instrumentation for Engineering Measurement - 2nd ed., 1993, Wiley International DATA COMMUNICATION A605 2+1+0 Module 1 Data transmission concepts and terminology - Analog and digital data transmission- transmission impairments - transmission media Data encoding - digital data, digital - signals - digital data, analog signals - analog data, digital signals - analog data analog signals. Asynchronous and synchronous transmission - error detection techniques interfacing. Module 2 Multiplexing: Frequency division multiplexing - synchronous time division multiplexing - statistical time division multiplexing. Circuit Switching: Introduction - single node networks - digital switching concepts - digital private & branch exchange - control signaling 534

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Packet switching: principles - example systems, virtual circuits and data grams routing traffic control - X.25 Module 3 Local and metropolitan area networks: LAN/MAN technology - different topologies - optical fibre bus - medium access control protocols - LAN/MAN standards Module 4 Computer Communication Architecture protocols - the OSI model - the TCP/IP protocol - System network architecture - principles of inter networking - the bridge - routing with bridges - connectionless internetworking - connection oriented internetworking Module 5 ISDN: overview of ISDN - transmission structure - user access - ISDN protocols broad band ISDN. References 1. William stallings - Data and Computer Communication (4th ed.)-PHI 2. Larry Haghes - Introduction to Data Communication - a practical approach - Jones and Bartiett Publishers CONTROL SYSTEM THEORY A606 3+1+0 Module 1 Laplace transforms to linear systems, transfer function of linear systems-- simple mechanical and electromechanical systems. Analogous Systems: force voltage and force current analogy. Block diagram algebra, signal flow graphs - Mason’s gain formula. Module 2 Standard test signals - Time response of first and second order systems - natural frequency and damping ratio. Time response specifications. Steady state and dynamic error coefficients. Module 3 Concept of stability, Routh’s stability criterion, root locus technique - stability analysis. Frequency response analysis: frequency Open loop and closed loop control systems: examples, applications of domain specification, Bode plots. Module 4 Nyquist plots, gain margin and phase margin, Nyquist stability criterion. Closed loop frequency response; Constant M and N circles, Nichols chart

535

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 5 Introduction to control system design - preliminary considerations - lead, lag and lead - lag compensation, Design of lead compensators and lag compensators. Elements of discrete control systems - transfer functions of discrete data systems stability of closed loop discrete system - jury’s test bilinear transformation method Text Books 1. I J Nagarath and M.Gopal - Control Systems Engineering - New Age International Ltd. - New Delhi 2. B.C Kuo - Automatic Control Systems-Prentice Hall of India - New Delhi Reference 1. K Ogata - Modern Control Engineering - Prentice hall of India - New Delhi INSTRUMENTATION LAB A607 0+0+4 1. Measurements using different types of transducers a. Variable capacitance type b. Variable inductance type c. LVDT d. Thermocouples and RTDs e. Photocells 2. Measurement of level, distance, vibration 3. Calibration of pressure gauges, temperature transmitter, E to P Conveter, differential pressure transmitter etc 4. PC based data acqusition system 5. Phase locked loops, frequency to voltage converter, voltage to frequency converter 6. GPIB/RS232C interfacing of function generator and universal counter with PC 7. Robotic trainer kit - PC based control of robotic actions 8. Programmable logic controllers - ladder disgrams MINI PROJECT A608 0+0+4 Each student should conceive, design, develop and realize an electronic product. The basic elements of product design - the function ergonomics and aesthetics should be considered while conceiving and designing the product. The electronic part of the product should be an application of the analog & digital system covered up to the 6th semester. The student should submit the report at the end of the semester. The product should be demonstrated at the time of examination.

536

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam

SEVENTH SEMESTER

537

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam MICRO-CONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGN LA701 2+1+0 Module 1 Various logic families - features – comparison – PLA – PAL- GAL -comparison – combinational PAL – PAL with flip-flops – study of 16L8, 22V10 GAL – dual port RAM – FIFO - FPGA - gate arrays. Module 2 Embedded C compiler – advantages – memory models – interrupt functions – code optimization - 89C2051 micro-controller- architecture-comparison with 89C51design of a simple trainer circuit using 89C51/89C2051 µC – interfacing of DIP switch, LED, 7 segment display, alphanumeric LCD – relay interface – design of a traffic light control system - interfacing programs using C and assembly language. Module 3 Analog to digital converters- single slope, dual slope, successive approximation, sigma delta, flash – comparison - typical ICs - A/D interface – digital to analog converters – different types – D/A interface - optically isolated triac interfacedesign of a temperature control system- interfacing programs using C and assembly language. Module 4 Serial bus standards - I2C bus, SPI bus – operation – timing diagrams – 2 wire serial EEPROM – 24C04 – 3wire serial EEPROM – 93C46 - interfacing - serial communication standards - RS232, RS422, RS485 – comparison – MAX232 line driver/ receiver - interfacing – interfacing programs using C and assembly language - low voltage differential signaling – PC printer port – registers – interfacing universal serial bus – PCI bus. Module 5 Matrix key board interface - AT keyboard – commands – keyboard response codes - watch dog timers - DS1232 watch dog timer – real time clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing - measurement of frequency - phase angle - power factor – stepper motor interface - dc motor speed control – L293 motor driver - design of a position control system - interfacing programs using C and assembly language. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Pearson Education. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala, Penram International. Digital fundamentals: Floyd, Pearson Education. Programming and customizing the 8051 µC: Myke Predko, TMH Programming with ANSI C and turbo C: Kamthane, Pearson Education. Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck, PHI. Web site of Atmel semiconductors - www.atmel.com

538

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam VLSI TECHNOLOGY LA 702 3+1+0 Module 1 Process steps in IC fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparation- Czochralski process- apparatus- silicon shaping, slicing and polishing- Diffusion of impuritiesphysical mechanism- Fick’s I and II law of diffusion- Diffusion profilescomplementary (erfc) error function- Gaussian profile- Ion implantationAnnealing process- Oxidation process- Lithography- Photolithography, Fine line lithography, electron beam and x-ray lithography- Chemical vapour deposition (CVD)- epitaxial growth- reactors- metallisation- patterning- wire bonding and packaging. Module 2 Monolithic components: Isolation of components- junction isolation and dielectric isolation- Transistor fabrication- buried layer- impurity profile- parasitic effectsmonolithic diodes- schottky diodes and transistors- FET structures- JFETMOSFET- PMOS and NMOS, control of threshold voltage (Vth)- silicon gate technology- Monolithic resistors- sheet resistance and resistor design- resistors in diffused regions- MOS resistors- monolithic capacitors- junction and MOS structures- IC crossovers and vias. Module 3 CMOS technology: Metal gate and silicon gate- oxide isolation- Twin well processLatch up- BiCMOS technology- fabrication steps- circuit design process- stick diagrams- design rules- Capacitance of layers- Delay- Driving large capacitance loads- Wiring capacitance- Basic circuit concepts- scaling of MOS structuresscaling factors- effects of miniaturization. Module 4 Subsystem design and layout- Simple logic circuits- inverter, NAND gates, BiCMOS circuit, NOR gates, CMOS logic systems – bus lines- arrangementspower dissipation- power supply rail distribution- subsystem design process- design of a 4 bit shifter. Module 5 Gallium Arsenide Technology: Sub-micro CMOS technology- Crystal structureDoping process- Channeling effect- MESFET- GaAs fabrication- Device modeling. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. VLSI technology: S M Sze, Mc Graw Hill pub. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell, PHI. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste, Pearson Edn. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar, Khanna Pub. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter, IEEE press. Introduction to VLSI: Conway, Addison weslay.

539

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION - II A703 3+1+0 Module 1 Measurement of density, viscosity, specific gravity scales used in petroleum industries-Different methods of measuring consistency and viscosity –Methods for measuring moistures and humidity – Electrical conductivity – Dielectric constantAutomatic electric psycho meter Module 2 PH and conductivity meters- pH measurement – pH electrode station – various types of electrodes – Installation and maintenances of pH meters – conductivity meters – Electrical conductivity of solution – cell construction operating principles. Module 3 Gas Analysis – Chemical absorption, thermal conductivity, magnetic type, Gas chromagraphy, infrared and ultraviolet light, mass spectometer, propotional counters, Geigor Muller counter, Scintillation counter. Module 4 Measurement of speed- Mechanical- Electrical- Electronic methods- stroboscopic method –Measurement of acceleration- various types- calibrations. Module 5 Power plant instrumentation- Diesel electrical power plants, Gas turbine power plants, gas and steam turbines combined cycles, nuclear reactors, fluctuating loads on power plants. Instrumentation and control of power plants. References 1. DOEBLIN: Measurement systems, applications and design, Mc Graw Hill. Pub.Co. 2. D.Patranabis: Principles of Industrial Instrumentation, Mc Graw Hills Pub.Co. 3. NAKRA, CHAUDBRY: Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis Mc Graw Hill. Pub.Co. 4. ECKMAN: Industrial Instrumentation- Wiley Eastern

PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL A 704 2+1+0 Module 1 Process Dynamics – Process Variables – Degree of freedom – Characterization of physical systems – Dynamics of liquid, gas and thermal process – Interacting and non interacting systems – Continuous and batch process – Self regulation and servo regulation operation – Problems.

540

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering, Kothamangalam Module 2 Control actions and controllers – Basic control actions – Characteristics of two position, multi position, floating, proportional I, D Control modes – Composite control modes – PI, PD, PID control modes – pneumatic and electronic controllers to realize various control actions Module 3 Optimum controller settings: Evaluation criteria, 1/4th decay ratio, IAE, ISE, ITAE – determination of optimum settings for mathematically described process using time response and frequency response – Tuning – Process reaction curve method, Continuous cycling metho, Damped oscillation method. Module 4 Final control element: I/P converter – Pneumatic, electric and hydraulic actuators – Valve positioner – Control valves – Effective valve characteristics, Valve body – globe, butterfly, diaphragm, Ball valves – Value seizing, cavitation, flouting. Module 5 Complex control system: Cascade control – Feed forward control, Ratio control, Multivariable control. Piping and Instrumentation diagram, Case study – Distillation column control – Combustion control and drum level control in steam boiler. References 1. Peter Harriot, Process control – Tata McGraw Hill 2. D. Patranabis, Principles of Process Control – Tata McGraw Hill 3. Curtis Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology – Eastern economy Edition 4. D.P. Eckman, Automatic Process Control – Wiley Eastern 5. Bela G Liptak, Process Control, Instrument Engineers Handbook 6. Donald R Coughanowr, Process System Analysis and Control – McGraw Hill BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION A 705 3+1+0 Module 1 Human Anatomy & Physiology: Anatomy & Physiology of major systems of the body. Principles of generation and propagation of bioelectric potentials. Electrical activity of heart, propagation of action through nerves, conduction velocity and latency. EMG, EMC, ECG, ERG, EEG, EGG, MEG. Electrical Safety Physiological effects of electricity, Micro & macro shock hazards. Electrical safety codes & Standards. Protection of patients, power distribution and equipment design Module 2 Electrodes & Transducers: Bio potential electrodes - different types of electrodes, polarisable & nonpolarisable electrodes. Theory of electrode - skin interface. Electrode behaviour & circuit models. Electrodes for stimulation. 541

Medical Instrumentation . characteristics. EEG machine.short wave and ultrasound diathermy equipments. EMG & EEG .Prentice Hall of India. respiration. 1990 2.Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation .Physiological effects of electricity. R. John G.equivalent circuits of leads & electrodes. Micro & macro shock hazards. ECG: Working principles. flow. spirometer. Materilas. Boston 2. Protection of patients. implantable transducers. EOG machine. Surgical diathermy equipment. Fred J.Electronic BP Monitors. determination of conduction velocity and latency.Houghton mifflin company. power distribution and equipment design.Academic Press INC 542 . ECG machine.principle and clinical applications Biopotential recording .John wiley & Sons 3.active and passive transducers.lung machine. different types .S Khandpur . ERG machine.Application and Design .Hand book of Biomedical Engineering . pulse monitors. galvanometre. Chemical sensors. PH meter. nerve and muscle stimulators. Humidifier and ventillators. motion artfact and other considerations Recorders: Potentiometre.Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Nebuliser. Aspirator. Leads & electrodes: transducers for biological applications transduction principles. Inhalator. recoders & monitors: Amplifiers: for ECG. Electrical Safety .Tata Mc Graw – Hill References 1. auto analyser. electrocardioscope.basic requirements. Evoked potential systems. Cobbold . Method of application and selection . Module 3 Biopotential amplifiers.Tranducers for Biomedical measurements . lead system and clinical applications EMG: Working Principles and clinical applications. Phonocardiolography . micro wave . EMG machine. John C.Noise. dialysis machines. Leads & Electrodes: Types. Kothamangalam Transducers. heart .Pacemakers. Weibell and Erich A Pferffer . electrostatic UV recorder and magnetic tape recorder Module 4 Diagnosis and therapeutic Equipments: Diagnosis Equipments . pulse oxi meter. Webster . design considerations frequency. Electrical safety codes & Standards. electrode systems and clinical applications EEG: Working Principles. Jacob Kline. gain etc. Text Books 1. properties. pulse. Leslie Cromwell. Module 5 Therapeutic Equipments . transducers for pressure. gas analysers. Defibrillator.

process of language translation – Need of objects Definition of Object .S.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Operation Research an introduction: H. PHI OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++ (ELECTIVE . Optimization theory and application: S.Declaring objects Member functions . Kothamangalam OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . D. Principles of Operations Research for Management: . 5. Operations Research: R. 2. A. INC 4.I) LA706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to loops: Evolution of object oriented languages .I) LA 706-1 3+1+0 Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method . Taha. Richard D. Module 2 Encapsulation & Inheritance: Building classes .Budnick. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering: A. Module 5 Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm. Module 4 Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems. R.R. Chandrupatla. D. Irwin. 3. Ltd.F. Eastern Economy Edition. Belegundu. mixed integer programming problems. Panneerselvam. Module 2 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. 543 . Rao.constructors and destructors members access control. New Age International P.S. References 1. Pearson Education Asia. McLeavey. Module 3 Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method.Support for experiments and structure . T.Oriented Language. Mojena.Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

Inline functions outside class definitions . intersection and union equality. α . complement. Module 4 Fuzzy relation. C++. Basics of fuzzy sets membership function.I) A 706-3 3+2+0 Module 1 Introduction to Fuzzy sets and systems. Module 5 DYNAMIC OBJECTS: Dynamic object allocation . 3. Module 5 Further operations on fuzzy sets and proposed by Zadeh . Module 2 The law of the excluded middle and law of contradiction on fuzzy sets. drastic sum product. support of a fuzzy set. algebraic sum . Module 4 OVERLOADING: Overloading functions .Selecting Friend or Member Functions for Operator Overloading. compositions cylindric extension. Data abstraction & OOP in C++: Gordenkeeth. C++: Strostrout.Friend functions. Balaguruswamy. height .Overloading operators to provide new meaning .simulation using abstract classes. Applications .Defining virtual functions – Usage of virtual functions .Virtual functions .examples. symmetry. t-norms and t-conorms(s . FUZZY SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Kothamangalam Module 3 POLYMORPHISM .norms and s-norms (with simplified proof). set theoretic definitions on fuzzy sets.basic definition based on membership functions. TMH.projection. max-min.intersection.Using references with dynamic memory allocation . computation of the meaning of values 544 . bounded sum product. Extension of fuzzy sets concepts type-2 and level 2 fuzzy sets . Smalltalk.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.cuts (decomposition of a fuzzy set). Object oriented programming with C++: E. and min and max. Resolution form of a binary fuzzy relation. 2. Wiley Eastern.concentration dilation. Operations on fuzzy relations . References 1. Extension principle and its applications. transitivity. 4.reflexivity. Module 3 Operations on fuzzy sets .Object oriented databases case study – some language (Simula. typical parameterised t .normalised fuzzy set.Abstract classes .norms) on fuzzy sets. Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Bjarne. Properties of fuzzy sets operations (logical proof only). subsethood .product. Similarity relations . Ada) features. contrast Intensification. a linguistic hedges.

Text Books 1. Artificial Intelligence.Data. Nison N.J. Artificial Intelligence. Prentice Hall. case studies.. C. Module 2 Search Search strategies. pp 28-44 5. vol.applications of fuzzy controls. ARTIFICAL INTELLIGENCE & EXPERT SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . MGH References 1. problem characteristics.1) LA706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Definitions. conceptual dependency – learning knowledge acquisition. Module 3 Knowledge representation Propositional logic predicate logic. References 1. SMC . Hooper Collins Publications. Bart Kosko. fuzzy logics. AND OR graphs. Rich E. 1977 545 . resolution – refutation system. Fuzzy Engineering. Man & Cybernetics. Prentice Hall of India. Heuristic search methods A and AO* algorithms.. Earl Cox. MGH 2.1.. January 1973. 6. fuzzy algorithms. Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic: Theory and Applications. Kothamangalam of a linguistic variable. Neural Fuzzy Systems. Prentice Hall. game playing.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. 4. MIN – MAX strategies. forward and backward reasoning means – ends – analysis – puzzle problems. Winston P. Module 4 Knowledge Structure Semantic nets. fuzzy engineering .T lin & C S George Lee. information and knowledge problems and problem space. Unification. Klir and Yuan.AI applications. distinctive features – case studies. Fuzzy Thinking. different methods of learning. question answering – non monotinic reasoning. Problem solving methods in Artificial Intelligence. No. frames. Module 5 Knowledge engineering and Expert Systems Structure of an expert system. 2. conversion of WFF to clause form. Alpha – Beta cut offs. Fuzzy Systems Handbook. Academic Press. Bart Kosko.3. Tower of Hanoi problem. Associated Press 3. scripts. IEEE Trans on Systems. resolution.H.

bin. Design & Analysis . interrupt driven systems – sporadic. task control block .packing algorithm.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Non-critical. fixed rate systems. NMR clusters. software error models. rate monotonic deferred server. polled bus. co-routines. Module 5 Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics. combinational model. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems. maintaining serialization constituency. software.Philip Laplante (IEEE) 2. Text Book 1. time. fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware. next-fit. information.C. synchronization in software. main memory databases. embedded systems . stop and go multi-loop. Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies. cause of failure.I) LA 706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems. hierarchal.M Krishna. real time design issues. definition of real time systems – real time systems. Aperiodic. network architecture issues. fault detection and containment.task status. Real Time Systems References 1. IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm. hybrid systems. Kothamangalam PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE .Krishna. Shini (McGraw Hill) 546 . master chain model.Hard real time systems. Real Time Systems. fault types.based. round robin. characteristics. fault latency. integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems. Real Time Systems . EDF. task classes – Periodic. Databases for hard real time systems. critical. transient faults. real time computer. redundancy – hardware. Kang G. Disk schedule algorithms. buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling. scheduling – uni-processor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic. protocols – contention – based. Transaction. Real time databases. soft real time systems. token . Tata McGraw Hill . Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition. myopic offline.

d. Programming examples using timer. A/D converter. c. k. Any other embedded processor with similar or better capability may be used instead of 89C51/89C2051. 9. e. f. Alphanumeric LCD display. Opto isolated I/P and O/P. Matrix keyboard interface. 3. Sorting. Seven segment display. g. Extending I/O port using shift registers (74HC595. 2. 5. Computer aided assembly language program development for 89C51/89C2051. 7. Stepper motor. Interfacing using RS 232 and printer port. 8. h. manual code entry. D/A converter. 74HC165). 6. 10. 5. l. Half bridge and Full bridge Converters 0+0+3 547 . Kothamangalam MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LAB LA707 1.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. j. 3. 6. b. linker and simulator for 89C51/89C2051. Programming examples. a. Study of PWMIC TL 494. Push pull DC – DC Converter. AC Phase Control Circuit. Note INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS LAB A 708 List of Experiments 1. Programming examples using Embedded ‘C’ compiler for 89C51/89C2051. 8. Serial EEPROM. Step up DC – DC Converter. 2. Regulation Characteristics of DC Drive. simulator). Design and construction of the following interfacing modules. arithmetic operations (Using assembler. i. Design and construction of a simple flash programmer for 89C51/89C2051 µC. Real time clock. 0+0+3 Familiarization of 8085 trainer kit. 7. Use of assembler. Infra red transmission and reception. simple examples. Application of Opto coupler IC MCT2E. 4. Battery Charger. Study of Intel Hex file format. Linear Ramp Firing Circuit. Study of DC Drive. external interrupts. 9. 4.

Control Systems and related areas. Instrumentation. 0+0+2 548 . Information Technology. Kothamangalam PROJECT DESIGN & SEMINAR A 709 PROJECT DESIGN The student is expected to complete the design of the project work and submit the design phase report.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. SEMINAR The student is expected to present a seminar in one of the current topics in Electronics. Computers. The student will undertake a detailed study on the chosen subject and submit seminar report at the end of the semester.

Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Kothamangalam EIGHTH SEMESTER 549 .

2.design issues -data exchange .shared memory -IEEE802 standards-introduction to X-25.ATM-protocol architecture -ATM logical connections -ATM cells -cell transmission. Module 4 Session layer.dialogue management synchronization. Transport layer.design issues.concentration-virtual circuit and data-grams .establishing and releasing connection . Pearson Education. Pearson Education.ATM adaptation layer -AAL protocols -basic principles of SDH and SONET.base band and broad band transmission-synchronous and asynchronous -full duplex.Need for data link layer-stop and wait and sliding window protocol-HDLC-terminal handlingpolling-multiplexing.routing congestion control.ISO-OSI 7 Layer Standard -peer processes-Functions of each layer-TCP/IP reference model Transmission media -description and characteristics . Computer Networks: Andrew S Tannenbaum.virtual terminal . 3. Data communication: Hausly Computer Networks.2nd ed-William A Shay (Vikas Thomson Learning) 550 . Pearson Education.X-21 digital interface. half duplex linksConcepts of WAP technology.configurations-concept of internet. 5. Understanding Data Communication and networks. Module 3 LAN. 6.cryptographypresentation layer in ARPANET.crash recovery .flow control – buffering . References 1. Pearson Education. Kothamangalam COMPUTER NETWORKS LA 801 3+1+0 Module 1 Network goals -topologies. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking: Keshav.remote procedure call-client server model . protocols standards & interfaces.base band and broad band Lan’s . 7.file transfer protocol-E-mail-introduction to distributed system .network security-privacy. Uyless Balack Local Area Networks: William Stallings.carrier sense networks-CSMA/CD -ring network. Module 5 Application layer .a simple transport protocol on X-25. Computer Network & Internet: Comer. 8. 4. Computer Networking: A Top Down Approach: Kurose Pearson Education. Module 2 MODEMS-serial communication standards .Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Presentation layerdata presentation-compression.

MATLAB functions .Prentice Hall Inc. Concepts of state variable and state model .Transfer function. spring coupled masses. C. Simulink . Saunders College Publishing.construction and analysis of simple models . T. interpretation and properties of the state transition matrix. block diagram representations. Lagrang’s equations – examples Module 2 Transformation of state variables. the resolvent. solution by the laplace transform.state model for linear time invariant systems. Effect of pole . Decomposition of Transfer functions: Direct. disturbances and tracking systems: exogenous variables. B.Linear systems . distillation column.gura pole placement formula.two capacitance system. Multiple input systems. Kalman’s and Gilbert’s tests. missile guidance dynamics.Mc Graw Hill. Bass.An Introduction to state space methods . state space representations of transfer functions.Analog and Digital Control System Design . detectability and stabilisability.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. State Space and algebraic methods. instrument servo. Module 5 Introduction to MATLAB . Module 3 State space modelling of systems: Inverted pendulum on a cart. Kothamangalam MODERN CONTROL THEORY A802 3+1+0 Module 1 Limitation of Conventional Control Theory. transfer function from state model. solution of differential equations in state space form.zero cancellation. Chen .analysis and design of control systems using MATLAB. Temperature control . pole placement for single output systems. cascade and parallel decomposition technique. Controllability and Observability: Physical interpretation. Inc. N. N Y 2.Y 4.files.. Kailath . N J 3.modelling of systems given in module II References 1. Englewood cliffs. Linear observers: Need of observers. structure and properties of observers.Friedland . State space representation of dynamic systems: physical notion of system state.Control System Design . Module 4 Shaping the dynamic response .Design of regulators for single input single output systems. A Nagooe Kani – Advanced Control Theory 551 .m .

register relative addressing. Stack memory addressing mode. Kothamangalam ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS LA 803 3+1+0 Module 1 Intel 8086 Microprocessor . base relative plus index addressing. scaled addressing. 6th Edition . Program memory addressing modes .Internal architecture – Block diagram – Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications – DMA data transfer – 8087 math coprocessor.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. base plus index addressing. The 80x86 family . The Microprocessors.John Uffenbeck 552 . system connection – Real address mode operation – Protected mode operation Module 4 Intel 80386 Microprocessor 80386 Architecture and system connection – Real operating mode – 386 protected mode operation – segmentation and virtual memory – segment privilege levels and protection – call gates – I/O privilege levels – Interrupts and exception handling – task switching – paging mode – 80386 virtual 86 mode operation. relative program memory addressing. immediate addressing.direct program memory addressing. Brey Pearson Edu. 8086 memory organization – even and odd memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address – advantages and disadvantages of physical memory Module 2 Addressing modes used in 80x86 family Data addressing mode – register addressing.Douglous V.Barry B. Pentium – super scalar architecture – u-v pipe line – branch prediction logic – cache structure – BIST (built in self test) – Introduction to MMX technology. Hall TMH 3. Microprocessor and Interfacing 2nd Edition . Module 5 Advanced Intel Microprocessors 80486 – Processor model – Reduced Instruction cycle – five stage instruction pipe line – Integrated coprocessor – On board cache – Burst Bus mode. direct addressing. 2. References 1. Module 3 Intel 80286 Microprocessor 80286 Architecture. register indirect addressing.

1990. data highways – field buses. workstations. INC.Design and Application Module 2 Programmable Logic Controllers: Combinational logic controllers.Distributed Computer Control for Industrial Automation .Allen. B. Jorge Marcos. Module 5 Network protocols: Printers. Operator interfaces.Programming Technologies. case study.Programmable Logic Devices and logic Controllers .Part II Supervisory computer tasks and configurations. Protocol) References 1. Programmable Logic Array (PLA)Programmable Array Logic (PAL).Part 1 Basic packages. Commercially available PLCs.Marcel Dekker. Fieldbuses. . Kothamangalam COMPUTERISED PROCESS CONTROL A804 3+1+0 Module 1 Programmable Logic Devices: Basic Concepts. cost estimating. CRT displays.Prentice Hall. 3.Optic local area networks: MAP and TOP. flow sheet symbols. I/O hardware and setpoint stations. wiring practices and signal conditioning.II) A805-1 Module1 Robot Organization Coordinate transformation – Kinematics and inverse kinematics – trajectory planning and remote manipulation.G Liptak . Introduction to programmable logic controllers PLC programming languages. Serafin A Perrez. communication systems.Bradlley Protocol (AB. MAP.1996 2. Module 3 Distributed Control Systems . TOP. multiplexers and remote terminal units. Dobrivoje Popovic and Vijay P.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering. Bhatkar .Handbook of Process Control . Module 4 Distributed Control Systems .1996 ROBOTICS (ELECTIVE . sequential logic controllers. Enrique Mandado. logic controller design using programmable logic devices. Fibre . system integration with PLCs and computers. 553 . Microprocessor based PLCs.

1986 5. “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence”. Module 4 Robotic Vision Systems Principles of edge detection – Determining of optical flow and shape – image segmentation – Pattern recognition – model director sense analysis.Report Statement. “Roboty Technology ande Applications”.II) LA805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Hardware Abstraction.Dataflow Modelling: Concurrent Signal Assignment Statement.Architecture Body-Process StatementVariable Assignment Statement. Charniakand. assembly and storage.Wait Statement.the UNAFFECTED Value. Kothamangalam Module 2 Robot hardware Robot sensors – Proximity Sensors – Range Sensors – Tactile Sensors – Visual Sensors – Auditory Sensors.Concurrent Assertion Statement.Multiple Drivers. 1986 7. Vokobravotic “Introduction to Robotics”. Springer 1988 4.Concurrent versus Sequential Signal Assignment. Saunders Publishing Company.Exit StatementNext Statement. Module 2 Behavioural Modelling: Entity Declaration. “Robtics for Engineers”. “Robotics”. Robot Manipulators – Manipulator Dynamics – Manipulator Control –wrists – End effectors – Robot Grippers.Data Types.Basic Language Elements –Identifiers.Multiple Processes. IEEE Press.If Statement . Co Tokyo 1985 2.Other Sequential Statements.Simulation.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Model Analysis.Conditional Signal Assignment Statement. Tata Mcgraw Hill VHDL (ELECTIVE .Block Statement. Module 5 Robot control and Application Robot control using voice and infrared – overview of robot application – prosthetic devices – Robots in material handling.Postponed Processes .Data Objects. Module 3 Robot and Artificial Intelligence Principles of all Basics of Learning – planning Movement – Basics of Knowledge Representation – Robot programming languages. 554 .Value of a Signal.Selected Signal Assignment Statement.Package Declaration. McGraw Hill Int.Signal Assignment Statement. References 1. Hall and Hall” Robotics – A User Friendly Introduction”. 1985 3. P Janaki Raman.Assertion Statement. Koren.Entity DeclarationArchitecture Body. processing. Springer 1985 6.Basic Terminology.Configuration Declaration. Mcdermott.Null Statement.Delta Delay Revisited. Gonzalez aqnd Fu “ Robotics (11 Ed)”. Charniac & Mcdermott.Package Body. Mc Graw Hill.Loop Statement.Operators. Lee.Case Statement.

Reading Vectors from a Text File.Dumping Results into a Text Fi1e.Training algorithms.A Generic Binary Multiplier.Modelling a Mealy FSM.Type Conversions.activation functions .Writing a Test BenchConverting Real and Integer to Time.A Pulse Counter.Explicit Visibility. Pearson Education Asia..Direct Instantiation.Signatures.Incremental Binding.A Barrel Shifter.Variable File NamesHardware Modelling Examples: Modelling Entity interfacesModelling Simple Elements.network configurations Network paralysis .Configuration Specification.Subprogram Overloading.State Machine Modelling.Aliases.Model Simulation: Simulation.Qualified Expressions.Learning .Training artificial neural networks .temporal instability.Initialising a Memory.A Generic Priority Encoder.A Simplified Blackjack Program.Training algorithm .Component InstantiationResolving Signal Values . VHDL Primer Third editions: J.A Clock Divider.Groups .Conversion Functions .Aggregate TargetsShared Variables.Principles . Reference 1. 555 .Linear separability . Module 4 Subprograms and Overloading: Subprograms. Bhasker.Modelling Delays.Configuration Declaration.Packages and Libraries: Package Declaration.Modelling Synchronous Logic.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Default Rules . Module 5 Advanced Features: Entity Statements.Interacting State MachinesModelling a Moore FSM. Text Book 1.artificial neuron .Modelling Regular Structures.Generics and Configurations: GenericsConfigurations.Default Values for Parameters .Modelling Conditional Operations. Kothamangalam Module 3 Structural Modelling: Component Declaration.Generate Statements.Local minima .Applications .Operator Overloading.II) A805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction .Hierarchy in Design. Module 2 Back Propagation . Pearson Education Asia NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE .Design Libraries-Order of Analysis.Guarded Signals.Package Body-Design File. Introducing VHDL from simulation to synthesis: Sudhakar Yakmandhiri.Perception Representation .A Test Bench Example.Different Styles of Modelling.Attributes.Single layer & multi-layer networks .Implicit Visibility.

Associative memory . Module 5 Hopfield nets .Yegnanarayana. An Introduction to neural computing .Application.Recurrent networks .Simon Haykins Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks . Module 3 National semiconductor COP8 family .Philip D.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Chapman & Hall Artificial Neural Networks . Module 4 Statistical methods.Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.H. Schalkoff. Text Book 1.stability . References 1.Boltzmann’s Training . 3. Idle timer – Timer1.Training the Grosbery layer Full counter propagation network .Adaptive resonance theory Architecture classification . 5.Tunable internal oscillator. McGraw Hill Artificial Neural Networks . 2.Pre initializing the wright vectors . PHI ADVANCED MICRO-CONTROLLERS (ELECTIVE – II) LA805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Low pin count controllers – Atmel AVR family – ATTiny15L controller architecture – pin descriptions – features – addressing modes – I/O space – reset and interrupt handling – reset sources . Module 2 Timers – Watch dog timer – EEPROM – preventing data corruption – Analog comparator – A/D converter – conversion timing – ADC noise reduction – PortB – alternate functions – memory programming – fuse bits – high voltage serial programming – algorithm. 4.Continuous BAM . Kothamangalam Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer . Timer3 -operating modes – PWM mode – event capture mode 556 . Wasserman. Neural Networks .Statistical Hopfield networks – Bi-directional associative memories . Timer2.Cauche training .statistical properties .Implementation.Artificial specific heat methods .Training the cohenen layer .Robert J. Neural Computing Theory & Practice .B.Pay Y.COP8CBR9 processor – features – electrical characteristics – pin descriptions – memory organization –EEPROM security – brownout reset – in system programming – boot ROM.applications Thermo dynamic systems .

Module 5 Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor – features – architecture – memory organization .Encrypted Documents . 3.PORTB – PORTC – Data EEPROM and flash program memory – Asynchronous serial port – SPI mode – I2C mode.atmel. Kothamangalam Module 4 Power saving modes – Dual clock operation – Multi input wake up – USART – framing formats – baud rate generation – A/D conversion – operating modes – prescaler – Interrupts – interrupt vector table – Watch dog – service window – Micro-wire interface – waveforms.national.EDI-Legal .Risk in Electronic Payment Systems . Atmel semiconductor web site – www.Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce .com E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE . 4. Pearson Education.Security and Privacy Issues .Anatomy of ECommerce Applications .Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System .II) LA 805-5 3-1-0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce .Types of Digital Documents.Mar Athanasius College of Engineering.Smart Cards .Internal Information System.WWW as the Architecture. 557 . Design with PIC